EPA-600/3-76-045
April  1976                                                  Ecological Research Series

-------
                RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES

Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency,  have been grouped into five series. These five broad
categories were established to facilitate further development and application of
environmental technology. Elimination of traditional grouping was consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
The five series are:

     1.    Environmental Health Effects Research
     2.    Environmental Protection Technology
     3.    Ecological Research
     4.    Environmental Monitoring
     5.    Socioeconomic  Environmental Studies

This report has been assigned to the ECOLOGICAL RESEARCH series. This series
describes research  on the effects of pollution on humans, plant and  animal
species, and materials. Problems are assessed for their long- and short-term
influences. Investigations include formation, transport, and pathway studies to
determine the fate of pollutants and their effects. This work provides the technical
basis for setting standards to minimize undesirable changes in living organisms
in the aquatic, terrestrial, and atmospheric environments.
This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                          EPA-600/3-76-045
                                          April 1976
  IMPACTS OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES IN WETLANDS

               OF THE UNITED STATES
                        by

                Rezneat M. Darnell

               in collaboration with

Willis E. Pequegnat, Bela M. James, Fred J.  Benson,
             and Richard A.  Defenbaugh

                Tereco Corporation
             College Station, Texas
            Contract No.  68-01-2452
                Project Officer

                Harold V.  Kibby
 Assessment and Criteria Development Division
  Corvallis Environmental  Research Laboratory
           Corvallis, Oregon 97330
      U.S.  ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
       OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
   CORVALLIS ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH LABORATORY
            CORVALLIS, OREGON 97330

-------
                        DISCLAIMER
This report has been reviewed by the Corvallis Environmental
Research Laboratory, EPA, and approved for publication.  Ap-
proval does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect
the views and policies of the Environmental Protection Agency,
nor does mention of trade names or commercial  products consti-
tute endorsement or recommendation for use.
                                                                           \

-------
                              ABSTRACT








     The primary types of construction activity which severely impact




wetland environments of the United States include: floodplain surfacing




and drainage, mining, impoundment, canalization, dredging and channel-




ization, and bank and shoreline construction. Each type of construction




activity is attended by an identifiable suite of physical and chemical




alterations of the wetland environment which may extend for many miles




from the site of construction and may persist for many years. In turn,




each type of physical and chemical modification has been shown to




induce a derived set of biological effects, many of which are predict-




able, in general, if not in specific detail. The most environmentally




damaging effects of construction activities in wetland areas, in order




of importance, are: direct habitat loss, addition of suspended solids,




and modification of water levels and flow regimes. Major construction-




related impacts also derive from altered water temperature, pH, nutrient




levels, oxygen, carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, and certain pollutants




such as heavy metals, radioactive isotopes, and pesticides. Over one




third of the nation's wetlands have been lost through various forms of




direct habitat destruction, and well over half of the remainder have




been severely modified. Many aquatic species are known to have been lost




or severely restricted, and a number of species and habitats are curr-




ently in jeopardy, at least in part as a result of construction activ-




ities. Deliberate and drastic action is required to reverse the present




trends, and recommendations are given for specific steps which must be




taken to insure the survival of the wetland ecosystems of the nation.
                                  111

-------
r
                                               ACKNOWLEDGMENTS








                         Preparation  of  the present volume has been enhanced by the




                    services  of  a number of individuals.  E. A. Kennedy and R. M.




                    Rogers  helped in  the search and abstracting of the literature.




                    Technical and graphic aid were provided by S. Kelley and J. T.




                    Turner.   D.  Dean, K.  D. Grisham, M. Morris, and B. Scott provided




                    stenographic services.  The contributions of  these individuals is




                    gratefully acknowledged.
                                                   iv

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section                                                            Page
ABSTRACT	    iii
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS  	     iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS	      v
LIST OF TABLES	   xiii
LIST OF FIGURES	     xv
INTRODUCTION 	  xviii
CONCLUSIONS	   xxiv

CHAPTER 1.   WATER,  SOILS, AND AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS 	     1
   The Nature of Water 	     2
   The Hydro!ogic Cycle  	     4
   Soil-Water Relations  	     7
      Precipitation and runoff 	     7
      Erosion  	     8
      Submerged soils  	    12
   Surface  Waters  	    15
      Streams	    15
      Freshwater marshes, swamps, and floodplains  	    20
      Estuaries and related coastal waters 	    21
      Coastal marshes, swamps, and grass flats 	    26

CHAPTER 2.   THE BIOLOGY OF NATURAL AQUATIC SYSTEMS 	    29
   Living Systems  	    30
   The Environment  of Life	    35
      Limiting Factors	    35
      Habitat	    37

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             (Continued)

Section                                                          Page

      Environmental stress 	   37

   Population Biology  	   38

      Life history and behavior	   38

      Population variability 	   40

      Selection	   40

      Genetic exchange between populations 	   41

      The genetic concept of species 	   43

   The Biological Community  	   45

      Composition and pattern  	   45

      Species interaction and nutrient relations 	   47

      Community development and recovery from disturbance  ...   50

   The Ecosystem	   51

      Nutrients and biogeochemical cycles  	   52

      Energy flow through ecosystems 	   53

      Closed vs. open systems	   54

      Ecosystem stability  	   54

   Natural Aquatic Systems 	   56

      Streams	   61

      Freshwater marshes and swamps  	   64

      Riparian environments  	   68

      Estuaries and related coastal waters 	   70

      Coastal marshes, swamps, and grass flats  	   71

      Continental shelf   	   74
                               VI

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             (Continued)

Section                                                          Page
CHAPTER 3. CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WHICH AFFECT AQUATIC
            ENVIRONMENTS  	   75A

   General Nature of Construction Activities  	   75A

   Construction Activities Associated Primarily with Floodplains,
    Banks, and Shores	76

      Activities prior to construction  	   76

      Construction involving impervious surfacing and/or
       earthwork	78

      Line construction activities  	   83

      Building construction 	   87

      Construction of open air industrial plants  	   90

      Construction of drainage structures 	   92

      Tunnel construction 	   96

      Mineral extraction on land	98

   Construction Activities Associated Primarily with Wetland Areas
    and Water Bottoms	100

      Masonry dam construction  	  100

      Construction of fills and channels in wetlands	106

      Drainage ditches and river channel changes  	  110

      Bridging in wetlands  	  110

      Dredging and placement of dredge spoils . . .  . . 	  110

   Construction Activities Associated Primarily with Waterway
    Margins	115

      Construction of breakwaters, sea walls, and shore
       protection systems 	  115

      Construction of ports and moorings  	  119
                               vii

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             (Continued)

Section                                                          Page

   Offshore Construction 	   122

      Mineral extraction from the continental shelf  	   122

      Pipeline construction  	   123


CHAPTER 4. PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL EFFECTS  OF CONSTRUCTION
            ACTIVITIES WHICH AFFECT WETLANDS 	   125

   Effects of Construction Activities Associated Primarily with
    Floodplains, Banks, and Shores 	   128

      Activities prior to construction ..... 	   128

      Effects of construction involving impervious surfacing
       and/or earthwork  	   128

      Effects of line construction activities  	   133

      Effects of building construction activities  	   135

      Effects of open air industrial plant construction  ....   137

      Effects of drainage structure construction 	   138

      Effects of tunnel construction 	   138

      Effects of mineral extraction on land	140

   Effects of Construction Activities Associated Primarily with
    Wetland Areas and Water Bottoms  	   149

      Effects of dam construction	149

      Effects of fill construction in wetlands  	   157

      Effects of bridging in wetlands  	   161

      Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil  ....   161

   Effects of Construction Activities Associated Primarily with
    Waterway Margins 	   174

      Effects of construction of breakwaters, seawalls, and
       shore protection systems   	   174
                               viii

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             (Continued)

Section                                                          Page

      Effects of wharves, piers, and bulkheads 	   "176

      Deepwater moorings and dolphins  	   176

      Pipelines	176

      Mineral extraction 	   177

      Offshore drilling for petroleum and natural gas  	   177

   Effects of Construction Under Arctic Conditions 	   177

   Summary	179


CHAPTER 5. BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WHICH
            AFFECT WETLANDS  	   181

   Environmental Stress Factors and Modes of Biological
    Response	182

      The nature of environmental modifications  	   182

      Modes of biological response to environmental stress
       factors	191

   Biological Effects on the Riparian Environment  	   196

   Biological Effects of Modification of Water Levels and Flow
    Regimes	208

      Modification of water edge habitat 	   209

      Modification of flow rates	214

      Biological effects of channelization 	   217

      Direct biological effects of man-made structures 	   220

      Special biological problems  	   221

         Allochthonous organic matter as a nutrient source .  . .   221

         Upstream migration and downstream drift 	   223

         Biological orientation compounds  	   224

      Special problems of coastal wetlands 	   226
                               IX

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             (Continued)

Section

         Coastal marshes	226

         Estuaries	230

   Biological Effects of Suspended Solids and Sediments  ....   234

      The nature of suspended and sedimented materials 	   234

      Biological effects of turbidity  	   234

         Reduction of photosynthesis 	   236

         Decreased visibility  	   239

      Biological effects of suspended solids 	   240

         Temperature effects 	   240

         Oxygen reduction and pH changes 	   240

         Effects on primary production 	   241

         Effects on respiration  	   241

         Other effects of suspended sediments  	   242

      Biological effects of sedimentation  	   244

         Effect of sedimentation on primary production 	   244

         Effect of sedimentation on bottom animals 	   244

         Effect of sedimentation on fish populations  	   246

         Biological importance of bottom sediment type 	   249

   Biological Effects of Other Physical and Chemical Factors . .   253

      Biological effects of temperature  	   254

      Biological effects of pH and associated factors  	   257

      Biological effects of oxygen and related factors 	   261

      Biological effects of carbon dioxide 	   263

      Biological effects of hydrogen sulfide  	   266

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             (Continued)

Section                                                          Page

      Biological effects of heavy metals  and other chemical
       pollutants	268
CHAPTER 6. SYNTHESIS  	  271

   Wetland Deterioration - Causes and Response Patterns 	  271

      Causes of wetland deterioration 	  271

      Patterns of wetland response  	  273

   Immediate Steps Toward Reduction of Wetland Deterioration  .  .  277

      Establishment of wetland sanctuaries  	  278

      Curtailment of the most environmentally destructive types
       of construction project  	  278

      Amelioration of the effects of necessary construction .  .  .  279

      Adoption of effective environmental quality criteria  .  .  .  280

      Adoption of a requirement for post-construction
       environmental impact statements  	  281

      Devotion of special attention to sensitive or endangered
       habitat or ecosystem types 	  281

      Restoration of degraded environments  	  283

      Synthesis and dissemination of knowledge concerning the
       effects of construction in wetlands and what can be done
       about them	284

   The Longer-Range View	285

      Definition of desired environmental condition 	  286

      Maintenance of environmental quality as an exercise in
       quality control   	  286

      Definition of boundery conditions 	  287

      Improving the technical basis of environmental impact
       statements	289
                                xi

-------
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
                             (Continued)

Section                                                          Page

         Filling in of major gaps in ecological knowledge .... 289

         Filling in of major gaps in our  knowledge of the
          ecological effects of wetland disturbance 	 290

         Establishment of sophisticated wetland ecosystem
          analysis capability on a regional basis 	 291

      Common sense vs. modeling approaches to the quality control
       problem	292


BIBLIOGRAPHY  	 295

GLOSSARY	370

INDEX	378
                                xii

-------
                          LIST OF TABLES
 1.1    Characteristic conditions of the surface, intermediate,
       and  subsurface zones of submerged soils	14

 1.2    Classification of wetland environments of the
       United States	16

 2.1    Types of interaction between populations of two different
       species	48

 3.1    Major types of construction activities which affect
       wetland environments of the United States	77

 3.2    Activities and facilities associated with impervious
       surfacing and/or earthwork	79

 3.3    Activities and facilities associated with
       line construction	85

 3.4    Activities and facilities associated with
       building construction	89

 3.5    Activities and facilities associated with construction
       of open air industrial plants	91

 3.6    Activities and facilities associated with construction
       of drainage structures	93

 3.7    Activities and facilities associated with
       tunnel construction	97

 3.8    Activities and facilities associated with mineral
       extraction on land	99

 4.1    Effects of impervious surfacing and/or earthwork on
       physical and chemical characteristics of wetlands	129

 4.2    Effects of line construction activities on physical
       and chemical characteristics of wetlands	136

4.3    Effects of building,  open air industrial plant,
       drainage structure,  and tunnel  construction on
       physical and chemical characteristics of wetlands	139

4.4    Topographic effects  of mineral  extraction on wetlands	144

4.5    Physical effects  of mineral  extraction on wetlands	146

4.6    Chemical effects  of mineral  extraction on wetlands	148
                             xiii

-------
4.7    Upstream effects of dam construction on the physical and
       chemical characteristics of wetlands	153

4.8    Downstream effects of dam construction on the physical
       and chemical characteristics of wetlands	158 - 160

4.9    Effects of fill construction and bridging on the
       physical and chemical characteristics of wetlands	162

4.10   Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil;
       general and immediate effects	165

4.11   Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil;
       stream channelization effects	167

4.12   Effects of dredging and placement of spoil;  effects
       of channelizing floodplains and swamps	168

4.13   Effects of dredging and placement of spoil;  effects
       of dredging in bays and estuaries	170

4.14   Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil;   effects
       of canalization and spoil placement in marshlands	173

4.15   The primary physical and chemical effects of various types
       of construction activities on the riparian and wetland
       environments of the United States	180 - 180C

5.1    Generalized biological response patterns to increased
       levels of environmental stress	193

5.2    Cumulative effects of construction on riparian
       environments	197

5.3    Mortality of tree species in relation to water level in an
       Illinois floodplain forest following impoundment	205

5.4    Cumulative effects of construction on wetlands, especially
       related to modification of water levels and flow regimes	210

5.5    Effects of ditching a Delaware tidewater marsh on the aquatic
       invertebrate populations	228

5.6    Mortality of king salmon eggs in relation to velocity of
       inter-gravel seepage flow  (A) and inter-gravel dissolved
       oxygen level (B)	248

5.7    Relative productivity of various substrate types in Michigan
       trout streams	251

5.8    Primary modes whereby major types of construction activities
       reduce the levels of dissolved oxygen in wetland
       environments	264

                                 xiv

-------
                          LIST OF FIGURES



 1.1    Main features of the hydrological cycle	6

 1. 2    Zonation of terrestrial soils	11

 1.3    Longitudinal profile of a  generalized streambed slope
       in relation to distance from origin	17

 1.4    Two-layered circulation pattern of a typical estuary	23

 2.1    Generalized environmental  relations of any organism	32

 2.2    Comparison of the processes of photosynthesis and
       respiration	33

 2.3    Physiological ranges of any organism with respect to a given
       environmental factor	36

 2.4    Life history of the brown  shrimp showing the sequence of
       stages passed through  from egg to adult	39

 2.5    The effects of selection upon population variability	42

 2.6    Populations as interbreeding units with limited genetic
       exchange	44

 2.7    Representations of nutrient flow within natural
       communities	49

 2.8    Comparison of the levels of organic matter production in
       different types of ecosystems	55

 2.9    Internal food chain of a small aquatic community occupying
       a given habitat	58

2.10   Downstream relationship between wetland habitats within a
       given drainage system	59

2.11   Aquatic habitat illustrating terms applied to the different
       biological components	60

2.12   Illustration of the three  basic habitat types of streams	62

2.13   Vegetationa1  zonation  in wetlands	66

2.14   Cress section of a southern swamp.	67
                               XV

-------
3.1    Comparison of the profiles of a natural and a ditched
       stream	86

3.2    General methods employed in strip mining and drift
       mining operations	101

3. 3    Main features of masonry dam construction	104

3.4    Methods of ditch and fill construction in wetlands	107

3.5    Illustration of a hydraulic dredge and fill operation	114

5.1    Factor train analysis of the effects of floodplain con-
       struction on wetlands	183

5.2    Factor train analysis of the effects of mineral extraction
       on wetlands	184

5.3    Factor train analysis of the upstream effects of dam con-
       struction on wetlands	185

5.4    Factor train analysis of the immediate downstream effects of
       dam construction on wetlands	186

5.5    Factor train analysis of the effects of the far downstream
       effects of dam construction on wetlands	187

5.6    Factor train analysis of the effects of channelization on
       streams, swamps, and floodplains	188

5.7    Factor train analysis of the effects of channelization and
       canalization on bays, estuaries, and marshlands	189

5.8    Schematic illustration of the impact of human activity
       during the past century on the ecology of the Illinois
       River and two of its adjoining bottomland lakes near
       Havana, Illinois	201

5.9    Effects of reservoir construction on stream and riparian
       environments of central Florida	4.206

5.10   Relationship between commercial fishery harvest and fresh-
       water discharge into estuaries of the Texas coast	233

5.11   Turbidities of Lake Chautauqua, Illinois occurring at
       various wind velocities (average maximum one hour preceeding
       collection time) in the absence and presence cf rooted
       vegetation	238
                               xvi

-------
5.12    Relationship of substrate diversity and mollusk species
        diversity based upon samples from 348 collection sites
        in central New York state	252

6.1     Upstream-downstream patterns of wetland ecosystem
        response to construction disturbance	274

6.2     Time response patterns of wetland ecosystem response
        to construction disturbance	276
                               xv ii

-------
                          INTRODUCTION



     Human activities are ruining the wetlands of America at an



alarming rate.   Shaw and Fredine (1971)  estimate that at least



45 million acres (or over 35 percent) of our primitive marshes,



swamps, and seasonally flooded bottomlands have been lost due to



drainage projects and other human activities.  Erosion is rampant



and widespread.  Watersheds of the San Gabriel mountains of southern



California normally produce 2,000-5,000 tons of sediment per



square mile per year, but after removal of vegetative cover the



figure may annually exceed 100,000 tons per square mile.  Wohlman



(1964) has shown that construction activities in the eastern



United States may increase stream sediment yields from 1,000 to



100,000 tons per square mile per year, a hundredfold increase.



     Impoundments have changed the nature of the water-courses.



For example, over 50 mainstream and tributary dams have trans-



formed the mighty Columbia River into a series of pools.  Reser-



voirs in the Great Plains and elsewhere are accumulating sedi-



ments at the rate of 1 million acre feet per year (Spraberry, 1965) ,



and the average life of such reservoirs is estimated to be less



than 50 years.   To prolong the life of reservoirs and to main-



tain the depth of navigation channels about 450 million cubic



yards of bottom materials are dredged each year, and much of the



spoil is dumped on marshes, swamps, and floodplains.



     Despite the dredging and reservoir sedimentation, the Miss-



issippi River daily brings to its mouth about a million cubic yards



of sediment, and this represents an annual soil loss of 290 tons



for every square mile of watershed.  As a result, the 35-foot






                             xvi 1 i

-------
depth contour at the river's mouth advances seaward about 100



feet per year.  Normally, much of this sediment would have been



deposited as a thin carpet over the floodplains, marshes, and



swamps, balancing subsidence tendencies and increasing fertility.



Yet, Louisiana is now losing coastal wetlands at the rate of



16 1/2 square miles per year (500 square miles during the past



30 years) through shoreline erosion, canal dredging, and deteriora-



tion and breakup of marshlands (Gagliano, Kworu, and van Beek, 1970).



     Mining activities have added greatly to the sediment loads.



In addition, they have produced 34,000 miles of impassable high-



walls and have seriously disturbed or destroyed 13,000 miles of



streams, 281 natural lakes, and 168 reservoirs  (Boccardi and



Spaulding, 1968).  Much of the mining damage results from the



production of sulfuric acid which may reduce the pH of natural



waters to below 3.0.



     Such habitat destruction has had a major impact upon the



wildlife of the nation.  The list of threatened or endangered



species grows daily.



     In order to reverse the destructive trend and to provide



the basis for rational environmental management, it is necessary



to identify the destructive activities and to analyze their specific



effects upon natural environments and the native biological com-



munities.  Considering the variety of human activities, the size



of the nation, and the complexity of the native ecosystems, this



is not a light task.



     Einstein once stated, "Everything should be made as simple



as possible, but no simpler."  Sophisticated simplification of



complex environmental problems to provide the knowledge essential





                                xix

-------
for wise decision making calls for a combination of environmental



expertise and analytical judgment which can surmount natural history



detail, on the one hand, and avoid  oversimplification, on the



other.  In producing the present volume on the impacts of con-



struction activities in wetland areas as they relate to environ-



mental impact statements, an effort has been made to provide a



synthesis of our knowledge rather than a simple literature review.



Background chapters on environments, biology, and construction



activities are essential to the interpretation of later chapters



on physical, chemical, and biological impacts.  The volume also



includes a glossary of technical terms and a detailed bibliography



to permit the reader to explore individual problems in greater



depth.





Approach to the problem - Every aquatic system consists of a vast



array of physical and biological elements which interact in subtle



and often unrecognized ways.  It has been stated, with some reason,



that such systems are not only more complex than we know, but



they are more complex than we can hope to know.  However, whether



or not such systems are unfathomable, they are not impossible to



work within the practical vein.



     A useful analogy is the human body, also largely unknown,



which can be diagnosed and treated successfully by a skilled



physician.  The experienced doctor understands the appearance



and over-all functions of a normal person and he is alert to the



general symptoms of distress  (abnormal pulse, temperature, color,



behavior, etc.).  Beyond the general symptoms he can call upon a



portfolio of special tests to determine the specific nature of the
                               xx

-------
problem.  But the doctor does not call for every possible test



to be run on every patient.  He proceeds from the general, through



logical steps to the specific, ultimately pinpointing the exact



cause of systemic distress.



     In parallel fashion, the crux of the environmental protection



problem is the basic understanding of healthy environmental systems,



recognition of general symptoms of environmental disturbance, and



further appreciation of the particular symptoms of specific types



of environmental stress.  Effective handling of the environmental



quality problem calls for the rifle rather than the shotgun



approach.



     It is the nature of all dynamic physical and biological



systems to approach steady state equilibrium with the controlling



factors of the environment.  However, where there are a large



number of interrelated factors which must mutually adjust to achieve



a common "least work" solution, the outcome can be predicted only



in a probabilistic sense.  As stated by Leopold, Wolman, and



Miller  (1964) , "This indeterminacy in a given case results from



the fact that the physical conditions, being insufficient to



specify uniquely the result of the interaction of the dependent



variables, are controlled by a series of processes through which



any slight adjustment to a change imposed from the environment



feeds back into the system."



     If the physical response of aquatic systems to human modi-



fications were completely predictable, then the biological equili-



brium response should also, in a general way, be predictable.



Indeterminacies arise in both steps.  Nevertheless, a great deal



of practical field information is available to guide us, and even






                               xx1

-------
though we cannot explain each step in terms of basic principles



and thermodynamic niceties, we can draw upon the accumulated



wisdom of experience.  Some ecological predictability is possible,



and the maintenance of environmental quality rests squarely upon



this assumption.





The literature base - There exists an extensive technical liter-



ature treating the aquatic systems of the United States, and this



literature relates both to the nature and functioning of the



natural systems and to the response of these systems to manipulative



disturbance.  The information is found in the form of published



articles in the technical journals, unpublished reports in the



"gray literature', and in a variety of recent literature summaries



such as technical books and special reports.  However, when one



begins to examine this literature in detail for evaluation of



impacts, major gaps are encountered.  A great deal has been written



about lakes, small streams, and estuaries, but relatively little



is known about the biology of large streams, except for reservoirs.



Nor is the literature on freshwater marshes and swamps extensive.



Since large streams, marshes, and swamps are important in the



present analysis, the information must sometimes be supplied by



extrapolation.  Perhaps more critical is the fact that we are



vastly ignorant about genetic and physiological variability in



most wild aquatic populations.  Extrapolation from our few in-



sights here is much more difficult.  Most of the technical litera-



ture was not written with environmental impact predictability in



mind.  The interpretation is in the mind of the reviewer, not of



the original writers.  There is, thus, a clear need for environ-



mental research on impacts of various types of human activities




                               xxii

-------
to provide a more direct data base.  These and other deficiencies



noted elsewhere in this study must receive attention if environ-



mental predictability is to become science rather than art.
                               xxiii

-------
                             CONCLUSIONS






1.  Aquatic systems are evolutionarily adapted to the natural pre-




vailing suite of environmental conditions.  Any major or prolonged




alteration of the environmental norms disturbs the prevailing



steady-state equilibrium, imposing unusual pressures upon the




sensitive species, altering the genetic make-up of the populations,




and shifting the composition and functional aspects of the wetland




ecosystems.






2.  Natural aquatic systems are balanced at some middle range with




respect to most environmental factors.  Disturbance from this state




may occur through deviation at either extreme, i.e.., through de-



ficiency or excess of a given factor.  This may take the form of




desiccation vs. inundation, starvation vs. over-enrichment, too-




fresh vs. too-salty water, etc.






3.  Wetland ecosystem stress varies from mild and temporary pressure




to complete ecosystem decimation through habitat destruction.  Habi-



tat loss is the most thorough and permanent damage that a wetland




ecosystem can suffer, and this is to be avoided at all costs.






4.  A given type of construction project results in a characteristic




suite of environmental effects.  Repetition of such projects through-




out the nation creates somewhat similar pressures in comparable



environments.  This phenomenon is presently jeopardizing certain




wetland system types on both regional and national scales.  Especially




vulnerable wetland types include ponds, freshwater and coastal




marshlands, swamplands, riparian habitats, riffles, rivers which




flow between damable bluffs, and estuaries.






                                xxiv

-------
5.  Certain species groups are particularly vulnerable and require




special protective measures if they are to survive.  These include




the inhabitants of threatened wetland habitats (as noted above),




rare and endangered species (as listed by the U.S. Department of the




Interior), and certain immobile species.  The latter include most




river inhabiting mollusks and those organisms which dwell in isolated




habitats (such as those which live in desert springs).






6.  The most important impact of construction activity upon aquatic




environments is wetland habitat loss.  This is occasioned primarily




by draining, filling, leveeing, mining, and other construction in




riparian environments, as well as by damming, ditching, and channeli-




zation of the wetlands.






7.  The second most severe impact of construction activity upon




wetland environments is brought about through the addition of



enormous quantities of suspended solids to aquatic environments



which results in increased turbidity and widespread siltation of




wetland bottoms.  The increase in suspended and sedimented material




is known to have eliminated the molluscan fauna of major streams




and to have produced devastating effects upon riffle and pool eco-




systems in small streams for many miles downstream of the point of




entry.  The results of bottom siltation are often cumulative, especi-



ally if peak stream flow (hence, flushing) has been reduced.







8.  The third most important impact of construction activities upon




wetland environments is the alteration of stream flow patterns.  This




may take the form of reduced flow, (through water loss) , reduced flow




during critical low water seasons (through water retention in reser-
                               XXV

-------
voirs or water utilization for irrigation, etc.), reduction of peak flow




(by water retention and channel deepening), reduction of floodplain flooding




(through leveeing and peak flow reduction), and modification of seasonal




flow regimes (through water retention and programmed release from reservoirs




and from increased surface runoff and reduced water storage within riparian




environments).  The downstream effects of flow pattern alterations may




severely damage the natural ecosystems of streams; riparian wetlands;




coastal marshes, swamps, and estuaries; and ocean beaches.








9.  Although the general effects of a given type of construction activity




can be predicted with a reasonable level of confidence, details will vary




with local circumstances.  For this reason and because of the large number




of physical, chemical, and biological variables involved, impact prediction




necessarily involves a degree of uncertainty.  This margin of error will




vary with locality, magnitude and type of construction project, as well as




with the experience of the impact assessor.  Therefore, at the present time




a significant margin of environmental safety should be incorporated into all




construction permits.






10.  Each wetland modification project is an environmental experiment




which should have a built-in control.  This control should be a locally-




relevant area of comparable ecological constitution which can provide base-




line data for comparison.  Control areas should be established on a regional




basis throughout the nation.  All environmental impact statements should be




required to indicate the source of their control information.






11.  The predictability of wetland environmental impacts will be greatly




enhanced through research on ecosystem structure and function and on the




response of wetlands to specific types of environmental manipulation.  Local





                                 xxvi

-------
baseline data developed by sophisticated multidisciplinary teams is sorely




needed now and must be available in the future.  Wetland environmental pro-




tection will also greatly benefit from the widescale introduction of systems




analysis methods.






12.  There is a critical need for development of a sophisticated technology




for restoration of degraded wetland environments.  We do not yet know how




to create natural ecosystems, but research into this area should eventually




provide the technology for alleviation of many of the destructive effects




of necessary wetland construction.






13.  Because of the regional uniqueness of wetland ecosystems, types of




wetland construction, and specificities of response to human manipulation,




there is a recognizable and growing need to establish sophisticated wetland




ecosystem analysis capability on a regional basis throughout the nation.




Only integrated scientific teams in regional laboratories can generate the




locally-specific information required for intelligent management of the




nation's wetland resources.






14.  Since human demands and pressures on the nation's wetlands will




certainly increase in the future, and since environmental prediction and




management are attended by unavoidable uncertainties, the cornerstone of




wetland environmental protection must be a nationwide system of wetland




reserves to provide sanctuary for those species and ecosystems which may




be jeopardized in the intensively used and heavily modified areas.  This




is a critical margin of safety which must be incorporated into national




and state environmental protection programs.
                                 xxvi i

-------
                            Chapter 1




              WATER, SOILS, AND AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS







     Throughout the history of the earth, the surface of the land has been




molded by the action of water, falling in the uplands and coursing its way




to the sea.  During its downhill passage, the water slowly but steadily erodes




the rocks and soils of the higher elevations and deposits the material in low-




land and coastal environments.  These grand hydrological and geological pro-




cesses have together created the native wetland environments of the nation.




     The atmosphere moving across the United States brings from the sea the




moisture equivalent of 150 inches of rainfall per year for the entire nation,




but it leaves behind only 9 inches.  This is the water which is available to




support all the domestic, industrial, and agricultural needs of society and




to maintain the terrestrial, freshwater, and coastal ecosystems.  With the




coming of the age of technology the human population has become a dominant




factor in the hydrological and geological cycles, in many respects more




powerful than the natural forces.  Much of the effect of the human popula-




tion is mediated through human use and abuse of water and of wetland envir-




onments.  By 1956, 50-80 billion gallons of water per day (4-6 percent of




the average stream flow) was being diverted for human use (Thomas, 1956),




and the figure is considerably higher today.  It has been estimated that




one third of the original, natural wetlands of the nation have already been




converted to dry-land uses (Shaw and Fredine, 1971).  To this figure may be




added the millions of acres of existing wetland areas which have deteriorated




as a result of various types of construction activity.




     To grasp the impact of the human population on the aquatic resources of




the nation, it is first necessary to understand the physical relationships of




water and the land.

-------
     The thin shell which forms the surface of the earth and within which living




 systems are found is referred to as the biosphere.  For convenience the bio-




 sphere may be subdivided into three major components, the atmosphere, hydro-




 sphere , and lithosphere, which roughly correspond to the three states of




 matter:  gaseous, liquid, and solid.  The atmosphere is a rather constant




 mixture of nitrogen, oxygen, carbon dioxide, and rare gases to which is added




 a variable amount of water in both vapor and droplet form.  Additionally,




 dust, pollen, flying insects, and various other living and nonliving materials




 may be temporarily airborne.  The hydrosphere includes all the surface waters




 of the earth, both those which are on the continents (streams, ponds, lakes,




 marshes, and swamps) and those which comprise the world oceans.  The hydro-




 sphere also includes the vast reservoirs of ground water which underlie the




 soil surfaces of all the continents.  The land masses of the continents as well




 as the bottoms of the oceans are included in the lithosphere.




     Between the three  spheres water is in constant circulation, and it plays




 a major role in shaping the lithosphere and determining its habitability by




 living systems.  Before attempting to analyze man's activities in modifying




 aquatic systems and the consequences thereof it is necessary to understand




 the nature of water, its circulation and interaction with the lithosphere,




 and the role of water in supporting the living systems of the biosphere.






                            The Nature  of Water






    Among the  chemical  compounds known  to man water  is  clearly unique,  and




it owes its  peculiar properties  to  the basic  structure of  the molecule  itself.

-------
The water molecule is composed of two hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom, but




because of the nature and arrangement of the hydrogen-oxygen bonds the molecule




may be thought of as having two positively-charged "arms" (the hydrogen atoms)




and two negatively charged regions (unbonded electrons of the oxygen atom).  The




water molecule is electrically lop-sided or polarized.




     The immediate importance of molecular polarity is the tendency of individual




water molecules to stick together forming chains of water molecules which behave




in many ways as supermolecules.  This sticky property, calles cohesion, results




from the attraction of the positive arm of one molecule to the negative region




of another (jL-.e. , hydrogen atoms of one water molecule develop bonds with the free




electrons of another).  Cohesive forces impart to water its high surface tension




which forms a tough layer on the surface of all drops and bodies of water.




Cohesion also imparts to water a high viscosity or resistance to flow.  In a stream




with a given gradient this resistance limits the amount of water which the stream




can discharge in a prescribed period of time, and it also results in considerable




friction with the stream bottom, slowing the flow rate and providing a substantial




force for digging and lifting particles from the substrate and transporting




them in suspension.




     Water also displays a tendency to stick to the surfaces of certain other ma-




terials.   This property, called adhesion,  stems from the attraction of the posi-




tive hydrogen "arms" to oxygen or other negative sites on the surface of the




foreign materials.  A variety of organic materials as well as clay particles,




sand, and rocks readily become wetted.  Since soils contain all of these materials




the soil particles have a ready affinity for water molecules.  The adhesive prop-




erty leads to ready wetiing and suspension of stream bottom particles, and it




facilitates absorption of moisture onto particles in the soil.




     If a fine capillary tube is touched to the surface of liquid water the




water level will rise in the tube in apparent defiance of the laws of gravity.

-------
This capillary rise stems from the forces of both cohesion and adhesion.   It




is this force which permits moisture to rise through the fine tubes of plant




stems replacing the moisture lost by evaporation through the tiny pores of




leaf surfaces.  Capillary rise is also important in the upward movement of




moisture in the capillary spaces between particles of the soil.  Thus, the




upper layers of the soil do not dry out completely even though considerable




evaporation takes place at the soil surface.




     Water has been referred to as the "universal solvent."  While this is




not strictly so, it is true that water will dissolve a greater range of chemical




substances than any other known liquid.  Included in the list of water soluble




substances are a wide range of organic and inorganic compounds as well as most




electrically charged particles or ions.  These include the components of the




various acids, bases, and salts.




     Water exhibits many interesting physical and chemical properties in addi-




tion to cohesion, adhesion, capillarity, and high solubility, and for further




information on the subject the reader is referred to any textbook of general




chemistry or physics.  These four properties, however, are uniquely important




to an understanding of the behavior of water within the present context.






                            The Hydrologic Cycle






     At any one time ninety-seven percent of the earth's water is in the oceans,




about three percent is associated with the continents, and only about a




thousandth of a percent is found in the atmosphere.  Nevertheless, the earth's




water is in constant circulation, following a pattern which basically takes




it from the oceans to the atmosphere to the land and back to the oceans.   Solar




heating provides the energy which evaporates water from the ocean surface,




and this is augmented by the action of wind which aids the evaporative process

-------
and which transports the atmospheric moisture to the continents.   Over land a




portion of the atmospheric moisture falls as precipitation in the form of




rain, sleet, or snow.




     Of the water which falls on land a fraction runs off into small streams




and creeks which join to form rivers which eventually enter the sea.  Along




the way some of the surface water may be temporarily stored in standing




reservoirs such as ponds, lakes, marshes, and swamps, but this water also




eventually drains into the sea by one means or another.   A portion of the water




precipitated on the surface of the land does not run off into surface drainage




directly but infiltrates the soil where, through the force of gravity, it




slowly moves downhill to enter the sea by one of several pathways.   Some flows




to the surface as springs; some seeps into the beds of rivers and lakes, while




the remainder moves to the deeper layers where, after a long slow underground




journey, it will ultimately seep into the bed of the sea.




     Just as the sun's energy causes evaporation from the ocean surface, so




it also evaporates some of the atmospheric moisture while it is falling as




precipitation.  Evaporation likewise takes place from the surface of standing




and flowing waters and from the surface of the soil.  Through the process of




transpiration, terrestrial vegetation also contributes to evaporative water




loss from the soil to the atmosphere.   The main features of the hydrological




cycle, as discussed above, are summarized in Figure 1.1.




     For portions of the earth the hydrological cycle may be expressed quanti-




tatively in the form of water budgets.   For example, the atmosphere moving from




the oceans annually carries over the United States the moisture equivalent of




150 inches of precipitation for the entire nation.  Only one fifth of this amount




(30 inches) actually reaches the land surface, and of this, about two thirds




(21 inches) are lost back to the atmosphere through evaporation and transpiration.

-------
0)
(-1

60

-------
Thus, the clouds passing back out over the oceans carry away 141 inches.  Only




9 inches remain to enter the sea through surface flow of rivers and subsurface




flow of ground waters.  The specific amounts, of course, vary from year to year




and from place to place on the continent, but the average figures provide




approximate values and relative ratios.  From the standpoint of human society




the 9 inches which the clouds leave behind are the most important.   They support




the domestic, industrial, and agricultural needs of society and maintain both




the freshwater and terrestrial ecosystems.  Most of this book relates to the




fate of this 9 inches of water.






                            Soil-Water Relations






Precipitation and runoff - Precipitation reaches the earth's surface in the




form of rain, sleet, hail, and snow.  Of these, rain and snow are by far the




most important in terms of their widespread influence on the surface of the




land, especially as they relate to soil erosion.  Sleet and hail may exert




important local influences, but the over-all effect is less.




     Individual raindrops falling in still air under the influence of gravity




achieve maximum velocities of about 25 feet per second, and most of the drops




of a given rain are traveling at near maximum velocity when they strike the




soil.   Wind may significantly increase the velocities of the falling drops.




The impact of the raindrops as they collide with the surface of bare soil is




considerable.  For example, it has been calculated that a 2-inch rain falling




on an acre of ground in one hour pounds the surface with a force equivalent




to 518 million foot-pounds of work.   The wetting action of rain allows the




moisture to permeate individual clumps of soil, dissolving the cementing




materials which hold the clumps together.   Repeated pounding by raindrops




disintegrates the softened mass forming a pasty suspension of fine soil

-------
                                      8






particles which we recognize as mud.   The constant churning action of this




suspension shifts and pounds the individual particles around so that the finer




particles shortly clog the pores and channels of the soil surface.   Therefore,




within the first few minutes of a rain the soil surface becomes effectively




sealed and impervious to further penetration of moisture.  The excess water




then accumulates on the surface.




     When the rate of rainfall exceeds the intake capacity of the soil the




excess water spreads as a shallow layer more or less uniformly over the surface




of the flat land.  This type of surface runoff is called sheet flow.  However,




since most land is not uniformly flat, most of the sheet flow runoff even-




tually finds its way to linear low areas where it begins to course downstream




as directionally-flowing rills.  The velocity of moving water increases with




slope, volume, and distance of flow,  and since each increment of length adds




to the volume of flow the velocity increases as the water moves downstream.




Increased velocity is accompanied by turbulence, and local energy concentra-




tions are manifest as swirls and whirlpools.  Linear movement of water in




defined channels is referred to as channelized flow.  Rills coalesce to form




larger ones, and these join to become creeks and eventually rivers.




     In distinction from rainfall, snowfall is gentle and does not do violence




to exposed soil surfaces, and a bed of snow protects the surface of the land




from temperature fluctuations and the effects of wind and other atmospheric




forces.  However, snowmelt produces sheet flow which may change to channelized




flow if a slope is involved.






Erosion - Pounding rain which breaks down lumps of soil and places the particles




into suspension also places soluble materials into solution.   Sheet flow




carries away the dissolved materials, and it is also effective in transporting




particles if there is a slope.  This is called sheet erosion.  The capacity

-------
of sheet flow to erode the land depends upon the amount of water involved




as well as the slope and configuration of the land over which it moves.  Sheet




flow does not itself clog the pore spaces and infiltration paths of the soil.




As the runoff water becomes channelized into rills and creeks the increased




velocity and turbulence greatly increase the erosive capacity of the water.




Downstream, larger and larger portions of the runoff energy are directed against




smaller and smaller portions of the land surface.  This type of concentrated




erosion is called rill and gully erosion.  Channelized flow transports the




materials contributed by sheet erosion as well as the dissolved and suspended




materials picked up through gully erosion.




     Snowmelt may cause both sheet and gully erosion, and if the spring thaw




is rapid the entire winter's supply of precipitation may suddenly be released




upon the land and watercourses.  Some of the water may infiltrate the soil,




but if the soil is frozen the entire flow may proceed downhill as surface




runoff.  This rapid release of accumulated moisture causes heavy erosion in




the steep uplands and severe flooding in the lowlands.




     Water which infiltrates the soil is called subsurface water.   The rate of




infiltration depends upon soil porosity and permeability as well as upon the




amount of moisture already present.   Generally speaking, soils which have a




coarse texture (that is, a high porosity) exhibit higher infiltration rates than




soils made up of finer particles.   Thus, infiltration is greater in sandy soils




than in soils with high clay content.   Organic matter in the soil also facilitates




infiltration by aggregating soil particles and, thus, increasing pore space.




     Once in the soil the water tends to move downward in response to gravity.




During this process some of the moisture is held to the particles by molecular




attraction and in the pore spaces by capillarity.  Soils such as clay which




have high particle surface areas and fine pore space diameters retain

-------
                                     10






considerable amounts of moisture.   Only after these molecular and capillary




needs are met does the remaining water percolate downward to join the water




table where the soil is completely saturated.




     In its downward flow the water dissolves certain salts and organic




materials from the surface layers, depositing them as defined layers deeper




in the soil.  This leaching process may be enhanced by acid materials derived




from decomposing leaf litter at the soil surface.   The most soluble materials




are picked up first and transported deepest.   Thus, the downward flow of water




through the soil is responsible in large measure for the vertical stratification




observed in many soil profiles.




     From the above it is clear that terrestrial soils are composed of two




main zones, the zone of aeration and the zone of saturation (Figure 1.2).




The zone of aeration is the upper layer in which the pore spaces are not




completely saturated with moisture.  The water which is present is mostly




associated with soil particles, the spaces between containing much air.  The




presence of soil oxygen is an absolute requirement for the roots of most




plants.  Since evaporation and transpiration take place from the surface




layers of the soil, drying occurs from the top down, and the zone of aeration




is most affected.  Some replacement of the surface water loss may occur by




upward movement of water from the deeper layers.  Although the zone of aeration




is generally only a few feet thick, in some areas it may be much greater, even




achieving thicknesses of several hundred feet.




     In the zone of saturation water completely fills the pore spaces of the




soil.  This ground water which underlies much of the land surface makes up




a huge underground reservoir extending from a few feet to more than a mile




in thickness.  Although the surface of the ground water tends to be relatively




flat, the level rises and falls in response to seasonal precipitation and




drought.  The ground water provides a regulated discharge whenever it surfaces

-------
                                   11
                                                                                                    ^  4J  O

                                                                                                     0)  ,0 4J

                                                                                                     Cfl
                                                                                                     S-i   co  E

                                                                                                    4J  i-l  >
                                                                                                     cfl   O  O
                                                                                                     CO   CO  E
                                                                                                     I
                                                                                                     C  i-H i-l
                                                                                                     O   cfl CO
                                                                                                     C  -rl U
                                                                                                         fc CU
                                                                                                     II   4J 4J
                                                                                                    •—'  CD cfl
                                                                                                         CU |J
                                                                                            cj   cu
                                                                                           £B
                                                                                           0)  4-1

                                                                                           T3  CU
                                                                                           cfl  S

                                                                                           60 >

                                                                                           ^ i
                                                                              4-1   CU   .
                                                                              Cfl  4J  M
                                                                              (-1       CU
                                                                              CU
                                                                              cfl
                                                                               CO
                                                                               0)
                                                                                                        CO  O
                                                                                                            c
                                                                                                        I-l  CO
                                                                                                        O
                                                                                                    C  «H  O
                                                                                                    O      4J
                                                                                                    N  -U
                                                                                                        C  (U
                                                                                                    CU  0)  O
                                                                                                    0)  W  cO
                                                                                                    H  0) i-H
                                                                                                                 >  co
                                                                                                                 CO  M
                                                                                                            4J   60 4J
                                                                                                                     cO
                                                                                           cB
                                                                                           O  O
                                                                                          I-l
                                                                                          rH  CU
                                                                                           O  4J
                                                                                          MH  CO
                                                                                               M
                                                                                           O
                                                                                          4-1  CU
                                                                                       CU
                                                                              cu  cu   C
                                                                             &  n   o
                                                                             H  cfl

                                                                                  CO   O
                                                                               .  cu   j-i
                                                                              cfl  £  m
                                                                             i-l  O
                                                                             •H  N   >,
                                                                              O      r-l
                                                                              CO  CO   CU

                                                                             i-l  O  -H
                                                                              cd -H   |S
                                                                             •iH  ^

                                                                             4J  
                                                                              (-1
                                                                              0) T3
                                                                              4-1  (3
                                                                                                   14-1
                                                                                                    O
                                                                                                            CO
                                                                                                            CU
                                                                                                            CO
                                                                                                        CO   CO
                                                                                                         «  (3   4J
                                                                              C  CU  O
                                                                              O  4J -H
                                                                             •H  Cfl ,C
                                                                             4-1  J-I 4-1

                                                                                  3  cu
                                                                                                    -
S
                                                                                                                1
                                                                                                                 (U   .
                                                                                                                4-1  CU
             •H -tH
              O 4-1
              CO  ft
                  0)
             •a  o
              0)  M
             4J  CU
              CO  ft
              n  S
              3 -H
             4-1
              CO 4J
              CO CO

              al
             •H r-l
                 Cfl
              1-1
              CU I-l
                 O   •
             cfl     IS
             ? ft  O
                 CU .-I
              3 CU  CO
             C 4-1
                                                                                                   O  cfl
                                                                                                                n  
 0.2
     +->
    O
 C   i_
 O   
-------
                                     12






as springs or riverbed seepage.   Ground water gradually moves downhill within




the subsurface reservoir, and if not otherwise discharged it will eventually




seep into the bottom of the sea, as mentioned earlier.   The residence time for




ground water is of the order of hundreds and thousands  of years.






Submerged soils - Soils which are saturated with water  for most or all of the




year are called submerged soils.  These include waterlogged soils (which are




saturated for only part of the year), marsh and swamp soils (more or less




permanently saturated shallow water areas with high rates of plant production),




and subaquatic soils (permanently submerged soils forming the bottoms of rivers,




lakes, estuaries, and oceans).  Submerged soils are chemically and biologically




quite distinct from the upland soils discussed above.




     In upland soils the zone of aeration may be from a few to many feet thick.




Within this zone the pore spaces of the soil are filled with air so that oxygen




penetrates to all the soil particles.  The major chemical elements making up




this layer (nitrogen, phosphorus, manganese, iron, sulfur, etc.)  exist primarily




in the oxidized state*   In the presence of abundant oxygen decomposition of




plant and animal remains proceeds rapidly and, for the most part, to completion,




i.e., the organic matter is oxidized to carbon dioxide, water, and other stable




end products (although certain resistant organic residues, collectively called




humus, do persist for substantial periods).




     By contrast, in submerged soils the aerobic layer consists of a surface




zone which is generally only a minor fraction of an inch thick because oxygen




and other gases can enter only from the water above, and molecular diffusion




in the interstitial water is more than a thousand times slower than diffusion




in the gas-filled pores of upland soils.  Both the soil minerals and the microbes




decomposing the organic matter create a demand for oxygen at a rate which far




exceeds the rate at which oxygen can be supplied so that the soil becomes

-------
                                     13






completely devoid of oxygen or anaerobic within a few hours of submergence.




However, coarse sediments  (which have higher diffusion rates) and those which




are very poor in organic matter (and hence, in oxygen demand) may be well




supplied with oxygen to some depth.




     Below the thin surface layer of most submerged soils the environment




is anaerobic, and most of  the major soil chemicals exist in the unoxidized




or chemically reduced state.  Decomposition of organic matter proceeds slowly,




and a great variety of unoxidized decomposition products tend to accumulate.




These include organic acids, aldehydes, alcohols, amines, mercaptans, and




methane, among many others.  Considerable humus may also be present.  Some of




the unoxidized materials,  including hydrogen sulfide, methane, and some of the




organic acids are quite toxic to most living organisms.




     In the reduced state many of the chemicals become water soluble and would




tend to move up into the overlying water, but they are prevented from doing so




by the thin oxidized layer.  As soon as the reduced chemicals diffuse up into




this layer they become oxidized, and the oxidized state of most of the major




chemical elements is insoluble.  Hence, the oxidized layer of submerged soils




acts as a chemical trap for most nutrients, including phosphorus, iron,




manganese, silicon, cobalt, nickel, and zinc.   In addition, the oxidized and




reduced layers together play roles which result in the loss of much nitrogen




from usable chemical forms (especially nitrate and ammonia) to the generally




unusable gaseous nitrogen which escapes to the overlying water and eventually




to the atmosphere.   The major characteristics of the aerobic and anaerobic




layers of submerged soils are compared in Table 1.1.

-------
                                14
Table 1.1.  Characteristic conditions of the surface,  intermediate,  and
            subsurface zones of submerged soils.   The biological significance
            of these characteristics is discussed in the following chapter.
    Characteristic
                                               Zones
                            Surface
                   Intermediate
                   Subsurface
     Appearance


     Decomposition


     PH


     Free oxygen


     Carbon



     Nitrogen

     Sulfur


     Iron
larger-grained


aerobic


high


high


carbon dioxide



nitrate

sulfate


ferric
mixed-grained
alternating
low
low
mixed
nitrite

elemental
sulfur

mixed
finer-grained
anaerobic
high
absent
methane and
other reduced
carbon compounds

ammonium

hydrogen sulfide
ferrous

-------
                                     15






                               Surface Waters






     A detailed classification of the wetland types of the United States, as




modified from Shaw and Fredine (1971), is given in Table 1.2.  In the present




discussion only the following types will be included:  streams, freshwater




marshes and swamps, estuaries, and coastal marshes and swamps.  Additional types




will be considered as necessary to introduce topics later in the text.






Streams - Streams are linear bodies of water with directional flow and which




drain water from the continents to the oceans.   They are also the principal




means for downhill transport of products of weathering and erosion.   Since




streams originate in uplands and terminate in lowlands, gravity provides the




force by which the water and transportable materials are brought from higher




to lower elevation.  The debris transported by streams includes materials




introduced by sheet and gully erosion as well as materials scoured from the




stream bed and banks by friction with the water and its included load.




     In longitudinal profile the slope of most streams follows a curve which




is steepest at the beginning and which is concave upward (Figure 1.3).  The




average slope is greatest in the uplands, and it diminishes in logarithmic




fashion as the stream traverses the softer, more erodable material making up




the coastal plain.   The average particle size of the materials making up the




stream bed tends to decrease downstream, since particle size transport is




related to water velocity, and water velocity is, in part, a function of slope.




As they move downhill, streams also tend to increase in width.  This is due




chiefly to the progressively greater volume of discharge derived from numerous




tributaries received en route, and to lower velocity.




     For any given stretch of stream the channel form (including width, depth,




symmetry, etc.)  reflects the forces of scouring and siltation, of channel

-------
r
                                                  16
             Table 1.2.  Classification of wetland environments of the United  States

                         (modified from Shaw and Fredine, 1971).
             I. Non-marine related wetlands
                  A.  Flowing waters
                       1.  Springs
                       2.  Small streams
                       3.  Rivers

                  B.  Non-flowing waters
                       1.  Shallow water and shoreline environments
                            a.  Floodplains
                            b.  Seasonally-flooded basins
                            c.  Fresh meadows
                            d.  Fresh marshes
                            e.  Inland salt marshes
                            f.  Swamps
                            g.  Bogs
                       2.  Ponds
                       3.  Lakes
                       4.  Impoundments
             II.  Marine related wetlands

                  A.  Coastal wetlands
                       1.  Beaches
                       2.  Salt marshes
                       3.  Grass flats
                       4.  Salt swamps
                       5.  Estuaries
                       6.  Bays
                       7.  Lagoons

                  B.  Marine environments
                       1.  Submarine meadows
                       2.  Coral reefs
                       3.  Kelp beds
                       4.  Open continental shelves

-------
                             17
                                    LU
                                    00
 a
 o
                                        LJ
                                        (J
                                        o:
                                        Z>
                                        O
                                        oo
                                        O
                                        o:
                                        LL

                                        LJ
                                        U
                                       GO
                                       Q
                                                     0)
                                                     M

                                                     c
                                                    •H

                                                     CD
                                                     P.
                                                     O
0)
N
0)
c
(U
60

n)

4-1  C
O -H
   60
(I) -H
--I  M
••-I  O
M-l
                                                    ft M
cd  
4-1  CO
•H -H
60 T3
                                                    60
                                                    •H
                                                    ft.
13A31  V3S  3AOQV  1H9I3H

-------
                                     18






lowering and building.  The channel accommodates itself to the discharge




produced by the watershed, and it exists in equilibrium with the hydrodynamic




forces involved.  In order to understand flowing water systems one must have




some insight into the nature of these interrelated factors, the chief of which




are slope, velocity, hydraulic roughness, and sediment load.




     Slope - The slope of a stream is the drop in elevation for each unit of




distance traveled.  Although the slope in most streams tends roughly to follow




the concave logarithmic curve mentioned above, within any given section of the




stream local topographic and lithologic features may prevail.   The slopes of




individual stream stretches are especially variable in the highland headwater




areas where hills and valleys may have exposed alternating layers of hard and




soft rocks and where hanging valleys may give way abruptly to steep slopes or




vertical plunges.




     Velocity - Velocity is the speed with which water moves.   It depends




upon the depth and width of the channel, the slope, the volume of water to be




accommodated, and channel roughness or resistance to water movement.  Velocity




determines, in large measure, the gravity-generated power to scour the stream




bed and to transport particles downstream.  Stream discharge is a function




of the velocity and the cross-sectional area of the stream.




     Hydraulic roughness - The resistance of the channel bed and banks to




water flow is determined by the particle-size composition of the channel bed




and banks and also by the presence of obstruction to flow.   In general, fine




particles such as clay and silt offer less resistance than sand, gravel,




pebbles, or rocks.  Boulders, riffles, and vegetation beds occasion high




resistance to flow.




     Sediment load - Particulate material is transported by streams in two




ways, by suspension in the water column and by moving along the bottom (sliding,

-------
                                     19






rolling, and hopping).  In either case, the transported materials may collide




with particles in the bottom or banks, dislodging them.  Such particles then




become subject to lifting and transport.




     As mentioned above, velocity primarily determines the power of the stream




to lift and transport particulate materials.  The greater the velocity the




greater the load and the larger and denser the particles that can be trans-




ported.  It follows that any factors which reduce the velocity will result in




dropping of some of the load, with the larger and denser materials dropping




out first, followed by successively finer materials.  This sorting or particle




grading action may be observed wherever the stream widens out into a pool or




enters a lake.




     Local microhabitat features are those which are most important in deter-




mining the nature of biological development associated with a given stream




section.   In the uplands, shallow riffle and deeper pool habitats tend to




alternate at regular intervals.   The former involves swift water and scouring




tendencies, the latter, slow water and depositional tendencies.   Downstream




the riffles become further apart and eventually drop out completely.   In the




coastal plain the stream may be thought of as a long sinuous pool meandering




slowly toward the sea.   Fine clays and silts held in suspension increase the



turbidity (decrease the light penetration) and absorb solar energy, thereby




gradually elevating the temperature of the water.   Dissolved oxygen is gen-




erally high throughout the length of a stream because of the intimate contact




of the moving waters with the atmosphere.




     The general principles of stream dynamics are subject to infinite




variation in local manif station due to the complex influences of lithology,




topography, climate, and vegetation.   Some of these variations will be dis-




cussed in the following chapter, but greater detail may be obtained from the

-------
                                     20






following references:  Bayly and Williams (1973), Hynes (1960, 1972), Leopold,




Wolman, and Miller (1964), Reid (1961), and Smith (1966).






freshwater marshes, swamps, and floodplains - In low-lying areas where the soil is




waterlogged or covered by shallow standing water for all or most of the year heavy




vegetational development takes place.   Where this vegetation is dominated by




grasses, reeds, rushes, sedges, and other non-woody types the development is




referred to as a marsh.  If the vegetation is largely bushes and trees, it is




called a swamp.  Freshwater marshes and swamps may develop in wet depressions




of upland areas, as late transitional  stages in the filling of lakes and ponds,




at the margins of sluggish streams, in the low wet areas of stream floodplains,




or in extensive low flat areas of coastal plains inland from the influence




of saltwater.   As a general rule, marshes and swamps develop where the surface




of the soil lies at the level of the water table or is submerged no deeper




than three feet.  Of particular interest here are the marshes and swamps




associated with streams and floodplains, and a brief discussion of floodplains




and their water relations is in order.




     Floodplains are the relatively flat lands lying between the stream itself




and the bluffs on either side.  Although they may occur in association with




any permanently flowing water, they are especially prominent in the low-gradient




downstream stretches of rivers.  As depositional features they are composed




largely of fine-grained silts or river deposited alluvium, but deposits of




sand, gravel,  and coarser materials may occur.  Over long periods of geological




time streams tend to cut their channels deeper into the substrate, lowering




the water table of the surrounding land.  A shorter-term phenomenon is the




lateral swinging of the stream bed back and forth across the floodplain, in




the process forming new channels and abandoning old ones.   Hence, floodplains

-------
                                21
typically include abandoned channels in various stages of filling.  Through




sedimentation and organic development these pass through marsh and swamp




stages before becoming dry land.




     Most streams are subject to occasional periods of torrential flow, and




when the volume of water contributed by the drainage basin exceeds the channel




capacity the excess must flow over the banks, inundating parts of all of the




floodplain.   Water moving broadly across the land exhibits a greatly reduced




velocity, hence much of the sediment load is deposited as a layer of silt across




the floodplain.  This periodic flooding, which occurs in most unmodified streams




every one to four years, also replenishes the water supplies of the marshes and




swamps occupying the floodplain depressions.




     Due to the rapid accumulation of organic matter and poor water circulation,




hence poor aeration, most marshes and swamps are characterized by acid waters and




anaerobic acid soils.  In swamps the trees and shrubs have extensive but shallow




root systems, and organic matter does not accumulate as rapidly as in marshes.




Swamp soils may have high percentages of silt.   By contrast, the roots of marsh




grasses often die within the soil, and this added to the annual die-back of the




above-surface portions of the plant create deep, black, organic marsh soils.






Estuaries and related coastal waters - An estuary is the expanded mouth of a




river just above its entrance to the sea.   It is subject to the influence of




both the river and the sea, as well as the coastal weather conditions.  The




salinity of estuarine water is intermediate between that of the river and the




sea, and a definite salinity gradient exists from the upper to the lower end




of the estuary.  Stratified water circulation patterns are typical, with fresher




water moving seaward at the surface and more saline water flowing upstream




along the bottom.   This two-layered pattern reflects density differences in




the water masses,  fresher water being less dense than saltier waters.  Warm

-------
                                     22






water also tends to be less dense than cool water.   Therefore,  during the




summer months the warm, fresh waters contributed by stream flow are considerably




less dense than the cool more saline water entering from the ocean.   Regard-




less of the stratification, however, some mixing and dilution take place along




the length of the estuary as the two layers move past one another (Figure 1.4).




     Located at the edge of the sea, estuaries are subject to tidal action,




and their levels rise and fall with the diurnal or semi-diurnal tides char-




acteristic of the neighboring sea.   This means that enormous quantities of




water must move into and out of the estuary once or twice each day.   Estuaries




are also subject to the lunar-solar tidal rhythms of especially high and low




amplitude cycles known, respectively, as the spring and neap tides.   Due to




the interaction of these several factors, the estuarine waters are in a constant




state of flux, the dynamics of which are basically rhythmic and predictable.




     Estuaries are also influenced by coastal winds which generate surface




waves and which may occasionally move large quantities of water into or out  of




the estuaries, creating conditions of exceptionally high or low water, especial-




ly if they coincide with high or low tides.  Extremely high winds accompany




coastal storms, and the heavy wave action and strong currents occasioned by




such storms may restructure the topographic features of the estuary.




     On rocky coasts estuaries may be quite deep and fjord-like, but most




estuaries of the United States are fairly shallow, for the most part not ex-




tending deeper than ten or twenty feet, except in narrow passes and where




constant dredging maintains navigational channels.   As streams enter upper




reaches of an estuary they drop much of their sediment loads creating shallow,




fine-grained deltaic bars near the upper reaches of saltwater influence.  Bars




also develop at the mouths of estuaries, but these often consist of sand and




other coarse sediment mixed with the finer materials.  Deeper basins not in

-------
                                23
UJ
u
o
                     C

     UJ
C
                                                                   §
                                                               CO  4J
                                                               0)  4-1
                                                               CO   O
                                                               CO  ,fl
                                                               co
                                                               p,  0)
                                                                                   0)
                                                                                       00
                                                               CO   Cfl
                                                               cu
                                                               n  -u
                                                              fe   M
                                                                   §
                                                                .-§
                                                               p^,  fi
                                                               M   ct)
                                                                                   4-1  CO
                                                                                   co  >  4-1 r-l
                                                                                   4J  CO  0)
                                                                                       &  >
                                                                                   CO   I   01
                                                                                       +J r-l
                                                                                  4-1  i-l
                                                                                   O  CO  0)
                                                                                       CO  4-1
                                                                                   C      CO
0)
4J

CO
                                                               O
                                                              •H
                                                                                       C 13
                                                                                       CO  0)

                                                                                        •> M
                                                                                       cu  cu
                                                                                       O  4J
                                                                                       cfl  fi
                                                                                        CO
                                                                                  •H
                                                                                   O  60 CO
                                                                                       C  H
                                                                                  T>  O  3
                                                                                   CU  i-l  O
                                                                                   )-(  CO  O
                                                                                   CU      O
                                                                       00
                                                                       C
                                                                                   cfl
                                                                                  i-i  cfl
                                                                                    I   p
                                                                                   O  CO
       UJ
       >
       cr
                                                                                   CU
                                                                                   I-l

                                                                                   00

-------
                                     24






the direct line of current flow act as settling basins for finer particulate




matter, and much organic matter tends to accumulate here.   By contrast, in




areas regularly swept by strong currents the finer sediments are swept away,




and only coarse sand and shell remain as the bottom pavements.   Since large




quantities of river-borne materials are deposited in estuarine areas, estuaries




are often characterized as sediment and nutrient traps.   Typical habitat




features of estuaries include shallow mud flats, sand bars, oyster reefs,




submerged grass flats, and marginal saltwater marshes and swamps.




     Due to the general shallowness and the action of wind, waves, and water




currents, the waters of estuaries frequently become thoroughly mixed.  At




such times the bottom sediments become resuspended, transported, and redeposited.




When much sediment is in suspension light penetration is low.  The turbidity




of estuaries is quite variable, but on the average, it tends to be high.




Despite the presence of much organic matter the dissolved oxygen levels of




estuarine waters are also generally quite high.  This reflects, to some extent,




oxygen supplied by the vegetation during photosynthesis, but to a much greater




extent, oxygen supplied from the atmosphere and that brought in by the saline




bottom waters entering from the ocean.  Anoxic conditions are rare in estuaries ,




but they are known to occur in some of the southern waters during the late




summer when a combination of high temperature, low flushing, and negligible




wind disturbance combine to create a high oxygen demand while reducing the




oxygen availability.




     Through the daily and seasonal accumulation of sediments estuaries tend




to fill up and become, as it were, constipated.  This tendency is countered




by strong flushing which occurs regularly when the river brings down flood




waters and irregularly when coastal storms sweep much of the accumulated material




seaward.  This periodic catharsis is essential both to the maintenance of the

-------
                                     25






 estuary and to the nourishment of the marine system of the adjacent continen-




 tal shelf.




     Considering the variety of processes and features which interact to




 produce the physical environment, estuaries are quite diverse in their specific




 characteristics, each being distinct from all others in terms of factor com-




 bination, rate intensity, and seasonal pattern of occurrence.  Even within a




 given estuary the factors vary from place to place and from one time to another.




 Nevertheless, for a given estuary there is a certain predictability in the




 kinds of habitat types that will be available and a certain seasonal, monthly,




 and daily regularity in the patterns of factors and their variability.  All




 evidence indicates that the biological inhabitants of a given estuary are




 genetically attuned to and dependent upon the particular suite of variables




 associated with the personality of the estuary in which they reside.




     Certain other aquatic coastal features are often associated with estuaries




 and deserve brief mention.  These are bays, lagoons, and the continental shelf.




 Bays are coastal indentations which lack significant rivers at their heads.




 They are subject to tidal and coastal wind action, but the salinity tends to




 be nearly or actually that of sea water.   Lacking a major source of land-




 derived sediment, the bottoms tend to be largely sand and shell, rather than




 terrigenous clay and silt.



     Lagoons are semi-enclosed coastal waters which are more than just ex-




 panded river mouths, although rivers may enter them.   They form by impoundment




 behind barrier islands and extensive deltaic deposits of rivers which have




 built out into the ocean.   When extensive they may be called sounds.  Saline




 lagoons are often sites of extensive sediment deposition, and their waters




may support dense beds of submerged grasses or they may grade gradually into




marginal marshes or swamps.   Flushing is frequently poor, and if evaporation

-------
                                26
exceeds the rate of freshwater inflow, the salinity may rise to levels con-




siderably in excess of that of sea water.   Such environments are called




hypersaline lagoons.




     The term sound loosely refers to rather open, coast-related bodies




of water.  It may be used for an open estuary (Pamlico Sound), a fjord-like




arm of the sea (Puget Sound), a passage between an island and the sea (Long




Island Sound), or an arm of the sea bounded by many islands (Mississippi




Sound).  Sounds exhibit many properties in common with estuaries, but the




salinities are generally much higher than those normally encountered in




estuaries.




     The continental shelf is the submerged margin of the continent beyond




the barrier beach and extending seaward to a depth of about a hundred fathoms




(six hundred feet).  The shelf is generally a flat plain with rather gentle




slope seaward to the shelf break.  Thereafter, the bottom becomes steeper as




the continental edge plunges to the ocean deeps.  Continental shelves of the




United States may be only a few miles wide, as in the Pacific, or they may




extend for over a hundred miles, as in the Gulf of Mexico.  They are typically




floored by sand admixed with other materials.  Near river mouths and in areas




with little bottom current fine clays and silts may be prominent, but in areas




swept by strong bottom currents large quantities of coarse shell fragments




are encountered.  Rocks and gravel occur on northern shelves, formerly influenced




by continental glaciers, and coral and calcareous algal debris are often




associated with reef development on tropical shelves.  Bottom water current




patterns of continental shelves are important in determining specific local




environmental conditions, but only in a few cases are these well understood.






Coastal marshes, swamps, and grass flats - Saltwater marshes develop on




relatively flat terrain between the limits of normal high and low tide of

-------
                                27






protected bays, estuaries, and lagoons.  They are dominated by a few species




of tall emergent reed-like vegetation which are tolerant of rhythmic submergence




and saline conditions.  The water may be nearly fresh or nearly marine or




highly variable in salinity, and flushing occurs with each tidal cycle.  Within




saltwater marshes there is a gradual build-up of organic peat deposited by




the vegetation itself.  Highly dendritic tidal creeks dissect the marshes and




serve as avenues of entrance and egress of the tidal waters which alternately




flood and drain the marshes.  Because of their adaptations to the intertidal




zone, salt marshes are highly sensitive to even minor change in water levels.




     A saltwater swamp is an association of mangrove trees which grows in the




sea or in the water of sheltered bays and estuaries of subtropical regions.




The average water depth may be from a few inches to about four feet.  Extensive




prop root systems reduce the action of waves and tidal currents and produce




a characteristic set of internal environmental conditions.  Water flow is




greatly reduced.   Sedimentation is high, and much organic matter accumulates.




Oxygen levels are low, and the environment is in many respects similar to that




of anaerobic submerged soils.  Strong gradients in oxygen content and other




factors exist from the periphery to the interior of the swamp.   In some cases




saltwater swamps grade inland into saltwater marshes.




     Grass flats or submarine meadows consist of a few species of grasses




which are tolerant of continual submergence in salt and brackish waters.   They




are normally found from the low water line to a depth of about three feet,




but they may extend considerably deeper in very clear waters.   Although seldom




found in very strong current, they are most luxuriant where there is moderate




flushing.   The long flat blades of the dense beds protect the bottom from




erosion, and extensive deposition creates a substratum of finely particulate,




high organic muds.   Sufficient water penetrates the beds to maintain high




oxygen levels in the water above the bottom.

-------
                                28
     This brief resume of the water, soils, and aquatic environments of the




United States most affected by construction activities lays considerable




emphasis upon the physical processes which take place, and especially upon the




interaction between water and soil.  Chemistry is introduced only to the extent




necessary to lay the basis for interpretation of human influences to be dis-




cussed later.  Biological development and ecosystem function in relation to




water and soils will be taken up in the following chapter.

-------
                                29
                             Chapter 2




              THE BIOLOGY OF NATURAL AQUATIC SYSTEMS









     Human activities have exacted a frightening toll on the native plants




and animals of the United States.  Records are far from complete, but by




1966 it was clear that 327 native vertebrate animals, including 87 different




kinds of fishes, had already become extinct or were in danger of becoming so




(Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife, 1966).  Uncounted thousands of local




populations have disappeared, and many others are threatened.   Although a variety




of human-induced factors are involved, clearly the chief cause is habitat




elimination and disturbance.   In certain streams of the east and midwest,




influenced by acid mining wastes, every living thing has been annihilated




(Parsons, 1968).  Dams and other stream disturbance has all but destroyed the




Atlantic salmon runs of the New England coast.   Silt and sediment from logging




operations have destroyed riffle habitats of many western streams, eliminating




the animal populations and destroying the eggs of trout and salmon (Cordone and




Kelly, 1961).   Flooding of wetlands behind dams of the Great Plains has elimin-




ated habitat types and habitat diversity (Neel, 1963).




     To understand human impact upon the native aquatic species and wetland




ecosystems it is necessary to examine the biological systems themselves, the




conditions of life which they require, and the nature of biological variability.

-------
                                     30
                                Living Systems






     All life is an expression of two phenomena, organization and work.  Although




analytically distinguishable, in a practical sense these are really only two




aspects of the same phenomenon, the functioning biological system.  Organiza-




tion is the structure of life, the composition of chemicals into cells, these




into tissues and organs, and these in turn, into functioning organisms.  In




like manner the individual organisms comprise groups called populations.  Groups




of populations make up species, and groups of species functioning together




form communities.   Living communities and the environments, with which they




exchange materials and energy, together make up ecosystems, which are the




basic functional units of ecology.




     To maintain life all living systems must constantly perform work -




chemical, mechanical, electrical, and so on.  The work of life is called




metabolism.  Since work requires the expenditure of energy, plants and animals




need constant energy inputs to remain alive and healthy.  Most plants obtain




their energy from the sun's radiation which they absorb by means of the green




chemical, chlorophyll.  The chemical energy derived from radiant energy may




then be used to fuel all work functions of the plant, and subsequent work is




performed through sequences of chemical transformations.  No energy change is




completely efficient; however, some of the energy at each step being lost is




non-useful energy in the form of heat.  Additional energy is discarded with




waste products.  It is for these reasons that living systems must constantly




renew their energy supplies.  Animals, certain lower plants (fungi), and many




microbes lack chlorophyll and cannot transform sunlight into chemical energy,

-------
                                   31






and these forms must obtain their energy supplies, directly or indirectly,




from chemicals manufactured by green plants.  A few bacteria also obtain




energy by reducing inorganic chemicals.




     In order to create and maintain states of highly complex internal organ-




ization, all living systems must obtain from their environments certain specific




chemicals, in quantities which are sufficient, and in forms which are useful




(Figure 2.1).  All organisms require water.  Plants, additionally, require




carbon, phosphorus, nitrogen, sulfur, sodium, potassium, and calcium in quantity,




as well as a variety of other elements in smaller amounts.  The chemical




elements required by plants are generally most useful in the form of water-




soluble salts, such as the sodium, potassuim, or calcium salts or nitrates,




phosphates, and sulfates.   Animals require about the same chemical elements




that plants do, but some of the elements must be in the form of organic mole-




cules such as carbohydrates, lipids (fats), proteins, and vitamins.   Gaseous




oxygen is required in quantity by most living organisms, but some microbes can




obtain their oxygen supplies from other sources.




     The two most fundamental processes of living systems are photosynthesis




and respiration (Figure 2.2).   Through photosynthesis green plants utilize




solar energy to chemically reduce carbon, which may then be combined with




water to form carbohydrates.  These may be further combined with nitrogen,




phosphorus, sulfur and the other substances to produce the vast array of




chemical compounds which make up the structure of living systems and through




which metabolic work is performed.  Proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and other




classes of compounds containing reduced carbon are called organic molecules.




These are high energy compounds which may be oxidized to low energy forms, such




as carbon dioxide and water, with the release of the bound energy.  The chemical




oxidation of organic compounds is called respiration, and this involves two basic




steps, anaeorbic and aerobic respiration.   The former step, although called

-------
                                32
   0>
   •o

   '§
   O


   I
   a
   o
a
0)
T>
"o
<

 o
'l_
ID
 o
^
UJ
I
t-l
o
                            O
                                                            8 H-l
                                                            CO
                                                           •H  %
                                                            C  w
                                                            03  CU
                                                              •H
                                                           4-1  4-1
                                                            O -rl
                                                               CO   »
                                                            CO  CO  CO
                                                            C  0)  4-1
                                                            o  o  o
                                                           •H  0)
                                                                        CS
                                                                                3
                                                                               13
                                                                                O
                                                                         0)  CU  CU
                                                                         rt JS
                                                                            •u  cu
                                                                        r-t  O  4J
                                                                         cd      co
                                                                        4J 13  cd

                                                                         SIS*

                                                                         l-o  E
                                                                         003
                                                                         MOW
                                                                        •H >4-l  0)
                                                                         >      v
                                                                         C  Q)
                                                                         CU  > TJ
                                                                            O  C
                                                                        t3  e  cd
                                                                         cu  cu
                                                                         N  1-1  4-1
                                                                        •H      C
                                                                        r-l  CD  CU
                                                                         cd  B  S
                                                                         M  CO  (3
                                                                         0)  -H  O
                                                                         C  C!  M
                                                                         CU  cd  -H
                                                                         C5  t>0 >
                                                                         cu
                                                                         t-l

                                                                         60
                                                                         •rl
         CO
o
         o
        CO
      (O

      •      s      I
     E      fe       £
      3      c      j$
     Z      UJ      O

-------
                            33
  PHOTOSYNTHESIS
     Carbon Dioxide
            +
         Water
            +
     Solar  Energy
Carbohydrates
      +
    Oxygen
  RESPIRATION
      Carbohydrates
           +
         Oxygen
                                        Carbon Dioxide
    Water
                                            Energy
                                      \
Figure 2.2.  Comparison of the processes of photosynthesis and
          respiration.  Photosynthesis and respiration are
          opposite processes.  The former builds high energy
          chemical substances, the latter breaks them down.

-------
                                    34






oxidation, does not actually require oxygen, but the latter step does.   When




products of anaerobic respiration accumulate in the environment, as occurs
                                                                •



regularly in the anaerobic layer of submerged soils, an oxygen deficit or oxygen




demand is built up.  As noted elsewhere, many of the products of anaerobic respi-




ration are toxic to higher forms of life, especially when they are present in




high concentrations.




     All living organisms produce waste products which they release into the




environment, and if these wastes accumulate they also may become toxic to the




organisms producing them.  Therefore, wastes must be removed or decontaminated




or else the organism must move to a new area.  Chemicals which are toxic for




one species may not be poisonous for others, but certain chemical wastes are




toxic for most living forms, and these include, for the most part, the partially




oxidized breakdown products of organic matter (methane, hydrogen sulfide, many




organic acids, aldehydes, and ketones, among others) which accumulate in




anaerobic soils.




     All living systems are environmentally sensitive, i.e., they possess




mechanisms for constantly testing the quality of their environments for both




beneficial and harmful substances and situations.  All organisms are capable of



responding to environmental information, either through metabolic changes or



by overt begavioral acts such as aviodance.  Living systems, in fact, are far



and away the most sensitive indicators of environmental information on earth,




and for certain purposes they are much superior to human instrumentation.




Unfortunately, we are only partially aware of the information which they are




capable of providing, and this is a fruitful area for future environmental



quality research.

-------
                                      35
                           The Environment of Life






Limiting factors - The ability of an organism to survive within a given en-




vironment depends upon two conditions, the requirements of the organism and




the offerings of the environment.  With respect to most physical and chemical




factors, life cannot tolerate extreme conditions.   It is adjusted to survive




only within an intermediate range, which is referred to as the range of




tolerance (Figure 2.3).  The organism displays a separate range of tolerance




for each one of the environmental factors, and any factor which approaches or




exceeds this range is said to be a limiting factor.  In the case of tempera-




ture, for example, most organisms cannot survive temperatures as low as ab-




solute zero or as high as that of boiling water.  If the temperature becomes




too hot or too cold (i.e., if it exceeds the maximum or minimum limits of




tolerance) life will cease to exist, regardless of the levels of moisture,




oxygen, phosphorus, or other factors.




     The individual environmental factors do not operate entirely independently




of one another, however.   When the organism is under stress from one factor,




its limits of tolerance for certain other factors tend to be reduced.   Factor




interaction is responsible for the fact that the limits of tolerance are not




sharp points, but "fuzzy" areas.  For terrestrial plants, a combination of




high temperature and low soil moisture is especially bad, because high temper-




ature accelerates evaporative water loss.  If there is a strong wind,  the water




loss increases further, and so on.  The ranges of tolerance and the limits of




tolerance are not the same for all types of organisms.   Some have very broad




and some have very narrow ranges of tolerance.  In some cases the limits of




tolerance are toward the high or the low end of the scale, whereas in other




cases it is near the middle.

-------
                            36
  Range

   of      <

Tolerance
            /  Maximum   -r
                Minimum    -
                                       Upper Zone of Stress
                                       Optimum  Range
                                     7 Lower Zone  of Stress
 Figure 2.3.  Physiological ranges of any organism with respect to
            a given environmental factor.  The range of tolerance
            may easily be visualized in relation to temperature
            or to iodine availability.   Beyond the maximum and
            minimum limits of tolerance the environment will be
            too hot or too cold to support life.  Similarly, io-
            dine may be present in toxic amounts, or it may be
            so scarce that living systems, which need some iodine,
            cannot exist.

-------
                                     37






Habitat - The place where an organism normally lives is called its habitat,




but the concept implies more than just locality.  It includes the ranges and




seasonal occurrence of environmental events which characterize the locality.




Since the organism does make a successful living and produce progeny in its




normal habitat, the concept also implies genetic adjustment to the prevailing




conditions through long evolutionary time.  De facto the organism is genetically




adapted to remain alive, well, and fully functional in its normal habitat,




otherwise its race would have perished long ago.






Environmental stress - Within the total range of tolerance of the individual




organism there lies a narrow zone, often near the upper end, called the optimum




range» where the system functions at peak efficiency and is most productive.




Between the optimum range and the upper and lower limits of tolerance lie the




upper and lower zones of stress.   Within these zones the system is placed under




a special burden, and the closer to the limits of tolerance, the greater the




penalty exacted by the environment.   The strain placed upon the system is




referred to as stress.




     Biological systems have developed many mechanisms for adjusting to




stressful situations.   Some of these are generalized responses to stress




itself and come into play regardless of the nature of the stress agent.   Others




are quite specific responses directed toward the handling of the particular




problem.   A fair amount of information is available concerning specific stress




responses in plants and animals,  but considerably less is known about general-




lized responses, except in the higher animals.  Considering the sensitivity




of biological systems to environmental conditions and the complexity and




diversity of their responses to suboptimal conditions, stress responses should




provide an important means of assessing environmental quality.   This matter




will be examined in some detail in a later section.

-------
                                      38
                             Population Biology






Life history and behavior - During the span of its life every organism passes




through a series of stages which, collectively, make up its life history




(Figure 2.4).  For many species the life history is a relatively simple matter




of growth and maturation as the individual passes from young to juvenile to




reproductive adult.  In other species the young period consists of a sequence




of larval stages which differ from one another in body form.   Whether the life




history is simple or complex, however, the several stages may be quite distinct




in life style, environmental sensitivities, and habitat requirements.  Basi-




cally, the life histories of all species are adjusted to the seasonal program-




ming of environmental conditions of their normal habitats, and any significant




deviation from the normal pattern places the group in jeopardy.  For the great




majority of species the most sensitive life history periods are those associated




with reproduction and early development.




     Organisms in groups must respond to the physical environment and to each




other in ways which will enhance group survival, and this is particularly




true in animal populations.  To accomplish group coordination the individuals




are sensitive to a variety of important cues or signals which elicit appro-




priate behavioral responses.  Such cues may be chemical, visual, auditory, or




tactile (touch) in nature; more often they include a combination of these.




Some cues are provided by the physical environment.  These are especially




significant in coordinating events leading to successful reproduction, but




they may also be important in relation to feeding and migration.  In other




cases the cues are provided by other members of the same species, and these




may be important in day-to-day behavior, as well as during critical periods




such as migration and reproduction.  The environment plays a significant role




in determining whether or not such cues may be properly given and received.

-------
                          39
                                     eggs
                                      larval
                                      stages
                                     juvenile
                                      stages
                                     adult
                                     stage
Figure 2.4.   Life  history of the brown shrimp showing  the
              sequence of stages passed through  from  egg to
              adult (details abbreviated).  This  is an  ex-
              ample of a complex life cycle.  Simple  life
              cycles may skip the larval stages  and pass di-
              rectly from egg to juvenile stages.

-------
From the above considerations it is clear that the life history and behavior




are dependent in many ways upon both the quality and seasonal events of the




normal environment.  This is especially true for aquatic species.






Population variability - The population is a group of organisms of the same




species which live in the same habitat and which breed together.  This inter-




breeding unit shares the same common pool of genetic material which gets




reshuffled or recombined at each generation, but which persists through time




so long as the population itself remains intact.   Individuals of a population




share most of their genetic material in common, and so they are basically




alike in most structural and functional characteristics.  The individuals are




not identical, however.   Each contains only a sampling of genetic material




from the common pool.  Hence, each is somewhat unique in its genetic consti-




tution and, therefore, in details of structure, function, environmental re-




quirements, optimum, range and limits of tolerance, and so on.  This variation




around a theme, or population variability, is the essential feature of the




population and the factor most critical to its survival.  It allows the species




to meet the environment as a group, and even though some individuals may fail,




the group persists to insure genetic continuity of the race.  High genetic




variability provides group flexibility in meeting unpredictable or variable




conditions.  It is associated with mosaic habitats and environments with




variable or unstable conditions.   Genetic variability tends to be low in




monotonous habitats and in environments with highly regular and stable con-




ditions.






Selection - At every generation the environment monitors the quality of the




genetic material of each population, and it weeds out that material which is




non-adaptive, i.e., which does not fit the individuals to the environment.

-------
                                      41
This constant process of genetic editing by the environment is referred to




as selection.  When carried out by the natural environment it is referred to




as natural selection; when consciously employed by man to improve the genetic




quality of domestic strains of plants or animals it is called artificial




selection.  There is as yet no generally accepted term for the inadvertant and




often unknown selection which occurs in wild populations subject to the various




influences of civilization, and for convenience in the present discussion this




process will be referred to as cultural selection.   Whether natural, artificial,




or cultural, all types of selection reduce the variety of genetic material




available in the common pool.  Another aspect of selection is that it is




directional.  For example, starting with a cross-section of the human popula-




tion, through selective breeding one could produce a strain of giants or




dwarfs, of fine tenor voices or deaf mutes, or of perfect physical specimens




or disease-prone individuals.  The effects of selection upon population




variability are illustrated in Figure 2.5.






Genetic exchange between populations - Under natural conditions two factors




normally operate to counter the loss of variability due to selection.   These




include mutation and genetic exchange with other populations of the same




species.   Mutations are fundamental changes in small units of genetic material.




In effect, they are mistakes or failures of genetic material to duplicate




itself exactly.   Hence, most mutations are non-beneficial, but occasionally




a mutation occurs which is adaptive.   The mutation process is so slow and the




frequency of beneficial mutations so low that significant genetic improvement




by this means alone would take thousands of years.   Through geologic time and




over the space of the earth, mutation has been a very important evolutionary




force, but on short time scales and for individual local populations it may




generally be ignored.

-------
                             42
                  B
                                        /   \
                                                     Direction
                                                         of
                                                     Selection
Figure 2.5.   The effects of selection upon population variability.
             In the top figure,  beginning  with  an initially varia-
             ble population (A), one could produce extreme popula-
             tions (B)  or (C)  or anything  between.   In  the bottom
             figure strong selection from  the right would produce
             a population of extreme characteristics and reduced
             variability (D).

-------
                                      43






     As interbreeding units, naturally-occurring populations are largely or




completely isolated from one another.  However, as a general rule, some




genetic exchange does take place between neighboring populations on a regular




or sporadic basis, periodically introducing alien genetic material to be




tested in the new environment.  Genetic exchange is an important mechanism




for maintaining population variability, even on very short time scales




(Figure 2.6).




     Though based upon studies of only a few species, the basic principles




of genetic and population variability in relation to natural environmental




conditions are fairly well established.  However, we are vastly ignorant of




the specific genetic properties of most wild populations, even though the




techniques for their study are now readily available.  Considering the fact




that civilization is rapidly stabilizing, regularizing and monotonizing




habitats, creating various and unknown forms of cultural selection, and




establishing barriers to genetic exchange, there is a critical need for




research into the specific effects of such activities on the genetics of many




wild populations.






The genetic concept of species - A species is a group of populations which are




actually exchanging genetic material with one another or which are potentially




capable of doing so.  It is the greater genetic pool, the aggregate of all



the population genetic pools.   Each species on earth represents a unique array




of genetic materials, self-perpetuating through time, and adapted to the




prevailing local set of environmental conditions.  Under normal conditions




different species do not exchange genetic material with one another because of




genetic or environmental barriers to hybridization.  However, if the environ-




mental barriers are removed, interspecies hybridization does sometimes occur.

-------
                                44
Figure 2.6.  Populations as interbreeding units with limited
             genetic exchange.   Individual populations (A-D)
             occupy different geographic ranges and are essen-
             tially closed breeding units.  However, occasional
             genetic exchange between adjacent populations
             (indicated by arrows) does take place.

-------
                                     45
Hybrid "swarms," i.e., populations of mixed genetic origin, are most often




found in association with areas of human disturbance.






                          The Biological Community






Composition and pattern - The biological community is an aggregate of species




which occupy the same habitat and which interact with one another to produce




a rather stable functional system.  The structural units are populations of




the individual species, each of which displays a unique set of characteristics.




Through evolutionary time the body forms, requirements, and life history




patterns have become genetically adjusted so that, on the whole, the species




making up the community are mutually compatible.  Although there is competi-




tion and day-to-day violence, the long-term result is survival and coexistence.




     Natural selection works to minimize competition, with the result that,




taken together, the life styles of the individual species of a community re-




present a carefully adjusted "least work" solution to the long range resource




utilization problem.  For a given situation the solution must take into




account the prevailing physical, chemical, and biological constraints.   There-




fore, it is a locally unique solution, and all communities are different in




detail.   However,  since there are major commonalities in the constraints,




as well as certain limitations posed by organization, per se, the solution




horizon is itself limited, and all communities exhibit the same basic organi-




zational patterns.




     From a structural standpoint all communities exhibit patterns of vertical




stratification or a layering effect.   In a forest this may include the upper




canopy,  several intermediate layers,  the ground surface, and the subsoil root




zone (which itself is vertically divided into several horizons).   In aquatic




environments it may include the water surface, several layers of intermediate

-------
                                     46






water, the aerobic bottom surface layer,  and the sub-bottom anaerobic zone.




Communities also display horizontal patterns in the spatial distribution of the




various components, i.e.,  of species or groups of species.   Such patterns may




reflect topographic or other irregularities of habitat conditions.   For




example, in prairies and other open country, north-facing slopes of even




gentle hills receive less sunlight, experience less evaporation, and retain




more ground moisture than do south-facing slopes.  Forests typically have slight




elevations which tend to be drier and depressions which tend to retain moisture.




Within streams, riffle and pool stretches may alternate.   Individual species




are highly sensitive to and are often dependent upon even slight environmental




differences, and they tend to congregate and flourish where the habitat con-




ditions are most favorable.  Within the favorable habitat, however, the




individual organisms of a given species tend to exhibit characteristic spacings




with respect to one another.  Some prefer proximity and are found in clumps,




herds, and schools.  Others are intolerant of close association and space




themselves out with regularity.  Yet others may appear to be strewn across




the landscape, sometimes together and sometimes apart, as if at random.




     Another important aspect of community structure is the species composition.




This reflects the availability of species to invade an area and also their




ability to survive, once they arrive.  The nature of the community derives




from the collective natures of the individual component species, but in terms




of the system, as a whole, they are not all of equal importance.  Some, because




of size, abundance, or critical activities, are pervasive in their influence,




and these are called the dominant species.  A redwood forest without redwoods




would be a totally dii .erent system, as would an oyster reef without oysters




or a saltwater swamp without mangroves.  From a statistical standpoint it is




useful to consider a community in terms of its species diversity, i.e., the

-------
                                     47
number of species inhabiting the area.  Species diversity reflects a variety




of factors including the size and complexity of the habitat, relative rates




of species invasion and extinction, presence of developmental and disturbance




areas, and evolutionary age of the system.  Important in the present connection




is the fact that rapid decline in species diversity is often associated with




community stress.






Species interaction and nutrient relations - The species which make up the




community interact with one another in various ways.  As shown in Table 2.1,




the relationships between any two species may be casual or rather regular,




beneficial or harmful, necessary or unnecessary for the survival of one or




both of the interacting species.   Details are often subtle and complex, and




the life histories of many species revolve around such relationships.




     These species-pair interactions fit together to form larger functional




patterns involving large segments or all of the community, and of especial




importance are those interactions which involve the flow of nutrients through




the system.   The simplest pattern of nutrient flow is the food chain (Figure




2.7) where the organic material produced by green plants is transferred by




several eat-and-be-eaten steps to herbivores and two or three carnivore




levels.  In most communities the situation is far more complex, but based Upon




the same principle.   In the food web of complex communities a number of species




occupy each of the levels.   In such a web each species is capable of utilizing




alternate food resources so that a failure of one or a few species generally




does not lead to the collapse of all higher levels.




     The quantity of living matter or standing crop is generally greatest at




the lowest or producer level, and the standing crop decreases with each sub-




sequent step.   There is also a tendency for the number of individuals and the

-------
                                     48
Table 2.1.  Types of interaction between populations of two different
            species.
  Name of
  interaction
         General result of interaction
  Mutualism
   Interaction is beneficial to both populations, and
   each is required for the survival of the other.
  Protocooperation  -
   Interaction is beneficial to both,  but not required
   for survival of either.
  Commensalism
   Interaction is beneficial and required for one,  but
   other not significantly affected.
  Neutralism
-  Neither population affects the other.
  Amensalism
   One population is inhibited by the interaction;  the
   other is not affected.
  Competition
   Interaction which affects both populations adversely.
   When severe, it may lead to the elimination of the
   poorer competitor.
  Parasitism
   Interaction which is beneficial and necessary for
   one, but the other is adversely affected.   Parasites
   are generally smaller than their hosts, and they do
   not generally kill the host.
  Predation
   Interaction which is beneficial for one,  but the other
   is adversely affected.   Predators generally do not
   depend upon a single prey species, but are capable of
   "shopping around."  Predators are generally larger than
   their prey and often kill their prey.

-------
                                 49
                 t
                 C2
                 t
                 C|
                 t
                 p
    owl
     t
  mouse
     t
grasshopper
     t
   grass
               x
                    c
            *
         x
Figure 2.7.   Representations  of nutrient flow within natural com-
             munities.   The top figure  shows a simple food chain
             with one species at  each level.  The middle figure re-
             presents a food  web  with numerous species at the lower
             levels.   The  bottom  figure is a food pyramid showing
             the amount of living material or energy bound at each
             level.   £ represents producers (plants); £ represents
             consumers (animals and  decomposing microbes), with the
             level number  represented by a subscript.

-------
                                      50






number of species to decrease from lowest to highest level.   These relation-




ships have given rise to the concept of food pyramids.   Each consumer level




eats only a portion of its potential food supply.   Of that which is consumed,




part is lost by the food organisms as respiration, and the remainder dies and




undergoes microbial decomposition.  The decomposers together with the dead




organic matter constitute a very complex mixture of material known as organic




detritus.  This material serves as a major food source for many soil animals,




and it is especially important in aquatic food webs.






Community development and recovery from disturbance - It is the nature of




biological systems to invade bare geological features of the earth and to




develop thereon stable biological communities.  The processes through which




this takes place are collectively referred to as community succession.  It




begins when a few hardy pioneer species gain a foothold, and it terminates




with the establishment of the climax community which is more or less permanent




and in equilibrium with the regional climatic regime.  Between the invasion and




climax stages lie a series of intermediate developmental stages, one following




upon another in a regular and generally predictable way.  Each stage is




characterized by a set of species adapted to the particular transitory conditions




in the overall scheme of community development.  Each set of species modifies




the soil conditions so that the environment becomes more suitable for the next




stage which eventually replaces the preceding set.  Early stages of succession




are highly dependent upon the nature of the original substratum (such as bare




rock, sand, gravel, mineral soil, or water), but with progressive development




the community builds up its own organic-rich soil which reflects, not the




nature of the original bare area, but the vegetation and the regional climate.




Therefore, within a given climatic zone all successional stages lead toward

-------
                                      51






the same regional climax community (although some may require many years to




reach the climax stage).




     Community development which begins on bare geological features is called




primary succession.  That which begins on an area where the soil is already




organically developed (such as an abandoned farm field) is referred to as




secondary succession.  Secondary succession takes place after a forest fire




or when a giant tree falls in the forest leaving a break in the canopy.




Secondary succession is a rapid process, and it is the community's way of




recovering from various forms of natural disturbance.  Both primary and second-




ary succession depend upon the availability of those species characteristic




of the early and middle stages of succession which are adapted to survive in




ephemeral environments.   Therefore, protection of the community's ability to




recover from various forms of human disturbance will involve perpetuation of




the important transition-stage species.   Minor surface disturbance will require




secondary succession species,  but areas from which the topsoil has been re-




moved must undergo the long-range primary succession process.   If the mineral




concentration layers of the soil are exposed, organic development will be




particularly slow.   For expediting the recovery of terrestrial communities, the




importance of retaining topsoil cannot be overemphasized.






                                The Ecosystem






     Biological communities are in functional continuity with the immediate




physical environment:  the soil, the surface and subsurface waters, and the




surrounding atmosphere.   The biological community together with the physical




environment with which it is in intimate contact is called the ecosystem,




and this is considered to be the basic functional unit of ecology.   Through

-------
                                      52






this system minerals and other nutrients are recycled, and energy is passed,




and all the component species are able to survive.






Nutrients and biogeochemical cycles - The chemical elements which are essential




components of living systems are called biogenic elements.   These chemicals




are obtained from the physical environment by green plants, and after passing




through food chains they are returned again to the environment.   At a later




date they may reenter the food chains in an endless recycling process involving




the living and non-living portions of the ecosystem.   Such cycles are referred




to as biogeochemical cycles.




     Since each chemical element possesses unique properties, the precise




nature of its own recycling adventure is also distinct.   For most of the




chemical elements the quantity in the non-living state at any one time far




exceeds the amount in the living state.   Some of the material may pass tempo-




rarily out of active circulation because it is locked up in a nonusable chemical




or physical form or because it has become deeply buried or passed to a location




where it is unavailable to the community.   Much of the material from such




reservoirs eventually passes back into active circulation.




     Two basic types of biogeochemical cycles are recognized, sedimentary and




gaseous cycles.   Sedimentary cycles are those in which the atmosphere is not




involved in a major way, i.e., the primary reservoirs are the soil, rocks, and




water.   Most of the biogenic elements pass through sedimentary cycles.   Gaseous




cycles involve reservoirs in the soil, rocks, and water but also in the atmo-




sphere.   Carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and nitrogen are the chief elements which




have gaseous cycles.  As noted in the previous chapter,  hydrogen and oxygen,




combined as water, pass through the hydrologic cycle.   Water and carbon




dioxide are necessary for photosynthesis,  and oxygen is essential for aerobic




respiration.  Gaseous nitrogen is not directly available to most organisms,

-------
                                      53






 but a  few important nitrogen-fixing microorganisms can oxidize nitrogen gas




 to form nitrites and nitrates which then become available to the green plants.




     None of the biogeochemical cycles is perfect.  Some leakage takes place,




 primarily through erosion and ground water transport to streams and eventually




 to the sea where the chemicals are effectively lost to the major ecological




 systems of value to man.  However, most natural ecosystems are characterized




 by rather tight cycles in which leakage is minimal, often less than the rate




 of storage and replacement from the major reservoirs.   Through construction,




 agriculture, and other activities man has opened the floodgates on many of the




 biogeochemical cycles, and at the present time loss far exceeds the rate of




 replacement.  Most of this loss occurs through erosion and runoff.






 Energy flow through ecosystems - Energy is the ability to do work.   It may be




 transformed from one state to another, but at each transformation some of the




 energy is, for all practical purposes, lost, i.e., it is converted to heat




 energy which eventually dissipates into the surroundings and is no longer




 available or useful for ecological systems.  Thus, a given amount of energy




which enters the community through photosynthesis becomes dissipated through




respiration as it passes up the consumer food chains and ultimately through




 the decomposers.   If the photosynthesis and respiration of the community are




equal (P/R = 1) organic matter is being used up as fast as it is being produced,




and there is no net gain.   If photosynthesis exceeds respiration (P/R > 1),




organic matter is accumulating, and the system is storing energy.   It has




been found that during the developmental stages of community succession the




ratio exceeds one as organic matter accumulates in the process of soil forma-




 tion, but when the climax stage is reached, the ratio tends to approach unity.




     In dealing with the flow of energy through food chains it has been found




useful to distinguish between plant and animal production, i.e., between

-------
                                      54
primary and secondary production.   The rate of primary production may be




controlled by the availability of light, nutrients,  or water.   For a given




light regime the moist lowlands are far more productive than are the dry or




upland areas, and the highest production rates known occur in those communities




which develop around river mouths at sea level.   These include alluvial plain




forests, coastal marshes and swamps, and estuaries (Figure 2.8).   These pro-




duction rates reflect the abundance of moisture as well as the availability




of erosion-derived nutrients which are deposited downstream,






Closed vs. open ecosystems - On the basis of functional independence one may




distinguish between two basic types of ecosystems, the closed and the open.




The closed ecosystem depends upon local photosynthesis for most of its nutrient




supply, and its chemical cycles are relatively tight.   It is a self-sufficient




system with only minor imports or exports.   Forests, grasslands,  and most




lakes conform to this pattern.  By contrast, the open ecosystem is one in




which exchange processes are important.  It may receive or export significant




quantities of organic matter, nutrients, or transient organisms.   The ultimate




open system is the stream which is basically a flow-through system, but the




estuary, floodplain, coastal marsh and swamp, as well as the nearshore conti-




nental shelf are all fundamentally open systems.






Ecosystem stability - It has been noted earlier that succession proceeds to




the climax stage in which the community is demonstrably stable over very long




periods of time.  This is the so-called "balance of nature" which is widely




recognized among practicing ecologists but poorly understood.   The concept




applies primarily to closed ecosystems.  Certainly,  the stability reflects a




dynamic equilibrium between rates of production and utilization (photosynthesis




vs. respiration, among others), but it also reflects a stable nutrient supply,

-------
                                       55
                            to

                            0
                        IO
                          1O
                            IO
                             •
                            o
UJ
o
o
                                    UJ
                                    Q.
                                    O
fi&m*:
 'M&M
                                    CO
                                    <
                                    o
                                    o
                                    UJ
                                    z
                                    cr
                                    H-
                                    co
                                    UJ
                                       UJ
                                       CT
                                       UJ
                                       ac
                                    gg
                                       a:
                                       CD
             CO
             0)
             P.
                                          0)
                                          >
I-
o:
UJ
 -H  O
                                     CS S  3
                                     CU   T3
                                     (-1  "  O
                                     CU CO  M
                                     l| [ ff-t  f^

                                     •H cd  4-1
                                     T3 i—I  CO
                                       4J  O
                                     C cu  6
                                     •H &
                                          CU

                                     O ed  4J
                                     •H 4->
                                     4J CO  CU
                                     o cd  »-i
                                     3 o  cd
                                     13 O
                                     o
                                     1-1    CU

                                          a
                                          cd
                                     cu
                                     4J
                                     4J
                                                                              cu
                                                                              ex
                                       !-) CO
                                     a  ...•.•.•.•..•:•.'.    o  cd j^
aV3A/3«OV/SN01

-------
                                      56







a reliable moisture regime, and an internal balance in the population levels




and species interaction phenomena.  This stability results from millions of




years of evolutionary research and development, as it were.




     Stability in open ecosystems is not quite the same.   Swamps and marshes




are transitional stages in succession from water to land, and they are highly




sensitive to changes in water level.  Stability in these systems may be thought




of as steady rates of successional development in areas where the mean water




level is steady or shows only gradual change.   Much the same is true of the




floodplain community.  Estuaries and lagoons may fill over longer periods of




geological time, but they are relatively permanent, as are streams and the




nearshore continental shelf.   Streams, estuaries, and the shelf all depend




upon nutrient input from adjacent land or upstream.  So long as the rates of




erosion, organic matter input, water flow, etc. remain reasonably constant




these aquatic systems will display an induced stability.   Considering their




sensitivity to drought, flooding, nutrient enrichment, excess sediment load,




etc., they seem geared to respond to prevailing conditions.   It has been




suggested that such systems are constantly seeking equilibrium with transient




conditions.  Only in the long-range sense can really open systems be considered




stable.   On a day-to-day and week-to-week basis they must change in response




to external controlling factors.






                           Natural Aquatic Systems






     Within a given drainage system many types of wetland habitats exist.




These may be thought of as individual isolated habitats or as functional parts




of the larger aquatic system.  Both points of view have important biological




validity.  For individual organisms the local habitat conditions are paramount




in determining success on a day-to-day basis, and characteristic aquatic

-------
                                     57
 community types develop in response to the prevailing sets of habitat condi-




 tions.  As  shown in Figure 2.9, each habitat is characterized by its own




 internal food chains involving producers, several types of consumers, and




 decomposer  organisms.  Within each habitat the biogenic elements cycle and




 recycle through the local system.  However, since the aquatic environments are




 really open systems, import-export phenomena are quite important aspects of




 their metabolism.




     From a broader view, the individual habitats are physically and func-




 tionally related in a rather regular pattern based upon the downstream hydro-




 logical regime discussed in the previous chapter (Figure 2.10).  Through




 seepage or  surface runoff inorganic materials enter the aquatic systems.




 Organic matter is derived from internal production and from floodplain leaf




 litter washed in, primarily during flood time or when there is heavy rainfall




 (the "gully washer" and "trash mover" of local parlance).   These inorganic and




 organic materials, which may enter the aquatic system at any level along the




 water course, are transported downstream and eventually to the sea, but along




 the way they may experience long layover periods in one habitat or another.




 A point which must be stressed is the fact that open aquatic systems depend




 greatly upon the import of leaf litter from neighboring and upstream flood-



 plains.  Deprived of this source of nourishment the aquatic systems become




 impoverished.  The interconnectedness of habitats within the drainage system




 also means  that individual organisms have access to all parts of the system,




 and life histories of individual species are built around the strategy of




multiple occupancy which requires unimpeded access from one habitat to another.




     The discussion of the biology of individual aquatic habitats will be




 facilitated by the use of a few technical terms.   These terms are defined




 below and illustrated in Figure 2.11.

-------
                                                 58
a:
o
a.
                                                                                          I
                                                                                          CO

                                                                                       cd  co

                                                                                       60 C
                                                                                       c  % O
                                                                                       ft
                                                                                       j  d
                                                                                       o  cd
                                                                                       a
                                                                                       O  C>0












H
£T
O
a.
X
UJ














•H pp O
C -H
3 fi
5 . cd
6 /-N oo
O "O M
CJ 0) 0
•H
o m co
•H 'H 4J
4J iH 5-1
cd £LI o
360.
CT1 -H >4
cd co a)
cd 4J cd
g cd
co a) co
M 4J
cd 60 M
o
MH CO ft
O iH S
•H -rl
C cd
•H 4J >,
cd 0) 4J
JJ T3 -H
t) ^ C
T3 4J §
O cd §
O 4J O
m -H O
^3
i-H Cd 0)
Cd rC rC
C •'-'
H 0
a> a) «
•u > 6

                                                                                        00

-------
                             59
                           Runoff
              Springs

Freshwater Marshes
                             I
     Lakes
g     ^  Freshwater  Swamps
Bays
                      SALINE  LAGOONS
Saltwater Marshes

Grass Flats

Oyster Reefs
          Saltwater  Swamps

                  Mud  Flats

                 Sand  Bars
                                                    Coral Reefs
                 Lateral and Offshelf Transport
    Figure 2.10.
                 Downstream relationship between wetland habitats
                 within  a  given drainage system.  Water, sediment,
                 and mineral nutrients tend to  follow  the down-
                 stream  path.  Organisms, however, may move with
                 the gradient or  counter-current.  Human modifica-
                 tions in  one part of the system may have effects
                 elsewhere in the system, and especially downstream.

-------
60
                                                                   CO
                                                                   4J
                                                                   e
                                                                   0)   .
                                                                   C  co
                                                                   o  -u
                                                                   p.  cd

                                                                   o  -H
                                                                   a  ft
                                                                       cd

                                                                   cd
                                                                   o  01
                                                                   •H  a
                                                                   60  -H
                                                                   O  M
                                                                   rH  Cd
                                                                   o  e
                                                                   •H
                                                                   ,n  13
                                                                       pi
                                                                   0)   •>

                                                                   01  O)
                                                                   M-l  4-1
                                                                   M-l  Cd
                                                                   0)  CO
                                                                       O
                                                                   o  cd
                                                                   4J  M
                                                                   O)   «
                                                                   p, cd


                                                                   CO  CO
                                                                   B  ai

                                                                   0> M-l


                                                                   00 -H

                                                                   •S-o
                                                                   4-J  01
                                                                   cd -H

                                                                   4J  P.
                                                                   CO  P,
                                                                   3  cd
                                                                   rH
                                                                   iH  (U
                                                                   •H  M
                                                                       CO
                                                                   4J
                                                                   Cd  CO
                                                                   4->  S
                                                                   •H  C
                                                                   ^3  0)
                                                                   cd  t-i

                                                                       a)

                                                                   •H  cd
                                                                   4-1  CO
                                                                   cd
                                                                   3  0)
                                                                   cr ,c
                                                                   <3 H
                                                                   H
                                                                     •
                                                                   CM

                                                                    01

                                                                    3
                                                                    00
                                                                   •H

-------
                                      61
     Plankton Includes the microscopic plants and animals  (bacteria, unattached




 algae, and small invertebrates) which are transported from place to place by




 the water currents.  Plankton is characteristic of still or slow-flowing waters




 since swift or turbulent flow tends to destroy the organisms and to result in




 their eventual precipitation to the bottom.




     Nekton includes the larger free-swimming animals (fishes, frogs, turtles,




 snakes, larger invertebrates, etc.) which have  considerable powers of locomotion




 and which can move about on their own despite the water currents.




     Benthos includes the organisms of any size which are associated primarily




with the bottom.   These may be buried in the bottom, attached to bottom surfaces,




 or freely-moving about the bottom surface.




     Attached algae are the simple and often microscopic plants which are




 attached to some hard substratum such as rocks, sticks,  and leaves of larger




 aquatic vegetation.




     Rooted vegetation includes the array of larger higher plants which are




 rooted in the bottom muds.   They may grow as emergent, floating-leaved, or




 submerged forms.






 Streams - Most streams exhibit three basic types of habitats:   riffles, pools,




 continuous flow sections (Figure 2.12).   Small upland and steep-gradient




 streams generally have alternating stretches of riffle and pool habitat,




whereas the continuous flow sections are normally associated with larger,  low




gradient, downstream sections of rivers.   Riffles are built physically of




 large particles (boulders,  rocks,  pebbles, and gravel) and have large inter-




particle spaces allowing for free water circulation throughout.   The internal




oxygen supply is  high, and  it may extend to the depth of a meter or more.




Current-borne leaves, twigs, and branches lodge in the riffles and provide a

-------
                                       62
o
 

                               CU
                               CU
                               M
                                                                                              14-1
                                                                                               O

                                                                                               a
                                                                                               o
                                                                        X      -S
                               •u
                               CO
                               3
                                                                                UJ
                                                                                K
                                                                                              tN


                                                                                               (U

-------
                                     63






long-term food source for the riffle inhabitants.  A variety of attached




algae grow on surfaces exposed to sunlight, providing an additional food




source.  Riffles support complex and productive animal communities which in-




clude primarily worms, snails, crustaceans, and aquatic insects.  Riffle animals




require highly oxygenated water for survival, and within the riffle they are




found to the depth of oxygenated water.   Since riffle habitats are characterized




by high flow rates the riffle animals exhibit many structural modifications




for hanging on and for catching food particles which drift by.  For reasons




not well understood some of the riffle animals periodically let go and are




carried downstream by the water current, a phenomenon known as stream drift.




Many of the riffle inhabitants are immature stages of insects belong to




species which pass their adult lives flying in the air.




     Stream sections between riffles which are generally wider and deeper and




where the water flows much more slowly are called pools.   Whereas  riffles




may be thought of as the filters of the stream, pools are the settling basins.




Bottoms are composed of finely-particulate silts and muds, and they often




contain much decomposing organic matter derived from upstream and the sur-




rounding floodplains.   Marginal vegetation beds are often present, and branches




and brush may be found on the bottom.  Both the environment and the biological




inhabitants of the pool are distinctly different from those of the riffle,




the pool being in many respects similar to the isolated prairie or woodland




pond.   But the pool is not a pond because it is a flow-through system and




because it is influenced by the presence of the adjacent riffles.  Pool




animals often forage around the riffles, and sometimes the riffle animals




forage in the pools.   Riffle-derived drift organisms are consumed by pool




inhabitants.   Riffles serve as spawning areas for many of the pool and down-




stream species, especially the fishes, since the eggs must be bathed by oxy-




genated waters and protected from predation by larger animals.

-------
                                      64





     As one proceeds downstream and the gradient lessens, the riffles become




less pronounced and eventually drop out entirely.   The pool sections become




longer and grade into the continuous flow section which characterizes the




downstream portion of the river.  This section is related to the pool, but it




is not influenced by riffle areas, and with increasing size, it becomes less




dependent upon the surrounding floodplain.   Although a modest plankton com-




munity may be developed, the continuous flow section is a detritus-based




community dependent almost entirely upon decomposing organic matter contributed




by the upstream waters.






Freshwater marshes and swamps - As pointed out in the previous chapter, fresh-




water marshes and swamps develop on soils which are submerged or water-logged




for most or all of the year.   These may occur in upland areas as lakes fill




in to become land as well as in the shallow submerged bottomland areas of




floodplains.  They are also found in low-lying coastal regions above the usual




extent of saltwater influence where they may be quite extensive.   The bottoms




tend to be soft and quite rich in organic matter,  especially in the marshes




where the annual crop of grassy vegetation decomposes in place and accumulates



year after year.   Organic production rates are high, and bacterial decomposi-




tion of the organic matter may result in low oxygen tensions in the water,




especially where the circulation is poor.   The water is often acidic and of




brownish color from the high levels of humic acids present.   Grasslike marsh




plants grow in clumps and have heavy fibrous root systems to provide anchorage




in the mucky soil.   Swamp trees have trunks with swollen bases and shallow




but massive root systems to provide support and anchorage.   Bottoms are often




irregular with alternating shallow and deeper water areas,  and channels of




sluggish streams or bayous may meander through these low wet areas.

-------
                                      65






     Marshes are  essentially wet  grasslands  in which the plant  species are




 especially adapted  to  the  special conditions of submerged  soils and water




 depth.   Individual  species and  groups of  species are arranged in definite




 zones relative  to water depth  (Figure 2.13).  Proceeding from shallow to deeper




 water one encounters the emergent, floating  leaf, and submerged plants.




 Examples of each  include the following:   emergent (reeds,  cattails, bulrushes,




 sawgrasses, wild  rice, sedges,  arrowheads, pickerelweeds,  and swamp loose-




 strife), floating leaf (water lilies, pond lilies, smartweeds,  spatterdocks,




 and  some pondweeds), and submerged (waterweeds, some pondweeds, muskgrasses,




 milfoils, coontails, bladderworts, hornworts, naiads, and  buttercups).




 Filamentous algae may  float in  clumps and mats among the vegetation or they




 may  grow attached to the submerged stems and leaves.  Floating non-rooted




 vegetation may  also be abundant,  especially  in areas protected from wind




 action.  This includes duckweeds, water ferns, and in southern waters, alli-




 gator grass, water hyacinth, and water lettuce.




     Animal life  of the marsh is also quite  diverse and highly productive.




 Included are a  great variety of lower invertebrates, as well as snails, insects,




 crayfish, fishes, frogs,  turtles, and snakes.  In southern marshes alligators




 are  found.   Birdlife abounds, and the habitat is especially important for ducks




 and  other marsh birds which utilize the area for nesting, brooding, feeding,




migratory stopover,  and overwintering.   Mammals are also present including




marsh rabbits, muskrats,  and nutria (an introduced South American rodent




 similar to the muskrat in habit and in habitat,  but limited to southern marshes).




     Swamps are essentially wetland forests and are dominated by trees, bushes,




and  shrubs, although palmetto thickets,  vines, and ferns may also be present




 in drier portions of southern swamps (Figure 2.14).   The dominant vegetation




includes willows,  alders,  and buttonbush (in the north), and these together

-------
66
                                                               « o
                                                              ^13
                                                               O  4J  a
                                                               N      O
                                                                  T3  O
                                                              rH  CD
                                                               Cd  00 rH
                                                               a  M  cd
                                                               o    Cd  4-1
                                                              CM

                                                               cu
                                                               M

                                                               00
                                                              •H

-------
67
                                                                  oi  u
                                                                 ,C  O
                                                                  44  M -O
                                                                      60 pi
                                                                 m      tfl
                                                                  O J3 r-l
                                                                      O  £
                                                                  co -H  o
                                                                  0) ,£ rH
                                                                  to  S
                                                                  0)      M
                                                                 X> =    a>
                                                                      (0 ,fl
                                                                  PI  0) 4-1
                                                                  
                                                                  tO  •"-)  M   O
                                                                      O       ^
                                                                 4-1   t-l   ,
                                                                  PI   01       CO
                                                                  O  J3   6   B
                                                                 •H  4-1   5
                                                                 •U      M   PI
                                                                  U  T3  M-l   O
                                                                  0)   PI      -H
                                                                  CO   tfl  4-1  4-1
                                                                         J3   CB
                                                                  CO   CO  60 4-1
                                                                  CO   0)  -H   0)
                                                                  O   0)  M   60
                                                                 M   M   O.  0)
                                                                CM

                                                                 0)
                                                                 M

                                                                 00
                                                                •H

-------
                                    68





with bald cypress, pond cypress, black gum, tupelo gum, sweet bay, and swamp




maples (in the south).  To these may be added elms, silver maple, slash pine,




pond pine, white pine, white cedar, overcup oak, and water hickory.   Due to




the large amount of surface water and the enclosed nature of the forest, the




humidity is quite high.  Hence, on the tree trunks, snags, fallen logs, and




upturned roots of fallen trees one encounters mosses, liverworts, lichens, and




fungi, as well as a variety of air plants (bromeliads, Spanish moss, and




orchids) in the south.  Animal life includes aquatic insects, crayfish, wolf




spiders, swamp fishes, frogs, turtles, snakes, alligators, and many swamp




birds.  Mammals include deer, bear, squirrel, raccoon, bobcat, wolf, otter,




mink, opossum, and other fur-bearers.




     Both marshes and swamps are highly sensitive to water level fluctuations




and to saltwater intrusion from coastal waters.   Swamps respond to long-term




changes in water quality and water level, but marshes are sensitive to even




short-term modifications.   Although not widely appreciated, these shallow-




water environments are exceedingly valuable because of their water storage




capacities, soil-water recharge properties, high rates of organic production,




great diversity of wildlife, and value in the production of ducks and fur-



bearing animals.






Riparian environments - Riparian environments include those areas lying adjacent




to streams and other bodies of water and which are affected by the water body.




Included are floodplains and beaches,  together with their related habitats.




Typically, a floodplain will include a graded series of habitat types.  Proceeding




from the water these include beach or  riverbank, successively higher terraces,




and the main riverbluff.  Floodplains  often include old oxbow lakes, representing




former stream beds, as well as marshes, swamps,  and ponds.  As the name implies,

-------
                                     69






floodplains are subject to periodic inundation and silt deposition.




     The vegetation of floodplains includes an array of species, most of which




display some tolerance for temporary flooding.  Those species found at the




lowest elevations generally exhibit greatest tolerance for flooding and soil




saturation, whereas those at highest elevations show less tolerance.  Bushy




willows may be found on sandy islands and shores, but the main trees of the




lower floodplain are the black willow, cottonwood, and silver maple.  At




somewhat higher elevations these give way to floodplain forest (dominated




by American elm, sycamore, boxelder, and sweetgum), and in forested regions this,




in turn, may grade into upland forest of oak-hickory, maple-basswood, etc.  In




grassland regions the willows and cottonwoods may lead directly into tall




grasses characteristic of the surrounding terrain.




     Floodplain animals include a variety of species of worms, snails, insects,




small mammals, waterfowl and songbirds which require the moist conditions and




which can tolerate or escape periodic flooding.  Additional species of animals from




the surrounding forests and grasslands (including rabbits, foxes, raccoons, deer,




bear, and many birds) make use of floodplains on a regular basis, and deer are




especially abundant in floodplain forests.   In grassland areas the streams and




wet floodplain habitats may provide the only source of drinking water for many




miles.




     The value of floodplains and other riparian habitats is considerable.  Organic




production is very high, and much of this production will normally be swept by




floodwaters into streams where it forms the main source of nutrient for stream




animals.   Wildlife production is very high,  and many of the species depend upon




the prevailing habitat conditions.   Heavily vegetated floodplains offer consider-




able protection against local erosion and downstream flooding and siltation.   In




prairie areas floodplains offer important cover, drinking water,  and avenues for




up and downstream movement of many wildlife species.

-------
                                     70






Estuaries and related coastal waters - As noted in the previous chapter, the




estuary is the shallow expanded mouth of a river prior to its entrance into




the sea.  The estuary proper is the open water area which may include mud




flats, sand bars, and oyster reefs.  In sheltered areas there may be extensive




grass flats.  Many estuaries are bordered by extensive salt marshes or salt




swamps, and it is ecologically meaningful to refer to the total complex of




saltwater-related environments as the estuarine system.




     Estuaries are noted for their high fertility.  Chemical nutrients and




particulate organic detritus are transported to estuaries from the river and from




neighboring marshes and swamps, and within the estuary they tend to precipitate




to the bottoms.   Estuaries are, thus, known as nutrient traps.  Mixing and




stirring by water currents repeatedly resuspends these materials in the water




column, and the estuarine water may be thought of as a thin soup.  Due to the




availability of nutrients and the general mixing of the bottom materials and




water, the estuary is marked by very high rates of organic production, especially




in terms of animal life.




     As noted earlier, the estuary is characterized by a salinity gradient, and




this gradient is reflected in the distribution patterns of estuarine organisms.




Plants of the open water are, of course, planktonic, and include primarily blue-




green algae and diatoms.  Marginal rooted vegetation grades from freshwater to




saltwater species in the downstream series.  In estuaries with rocky shores a




large diversity of marine and brackish-water algae may be found.




     Estuarine animals fall into three general groups:  planktonic inhabitants,




benthic residents, and mobile species.  The planktonic animals include those




which pass their entire lives as planktonic organisms as well as those which appear




in the plankton only as the larval forms of benthic animals.  Both types are




abundant in estuarine plankton, and both types tend to be highly seasonal. A




few of the permanent planktonic forms such as copepods of the genus Acartia

-------
                                     71




may be year around residents.  Benthic forms  including sponges, hydroids,




mollusks, worms, and ascidians must be seasonal in their appearance, or they




must be able to survive repeated changes in salinity.  The permanent residents




are excellent indicators of average bottom salinity conditions.  Along the




south Atlantic and Gulf coasts, for example, the bivalve molluscan fauna, pro-




ceeding from fresh to salt water, would include unionid clams, rangia clams,




oysters, and scallops.




     The mobile animals  include jellyfishes, squids, shrimp, crabs, and fishes.




This group includes a large number of species, and their relationship with the es-




tuary is often highly seasonal, being restricted to the warmer months of spring,




summer, and fall.   Most over-winter in the adjacent ocean, although a few appar-




ently over-winter in the muds.  Typically, the life histories of most of these




mobile coastal animals involve reproduction in marine waters of the continental




shelf; migration of the young into the estuaries (often as planktonic forms);




feeding, growth, and maturation within the estuary; and migration back out to




sea to spawn a few miles off the mouth of the estuary.  The estuaries are important




nursery areas, and over ninety percent of the coastal mollusk, shrimp, crab, and




fish species of commercial importance along the American coast pass a critical por-




tion or all of their lives within the fertile estuaries.  Because of the reduced




salinity the young individuals are protected during sensitive life history stages




from many marine predators and parasites which would otherwise reduce their numbers.




Maintenance of low-salinity conditions and the natural seasonal flow patterns is




critical to the survival of the valuable biological resources of our coastal waters.






Coastal marshes, swamps, and grass flats - These three ecosystem types lie from a




few feet above sea level to a few feet below it.   Hence, they are subject to the




ebb and flow sweeping action of tidal currents, and all must be tolerant of some




salinity change.  All trap suspended nutrients by slowing down the water currents,




and they all provide shelter and food for a variety of small brackish water and




marine animals.   These are among the most.productive ecosystems of the world with

-------
                                    72





annual production rates running around five tons per acre.   Much of this plant




production becomes available as organic detritus which provides the chief food




base for the coastal fish and shell-fish populations of commercial importance.




Without these important production and nursery areas our coastal seafood re-




sources would suffer severe decline.




     Coastal marshes  vary from a foot or so above mean tidal level to just




below this level.  Although tolerant of short-term inundations with fresher




or more saline waters and even short-term exposure to the air, these systems




cannot tolerate long-term changes in these environmental factors.   Drying of




the habitat or major intrusion of fresh- or saltwater has been shown to change




the composition of the dominant vegetation with long-term erosion of the




productivity and general usefulness of these systems.




     The marsh vegetation is dominated by several species of the tall Spartina




grass and to lesser extents by other emergent species such as Distichlis,




Juncus, and Salicornia.  Around the bases of these plants and on the surfaces




of old leaves grow a variety of filamentous algae including blue-green, brown,




and red algal types.  On the mud flats between the bases of the plants grow a




variety of diatoms and blue-green algae.  Plant production of the marsh is




dependent upon all three groups of producers, the tall emergent species, the



filamentous attached forms, and the mud flat inhabitants.




     Only grasshoppers and a few birds such as seaside sparrows may be found




among the tall Spartina  grass, but the water and mud flats are teeming with




animal life.   This includes snails, mussels, and oysters, as well as a variety




of worms, crabs, shrimp, and small fishes.  Many of the crabs, shrimp, and




fishes are juveniles of species which support the commercial catch as adults.




Large numbers of shore and wading birds forage in these marshes at low tide.




     Studies have shown that there is a regular export of decomposing organic




matter through the tidal creeks to the estuaries, but the major export occurs

-------
                                    73






when storms inundate the marshes with high water and flush out great quantities




of organic matter to the estuaries and the continental shelves.




     Salt swamps are dominated by the low, bush-like red, black, and white




mangrove trees.  A few other shrubs and vines may also be present.   The exten-




sive root systems developed by the mangroves provide surfaces for attachment




of filamentous algae, and the surface muds may support large and productive




diatom floras.  Large numbers of oysters are often found attached to the man-




grove roots, and a variety of small crabs, shrimp, and fishes feed on the organic




material in the shelter of the root systems.   Numerous shore and wading birds




forage around the roots and mud flats at low tide and nest in the branches of




the mangroves.




     The grass flats are dominated by eelgrass (Zostera) in northern latitudes




or by turtle grass (Thalassia) or manatee grass (Cvmodocea) in the more trop-




ical areas.   The long grass blades are often clothed with a layer of attached




filamentous algae which produce organic matter and which also act as brushes




to remove suspended matter from the flowing water above.   Many small animals




live among the stems and roots of the grass beds, and larger fishes and birds




forage there.




     Taken as a group,  the coastal marshes, swamps, and grass flats are among




the most valuable of the aquatic and semi-aquatic ecosystem types for the




following reasons.   The productivity of plant and animal matter is very high,




and this production supports not only these systems, but it also aids in




supporting the neighboring estuarine and the continental shelf communities.




They provide food and shelter for numerous coastal and marine animals and are,




thus, critically important as nursery grounds for species of commercial




importance.   They provide foraging grounds for numerous shore and wading birds,




and they also aid in stabilizing the shoreline from erosion.

-------
                                      74






     Since these systems are dependent upon a special combination of habitat




factors, they are especially vulnerable to the effects of human intrusion.




These systems must be protected at all costs.






Continental shelf - The continental shelf consists of three zones:  the near-




shore area which is influenced by estuary-derived nutrients, shallow water




wave action, longshore currents, and other coastal phenomena;  the outer shelf




which is influenced by deep waves at the edge of the continental shelf; and




an intermediate zone which may be thought of as the typical area of the shelf




proper.  Each of these zones is characterized by its own peculiar set of animal




inhabitants, but numerous species found in the intermediate zone also range




into the other two.  The ecosystems of these three zones are somewhat distinct,




as are the potential management problems.




     Most of the species of crabs, shrimp, and fishes which utilize the estuaries




as juveniles spawn on the shelf as adults.  These spawning grounds are located




in the nearshore and intermediate zones.   These are also the species of greatest




commercial and recreational importance, and indeed, the major  harvesting




grounds are located in the nearshore and intermediate zones.  These areas are




also habitat for many marine species which do not enter the lower salinity




waters of the coast.  The outer zone of the shelf is deeper and further removed




from land, and it is less influenced by coastal phenomena and  less subject  to




commercial harvest.




     The nature of the bottom determines, in large measure, the types of




organisms which reside in a given shelf area.   Rocky bottoms provide habitat




for many species which attach themselves to solid substrata, and such bottoms




often provide special nooks and crannies for species which must have shelter.




Soft bottoms of mud or sand, or an admixture of the two, provide habitat for

-------
                                     75




numerous burrowing species, but the fauna of such areas tends to be less




diverse than that which is found in rocky terrain.   Both types of areas may




be frequented by predatory species.




     Continental shelves are of considerable value to man through the commercial




harvest of marine species and through the recreational use of many others.




Continental shelves are also the source of petroleum, natural gas, sulfur,




shell, sand, gravel, and other products, and they are important in marine




transportation.   These competing uses may have important effects on the




commercial and recreational harvests of the shelf.

-------
                                    75A



                                  Chapter 3





          CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES WHICH AFFECT AQUATIC ENVIRONMENTS




     In order to evaluate the actual and potential effects of construction activi-




ties upon wetlands of the United States it is essential to examine engineering




aspects of potentially damaging construction in some detail.   Only by this means




can the most environmentally degrading features of construction practice be sorted




out for further analysis.   Therefore,  in the present chapter a relatively complete




picture of each type of construction activity is presented.




     Considering the diversity of terrain of the United States and the variety of




potential engineering approaches to a given type of project, the present chapter




cannot cover all possible aspects.  Details will vary with local circumstance.  By




providing basic engineering descriptions, however, it is anticipated that the reader




will develop an understanding of the problems faced by construction engineers and




their general approaches in seeking solutions.  Thus, the information presented here




should be readily transferrable to related projects and to specialized situations.




Furthermore, we are not wise enough now to appreciate all the environmental effects,




and thorough engineering descriptions should lay a firm foundation for future in-




crease in knowledge in this area.




     Throughout the chapter it will be assumed that good "housekeeping" practices




are employed on the construction projects.  However, it should be recognized that




sloppy engineering practices will tend to magnify environmental impacts.






                  General Nature of Construction Activities




     Aquatic environments may be affected directly by construction which takes




place within or at the margins of the wetlands and indirectly by construction which




occurs on the neighboring floodplains, banks, or shores.  Although a great many kinds




of activities are associated with major construction projects, for present pur-




poses these activities may be grouped into the following ten classes.

-------
                                     76





      1. Onsite activities prior to construction




      2. Construction of access roads




      3. Establishment of construction camp




      4. Materials storage




      5. Clearing of site




      6. Earth excavation and fill




      7. Foundation preparation and construction




      8. Disposal of excess excavated materials




      9. Major construction activity




    10. Site restoration and clean-up





Not all types of construction require all ten classes of activities, but this




list  provides a useful set of criteria for judging the immediate effects of most




major types of water-related environmental modifications.  Longer range effects




will  stem from the construction activity; nature, use, and operation of the structure;




and other developments occasioned by the presence of the structure.  A list of the




major types of construction activities which affect wetlands of the United States




is given in Table 3.1.






              Construction Activities Associated Primarily With




                       Floodplains, Banks, and Shores






                      Activities Prior to Construction




     The design and initial layouts require on-site activities which are generally




similar for most projects.   Surveying is carried on to define terrain features and




locate the construction elements.   The use of aerial photography in recent years




has reduced the on-site activities substantially.  Surveying generally involves




minor clearing of vegetation and the placement of guides in the form of stakes,




flags, and pins.   The preliminary engineering work often involves borings to es-




tablish the nature and extent of subsurface formations.   Seismograph  surveys may

-------
                                     77
Table 3.1.  Major types of construction activities which affect wetland environ-
            ments of the United States.
    Construction activities associated primarily with floodplains,
      banks and shores
      -  Preconstruction activities
      -  Construction involving impervious surfacing and/or earthwork
      -  Line construction activities
      -  Building construction
      -  Construction of open air industrial plants
      -  Construction of drainage structures
         Tunnel construction
      -  Mineral extraction on land

    Construction activities associated primarily with wetland areas
      and water bottoms
      -  Masonry dam construction
      -  Construction of fills and channels in wetlands
         Drainage ditches and river channel changes
      -  Bridging in wetlands
      -  Dredging and placement of dredge spoil

    Construction activities associated primarily with waterway margins
         Construction of breakwaters, sea walls, and shore protection
         systems
      -  Construction of ports and moorings

    Offshore construction
      -  Mineral extraction from the continental shelf
         Pipeline construction

-------
                                      78






also be carried on.  These activities will require the movement of machines and




men over the area under study.






                 Construction Involving Impervious Surfacing




                              and/or Earthwork




     Construction activities which involve impervious surfacing and/or earthwork




include highways, roads, streets, driveways, parking areas, airports, playing




fields, levees, dikes, and earthen dams.  Activities and facilities associated




with impervious surfacing and/or earthwork are given in Table 3.2.






Clearing and grubbing - This involves the removal of all surface vegetation




and major root systems.  Disposal of vegetation may be by natural decomposition




or by burning, depending on the volume of organic material.






Earthwork - This operation involves moving of natural soils from one location to




another by excavating, filling, and in most cases, compacting.  When soils for




fills are taken from borrow areas, these areas may be left as man-made ponds.  In




modern construction the operations are carried on almost exclusively with machinery.






Rock excavation - When rock is encountered, the construction process consists of




drilling the rock formation, loading the holes with explosives, and blasting to




loosen the rock.  This is followed by loading the broken rock, hauling to the fill




site, dumping, and placing.






Subgrade stabilization - In paving projects over areas of clay soils it is common




practice to stabilize the upper 6 to 12 inches.   This is usually accomplished by




mixing lime, either in dry or slurry form, into the soil, followed by thorough




mixing and compacting.  The completed, compacted surface is almost completely water-




proof.






Base course construction - The initial stage of pavement construction is the placement

-------
                                      79
Table 3.2.  Activities and facilities associated with impervious surfacing
            and/or earthwork.
        Clearing and grubbing
        Earthwork
        Rock excavation
        Subgrade stabilization
        Base course construction
        Aggregate production
        Portland cement concrete pavements
        Bituminous pavements
        Equipment parking, maintenance, and service areas
        Paving plants
        Site restoration
        Riprap
        Borrow pits and landfill areas

-------
                                      80






of  granular  materials such as sand, sand-gravel mixtures, and crushed rock.   In




some cases materials mixed with portland cement, tars, asphaltic materials, and,




rarely other chemical admixtures are used for base courses.  Construction opera-




tions include loading and hauling the materials, dumping on the prepared subgrade




surface, spreading and compacting.  It is usually necessary to add water in the




spreading process to obtain proper compaction.






Aggregate production - Aggregates for base courses and pavements are obtained from




open pit mining operations of sand and gravel or from stone quarries.  Open pit




aggregate production involves stripping of the earth overburden, the stripped




materials being dumped near the pit site.  The granular materials are then ex-




cavated and screened to adjust the gradation of the material.   The screening opera-




tion for pavement aggregate nearly always involves washing the material with large




quantities of water sprayed under moderate pressure.   The oversized materials and




excesses of sand sizes are placed in waste areas near the pit site.




     In some cases sand and gravel aggregates are obtained by mining operations from




natural streams or lakes.   The material is excavated from the stream or lake bottom




by use of a dragline or shovel and processed in a plant on the bank.   Wash water




is pumped from the river or lake and returned after use.




     Operation of a stone quarry involves stripping and near-site disposal of



earth overburden, rock excavation (as previously described),  crushing the rock to




produce aggregates with proper gradation, and screening of the crushed aggregate to




control the gradation.   Rock crushing operations normally involve a minimum amount




of waste material which is generally disposed of in completely worked quarry areas.






Portland cement concrete pavements - Portland cement concrete pavements are placed




over prepared subgrade or prepared base courses.  In urban areas where curb and




gutter is used concrete pavements are placed between side forms.  On rural highways,




airfields, and similar types of construction, formless pavers are used.  Some

-------
                                      81





pavements are reinforced with bar steel or wire mesh, and the operation includes




stockpiling and placement of the items.  The modern practice is to mix the concrete




in a central plant, haul it to the paving site in trucks, and spread it with a paving




machine.  This is followed by a final finishing operation and the covering of the




pavement with a curing compound, cloth mats, or ponded water to prevent rapid




drying.






Bituminous pavements - Pavements consisting of mixtures of tar and asphaltic




materials are widely used.  They are of three types:  mixed-in-place, surface treat-




ment, and plant mix.  Asphalt paving operations take place only during the warmer




periods of the year, preferably at temperatures above 50°F.   The initial operation




for all except the mixed-in-place pavement is the prime coat.  The prime coat




consists of a spray application of a liquid bituminous material in quantities of




0.2 to 0.4 gallons per square yard.  The material penetrates and seals the surface,




providing an excellent platform for the subsequent paving operation.




     The paving operation consists of placing alternate layers of bituminous




material and aggregate or mixtures of bituminous material and aggregate.  Mixing




may be accomplished in place with road machinery or in a central plant and hauled




to the job site.  The paving operation is completed by compacting the pavement layer




(or layers) with steel-wheeled or rubber-tired rollers.






Equipment parking, maintenance, and service areas - Construction operations in-




volving substantial earthwork and paving operations utilize many pieces of con-




struction equipment.  This equipment is normally stored, when not in use, at a




particular location where temporary facilities for servicing, fueling, and main-




taining the equipment are available.  Such areas are in the size range of 1 to 3




acres and are generally unpaved.  Normal activities will produce dusty conditions




and modest contamination with greases, fuel, and maintenance waste.






Paving plants - Plants for mixing portland cement concrete and bitumen-aggregate

-------
                                      82






mixtures consist of aggregate stockpiles, equipment for loading aggregates, storage




for  cement or asphalt, and the mixing plant itself.  The bituminous plant will




also contain equipment for heating and drying aggregates and fuel tanks to supply




the  burners.  Mixture control facilities, housing for the inspection force, and a




haul road complete the installation.






Site restoration - Upon completion of construction, any bare earth areas are nor-




mally protected by seeding or sodding the areas.  The operations also commonly




involve mulching and the use of fertilizer to promote rapid growth of vegetation.






Riprap - Levees, dikes, earthen dams, and highway fills exposed to water from rivers




or lakes are often riprapped on the water side.  Riprap materials are usually rock




or broken concrete pieces of substantial size which are hauled to the job site and




placed by dumping in the dry.






Borrow pits and landfill areas - Construction operations involving large volumes




of earth or rock movement commonly require either borrow areas, from which de-




ficiencies in material required can be obtained, or landfill areas,  where excess




materials excavated can be placed.




     Borrow areas must be located where the material will meet the requirements of




the project.  For example, the core area of a levee or of an earthfill dam requires




clay so that the structure will be essentially impervious.   Borrow areas are also




situated as close as possible to the construction site.   Since water-borne materials




are often deposited in graded sizes, river bluffs, floodplains, and  stream bottoms




are frequent locations of borrow activity.   When located on land, borrow activity




involves stripping away the topsoil followed by excavation and hauling of the




underlying material.   Borrow areas may be quite large, and upon completion of con-




struction, such areas are generally cleaned and shaped to minimize erosion.




     Landfill is used to dispose of excess material derived from excavation.   The

-------
                                    83






area utilized for a landfill operation is commonly a low area (pond, bog, or land




depression) or an eroded area whose owner desires to raise the elevation or stop




erosion.  Landfill operations are highly variable.  In some cases the excavated




material is hauled to the site, spread and compacted to the desired elevation, and




finally covered with topsoil and seeding to provide a vegetative cover.   In other




cases landfill operations consist only of hauling materials to the site and dumping,




with no further attention.






Levees and dikes - Of especial interest in relation to aquatic environments are




levees and dikes.  Levees are linear earthen walls placed on floodplains on both




sides of streams to contain flood waters.  Dikes are constructed of earth or other




materials and are placed in coastal areas to prevent flooding from large waves




and high tides associated with storms and hurricanes.  Levees and dikes involve




clearing and grubbing, earth borrow, earthwork construction, site restoration, and




in some cases, riprap.  Borrow areas may be located either on the water or the land




side of the levee or dike embankment, but they are most often located on the water




side.






                        Line Construction Activities




     Line construction activities include pipelines of various types, water lines,




sewer lines, oil and gas pipelines, storm sewers, land and building drains, drainage




and canals, pole lines, power lines, and underground electrical and communication




lines.




     The construction activities involved in pipeline, drainage ditch, irrigation




ditch and underground utility construction include ditching, storage and/or clearing




and grubbing, disposal of excavated materials, preparation and delivery of pipe,




cable or rickwell, pipe-laying, backfilling of the ditch, lining of drainage and/or




irrigation canals, disposal of surplus excavation in some cases, and installation




of pipeline appurtenances.  The latter include such items as manholes, valves, fire

-------
                                    84





hydrants, and pumping stations.




     In gravity flow systems such as most storm sewers, sanitary sewers, drains,




drainage canals, and irrigation canals, the ditches are excavated to a set grade




line.  In order to limit ditch depth such installations must fall with the natural




terrain.  Thus, their locations are relatively fixed.  Pumped systems such as water




lines and oil and gas pipelines are normally laid approximately parallel to the




ground surface, and location is not critical.  Activities and facilities associated




with line construction are presented in Table 3.3.






Clearing and grubbing - This has been discussed above.






Delivery of pipe - Pipe is delivered to the job site and distributed along the




line as it will be needed.






Ditch excavation - The ditch is excavated with a ditching machine for the smaller




pipe and by dragline and/or shovel for larger pipes.  Excavated earth is placed




along the side of the line away from the pipe.   Normally, ditch is opened as




needed by the pipe-laying operation.




     Drainage ditches and irrigation canals are ordinarily trapezoidal in cross-




section (wider at the top than at the bottom) and are excavated by special machines




or by normal construction equipment.  Excavated material may be deposited on both




banks, shaped, and compacted to provide a portion of the canal cross-section.




Comparison of the profiles of a natural stream and a ditched stream is given in




Figure 3.1.






Pipe-laying - Pipe-laying follows closely behind the ditching operation.   The




pipe is jointed on the bank to the maximum extent possible.   Gas and oil pipe-




lines are covered with a bituminous coating, so jointing and final coating opera-




tions are accomplished on the bank prior to placing the pipe in the ditch.   Small




pipe sizes are placed in the ditch and handled manually, but most pipe is placed by

-------
                                     85

Table 3.3.   Activities and facilities associated with line construction.
        Clearing and grubbing
        Delivery of pipe
        Ditch excavation
        Pipe laying
        Backfill
        Drainage ditch and canal lining
        Appurtenances and special construction
        Pole lines and electric power poles
        Disposition of excavated materials

-------
                                                                          86
                                                                                                            •     ^. t    ^   *•  '• »•  *, '•
                                                                                                           •'   '  '-»- i'n '   '.*.''  'V'
                                                                                                            '   •   A   .. v.  v  '. „*
 E
 o
 w


"o
                                               4  *
  E
  o
  o>
  k.
  M

 •o
  «
 J=
  o

 O


CD
                                                                  CO   I
                                                                  4J  CU   I
                                                                  O  00  CJ
                                                                  ^  CU   0)
                                                                      >  4-1
                                                                      a  co   a
                                                                      H      -H
                                                                      cd  cu   cd
                                                                      H  CU   l-l
                                                                      a >   1-1
                                                                  4J T3  CU   CU
                                                                  CO  O  i-l  -M

                                                                      °H   00
                                                                          •H   C
                                                                          O  -H    •
                                                                          ftTJ   CU
                                                                          CO   Pi   ft
                                                                                                                                                 Q)
                                                                                                                                                 0)
                                                                                                                                                T)      T3  O   O
                                                                                                                                                    •X3  CU  VJ   CO
                                                                                                                                                 Cd   C  J->  )-l  T3
                                                                                                                                                     cd  O  3   (3
                                                                                                                                                nd  ^-^  cd  co   cd
                                                                                                                                                 C       ft     H
                                                                                                                                                 3   c  S  cu
                                                                                                                                                    •H  O  43   CO
                                                                                                                                                iH   cd  CJ  4J  43
                                                                                                                                                 Cd  rH          4-1
                                                                                                                                                 M   ft  CU  S
                                                                                                                                                 3  13 43  O  43
                                                                                                                                                 4-1   O  4-1  (-!  4J
                                                                                                                                                 cd   o      m  -H
                                                                                                                                                 a
                                                                                                                                                 n)
                                                                                                                                                     cu
                                                                          CO   CU
                                                                               CO
                                                                                                                                                                  cu
                                                                                                                                                             3
                                                                                                                                                 O  4J T3  O   CJ
                                                                                                                                                         C  O   CU
                                                                                                                                                 co  S  cd  M   C
                                                                                                                                                 co  cd      cu   c
                                                                                                                                                rH  CU T3  4J   O
                                                                                                                                                ^H  )-l  CU  cd   CJ
                                                                                                                                                 O   CO
                                                                                                                                                         6  cu
                                                                                                                                                         Q)  43
                                                                                                                                                                  cu
                                                                                                                                                 ftT3
                                                                                                                                                     CU  >-l  4J   C3
                                                                                                                                                 CU 43           O
                                                                                                                                                43  O  C  CO  i-H
                                                                                                                                                 4J 4-1  CO  CU
                                                                                                                                                    •H  0)  4-1   O
                                                                                                                                                M-l T3 43  cd   (3
                                                                                                                                                 O          M
                                                                                                                                                     CU  CO  cd   CO
                                                                                                                                                             cu
                                                                                                                                                             ca r
 (3  43  cd
 O  4-1
 CO
•H   (3
 n  -H  c  f^ re
 ca       o i-i  a,
 ft 4J -H  CO  ^
 g   cd 4-1  >  4J
 o  43  at -H  a
r_>  4J 4-1 4-> :
                                                                                                                                                 00
                                                                                                                                                •H

-------
                                    87






machine using special handling equipment.






Backfill - As soon as the pipe has been laid, the excavated earth is placed back




into the ditch generally with a bulldozer or loader.   Unless the earth is compacted,




and this is not the usual practice, an excess of material will exist.  This excess




material is rounded over the ditch.  In time the earth will compact naturally and




the ground surface return to near the original level.






Drainage ditch and canal lining - Larger irrigation canals and drainage ditches




are often lined with portland cement concrete or plant-mix asphaltic concrete




materials in order to reduce seepage losses.  The lining materials are transported




from a mixing plant to the canal or ditch and applied by specialized machines.






Appurtenances and special construction - Pipeline appurtenances include valves,




manholes, fire plugs, pumping stations, borings under highways, and stream crossings.




The construction operations include excavation, reinforced concrete construction,




small buildings, boring or tunneling, installation of mechanical equipment, back-




filling, and suspension bridges for stream crossings.   Drainage ditch and canal




appurtenances include such items as diversion structures, measuring wires, gates,




mounted siphons under roadways, and stream crossings in aqueducts.






Pole lines and electric power lines - Construction activities for pole lines and




electric power lines include clearing, excavation of holes for poles or tower




foundations, pole or tower erection, and installation of cable.






Disposition of excavated materials - In urban areas and for very large pipelines,




particularly in built-up areas, it is necessary to remove excess excavated materials




and deposit them in a landfill site.






                            Building Construction




     All buildings involve much the same types of construction.  Office and

-------
                                       88






commercial buildings, housing, manufacturing plants, warehouses, government build-




ings, school and university buildings, and other types of closed space involve a




similar range of construction activities.  Activities and facilities associated




with building construction are shown in Table  3.4.






Site preparation - The clearing and preparation of the site is the first activity.




For raw land this involves clearing all vegetation and possible treatment of the




soil to permanently devegetate the area.  Grading is often necessary to adjust the




site to accomodate the planned building.






Demolition - Some building sites are occupied by pre-existing structures which




must be torn down, followed by removal of the old building debris.   This is es-




pecially true in urban areas where building sites may be surrounded by streets




and/or other buildings.






Excavation - Many buildings have substantial volumes below ground level requiring




excavation.  This is particularly true in large buildings in central sections of




urban areas.  Adjacent buildings and streets must be protected by driving sheet




piling which are braced to resist the pressure of the adjacent earth while excava-




tion proceeds inside the sheet piling.  Excavated earth from such sites must be




removed and hauled to a disposal site.






Foundation - Foundations for buildings vary widely,  ranging from simple reinforced




concrete slabs for houses and light industrial buildings to the use of caissons in




wet soils for multistory office buildings.   The operations involved include the




driving of piling (wood, steel or concrete), drilling and placing of reinforcing




steel and concrete for cast in place foundations, massive reinforced concrete mats




covering the building area, reinforced concrete spread footings, and T-shaped founda-




tions placed in caissons.  Foundation concrete and concrete for the structural frame




are obtained from a concrete plant, usually a fixed plant in an urban area.

-------
                                      89

Table 3.4.  Activities and facilities associated with building construction.
        Site preparation
     -  Demolition
        Excavation
     -  Foundation
        Materials storage yard
     -  Building structure
     -  Mechanical and electrical equipment

-------
                                      90






Materials storage yard - Any major building requires a yard for the storage of




materials to be incorporated in the project.  Some materials require inside




storage, whereas the more durable material may be stored in the open.  When




space is available the storage yard is located on the construction site.  Urban




building sites have very limited storage possibilities, so the storage yard must




be located at some distance from the site.






Building structure - The building structure involves the placement of reinforcing




steel, pouring portland cement concrete, erection of structural steel, masonry or




precast concrete, placement of window walls, window glazing, roofing, and the




erection of interior construction walls.






Mechanical and electrical equipment - Most of the mechanical and electrical equip-




ment is installed within the building, although some may be designed for the roof.




Associated activities include installation of elevators, heating and air condi-




tioning equipment, plumbing, electrical supply and lighting, telephone conduits,




and a wide variety of specialized equipment built into the structure.






                  Construction of Open Air Industrial Plants





     Industrial plants such as oil refineries, chemical plants, cement plants,




power plants, and steel fabricating yards are built and operated in the open.




Construction operations for such plants vary somewhat from regular building




construction.  Some elements of these plants such as the control systems, special-




ized equipment, laboratories and office areas are in buildings.  Activities and




facilities associated with open air industrial plant construction are presented




in Table 3.5.






Site preparation - This is essentially the same as for buildings.






Foundations - Foundations for such items as cooling towers, boilers, turbines and




generators, distillation columns, and other major items in the plant are constructed

-------
                                      91
Table 3.5.  Activities and facilities associated with construction of
            open air industrial plants.
     -  Site preparation
     -  Foundations
     -  Plant construction
        Plant access

-------
                                      92




of reinforced concrete.  Where extremely heavy loads must be supported on low




strength soils, piling is driven to provide adequate load carrying capacity.






Plant construction - Plant construction involves the following types of activities:




installation of major plant elements (including structural steel supports and




principal machinery), installation of extensive piping systems both above and




below ground (including insulation for hot and cold lines and appurtenances such




as valves and measuring devices), placement of power lines and the wiring for all




electrical power and control systems, painting of exposed materials, and installa-




tion of the plant drainage system.   The major construction activities include




steel erection, pipe fitting, welding and bolting, insulation, placement of power




cable, placement of control and telephone cable, and electric wiring.






Plant access - Roads, streets, parking lots, hardstanding and open storage areas




are vital parts of these industrial plants.






                     Construction of Drainage Structures





     Drainage devices include a wide spectrum of structures, varying from small




corrugated metal culverts, which discharge the drainage from a few acres, to large




suspension bridges over major rivers.  In general, such structures can be divided




into two classes, culverts and bridges.   Culverts are used primarily to permit



drainage through normally dry channels and streams with small flows.  Their total




span is generally less than 50 feet.   Bridges cross major waterway areas requiring




spans of over 50 feet, and they provide substantial waterway openings.   Activities




and facilities associated with construction of drainage structures are given in




Table 3.6.






Culvert construction - Culvert construction involves excavation and grading to line




and elevation at the site, pipe-laying or concrete box construction, and backfilling.




Excavation is accomplished by bulldozers, dragline, backhoe, or small excavator-

-------
                                      93
Table 3.6.  Activities and facilities associated with construction of
            drainage structures.
        Culvert construction
        Channel changes
        Bridge piers: dry construction
        Bridge piers: wet construction
        Bridge abutments
        Bridge superstructure

-------
                                      94






loader, and the excavated material is normally stockpiled at the site for use in




backfill.  Some handwork may be required for fine grading.




     For a pipe culvert the pipe, which is usually corrugated galvanized metal,




is positioned by crane, and a small amount of earth is placed around the pipe to




hold it in place.  If a concrete headwall is required, forms are placed, the




reinforcing steel placed, and concrete poured.  For a single or multiple box




culvert, the floor slab steel is placed and the floor slab poured.   Forms for the




vertical walls and deck are placed along with the reinforcing steel, and this is




followed by pouring of concrete.  Concrete is commonly obtained from a commercial




ready-mix plant.  Removal of forms completes the box.  Backfill is placed with a




bulldozer, backhoe, or dragline, and it is compacted with air-tamps.  In some




cases the ditch for the box culvert is placed at grade.






Channel changes - Good flow conditions through pipe and box culverts are often ob-




tained by excavating new channels above and/or below the culvert installation to




produce straight through-flow.   The operation involves normal excavation procedures




with the excavated material disposed of by depositing it near the site and often in




the old channel.  Channel changes will normally increase flow rates through the




new section.






Bridge piers;  dry construction - It is necessary to found bridges on solid layers




usually well below the surface of the ground or stream bed.   The support layer




can be reached by driving solid piles (concrete, steel,  or timber)  into it or by




drilling shafts to the support layer, under-reaming if necessary, placing of steel




reinforcements, and pouring the pile in place.  Pipe piling is sometimes driven or




jetted into position and subsequently filled with reinforced concrete.




     Major bridge piers on river banks are often placed in open, braced excavations




which descend to the desired elevation.   Since these excavations generally extend




below the ground water level, the water must be controlled in the excavation.   This

-------
                                      95





is accomplished by bleeding off the water from the surrounding soil by means of




well-points driven to elevations well below the excavation level.   Excavated




materials are hoisted to the surface and hauled to the disposal site.   When the




excavation, sheeting, and bracing reach the designed level, a concrete seal is




normally poured, and the pier is constructed inside the sheeting and bracing.  Pier




construction involves placement of steel reinforcements and pouring of concrete.






Bridge piers;  wet construction - Where major bridge piers are to be placed in




the stream, excavation is carried on by using a caisson.  The caisson is a bottom-




less metal box suitably constructed to resist water and soil pressures and built




with a cutting edge on the bottom.  The caisson is towed to the pier site and sunk




to the river bed where it penetrates under its own weight.  Material is removed




from within the caisson by means of a clam shell dredge, and the caisson is ad-




vanced ahead of the excavation level.  As the caisson penetrates into the river




bed new sections are added to the top.  When the caisson and excavation reach the




proper level, a concrete seal is poured through a metal cylinder called a tremie.




When the concrete has hardened, the water is pumped from the caisson,  and pier con-




struction takes place in the dry.






Bridge abutments - The bridge abutment supports the exterior bridge span and




provides the transition to the approach fill.  Construction operations involved




are excavation, necessary formwork, placement of reinforcing steel, placement of




concrete, and earth backfill for the abutment.






Bridge superstructure - The bridge superstructure is constructed of structural




steel (including wire for suspension cables), reinforced concrete, or wood.  Wooden




structures are now quite rare.   The construction operations involved are temporary




support beams, erection of the steel structure, painting, necessary formwork




erection and removal, placement of steel reinforcements, placement of concrete, and




installation of bridge railing and guard rail.

-------
                                      96






                             Tunnel Construction





     Tunneling is necessary when railways, highways, subways, canals, large sewers,




and other grade-sensitive installations must traverse major topographic features,




such as mountains, and when it is desirable to place such facilities underground




beneath major surface structures or rivers.  Activities and facilities associated




with tunnel construction are presented in Table 3.7.






Rock tunnels - Tunnels in rock are advanced by drilling and blasting.  A shield




is used at the working face to prevent rapid flow of disintegrated rock.  In




solid rock the tunnel may not require lining.   Where faults and fractured rock




are tunneled a shield (liner) and reinforced concrete lining are used.  Also,




extensive grouting may be required in areas of badly fractured rock to establish




sufficient stability to permit advancement of the tunnel.  Excavated rock is




loaded into mine cars and removed from the tunnel where it is used for fill or




dumped in disposal areas.






Tunnels in earth - Tunneling in earth also may require a steel shield extending




to the working face.   Excavated material is placed into mine cars for removal from




the tunnel to a fill or disposal area.  In recent years tunnel boring machines




have been developed for use in smaller tunnels (up to about 10 feet in diameter).




These machines use cutters at the working face and discharge the cuttings onto




a conveyer belt for removal from the tunnel.   The steel shield liner, used to pre-




vent cave-ins, may be incorporated into the reinforced concrete lining.






Tunnels under water - Tunnels under water normally require the use of compressed




air to prevent entry of water and earth into the excavated area.  The shield




system is airtight at the working face and contains a locking system through which




the workmen enter or leave and through which the excavated material is removed.




This system also employs a steel shield to keep the tunnel open and a reinforced

-------
                                      97

Table 3.7.  Activities and facilities associated with tunnel construction.
     -  Rock tunnels
     -  Tunnels in earth
     -  Tunnels under water
        Cut-and-cover tunnels
     -  Construction plant and yard

-------
                                      98






concrete liner which incorporates the shield.  Work in compressed air requires




careful monitoring of workmen entering and, in particular, leaving the excavation




area.  Excavated materials are hauled in mine cars to the tunnel portal and taken




to fill or disposal areas.






Cut-and-cover tunnels - Cut-and-cover tunnels will be discussed in the section




dealing with construction in wetland areas.






Construction plant and yard - Tunneling operations require storage of considerable




amounts of materials as well as access to a concrete plant for construction of the




tunnel liner.






                         Mineral Extraction on Land





     Activities and facilities associated with mineral extraction on land are




shown in Table 3.8.






Strip mining - Strip mining is used for recovery of near surface deposits.  The




most common minerals so extracted are coal, rock, sand, and gravel.   However,




copper, iron, and other ores are also obtained from open pit operations which




are essentially the same as strip mining.   Production of sand and gravel and the




quarrying of stone have been discussed previously.




     Strip mining involves the use of large surface excavating machines, primarily




draglines and shovels, to strip the overburden and deposit it away from the mineral




being mined.  Then, the mineral sought is excavated, with blasting ahead if neces-




sary, loaded into hauling vehicles or continuous belts, and transferred to the




processing site.   The process covers a strip of the earth, usually 20 to 40 feet




wide and extending longitudinally for the length of the deposit.  In this manner




successive strips are mined.  In the past the mined area was left in a tortured




mass of overburden deposits, trenches, and spoil areas.  Modern practice conserves




the topsoil and fills the mined areas with adjacent overburden which is placed and

-------
                                      99
Table 3.8.  Activities and facilities associated with mineral extraction
            on land.
        Strip mining
     -  Shaft and tunnel (drift) mining
     -  Minerals from wells

-------
                                       100
 compacted.  The return of the topsoil to the area completes the operation.   The




general methods employed in strip mining and drift mining are shown in Figure 3.2.






Shaft and tunnel (drift) mining - Deep deposits of minerals are mined by sinking




a vertical shaft to the mineral zone, tunneling into the zone to obtain the ore,




and hauling the ore horizontally and vertically to processing plants at the surface.




The tunneling operations utilize heavy equipment as well as blasting and shoring




to prevent cave-ins in the open tunnel areas.   Hauling horizontally is accomplished




by continuous belts or mine cars, and buckets are used to bring the mined minerals




or ore to the surface.






Minerals from wells - Petroleum, natural gas,  sulfur, mineral brines, and water




are recovered from wells drilled into the formations containing the minerals.   The




construction operations involved include drilling the bore hole, placing the pipe




casing, cementing the casing to prevent movement of liquids and gases between the




casing and bore hole, and installation of the production equipment such as pumps,




pressure reducers,  blow-out preventers, equipment for separation of liquids, tanks,




and measuring devices.  These operations involve a limited land area and utilize




closed cycles so that no liquids or foreign materials are normally discharged from




the drill area.






              Construction Activities Associated Primarily with




                       Wetland Areas and Water Bottoms






                           Masonry Dam Construction





     Dams are constructed on flowing waterways for production of electric power,




storage of water (for irrigation, urban, or industrial use), flood control,  or




some combination of these purposes.  Dams may be constructed of concrete (masonry),




earthfill, or rockfill.  Masonry dams are built in narrow, deep canyons, normally




with rock walls and foundations which permit ready impoundment of the water.  Such

-------
                                   101
A.   Strip  mining  operation
                     Spoil piles
                                           XXXKXXXXX:
B.   Drift  mining  operation
                          Mine
                                                                   Vertical
                                                                       shaft
                                                                   Horizontal
                                                                       shaft
                                                                   Mineral or
                                                                    coal  vein
   Figure  3.2.  General methods employed in strip mining and drift mining
               operations.  In the  strip mining operation the overburden
               is removed and placed in trailing spoil piles in  order  to
               get at the valuable  mineral seam.  In the drift mining
               operation a shaft  is sunk to the level of the seam,  and
               spoil material is  allowed to cascade downhill into the
               stream valley.  In mountainous area drifts often  come to
               the surface.

-------
                                      102






dams are major construction operations and involve activities both in the river




channel and on the adjacent banks and walls.  Earthfill and rockfill dams are




often constructed in areas where the flow rate is relatively slow, the valley




walls are of earth, and the floodplain is relatively broad.  Earthfill and rock-




fill dams involve primarily those operations previously discussed under earthwork




construction.  Since the same general appurtenances are involved for all three




types, only masonry dam construction will be described.  Activities and facilities




of masonry dam construction are described in Table 3.9 and illustrated in Figure




3.3.






River diversion - The first stage of construction is the diversion of normal




river flow from the area where the dam is to be constructed.  This is commonly




accomplished by driving a diversion tunnel through the canyon wall from a point




upstream from the dam site to a point downstream of the dam site.  This tunnel is




commonly lined with concrete and has special inlet and outlet sections to minimize




flow turbulence.   Cofferdams are placed across the river above and below the dam




site and between the inlet and outlet ends of the tunnel.   The upstream cofferdam




diverts the river into the tunnel and the downstream cofferdam prevents the river




from backing up into the dam site.   Construction of the cofferdams requires ex-




cavating the river bottom to a reasonably level bed and construction of cutoff




trenches in each canyon wall.   When these elements have been placed the dam site




is dewatered.   The diversion system must be reasonably watertight, although some




pumping will be necessary.   Provision must be made for closing the diversion




tunnel when dam construction is completed.   For very large streams modifications




of the above procedures are required.






Foundation and abutment excavation - The first stage of masonry dam construction




is the excavation of the foundation and abutment areas of  the dam.   All earth,




sand, gravel,  and loose rock are removed.   For safety, it  is necessary to found

-------
                                      103
Table 3.9.   Activities and facilities associated with masonry dam construction.
     -  River diversion
     -  Foundation and abutment excavation
     -  Grouting
        Concrete in dam structure
     -  Aggregate production
     -  Cement plant
        Construction camp
     -  Appurtenances for masonry, earth, and rockfill dams

-------
                          104
                    Direction of
                     water  flow
                                              Upstream
                                                 cofferdam
                                          .'*.-:;  Diversion
                                                tunnel
                                        >.''.#  Dam  construction
                                                 area
                                        #•.:''.':  Downstream
                                                 cofferdam
Figure 3.3.  Main features  of masonry dam construc-
             tion.   The  area between the cofferdams
             is pumped out  so that construction of
             the dam proper can proceed in the dry.

-------
                                     105






the dam and its abutments on solid natural rock.   The operations involved are




drilling and blasting of rock,  as well as excavating, loading,  and hauling of




excavated materials.   All these activities have been discussed  previously.






Grouting - It is imperative that the foundation and abutment areas of a dam be




essentially watertight.   Water  passing under or around the dam  creates problems




in dam safety.   For this reason these areas are normally grouted to close all




cracks and seams and fill cavities.   The operations include drilling grout holes




in the foundation and abutment  areas, mixing the grout and pumping it into the




grout holes under pressure.




     Grouts used consist basically of portland cement and water proportioned to




form a thin slurry.  Other materials such as bentonite and fly  ash are also added.




In cases where large cavities may occur as in massive limestone formations bulk




may be obtained by adding inert materials such as rock dust or  fine sand.  Grouts




are premixed and stored in tanks just prior to pumping.   Grout  is pumped into the




drilled holes under sufficient  pressure to force the grout into cracks, seams and




openings.  Pumping is continued in each hole until no more grout is taken.






Concrete in dam structure - Dam structures involve the placement of very large




volumes of concrete.   The concrete used is composed of portland cement mixed with




rock fines, sand and gravel, or crushed rock, the latter varying from 1/4 inch




to 6 inches in size.   The construction operation involves a large aggregate opera-




tion, a high volume mixing plant, and a sophisticated system for carrying the




concrete to its location in the dam structure.  Specialized forms are used which




are continually moved up as the structure is built.




     Massive concrete structures pose problems in disposing of  the heat of hy-




dration of the cement.  Low-heat cements ease the problem, but  cooling of the




concrete and cooling systems within the dam structure may be necessary.






Aggregate production - Aggregate production for dams differs from that discussed

-------
                                     106






previously only in quantities and sizes.  Because a dam uses very substantial




quantities of material in a small area, highly sophisticated crushing, screening,




washing and transportation systems are economical.






Concrete plant - Concrete production has been discussed earlier.  As in the case




of aggregate, large quantities of concrete are required for construction of a




major dam.






Construction camp - Since dams are often built in isolated locations and require




substantial manpower during construction, the contractors commonly build and




maintain a camp for the workers.  Housing, bathing, and feeding facilities, along




with modest recreational opportunities are normally provided.  Camp construction




requires roads, buildings, minor utility pipelines and surfaced areas for storage




of materials and equipment.  Such construction activities have been discussed




previously.  When construction is completed, the camp is normally removed.






Appurtenances for masonry, earth and rockfill dams - Dam appurtenances include




the overflow spillway for flood waters, irrigation water diversion structures,




dam gates, large conduit pipes (penstocks), and power plants.  These structures




all involve heavy steel, reinforced concrete, and the placement of heavy devices




and machinery.   Excavation required is essentially the same as for the dam structure,




and the dam concrete plant produces concrete for these elements.






               Construction of Fills and Channels in Wetlands





     Fills for highways, railways, airports, and other similar types of con-




struction in wetlands involve building over unstable substrates of both organic




and inorganic origin.   The methods used are dependent on the depth and character-




istics of the unstable material as well as upon the nature of the underlying




stable substrate.   Methods of ditch and fill construction in wetlands are il-




lustrated in Figure 3.4.

-------
                            107
A.   Undisturbed   marsh

                                      '     '
 B.  Road  construction  using  hard  fill

 C.  Road construction  using  native  soft  fill
                                        ditch

D.   Ditch construction with side-cast  spoil banks

                               ditch
                               /

Figure 3.4.  Methods of ditch and fill construction
             in wetlands.  Hard fill of sand and
             gravel forms a rather stable base  for
             road construction.  Use of native  soft
             fill is a more primitive method and  is
             more subject to subsidence, necessita-
             ting frequent maintenance.  Much of  the
             road construction in coastal tundra
             areas of Alaska has been carried out by
             the soft fill method.

-------
                                    108






Excavation and replacement by stable fill - Where depths of unstable material




do not exceed about 10 feet a dragline, shovel, or dredge may be used to ex-




cavate the unstable material to sufficient width to permit construction of the




roadway, or other construction element.  The excavated material handled by




dragline or shovel is usually side cast beyond the excavation forming a spoil




bank, and it must be removed a sufficient distance to prevent lateral displace-




ment back into the excavation.   The roadway is then constructed of free draining




granular materials such as sand, sand-gravel mixtures, or crushed rock, which




is deposited in the water until the fill reaches the designated height.  The




fill is placed by end-dumping from trucks and pushed into the excavation by




bulldozers.  The excavation is left open a minimum amount of time.  Where




dredging operations are used the granular material is pumped into the excavation




until the fill reaches grade.






Displacement methods - Where deeper unstable deposits are encountered (about




10 to 25 ft) displacement methods are commonly used.   In such methods the fill




is advanced by end-dumping and placement with a bulldozer in a V-shape (i.e.,




highest along the central crest).   Fill height is increased until the load is




sufficient to produce failure in the underlying unstable materials, displacing




them laterally.   Displacement may be accelerated by jetting with water prior to,




during, and after placement of the fill.  As the fill settles, additional




material must be placed to maintain the grade.   The weight of the fill will




cause lateral compression in the displaced materials which may result in set-




tling and horizontal movement of the shoulders for several years.




    Displacement of unstable materials under the fill may also be accomplished




by blasting.  In the "underfill" technique the surface layers are broken with




equipment or light charges, the fill is placed, and explosives are then posi-




tioned through the fill in jet holes or casings.   Usually one to three rows of




explosives are placed along the center line about midway between the fill bottom

-------
                                    109





and the top of the underlying solid substratum.   In addition, at each edge of




the fill two or three rows of charges are placed 4 to 5 feet below the surface.




The explosion displaces the soft materials, creating a cavity under the fill




which then settles rapidly.  In the "toe-shooting" technique the soft material




is displaced by blasting ahead of the advancing fill.  Added fill material is




pushed into the cavity left by the blast, and the fill is advanced with a V-




point which displaces the soft material and develops a wave in front of the




fill.  In the process the front face of the fill is overburdened, and the ex-




plosive charges are placed around the toes of the fill near the bottom of the




soft material.  Fill materials must be free draining.  Sands, sand-gravel mix-




tures, or crushed stone are ideal.






Preconsolidation methods - Preconsolidation is used where materials can be




stabilized by overloading which essentially squeezes out the water and com-




pacts the underlying materials.  In this method the fill is placed by end-




dumping in layers to a depth determined by consolidation tests on the unstable




materials.  The fill is placed to a depth of 3 to 8 feet above the grade, and




the time sequence must be such that the underlying materials do not fail but




continue to consolidate.  Normally, 1 to 3 months of consolidation time are re-




quired between layers.  When the expected consolidation has been obtained, the




excess fill is removed to design grade.   This method involves neither removal




nor displacement of wetland materials.




    Consolidation can be expedited by the use of vertical sand drains.  Holes




are driven or drilled into the unstable materials on 6 to 15 foot centers to




the stable material below, and they are filled with clean, highly permeable




sand.  A free drainiiig blanket of granular material is then placed over the




surface of the fill area to permit water to move up the sand drain and laterally




under the fill.  The surcharge fill is then placed, and settlement is speeded




because of greater ease of escape for the drainage water.

-------
                                    110






               Drainage Ditches and River Channel Changes





     Drainage ditches are constructed in low-lying or wetland areas to enhance




 surface runoff, to remove water from wetlands, and to lower the water table




 level.  Drainage ditches may be excavated by the methods of dry land excavation




 previously discussed or by means of a floating dragline (i..^. , a steamshovel or




 grab operating from a barge).  Excavated material is deposited as spoil bank




 on one or both sides of the excavation  (see Figure 3.4).




     River channel modifications are carried out to stabilize the channel or




 shorten the river's length (by cutting off meanders).  In the latter case dry




 land excavation is employed to create a deep, broad trench which almost connects




 with the river at either end.  When the trench is complete, the end sections are




 blasted open to admit the river to the new channel.   The old channel may be




 filled or allowed to remain as a man-made oxbow.






                          Bridging in Wetlands





     Where the unstable material in wetlands is quite deep the most economical




 solution for linear construction such as highways and railways is the driving




 of pile bents and placement of bent caps and bridge superstructure to carry the




 facility.   Piling may be wood, concrete or steel and the pile bent caps and




 structure may be wood, steel, or reinforced concrete.   The operation proceeds




 from the bank outward with pile driving, pile caps,  and bridge structure placed




 consecutively.






                 Dredging and Placement of Dredge Spoil





     The dredge is used exclusively for excavation in water.   It is employed




 to deepen areas such as channels,  ports, and harbors,  and it also is used to




provide fill materials in the construction of piers,  wharves,  docks, dams, and




various underwater foundations.   Fill material may be provided for dikes, levees,

-------
                                    Ill
and other terrestrial structures.   Dredges are also used to maintain open chan-




nels, canals, and other waterways; for the desiltation of dam reservoirs; for




the excavation of construction materials such as shell, sand, and gravel; and




for the recovery of bottom minerals such as gold, tin, and diamonds.




     There are two major types of dredges, the bucket or mechanical dredge




and hydraulic dredge.  Bucket dredges are classified as grab (orange peel or




clam shell) dredges, dipper dredges, and ladder dredges.  Hydraulic dredges in-




clude the plain suction, draghead, and cutterhead types.






Bucket dredges - Bucket dredges are used in areas where the more efficient hy-




draulic dredges are not practical.  The grab dredge can dig silt and stiff mud




in depths to 100 feet and is used around docks, piers and in corners.  The




dipper dredge can be used to excavate hard materials in depths to about 65




feet.  Ladder dredges excavate with a continuous chain of buckets on an inclin-




able ladder, dumping the excavated material into a chute or trough at the top




of the ladder.  They work well in a variety of materials in depths up to 75 feet.




Bucket dredges must discharge the excavated material alongside the place of ex-




cavation or into barges or scows adjacent to the dredge and which are towed to




a disposal site.






Hydraulic dredges - All hydraulic dredges have a centrifugal pump fed through




a suction line.  The excavated material is discharged into the dredge itself




(hopper dredge), into barges alongside, or ashore through a pipeline.  Dredges




differ in their means of loosening and picking up the excavated materials.




     Plain suction dredges are built like a ship.  The suction pipe is located




in the bow or on the side of the dredge.  One or more suction pipes extend into




the hull to the pump.  Dredged material is discharged into the hull, into barges




alongside, or back into the water through a side-casting boom.  The lower end of




the suction line is flattened like a vacuum cleaner, and high pressure water jets

-------
                                    112
may be used to loosen material around the perimeter of the working area.  Such




dredges are normally used in softer substrates to create holes into which sur-




rounding materials may run.




     Draghead suction dredges use a special suction head, dustpan or draghead,




attached to the end of the suction line.  Such dredges are generally hopper




dredges, but occasionally they discharge into barges or through side-casting




booms.  The suction lines are alongside, and the dredge moves ahead with the drag-




head in contact with the bottom while dredging.  The dredge has a shiptype hull




and is self-propelled.  Hopper capacities are in the range of 500 to 8,000




cubic yards.  When full, the dredge steams to the disposal area and discharges




the excavated material.  A variety of dragheads are used depending on the type




of material to be excavated.




     The most commonly used dredge today is the pipeline cutterhead dredge.   Its




prime function is to excavate and move material hydraulically to its ultimate




location without rehandling.  The dredge proper consists of a ladder; cutter-




head; suction pipe; A and H frames with hoist machinery to handle the cutter-




head, ladder, and suction pipe; cutter motor; hull; engine room; lever room;




main pump and engine; spud gantry; and spuds.  During operation a discharge line




floating on pontoons extends to the shore where it is attached to the shoreline.



Auxiliary tugs, fuel barges, pipe barges, and work boats complete the plant.




The dredge size is generally defined by the diameter of the discharge line,




for example, 24-inch dredge.  The cutterhead rotates, cutting and loosening the




bottom materials,  which are then picked up by the suction pipe.   The water borne




excavated materials pass through the discharge line to the spoil disposal area.




Various types of cutterheads, including the basket or straight arm,  are used,




depending on the hardness of the materials to be excavated.   Cutterhead power




requirements vary upward to 4,000 horsepower.  The dredging depth is dependent




on ladder length,  and depths up to 150 feet have been successfully dredged.   A

-------
                                    113






water jet booster system will increase production by providing more lifting




energy at the pump's suction end.  Spuds are used to position and move the




dredge ahead as excavation is completed.






Dredge spoil from hydraulic dredges - Hydraulic dredges discharge the dredge




spoil ashore or in water areas adjacent to the dredging site.  Land disposal




areas must be adequate  for settling and must have levees strong and high enough




to confine the material permanently.  An auxiliary boom discharge barge may be




used at the end of the discharge line to transmit the material over the levee.




Spoil disposal areas in water are located at least 1,000 feet from the dredging




site.  Discharge is allowed to spread over the bottom without attempt at con-




tainment.  A baffle plate is often used at the discharge end so cut that the dis-




charge force pushes the plate and end of the discharge line along to keep up




with the dredging operation.  A hydraulic dredge and fill operation is illus-




trated in Figure 3.5.




     Hydraulic dredges are used to produce land fills for levees, highways,




and railways, as well as fills for the foundations of structures in water.




Spillways are employed to discharge the water from a ponding area after a




settling period.  For granular materials which settle rapidly, pipes near the




top of the levee may also be used.  For slower settling materials such as silt




and clay which require longer ponding more elaborate spillways located away




from the discharge area are often needed.  Turbidity of the return water is




regulated by controlling detention time through elevation changes in the spill-




way.  Flashboards are used for this purpose.  Water discharged normally returns




to the body of water from which it was dredged.

-------
114
                                              a
                                              o
                                              2
                                              0)
                                              ex
                                              o
                                              §


                                              0)

                                              00

                                             73

                                              0)
                                             i-H


                                             cd
                                             c
                                             o
                                             •H
                                             4J


                                             2
                                             4-1
                                             0)
                                             2

                                             60

-------
                                    115





            Construction Activities Associated Primarily with




                            Waterway Margins






                 Construction of Breakwaters, Sea Walls,




                      and Shore Protection Systems





     These construction activities in wetland areas are for the purpose of




providing protection against wave action and/or protection against high water




and fast currents.






Breakwaters - Breakwaters are used to form artificial harbors.   Water areas so




protected from the effect of waves, provide safety for ships and docks.  Break-




waters are of several types, but natural rock and concrete are the normal




breakwater materials.  Breakwaters are normally used in water depths up to




about 60 feet below mean sea level, although they may be constructed in deeper




water by placing a rockfill below 60 feet.   Most breakwaters depend upon their




weight for stability.  The breakwater at Matarine, Peru is in water 140 feet




deep and has a 400-foot base.




     Breakwaters are of two types.  The mound type is composed of natural rock,




concrete block, a combination of rock and concrete block, and concrete shapes




such as tetrapods, quadripods, hexapods, tribars, modified cubes, dolosse and




others.  Such a breakwater may be topped by a concrete sea wall.  Breakwaters




require that the sea bottom be firm enough to support the weight of the fill




without appreciable settlement.  They are trapezoidal in shape (wider at the




bottom than at the top) with side slopes in the range of 3 on 1 to 1 on 1 and




top widths of about 20 feet.  Base widths are normally about 4 times the water




depth.  The second main classification of breakwaters consists of such types




as concrete block gravity walls, concrete caissons filled after placements,




rock-filled sheet-pile cells, rock-filled timber cribs and braced concrete or




steel sheet pile walls.

-------
                                    116







     Mound breakwaters are of two types.  In the first type a core is placed




using quarry-run stone to a height above normal water level.  The core is con-




structed from the shore outward by hauling the stone in trucks and end- or




side-dumping into the water ahead of the fill.  Core rock is normally from about




five tons down.  Over the core are placed one or two layers of filter courses




made of quarry stone in large sizes.  The breakwater is completed with an ex-




ternal layer of armor stone in the general size range of five to twenty tons.




If placed in more than one layer the largest stones are used in the top layer.




Placement of the filter and armor stone must provide sufficient permeability




so that good drainage will occur but the finer core rock is prevented from being




washed away.  The upper layers are placed from cranes operating atop the core.




Where large rock is not available the breakwater may be faced with rectangular




concrete blocks, and such construction is usually required for wave heights




above 50 feet.   The concrete blocks are cast ashore in weights of 50 to 60 tons




(400 ton blocks have been used) and placed by cranes either pell mell or in a




designed pattern.   In recent years irregular-shaped  concrete units, tetrapods,




quadripods, hexapods, tribars, and others have been used as facing materials-




They are lighter,  absorb wave energy better, and can be laid on steeper slopes.




Weights up to 45 tons are used but 25 to 30 tons are common.




     In the second type of mound breakwater, the core of quarry-run stone is




placed by bottom-dumping from scows or from railroad cars operating on a trestle




to a depth substantially below water level based on wave height.   Alternately,




the core material  may be placed with a hydraulic dredge.   The core is then




covered with a stable quarry-run stone in the general size range from 20 pounds




to several tons.   Stones of 1 ton and greater should make up at least half of




the composition of the upper layers.   The top of the breakwater is then con-




structed of large  armor stone, greater than 10 tons per stone, carefully placed




to the design level above normal sea level.   The second layer of stone is placed

-------
                                    117






by dumping from scows or train cars on a trestle.   The armor stone is placed




by floating cranes or gantry cranes operating on a trestle.   Concrete blocks




and the specialty stones (tetrapods, etc.) can be utilized in place of the




armor stone.  They are placed with floating cranes.




     Concrete block breakwaters are constructed on foundations of quarry-run




stone or dredged material placed as previously discussed.   Large cellular




concrete blocks (about 15 feet x 30 feet x 7 feet high), laid in parallel rows




and the cells filled with concrete, have been used.  Another type utilizes




large concrete blocks keyed together.   The blocks are placed with floating




cranes or cranes operating on a temporary trestle.




     Concrete caisson breakwaters have been used extensively in the Great Lakes




and Europe.  The caissons are usually box-like units of reinforced concrete




with a closed bottom and diaphragm walls dividing the box into several compart-




ments.  Side walls may be vertical or sloping.  The caissons are constructed on




shore, launched and towed to the construction site or built in a dry dock and




towed to the site.  They are sunk on a prepared foundation of quarry-run stone




leveled by divers, filled with rock or sand, and usually capped with a poured-




in-place concrete superstructure.  The caisson type breakwater has the advantage




of minimum time for the sea operations.   Individual caissons are 30 to 50 feet




wide, up to 30 feet high and 50 to 200 feet long.   Construction operations in-




clude placing of the foundation course from scows or by dredging, and filling




of the cells.




     Cellular sheet pile breakwaters can be used in soft bottom.  Steel sheet




piles are driven to a sufficient depth to prevent erosion and provide lateral




stability, normally a minimum of 10 feet.  Individual cells are arched on the




sides and ends and each cell is stable by itself.   The sheet pile should extend




twice the normal wave height above average high water, or it should be capped




with a poured-in-place concrete sea wall constructed to this height.  The cells

-------
                                     118





are filled with run-of-quarry stone or sand, and they are capped with a layer




of heavy rock (7 to 20 tons) placed on a filter course.  Riprap is placed




against the toe of the sheeting to protect against erosion.  Quarry-run stone




capped by heavy stone (1 to 20 tons) is typical riprap.




     Low breakwaters in soft bottom may consist of steel or concrete sheet




piling driven in line, braced with concrete batter piles, and topped with a




poured-in-place concrete cap wall.  Such structures can be used for wave heights




up to 10 feet.




     The sheet pile breakwaters involve use of a floating pile driver, hauling




of fill materials to the cells in barges, loading the cells, and construction




of sea walls or concrete cap walls.






Sea walls - Sea walls are massive concrete structures used to protect shorelines




subject to wave erosion in storms.  The construction operations involved in-




clude foundation excavation, foundation dewatering if necessary, form place-




ment, placement of reinforcing steel, pouring of the concrete, form removal and




backfill behind the sea wall.   All of these operations have been discussed pre-




viously.  In the case of sea walls the construction operations are normally




carried on near the water's edge.






Shore protection systems - A shoreline protection system is used where there




is a permanent change in the shoreline due to wave and current beach erosion.




A decision must be made concerning whether the shoreline must be established at




a particular position or whether it should be allowed to retreat, and if so




at what rate and for how long.   There are basically two methods of arresting a




declining beach.  The alongshore drift of materials may be reduced along the




affected length until a sufficient supply of new material is accumulated, or the




eroded length of beach may be artificially refilled.




     Groynes are wave and current assisting installations placed approximately

-------
                                    119






perpendicular to the shoreline and extending both inshore and offshore.   One




type of groyne is an open line of piling installed close to mean water level.




Solid groynes utilize rows of short piling.   A third type is composed of large




quarry rock or precast concrete units placed in a line from high water out.




The length and spacing of groynes is a function of the rate and limit of lit-




toral drift and the maximum size of storm waves.




     Intermediate barriers consist of revetments placed parallel to the shore-




line in a position intermediate between high and low water lines.  This re-




duces the beach slope both shoreward and seaward.  Barriers may or may not be




effective depending on the fraction of the energy of breaking waves absorbed




by the revetment.




     Offshore barriers are commonly rock mounds placed parallel to the shore.




Their construction has been discussed under "breakwaters."  A stable shoreline




may also be maintained by making good deficiencies in littoral drift by placing




imported material on the foreshore.  The material may come from borrow on land




or from areas of accretion on the foreshore.  Dredging may be used to move




material in the latter case.   Construction operations consist of pile driving,




material placement, and the movement of materials along the shoreline.






                   Construction of Ports and Moorings





     Port structures are often referred to as docks, and these include piers,




wharves, and bulkheads.  A wharf (quay) is a dock which parallels the shore.




It may or may not be continguous to the shore.  A bulkhead (quay wall) is para-




llel to and away from the shore, being backed up by earth.  A pier (jetty) is a




dock which projects into the water (sometimes referred to as a mole or break-




water pier).  When it is parallel to the shore and connected ashore by a mole




or trestle it is referred to as a T-head pier or L-shaped pier.




     Docks may be constructed for the handling of passengers or general cargo

-------
                                    120






 or both,  or  they may  be  designed  to handle  special cargoes  such as grain, oil,




 or ore.   Whether a wharf or  pier  is built depends primarily on the bottom con-




 tour out  from the shore.' Piers are generally preferred  for flat  slopes and




 wharves for  steep slopes.






 Construction of wharves, piers and bulkheads - Two general  types  of construction




 are used,  open and closed or solid construction.  For open  type construction




 the supporting structure consists of transverse rows of  piling driven into




 the harbor floor.  Piling may be wood piles, precast concrete piles or cy-




 linders,  steel H-piles,  or steel pipe-piles and cylinders.  They may be driven




 by a pile driver operating from shore or by a floating pile driver.  Decks may




 be formed in wood, structural steel, or reinforced concrete, and  the deck




 material may be of wood  or reinforced concrete slabs.  Precast concrete con-




 struction using beams and slabs has become popular in recent years.  Construc-




 tion operations involved include pile driving, erection  and construction of




 decking,  and placement of precast concrete.  Steel piling must have corrosion




 protection.   Very little wooden construction is used in modern port structures.




 Essential  structures  for cargo and passenger operations  are built on top of




 the dock.




      Closed  or solid  type construction consists of steel sheet pile cells,




 sheet pile bulkheads, concrete caissons, or precast concrete blocks.   Steel




 sheet pile cells are  filled with rockfill and capped with a concrete slab and




 bulkhead wall, with sandfill  placed on the shore side.   Steel and concrete




 sheet pile bulkheads consist  of a line of sheet piling driven at the dock face




 and  supported  by tie-rods anchored in the natural ground or by batter piling




 driven behind  the bulkhead.    The bulkhead wall is finished with a concrete cap




 and  fill behind the wall.  Concrete caissons are floated into place on a rubble




 base, filled with rock,  capped with a concrete slab and bulkhead wall, and




finished with a sandfill  on  the  shore  side.  Precast  concrete blocks  are placed

-------
                                    121






on a rock base and stacked to the desired elevation.   A rockfill is placed




immediately behind the block wall for drainage, and normal sandfill is then




placed on the shore side.






Moorings and dolphins - Dolphins are clusters of piling, steel sheet pile cells




capped with heavy concrete slabs, and heavy concrete platform slabs (3 to 6




feet thick) supported by vertical and batter piles of steel and/or precast




concrete.  They are used for anchoring, mooring, and breasting ships in the




harbor area.




     Offshore moorings normally consist of a single buoy or a series of buoys.




The buoys are steel drums up to 18 feet in diameter and 9 feet deep (the ratio




of diameter to depth normally being 2:1), with a mooring hook to which the ship




is attached.  Buoys are held in place with riser wire attached to the buoy




anchor chain, terminating in large anchors on the sea floor.   A concrete sinker




on the chain is used to position the buoy.




     Heavy single buoy moorings are also used for loading and unloading oil




tankers.  The buoy at Marsa el Brega Libya consists of a heavy steel base on




a pile foundation in 140 feet of water.  A single vertical shaft extends from




the base to a 48-inch swivel joint 50 feet below the surface.   A mooring buoy




floating on the surface is attached to the shaft by chains which keep the shaft




in tension.  A universal joint at the base of the shaft permits the buoy to




rotate in any direction.  Crude oil flows to the base of the structure through




a 48-inch submerged pipeline and enters the base of the shaft through two




flexible hoses.  The ship is moored to the surface buoy, and single or multiple




hoses carry the oil from the swivel at the top of the shaft to the ship.

-------
                                    122






                          Offshore Construction






              Mineral Extraction from the Continental Shelf





Dredging operations - Sand, gravel, shell, and certain valuable minerals are




produced by dredging operations in marine waters.  Such materials are either




loaded into barges or pumped ashore.






Mineral extraction from seawater - Magnesium and other minerals are produced by




direct processing of seawater.  The seawater may be brought to the plant through




pipes or a canal.  Within the plant the seawater is then subjected to electro-




lylitic, evaporative, or other extractive processes, and the spent seawater




is returned to the sea through an open canal.






Extraction of petroleum and natural gas - Substantial quantities of petroleum




and natural gas are recovered from wells drilled in wetlands including the




open sea.   Drilling platforms may be fixed platforms erected on piles driven




into the floor of the wetland area and capped by a platform located above the




water surface far enough to eliminate wave action on the platform.




     In deeper waters, movable platforms are used.   These are of two types.




The first type utilizes approximately vertical piles with bottom shoes which




the platform surrounds.   The piles are raised during towing to the well site,




where they are lowered to the bottom.   The platform is then jacked up to the




required elevation above water.   The second type is the drilling ship which




contains the drilling platform.   The ship steams to the drilling site where




it is anchored for the drilling operation.




     Drilling operations in wetlands are carried out using essentially the




same process as on land.  All of the drilling equipment is located on the plat-




form, and the drilling operations are closed systems.

-------
                                    123
                          Pipeline Construction





     Pipelines are constructed both in shallow coastal areas and in the oceans




to depths down to about 600 feet.   Most offshore pipelines are built with steel




pipe which is protected from corrosion by wrapping and coating combined with




cathodic protection.   Unburied pipelines are subject to wave and current action,




sharp changes in bottom contour, and bridging due to scour.   Pipelines carrying




gas are particularly susceptible to flotation.  Weighting the pipeline with a




continuous coating of concrete or asphaltic material will prevent flotation.




Pipeline anchors have also been used.  The best protection for pipelines placed




in water is burial to a depth of 4 feet or more.  Buried pipelines are subject




to minimum long-term forces, although significant forces may act on the pipe




during the burial process.  Burying is expensive and difficult, if not impossible,




on hard bottoms.






Pipeline burial - In shallow water, estuaries and rivers where bottom soils




are cohesive the marine plow has been successfully used.  It excavates a steep-




sloped trench to a depth of 6 feet»  Clamshell and dragline excavation is also




used in shallow water.  The pipe is laid in the excavated trench, and the trench




may be partially backfilled after completion of pipe-laying.




     In deeper waters, stationary suction or cutter dredges and trailing




suction hopper dredges are used.  Water depths from 15 to 125 feet are appro-




priate for such equipment.  This equipment produces a very wide trench with




flat-side slopes.  The pipe is laid in the trench which may be partially back-




filled.  In deep water the excavating equipment straddles the pipeline as it




reaches bottom, and the equipment excavates and buries the pipe in the same




operation.




     The jetbarge is a sled with a fork type high velocity jet.  The sled is




towed by the pipe-laying barge.   It cuts and scours the bottom and the pipe

-------
                                    124





curves down into the trench behind the sled.   Backfill is left to natural




movements of bottom materials.  In low-cohesive and non-cohesive materials




the Shell Fluidization method has been used.   The method consists of towing




along the pipeline a train of carriages equipped with jets which scour away




the bottom under the pipeline and keep the material in suspension.   The ad-




justable carriage weight produces an S-curve in the pipeline which allows the




pipe to sink through the fluidized bottom material.  Burial depth depends on




train length, weight, and pipeline stiffness.   As the train passes, the pipe is




immediately buried by settling and solidification of the sand.






Pipe-laying - Pipe in water is laid from a pipe barge.   The jointing and pro-




tective coating processes are completed on the barge.  The pipe passes over




the end of the barge and down a position stinger to near the bottom where it




passes through a sag region in which the pipe descends in a flat curve to the




sea floor.  Stingers up to 900 feet long and water depths to 300 feet have been




used.   For small pipe, the customary method is that which involves keeping the




pipe in tension by applying a longitudinal force at the pipe-laying barge.




Pipe in depths to 500 feet have been laid by this method.




     The pipe riser and adjoining section of pipe represent critical portions




of the line.   Greater depth of burial and thicker pipe walls are used in the




riser area.

-------
                                   125






                                Chapter 4





              PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL EFFECTS OF CONSTRUCTION




                    ACTIVITIES WHICH AFFECT WETLANDS





     Four main classes of construction activity exert profound effects upon




the riparian and wetland environments of the nation.  These include general




lowland construction, mineral extraction on land, dam construction, and dredg-




ing and spoil placement.  The lowland activities may involve drainage, low-




land and wetland fill, and various types of building construction.   Although




many of the projects are individually small, the cumulative effect is very




great.




     Mineral extraction on land is especially damaging in mountainous regions,




but open pit and strip mining in flat areas also produce widespread deleterious




effects on wetlands.  Available data indicate that mineral extraction activities




have already seriously disturbed or destroyed at least 3.2 million acres of




land and water surface including 13,000 miles of streams, 281 natural lakes,




and 168 reservoirs.




     Dam construction adversely affects riparian and wetland environments up-




stream, immediately downstream, far downstream, in the estuaries and other




coastal wetlands, and even on the marine beaches.  Practically every damable




stream in the nation already is dammed or is planned to be dammed.




     Dredging and spoil placement have created widespread environmental damage.




About 450 million cubic yards of bottom materials are dredged each year.  The




U.S. Army Corps of Engineers alone annually maintains about 19,000 miles of




waterways and engages in about 1,000 harbor maintenance projects.  Of the 380




million cubic yards of sediments dredged by the Corps, about two thirds are




dumped back into the water and one third is dumped in riparian environments.




Much of the spoil material is chemically polluted.

-------
                                    126





     Each type of construction activity is accompanied by its own peculiar




 suite of environmental effects.  Salient among these are removal of vegetative




 cover and topsoil; increased surface runoff and soil erosion; drastic modifica-




 tion in patterns of flow and flooding; increased turbidity and sedimentation;




 modification of water chemistry through addition of sediments, nutrients, and




 pollutants; altered salinity regimes of coastal wetlands; and reduction of




 river-borne sand for marine beach nourishment.




     In sum, the various types of construction activities are devastating the




 nation's lowlands.  According to the best present estimate 45 million acres




 (or over 35 percent) of our primitive wetland and riparian environments have




 already been lost.  In the process, a number of specific habitat types are now




 considered to be in great jeopardy.




     The present chapter is the analytical bridge between the previous chapter,




 dealing with the nature of construction activities, and the following chapter,




 which treats the biological and ecological effects.  This somewhat unorthodox




 handling of the subject provides the opportunity of eventually separating cause




 from effect which will permit greater analytical depth and the treatment of




wetland ecological problems within a more generalized frame of reference.   For




 example, stream sedimentation presents a suite of biological and ecological




 problems which are related to one another and which are somewhat independent




 of the activity which originally produced the sediment.




     The effects of any construction activity fall into three general time-




 related categories:




     1.   direct and immediate results which take place during the construction




         process,




     2.   effects which occur during the period of stabilization following




         completion of the construction,  and

-------
                                    127
     3.  long-term effects or more or less permanent changes brought about




         by the construction itself or by subsequent human use and environ-




         mental management occasioned by the constructed facilities.




Unfortunately, available data seldom permit a careful distinction between the




first two stages given above.  Therefore, in the following discussion these




will generally be lumped, and we will treat only two categories, immediate vs.




long-range effects.




     At the outset it must be recognized that the effects of any construction




project will vary with locality and topography, season of the year (especially




in relation to rainfall), detailed methodology of the construction activities,




and the care which is taken during construction to avoid unnecessary environ-




mental damage.  Effects of the construction activities will also vary greatly




in terms of areal extent and persistence during time.  Many construction activi-




ties do not cause significant environmental damage.   However, it is the mission




of the present volume to detail known or potential deleterious effects so that




these may be taken into account in dealing with environmental impact statements.




Considering the number    of construction projects now going on, as noted in the




Introduction, even these minor-effect activities add up to a devastating envir-




onmental toll.  Although the case cannot be documented in detail at present, it




is likely that the cumulative effects of the smaller projects often outweigh




effects of the more spectacular visible activities in terms of total impact on




the nation's wetlands.




     The order of presentation of the present chapter will follow exactly that




of the previous chapter so that cause and physical-chemical effects can be




directly related.

-------
                                    128





         Effects of Construction Activities Associated Primarily




                   with Floodplains, Banks, and Shores






                    Activities Prior to Construction





     The initial survey and other preconstruction activities result in removal




of some vegetative cover and possibly some increase in erosion and surface




runoff.  Considering the limited nature of such operations, the effects must




be temporary and highly localized, except in steep terrain where the effects




could be considerable (See section on Effects of Mineral Extraction on Land).






              Effects of Construction Involving Impervious




                       Surfacing and/or Earthwork





     As noted earlier, impervious surfacing and earthwork involves a number




of discrete types of activities.   The primary effect of each is presented in




the matrix diagram given in Table 4.1.




     The initial clearing of the land removes the vegetative cover and permits




the rainfall to strike the bare land surface.  Any subsequent digging will




remove topsoil and expose deeper soil layers.  Mounds of loose soil may tem-




porarily accumulate within or adjacent to the construction site.   All of these




activities lead to increased surface runoff and severe erosion, and the effects



will be accentuated in steep terrain and in rainy weather (Chapman, 1962).  In




dry weather considerable quantities of soil may be raised  as dust clouds which




will be transported at a later date when the rains fall.   Runoff and erosion




will add a great deal of soil solids to lowland drainage areas and eventually




into wetland areas in the form of greater water turbidity and increased sedi-




mentation.




     Denuded areas have been shown to lose large quantities of dissolved




minerals, particularly sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, nitrates, and

-------
                                    129
Table 4.1.  Effects of Impervious surfacing and/or earthwork on physical
            and chemical characteristics of wetlands.
           Physical and
             chemical
               effects
 Construction
    activity
                            tfl
                                  
                                                              ctf
                                                                    M-l
Clearing and grubbing
  x
      X
              X
                      X
                        X
                            X
                              X
                                X
                                          X
Earthwork
      x
        x
                  X
                            X
Rock excavation
                                              x
                                                X
                                                  X
                        X
                            X
                                                          X
                                X
Subgrade stabilization
Base courses
                                                      x
Aggregate production
            x
                      x
Concrete pavements
                            x
                                X
                                  X
                                      X
Bituminous pavements
    x
            X
              X
                        X
                                X
Equipment areas
    x
                x
                  X
                    X
                      X
                        X
                            X
                                X
                                          X
Paving lots
              x
                  X
                    X
                        X
                          X
                                X
                                          X
Site restoration
Riprap
Borrow pits and landfills
x
  x
                          X
                                X
Long term effects
x
    x
      X
              X
                X
                        X
                                X
                                  X
                                      X

-------
                                     130





phosphates.  In some cases increased loss of ground water and spring-flow has




been noted immediately following removal of floodplain trees (which normally




pump water up through the roots for transpiration), but even the spring-flow




may eventually diminish as the water table is lowered through lack of recharge.




     Where construction gravel is obtained from the stream bed there is direct




loss of important stream bottom habitat.   Gravel washing operations invariably




create large volumes of highly turbid water which will directly or indirectly




pass into the wetland environments (King and Ball, 1964).   Borrow pits and land-




fill sites will destroy additional terrestrial or semi-aquatic environments.




Highway, railroad, and similar projects must travel relatively straight routes,




and to facilitate preparation of the routes extensive straightening or bridging




of streams is often required (Elser, 1968).   In the process, further stream




habitat is highly modified or lost.




     Once the impervious surfaces have been laid, all rainfall passes off as




surface flow.  Drainage structures and ditches are prepared so that the runoff




reaches the streams almost immediately.  Both concrete and bituminous surfaces




leach out chemical substances which are carried into the water courses.   Mostly




carbonates and hydroxides of calcium and magnesium come from cement plants and




from the concrete itself, but bituminous  materials must provide a variety of



organic coal-tar derivatives, many of which are undoubtedly carcinogenic.




The greatest leaching occurs during and immediately after construction,  but




long-term leaching undoubtedly takes place.




     If the trees and brush cleared from the land are burned in the flood-




plain the ashes, which are highly alkaline,  may enter the stream and cause an




immediate increase in th^ pH of the water (in one study the pH jumped almost




immediately from 7.8 to 11.3 and remained high for some time).   In addition,




heat from the fire can elevate the stream temperature quickly and keep it




high for some hours, due to heat exchange between soil and water (in one study

-------
                                    131






the temperature of the stream jumped from 12°C to 22°C and then stabilized




for some hours at 15°C).




     Construction equipment in operation as well as spills in maintenance




yards can result in the passage of petroleum products into the water courses.




Once in operation, a highway will deliver large quantities of motor vehicle




exhaust products and other materials into the neighboring streams.  These




include heavy metals (especially lead), hydrocarbons, oil from road washings,




and asbestos fibers from brake linings (Hynes, 1972).




     The net result may be summarized in the following points.




     Loss of habitat from devegetation of the construction area, stream




straightening and realignment, stream gravel mining, borrow pit mining, and




dump site filling.




     Loss of land fertility from surface erosion and subsurface flow.




     Increased erosion from construction site activities.




     Lowered ground water level from devegetation.




     Greatly increased fluctuation in stream level due to faster runoff




following rains and decreased flow during dry periods because of loss of




ground water.




     Greatly increased stream sediment load due to erosion and runoff.




     Greatly increased stream turbidity due to erosion and runoff.




     Modified chemical composition of the water due to increased sedimentation




and runoff, turbidity,  leaching of soil nutrients,  leaching of concrete and




bitumen, cement plant operation, use and maintenance of construction equipment,




and road use following construction.




     At first glance it may appear that the case has been overstated, but the




following types of facts are available from the literature.   Hobbie and Likens




(1973) reported a 26% increase in surface runoff from recently devegetated forest




lands, and increases of around 400% have been noted several years after devegeta-

-------
                                    132






tion in New Hampshire.  Hoover  (1952) stated that flood peaks may be doubled.




Borman, Likens, Fisher, and Pierce  (1968) noted cation losses 3 to 20 times




greater in clear-cut lands over the vegetated controls.  Branson (1970) pointed




to "spectacular" increases in sediment yields from devegetated floodplains of




arid lands in Arizona.  King and Ball (1964) reported a twofold increase in the




inorganic sedimentation rate during a Michigan highway construction project.




     As a result of these influences the wetland itself will undergo a number




of changes.  The violent fluctuation in water level will result in greater flow




rate and water power during wet weather.  The stream bed may be cut deeper, the




banks will be undercut, and the stream section will be widened.  Riffles may




disappear and pool areas fill.  Branches and other debris are washed downstream.




     Increased sediment loads clog the interstices of riffles, fill the pools,




and cover the bottom generally with a layer of inorganic silt.  Bottom sedi-




mentation may persist far downstream from the construction site.  Bottom




habitat diversity is essentially eliminated.  Accompanying the increased flow




rates there is an increase in water turbidity.   This lowers the light penetra-




tion of the water, increases oxygen demand  (both chemical and biological oxygen




demand), and modifies the chemical characteristics of the water in other ways.




Loss of vegetative cover and increase in turbidity both serve to elevate the




temperature of the water (as much as 10°F)  (Chapman, 1962).




     During dry weather stream flow slacks off, and it may cease entirely,




since the stream now receives less ground water inflow than before.  As pointed




out by Bayly and Williams (1973), land clearing may so alter the local hydro-




logical regime that formerly perennial streams may approach or become inter-




mittent.  Since deep pools tend to be reduced or lost, the aquatic habitat




may become severely restricted or dried up between floods.  Any water that re-




mains in the stream bed is now subject to more rapid and extreme temperature




fluctuation in response to prevailing atmospheric conditions.

-------
                                    133






     The long-term results will depend greatly upon local circumstances, but




in general they would include the following:




     Permanent loss of natural land habitat - Replacement of natural habitat




with sod does not restore the topsoil, nor does it replace the native ecosystem,




as will be discussed in the following chapter.




     Increased surface runoff and reduced ground water flow - The paved surfaces




will continue to yield rapid and complete runoff to the wetlands.




     "Ditchification" of streams - The replacement of the normal stream habitat




by man-altered habitat, as described above, has been termed by some authors,




"ditchification."  (Note:  Stream channelization will be considered in detail in




a later section.)




     Persistent chemical changes - Whereas, the high level of sedimentation




and turbidity may eventually taper off, chemical modifications associated with




pavement leaching and highway or other use could remain for years.






                 Effects of Line Construction Activities





     Most line construction activities on land create little significant




physical environmental damage.   For power and pole lines, small pipelines,




and underground electrical and communication lines the amount of digging at




any one place is small in areal extent, and the excavation is rapidly covered




over.   A. small amount of erosion may occur, but most of this will never reach




a wetland.   Very large pipeline construction projects may cause significant




increases in the stream sediment loads, especially if the digging or earth-




piling activities are located in areas where the sediment can easily be washed




into a ditch, storm sewer, or local wetland.  Line construction in wetland




areas, however, is another matter entirely, and this will be treated in the




sections dealing with "Dredging in Wetlands" and "Offshore Construction."




Even though the physical damage of most terrestrial line construction may be




minor, the biological impact may be considerable if long, linear rights-of-way

-------
                                    134





are cleared of their native vegetation.  This topic will be discussed in the




following chapter.




     The primary wetland physical modifications associated with line construc-




tion activities derive from drainage ditching and canal lining.  Channelization




of wetlands will be covered under the topic, "Dredging and Placement of Dredge




Spoil," and attention will be focused here on drainage ditches on floodplains




and other land areas.  Under natural conditions surface water from rainfall




flows downhill until it reaches a linear low area or gully, which is often well




vegetated, and it flows through the gully until it is completely absorbed by




the soil or until it reaches a small stream.  Gullies tend to meander every-




whare through the natural landscape.




     The purpose of the drainage ditch is to provide for rapid runoff of




surface water.  Where possible, vegetation is removed, and meanders are




straightened to provide for rapid flow of the runoff waters.   Often the drain-




age ditch is lined with concrete, and it may eventually be covered over as a




subterranean pipe.  These activities tend to remove the native soil and vege-




tation, stimulate bank soil erosion, lower the water table, and provide for




great flow velocities.   When the water eventually enters the stream it may




carry heavy loads of sediment, and considerable erosion has been noted where




drainage ditches enter streams.  Channel-side spoil banks may increase the




erosional tendencies.




     One of the main problems of major drainage ditches is the fact that they




breed feeder ditches.  Urban storm sewers and additional agricultural drainage




ditches are frequently constructed shortly after the main ditch becomes avail-




able.   Another problem is that floodplain drainage ditches encourage land




clearing and intensive agricultural, housing, and industrial developments in




flood-prone areas.  When the floods do come the floodplain users cry for




financial relief and more and deeper drainage ditches.  This cycle has been

-------
                                    135




well documented by Barstow (1971 a,b) and others.




     The direct long-term effects of ditching and canalization include loss




of gully land, lower water table levels of the soil, possible increase in




erosion and stream sedimentation, faster runoff times, rapid and extreme




fluctuation in stream height and flow volume, and downstream flooding.  If a




stream is lined with concrete there is loss of both stream and riparian




habitat.  The major effects  of line construction activities are given in




Table 4.2.






               Effects of Building Construction Activities





     The effects of building construction are basically similar to those given




earlier for construction involving impervious surfacing and/or earthwork.   The




chief difference is that building construction is more concentrated in one




locality, and, in the case of large buildings, the activities may last longer




in one place, and drainage ditches and storm sewers are generally provided.




Rapid surface runoff will carry the inevitable soil sediments and concrete




leachings from surface view,  but these will appear rapidly in neighboring




wetlands to affect the water  levels, turbidity, and sedimentation, as well as




the chemical composition of the water.




     The major long-term effect is continued rapid surface runoff with some




sediment and concrete leaching.   Nowadays many buildings require parking lots




which further increase surface runoff and leaching and which add exhaust




wastes and oily compounds to  the runoff waters.  Special-use buildings may,




of course, produce chemical wastes related to the activities occurring within




the building.  Such materials will undoubtedly pass to storm sewers and even-




tually the wetlands.   Major effects of building construction are given in




Table 4.3.

-------
                                       136
Table  4.2.   Effects of line construction activities on physical and

             chemical characteristics  of  wetlands.
                       Physical  and

                          chemical

                            effects
       Construction

          activity
o
CO
P.
o
4-1
                                                   OJ
CO
T3
cfl
O
                         c
                         o
                         •H
                         4-1
                         (0
                         4-1

                         §

                         I
                         T3
                         0)
                         to
                                                                      
-------
                                     137
            Effects of Open Air Industrial Plant Construction





     The effects of open air industrial plant construction are roughly similar




to those of building construction.   These include loss of natural vegetation




and topsoil, increased turbidity and sedimentation of the local waterways,




all of which result fron the construction activities themselves.   In addition,




there exists the strong possibility of significant wetland pollution from a




variety of chemicals employed in the construction processes.   Among the most




important of these are the heavy metals which derive from rusty building




supplies, welding chemicals, paint, galvanizing, water-proofing, and chemical-




proofing materials.  Concrete and bituminous slabs add salts and coal tars




to leachate.




     In operation no factory is totally free of leakage, accidents, wastes,




and by-products, and an open air plant often permits such materials to be




efficiently carried off in ditches and storm drains to the nearest waterway.




Some of the modern plants have ponding areas where solid residues are allowed




to settle out before the water passes to the stream, but few remove all the




dissolved chemical contaminants.




     In operation the plant will require supplies of raw materials, and it




will produce products.  These necessitate transportation and parking, and they




produce the associated chemical contamination.   Many plants such as refineries,




smelters, etc. introduce noxious chemicals into the atmosphere which may even-




tually enter water courses, and some such as steel mills, power plants, etc.




require large quantities of water for cooling or other purposes.   If such water




is reintroduced to the stream it may have chemical contaminants or an elevated




temperature.  If the water is consumed in the plant, as through steam production,




the water course suffers reduced flow.




     The general long-range effect is increased surface runoff of chemically




contaminated water, but additional effects will relate  to the particular

-------
                                    138





nature of the plant.  Major effects of open air industrial plant construction




are given in Table 4.3.






               Effects of Drainage Structure Construction





     The effects of culvert and drainage ditch construction have already been




discussed under the heading, "Line Construction Activities."  Bridge construc-




tion, whether carried out completely on land or partially in the water will




temporarily cause some erosion, stream turbidity, and sedimentation, and this




is especially true if there is considerable construction activity on the flood-




plains or adjacent river bluffs.  Some devegetation and topsoil removal is




also inevitable.  In modern highway construction bridge and overpass construc-




tion may precede pouring of the concrete roadway by some months.  During this




time the prepared roadbed may be subject to severe and continual erosion.




     By and large, the long-term effects of bridge construction are negligible,




but vehicular traffic over the bridge will certainly contaminate the water and




stream-bottom sediments with heavy metals, asbestos fibers, and unoxidized




hydrocarbons.  The long-term effects of drainage ditch construction are many,




and these have been covered earlier.   Effects of drainage structure construction




are given in Table 4.3.






                     Effects of Tunnel Construction





     The primary effects of tunneling operations on wetland areas relate to




the disposal of excavated materials.   Some stream sedimentation may result




from untidy transport and from any pumping, washing and drainage operations




associated with tunnel construction.   The large volumes of excavated rock and




earth must be placed somewhere, and lowland or wetland filling will destroy




such habitats.   The construction plant and yard will eliminate additional




habitat temporarily.  Large volumes of cement are generally required, and




some chemical contamination from large cement plants is inevitable.

-------
                                     1.39
Table 4.3.  Effects of building, open air industrial plant, drainage

            structure, and tunnel construction on physical and chemical

            characteristics of wetlands.
                             Physical and

                                chemical

                                  effects
             Construction

               activity
                                                                 CO
                                                                 0)
                                                                 bl
                                                                 a
                                                                 cfl
       Building construction
                                                       x
                                                          x
                                                             x
x
       Open air industrial plant construction
                                                 x
                                                    x
                                                       x
                                                             x
                                                                x
                                                                   x
       Drainage structure construction
                                                       x
                                                          x
                                                                   x
       Tunnel construction
                                                          x
                                                             x
       Long term effects
                                                 x
                                                       x
x

-------
                                    140





     The major long-term effect derives from the quantity of wetland habitat




destroyed or modified by dump and fill operations.  Effects of tunnel construc-




tion are given in Table 4.3.






                    Effects of Mineral Extraction on Land





     The environmental effects of terrestrial mineral extraction have been




covered in some detail by the following key reports:  Bayly and Williams (1973),




Boccardy and Spaulding (1968), Davis (1971, 1973), Hynes (I960), Kinney (1964),




Parsons (1968), Spaulding and Ogden (1968), and U.S. Department of the Interior




Reports on mining effects (1966, 1967).  Environmental modifications associated




with mining operations relate in part to the specificities of the particular




type of minerals being extracted, the methods employed, and the topography




being worked, and they also relate  to  the fact that any mining activities will




produce enormous quantities of extracted materials which must be placed some-




where.  In the present section each of the major types of mining operation will




be briefly reviewed in terms of the activities involved and their specific




effects, and then the general and cumulative effects of mining will be considered




in terms of their topographic, physical, and chemical effects on wetlands.






Specific types of mining operations - Surface mining includes placer, open




pit, and strip mining operations.  Placer mining is carried out in stream beds,




on floodplains, and on stream banks in search of gold and other minerals.   It




involves the digging of large volumes of soil, sand, and gravel, primarily




through hydraulic, dredge,  or dragline operations.  Hydraulic mining entails




the use of high pressure water jets to erode stream banks for the recovery of




minerals.   Dredge and dragline operations employ buckets or suction apparatus




to eat through stream beds  and low floodplains.   Both types of activity require




enormous quantities of water for digging and processing (up to 32,000 gal/cubic

-------
                                     141







yard for hydraulic operations and up to 10,000 gal/cubic yard for dredge and




dragline operations) (Wells, 1969).  Both processes destroy stream beds and




alluvial valley soils, and both produce incredible quantities of gravels,




sands, and fine silts, much of which enters streams, creating turbidity and




sedimentation problems far downstream.  Spaulding and Ogden (1968) quote the




following statistics.  Hydraulicking in the Boise River Basin of Idaho produced




128,500 tons of silt in 18 months.  Dredging in the Salmon River produced




enough silt to cover 13 miles of stream bottom with 1/16 of an inch of silt




every 10 days.  Dredging in Siegel Creek of California raised stream temperatures




4-5°.




     Open pit mining varies from shallow quarries for limestone, building




stone, gravel, sand, and clay to the deep pits opened up for the recovery of




iron (as in the Mesabi Range of Minnesota), copper (as in Bingham Canyon of




Utah) coal, and uranium.  These are all basically quarrying operations.  They




involve removal of the soil and bedrock overburden, followed by digging and




extraction of the desired mineral and rock deposits.  Some of the pits exceed




a depth of 1,700 feet.   Since most of the pit is below the level of the ground




water table, seepage water must constantly be pumped out to maintain reasonably




dry working conditions at the pit bottom.  Overburden, non-useful extractives,




and spent ores may be piled near the mines or near the ore-extraction plants.




Water and wind erosion may transport large quantities of inert or chemically




active materials into neighboring waterways, and pit pumping operations add




further quantities.  Many of the fine particulates are sharp and angular in




distinction from normal stream particles which are weathered and rounded.




     Strip mining is e™Cloyed in the extraction of coal, sand, gravel, stone,




clay, gypsum, phosphate, and certain minerals such as iron and copper.  As in




the case of open pit mines the soil and rock overburden must be removed, but




strip mining is employed where the vein or seam lies essentially parallel to

-------
                                    142






the surface and shallow enough to make overburden removal economical.   (Auger




and contour mining may be employed where the seam is not parallel to the surface.)




Strip mines destroy the soil and produce large quantities of soil and bedrock




spoil wastes, as well as spent ore piles.   They also result in immense areas of




bedrock exposure and long lines of vertical highwalls.  Some of the waste piles




are inert, others are chemically active.  Large quantities of particulate spoils




and chemical leachates enter streams and other wetlands.




     Where the veins and seams of coal and various metals are too deep for




overburden removal the ores are extracted through drift mining operations or




tunneling.  Drift mines may proceed laterally into the side of a hill, or a




vertical shaft may be sunk, and the drift mines proceed laterally from the




shaft.  Vertical shafts may produce very deep mines.  Large volumes of rock




and ores are extracted, and these are eventually placed in huge dumps and spoil




piles.  Fine mill tailings are also produced.  As in the case of surface mining




spoils, much of the material is eventually allowed to run into streams and




other wetlands.   Since many of the drift mines are below the water table level




they must constantly be pumped dry.  The extracted waters, which often enter




surface wetlands, may be salty and acid, and they generally contain large




quantities of minerals, some of which may be radioactive.



     Drilling operations produce water, natural gas, petroleum and other liquid




substances.   Deep oil wells generally produce fair quantities of briny waters,




rich in chlorides, but often containing fluorine and fluorides (Ellis, Westfall,




and Ellis, 1948).  Where such brines are permitted to enter natural surface water




courses or shallow groundwater, petroleum as well as salt contamination may occur.






Topographic effects - Removal of soil and overburden involves the destruction




of valuable topsoil.   Spoil piles, waste disposal sites, and tailings often




bury additional topsoil.  Abandoned mining operations often leave quarries




and other open pits and depressions between  spoil piles.  Many of these eventually

-------
                                    143





become filled with seepage water.  Exposure of bedrock creates  hard surface




which accelerates runoff, either to surface drainage or through fractures and




tunnels to ground water or deep mines.




     Many of the mining activities take place in hilly or mountainous terrain.




Access roads and survey trails are often poorly constructed and subject to




severe erosion.  It has been the general practice in mining operations to bull-




doze mine spoil over the edge of the mine shelf where it falls downslope through




the forest and brush of the hillside and into the valleys and creeks below.




Hillside vegetation is destroyed.  The material remaining on the slopes has a




high porosity and is subject to tremendous landslides, especially in rainy




weather.  Erosion and landslides add further sediment to the floodplains and




streams, and they may dam up the streams entirely.




     Mining operations, and especially strip mining, produce many miles of




vertical exposed cliff faces, or highwalls, which interfere with natural animal




movement, and which may continue to provide seepage and leaching through ground




water movement.  Water tables in the land above may be considerably lowered.




Ogden and Spaulding (1968) reported that 34,500 miles of highwalls now exist in




the United States from surface mining operations, some over 1,700 feet high,



and sixty-three percent of which are over 15 feet high.  Topographic effects




of mining operations are given in Table 4.4.






Physical effects - In some mining operations lakes have been drained.  More




often they have been used as receptacles for spoil and mine tailings which




tend to lower the depth of the water and cover the bottom with extensive layers




of foreign materials or obliterate the lake entirely.  Streams have been altered




by channeling, diversion, and impoundment.  The silt load and turbidity levels




have increased manyfold.  Spaulding and Ogden (1968) point out that Appalachian




strip mines alone produce an estimated 34 million tons of sediment per year.

-------
                                     144


Table 4.4.   Topographic effects of mineral extraction on wetlands.



     Removal of natural cover

     Removal and burial of topsoil

     Exposure of vast bare rock surfaces

     Creation of many linear miles of vertical highwalls, many of which
         seep

     Creation of open pits,  quarries, and spoil depressions  which may
         fill by seepage

     Creation of vast areas  of spoil piles which seep and erode and are
         physically unstable

     Coverage of hillsides and valleys with spoil and tailings which are
         unstable and subject to landslides,  erosion, and seepage

     Acceleration of surface runoff

     Greatly increased erosion

     Watercourse modification by spoil and tailing impoundment

     Ground water lowering

-------
                                     145
As the streams are filled with sediments the bottoms become compacted, and the




stream beds widen across the floodplain.  Habitat diversity disappears.   These




effects continue downstream many miles from the source of the sediments, and




the widespread occurrence of these sedimentation problems have created a




massive impact on the nation's wetlands.  Thousands of miles of stream beds




and thousands of acres of estuaries and ocean floors are affected.   Physical




effects of mining operations are given in Table 4.5.






Chemical effects - Much of the material produced from mining and processing




is chemically inert.  This material includes most soils, gravels, sands, silts,




rock and stone residues, and to some extent, coal dust.  Indirectly, these




materials may influence water chemistry by covering the bottom, reducing light




penetration,  and influencing biological processes, as will be discussed in the




next chapter.




     The mine workings, spoil dumps, and tailings may contain a variety of




chemical elements including sodium, calcium, magnesium, silicon, sulfur,




chlorine, copper, lead, zinc, aluminum, arsenic, and radioactive materials.




These occur in a variety of chemical combinations, the most important and often




most abundant are the metallic sulfides (pyrites).  Lead and zinc ores produce




large quantities of lead and zinc sulfides, and coal mining produces large




amounts of iron sulfides.  Wet oxidation of the sulfides takes place in the




mines, spoil piles, drainage areas, and receiving wetlands.  This set of




chemical reactions produces a variety of products including metallic oxides




and hydroxides, as well as large quantities of sulfuric acid.  Some of the




heavy metals which are eroded or leached from the mine spoils would tend to




precipitate to the bottom of waters as insoluble carbonates (especially lead




and zinc).  The sulfuric acid, however, upsets the natural buffer system of




native waters, converting carbonates to bicarbonates and these to carbon

-------
                                     146


Table 4.5.   Physical effects of mineral extraction on wetlands.



     Drainage of wetland areas

     Filling of wetlands with spoil and tailings

     Alteration of stream courses through channelization,  diversion,  and
         impoundment

     Widening of stream beds

     Covering of wetland bottom with spoil and tailings

     Increased silt load

     Increased turbidity

     Decreased light penetration

     Reduction of wetland habitat diversity

-------
                                    147






dioxide which escapes as a gas.  The remaining waters of affected lakes, pits,




and streams are soft and have low pH values (sometimes below 3.0, but values




in the range of 4.0-4.5 are not uncommon).  Lead, zinc and certain other heavy




metals are soluble in acid waters.  Some of the iron and aluminum remains in




suspension and solution, whereas some becomes precipitated as complex oxides




and hydroxides.  These often cover the stream bottoms in heavily affected areas.




Increased chemical oxygen demand may lower the free oxygen tension of affected




waters.




     Parsons (1968) reported that streams in mining areas are affected by both




periodic and continuous flows of acid mine effluents.  Rainfall initiates




periodic excessive mineral and acid flows from the spoil piles by dissolving




and carrying effluents into the streams.   Post-rain persistence derives from




the overflow of acidified lakes and seepage from abandoned cuts and drifts.  The




toxic heavy metals persist in lakes and streams.   As they pass downstream they




become diluted by the entrance of unpolluted tributary stream waters.  Some may




become oxidized.   Many eventually become precipitated, buried, and otherwise




detoxified.




     In mining areas much surface water eventually enters deep mines by pumping




or seepage through fractures and drill holes.   This water is often very acid,




and in its passage through the earth it often picks up heavy metals and radio-




active materials.   If this water is pumped out or if it drains from drifts it




will contaminate the surface waters, and the same will happen if it seeps out




through springs.   Often, however, it seeps laterally and downward to contaminate




the underground aquifers.  Chemical effects of mining operations are given in




Table 4.6.




     Boccardi and Spaulding (1968) provided information on the extent of mining




damage in the United States.  According to their figures 3.2 million acres of




land surface (including wetlands) have been seriously disturbed or destroyed.

-------
                                     148
Table 4.6.   Chemical effects of mineral extraction on wetlands.
     Addition of large quantities of chemical elements to wetland
         habitats (especially sodium, calcium, magnesium, silicon,
         sulfur, chlorine, fluorine, copper,  lead,  zinc,  aluminum,
         iron, arsenic, and radioactive materials)

     Increase of salt content of wetland waters and bottoms

     Addition of large quantities of chemically reduced materials
         (especially sulfides)

     Addition of metallic oxides and hydroxides

     Addition of large quantities of sulfuric acid

     Drastic lowering of pH

     Reduction and elimination of carbonates  (and,  hence, the natural
         buffering system)

     Placing of heavy metals into solution

     Reduction of free oxygen

     Contamination of ground water and aquifers

-------
                                     149





A total of 34,000 miles of highwalls have been created.  At least 13,000 miles




of streams, 281 natural lakes, and 168 reservoirs have been disturbed or destroyed.




These figures are undoubtedly underestimates, and the extent of the disturbance




is increasing at an accelerated pace.






          Effects of Construction Activities Associated Primarily




                   with Wetland Areas and Water Bottoms






                        Effects of Dam Construction





     In considering the effects of dam construction on the physical and chemical




factors of wetland environments four dimensions of the problem must be recog-




nized and understood:  1) the nature of the dam and its impoundment, 2) the




time-phased sequence of events, 3) water management practices after the dam




is operational, and 4) the downstream series of effects.  Each of these




dimensions will be explained briefly before detailed consideration of the




effects.




     Dams differ greatly in size, structural composition, and design.  Each




is tailored to the local terrain, anticipated storage volume and flow rate,




and function.  The present discussion will consider the large masonry multiple-



use dam, but most of the comments could equally apply to smaller, earthen, and




special-use dams.




     Dams are built with a certain life expectancy.  During this period the




dam and its impoundment pass through a series of stages which, for present




purposes, may be listed as follows:  construction, impoundment filling, basin




leaching, sedimentation, and senescent phases.   Environmental effects, thus,




will vary with time in relation to these phases.




     The finished dam is a water management tool which may be utilized in




several ways.  If water storage is the purpose the reservoir may be kept nearly




or quite full.  When water is needed for irrigation, power production, or

-------
                                    150





navigation it may be released through irrigation locks, conduits to power




turbines, or over the spillway.  Release may occur near the top, at the middle,




or near the bottom of the dam.  Water levels in the impoundment may vary season-




ally or over the space of a few days or hours.  Tailwater flows may vary season-




ally (in response to rainfall or drought, irrigation needs, or downstream




navigation requirements) or in the space of a few hours (in response to daily




peaks in electrical power requirements).  Multiple-dam systems such as those




which occur on the Tennessee and Missouri Rivers, provide complex multi-phasic




tools for the allocation of water resources throughout an entire drainage basin.




     The physical and chemical effects of dams are of major geographic propor-




tions.   Upstream the effects extend to the upper reaches of the impoundment




(and further, when biological effects are considered).  Intense effects are




felt in the neighborhood of the dam structure, _i.e_. , both immediately above




and below the dam.   Downstream the effects may be evident throughout the lower




reaches as well as in the estuary and on the nearby continental shelf.




     Key references to the physical and chemical effects of dams include the




following:  Bayly and Williams (1973), Copeland (1966, 1970), Ebel (1969),




Hynes (1972), Morris, et al. (1968), Neel (1963), Soltero, Wright, and




Horpestead (1973),  Sylvester (1958), Wirth, et al.  (1970), and Wright (1967).






Effects during construction period - During the period of dam construction the




water flow of the stream is blocked off by the cofferdams.  Some of the flow




may proceed through the lateral tunnels, but the volume and seasonal programming




of such flow will certainly differ from the normal pattern of flow.  Until the




impoundment reaches the height of the tunnels the flow may be blocked off




completely for a period.  Rock blasting and excavation will add sediments to




the stream as will erosion from roads and work areas.   Some chemical leaching




will occur from  the  concrete of  the  dam itself.  Except for  interference with




the flow  pattern,  such  effects are  temporary  and local  in extent.

-------
                                    151
Upstream effects of the impoundment - As the water level of the impoundment




rises it will inundate floodplains, low tributary creeks, lakes, ponds, marshes,




and swamps which lie in the lower reaches of the basin above the dam.  Eventually




the reservoir will become a long, multi-branched body of water whose deepest




point is adjacent to the dam itself.  This reservoir will be subject to con-




siderable water loss through surface evaporation.  Water erosion will tend to




cut away banks and partially submerged hills, especially in arid regions.




Streams which enter the reservoir will deposit vast quantities of sediment as




deltas near the stream mouths.   During the early years of the life of a reservoir




great quantities of soluble minerals are leached from the bed and banks of the




basin.  Neel (1963) reported that during the period 1935-1948 an estimated 20




million tons of dissolved materials were picked up by Lake Mead.  This included




12.2 million tons of sulfate, 5.1 million tons of calcium, and 2.7 million tons




of sodium, potassium, and chloride.  Nitrogen and phosphorus tend to increase,




due undoubtedly to soil leaching and decomposition of inundated vegetation.




     With passage of time the sedimentation deltas build further out, coalesce,




and continue building downstream.  Heavy marl deposits (calcium carbonate)




may build up on the reservoir bottom.   With sediment accumulation the storage




capacity of the impoundment steadily decreases.   Water masses often remain




somewhat distinct within the reservoir, and seasonal river flows may be delayed




in passage.  In extreme cases summer runoff may not emerge until the following




winter.   After the first few years the quantity of dissolved minerals in the




reservoir tends to decline due to diminished leaching and to downstream passage




of the more highly charged early waters.




     Reservoir waters often become stratified during the summer months.  Upper




layers receive ample light for photosynthesis and tend to be fresher and to




have higher levels of oxygen and temperature.  Bottom waters are cooler, poorly




illuminated, and have higher levels of salt and nutrients.  The bottom waters

-------
                                     152







may become anaerobic and develop toxic concentrations of methane, hydrogen




sulfide, and other unoxidized chemicals.  The pH is often low, and metallic




ions may be in solution.




     Operation of the dam greatly influences conditions within the reservoir.




Water level reduction often exposes broad bands of land at the margins of the




reservoir, and since such bands are alternately flooded and exposed, permanent




vegetative cover cannot develop.  Such riparian habitat loss is particularly criti-




cal in arid plains country and in mountainous areas where winter range may be




affected.  Such areas become subject to severe erosion which moves the mudbanks




further downstream in the reservoir.  Eventually most reservoirs should become




silted up.  Efforts to prolong the life of reservoirs involve dredging as well as




release of bottom silt-laden waters through low-level conduits in the dam.  Up-




stream effects of dam construction are given in Table 4.7.






Downstream effects of the dam - Downstream effects will vary with the pattern




of water release, and in any event, this pattern will differ widely from that




of the normal stream flow.   One of the major reasons for constructing dams is




to control floods, and invariably the release pattern will avoid normal flood-




flow rates and normal downstream water level heights.  Downstream floodplains




are no longer subject to flood, and maximum stream flows are considerably




diminished.   Beyond this, the release pattern may vary in strange ways.  In




some cases much of the volume of flow is passed out into irrigation ditches




during dry weather, severly reducing flow immediately below the dam.  Due




to evaporation in the reservoir and drainage ditches the return water which




enters downstream may be considerably reduced in quantity.  In other instances,




especially in dams which generate hydro-electric power, conditions the down-




stream reach may vary from those of a large river to those of a small headwater




within a short period of time.

-------
                                    153
Table 4.7.  Upstream effects of dam construction on the physical and chemical

            characteristics of wetlands.


     Habitat loss through inundation of floodplains, low tributary creeks,
         lakes, ponds, marshes, and swamps

     Loss of water through surface evaporation

     Water erosion of banks and submerged hills

     Formation of sedimentary deltas around mouths of entering streams
         (which enlarge throughout life of reservoir)

     Leaching of soluble materials from bed and banks of basin

     Initial increase in dissolved salts and nutrients

     Precipitation of bottom marl deposits

     Delayed water passage through reservoir

     Temperature and chemical stratification of reservoir waters

     Devegetation of broad band around water's edge due to water level
         fluctuation

     Long-term reduction in dissolved salts and nutrients

     Long-term sedimentation of basin

-------
                                      154






     Since downstream floodplains are no longer inundated the floodplain lakes,




marshes, swamps, and ponds do not receive annual or seasonal replenishment of




water and nutrients.  Floodplain ground water levels recede.  Floodplains now




fail to receive annual silt and nutrient blankets.  Leaf fall and other loose




floodplain vegetation is no longer swept into the downstream channels.  Flood-




plain protection leads to floodplain utilization for agriculture, construction,




and other activities.  This, in turn, leads to channelization, erosion, and




other problems discussed earlier.




     Water which does pass through (or over) the dam varies in quality from




that of the undammed river.   Bottom level release may produce vast quantities




of suspended materials during the periods of flushing.  At such times the




stream becomes a "river of mud."  In normal operation, however, the discharge




water is quite clear, the major portion of the suspended matter having been




deposited in the reservoir.   During spring and summer months release from the




upper levels of the dam provide high temperature epilimnic waters, rich in




oxygen and reservoir plankton and often low in nutrients.  Release from below




the thermocline provides low temperature hypolimnic water which may have re-




duced pH but large quantities of nutrients and decomposing organic matter.




Such waters may also contain hydrogen sulfide, ferrous and manganous compounds,




as well as other heavy metals.   As in the case of epilimnic release the oxygen




content is often high due to oxygen picked up during passage through dam conduits




and the free-fall plunge into the stilling basin below the dam, but low oxygen




conditions in tailwaters have been reported.  At the same time atmospheric




nitrogen is dissolved in the water and supersaturation is not infrequent below




large impoundments.  Values in excess of 1307o of nitrogen saturation have been




recorded.   High nitrogen values often persist for many miles downstream.




     Further downstream when irrigation water is finally reintroduced, the




stream flow is augmented with relatively saline water due to salts leached from

-------
                                     155






the irrigated land.  Nutrients may also be high if the irrigated land has




received fertilizer treatment.  As mentioned above, even after the irrigation




water reenters the stream the total flow volume is reduced due to evaporative




water loss.  Reduction in peak flows and reduction in total flow result in




reduced flushing, and below the dam sediments, which would normally be swept




away during flood flow, now accumulate in the stream bed.  This tends to elevate




the stream bottom and reduce the cross-sectional area of the stream, gradually




clogging channels anddeveloping a downstream flood hazard.  Thus, the dam




eventually recreates the problem which it was designed to correct.  Siltation




in the reservoir above the dam and in the downstream reaches of the river now




require extensive dredging operations to prolong reservoir life and to maintain




downstream channels for navigation.




     Major effects of stream impoundment are felt by the downstream estuaries




and adjacent continental shelves, and these effects have been especially well




documented by Copeland (1966, 1970).  Following upstream impoundment the estuary




receives reduced quantities of freshwater.  Peak flows are never extreme, and




the pattern and seasonality of the flow are highly abnormal.  Although incoming




sediment loads are greatly diminished, reduced flushing leads to sediment




accumulation and altered patterns of scouring, shoaling, and general bottom




contouring due to wind disturbance of the shallow waters.  Reduced flushing




also leads to buildup of pollutants, especially pesticides and heavy metals,




which were normally flushed out with the excess sediment load at high flood




stages.  General levels of salinity increase considerably, and the important




salinity gradient of the estuary is much modified.  Circulation patterns change




in response to reduced freshwater inflow and recontouring of the bottom.  The




quantity of nutrients brought into the estuary is considerably diminished.




     These problems are greatly accentuated in arid areas where the salinity




balance is especially critical.  Chapman  (1966), for example, has pointed out

-------
                                      156






that the monstrous Texas Basins Project  (involving a series of dams and irrigation




diversions affecting all the Texas coastal streams) would reduce the freshwater




inflow to the estuaries by over 50% with corresponding major deleterious effects




on the quality of the estuarine environments and reduction in commercial fish-




ery harvest potential.




     The coastal impact of upstream dams is very great, but little appreciated.




Just as the estuary receives less freshwater, so it delivers less flow to the




adjacent marine environment.  The seasonal pattern of outflow is also highly




modified, and both dissolved and suspended nutrients normally associated with the




outflow are considerably reduced.   Perhaps the greatest impact is upon the




coastal beaches.   The location and condition of a given coastal beach represents




a balance between deposition of river-borne sand and the erosional forces of




wind, waves, and longshore currents.   As pointed out by Inman and Brush (1973),




beach nourishment from river sediments has been severely curtailed along much of




the nation's coastline.   As a result, many beaches are suffering severe erosion,




and others are maintained only through artificial stabilization.   Louisiana is




losing coastal land at the rate of 16 1/2 square miles per year,  much of which




is related to beach erosion.  The Silver Strand Beach of southern California




has been maintained by artificially replacing 22 million cubic meters of sand




between 1941 and 1967.  Jetties and groynes have been employed in other areas in




an effort to stabilize eroding shorelines.




     From the above considerations it is clear that impoundment has varied and




far-reaching effects upon the nation's wetlands and their margins.   Among the most




important of these are the entrapment of sediments, general diminution in total




annual flow volume, reduction in peak flow rate (hence, reduced flushing), and




altered patterns of stream flow.   However, a special point must be made con-




cerning associated wetland habitat alteration.  Dams are, of necessity, con-




structed in areas where bluffs or cliffs are available to anchor the dams and

-------
                                     157





to contain the impounded waters.  With the great proliferation of dams on th«




nation's waterways, the habitats associated with such environments are in danger




of disappearing.  Heavy sedimentation in the reservoir, downstream reaches, and




estuaries greatly reduces habitat diversity and is converting the waterways to




monotonous muddy drains.  Especially effected are riffles and rapids which may




also become endangered habitats as the pace of dam building continues.  Down-




stream effects of dam construction are given in Table 4.8.






                 Effects of Fill Construction in Wetlands





     All wetlands are areas of surface and subsurface water movement.  Highways,




railways, and other long linear construction projects (including linear spoil




banks) are essentially dams which retard or prevent water movement in the




normal fashion.  Such interference is especially critical in coastal marshes




and swamps where interference with freshwater flow permits saltwater intrusion




into the wetlands on the seaward side of the construction.  Considerable damage




has resulted from saltwater intrusion into coastal wetlands, especially along




the Atlantic seaboard, in the Florida everglades, and in the Louisiana marsh




and swamplands.  During the process of construction side canals are often



excavated parallel to the rights-of-way.  Such canals accelerate runoff,




draining the submerged lands and reducing water table levels, and they also




provide ready access for saltwater penetration.  Construction of airports and




other structures in wetland areas involves considerable filling for the structure




itself, as well as the building associated with access roads and/or canals.




Spoil banks give rise to erosion problems.  All these activities result in the




direct and indirect loss of large acreages of wetland habitat.   These topics




will be discussed in greater detail in the section dealing with the "Effects




of Dredging and the Placement of Dredge Spoil."  Effects of fill construction




are listed in Table 4.9.

-------
                                     158
Table 4.8.   Downstream effects of dam construction on the physical and

            chemical characteristics of wetlands.



   General  effects

     Reduction in total volume of flow

     Deviation from normal seasonal flow patterns

     Severe reduction in wetland habitat diversity

     Jeopardization of certain wetland habitat types, generally those
         associated with fast flow (riffles, rapids,  and areas between
         bluffs and cliffs which are amenable to damming and impoundment)


   Effects  near the dam and for a few miles downstream

     Elimination of peak flows

     Sudden and drastic changes in flow rates

     Reduction in sediment flushing

     Sediment accumulation

     Elimination of floodplain flooding

         Elimination of annual replenishment of floodplain wetlands with
             water and nutrients

         Reduction in ground water levels

         Reduction of leaf litter wash into stream

     Sudden elimination of large volumes of sediments into stream ("river
         mud" from reservoir bottom flushing)

     Modification of water temperature (by release of water from epi- or
         hypolimnion of reservoir)

     Modification of stream nutrient loads (by release of water from epi-
         or hypolimnion of reservoir)

     Reduction in pH (by release of hypolimnic waters)

     Release of hydrogen sulfide and other reducing compounds (by
         hypolimnic release)

-------
                                     159
Table 4.8.  (continued)
     Reduction of oxygen content (by hypolimnic release)




     Supersaturation with nitrogen gas






   Effects some miles further downstream




     Increase in salt content (from irrigation water return)




     Reduced flushing




         Increased sediment accumulation




         Clogging of channels




         Shallowing of stream




     Creation of flood hazard






   Effects on downstream estuaries




     Reduction of freshwater input




     Reduction of peak flows




     Reduction of flushing




     Abnormal seasonality of flow




     Reduction of sediment and nutrient input by stream




     Sediment accumulation




     Altered patterns of shoaling and bottom contouring




     Build-up of sediment-associated pollutants




     Modified water circulation patterns




     Increased saltwater penetration




     Increased estuarine salinity




     Sharpened salinity gradients

-------
                                    160





Table 4.8.  (continued)
   Effects on adjacent marine areas




     Reduction of estuarine water outflow




     Reduction of nutrient transport to continental shelf




     Reduction of sediment transport for beach nourishment

-------
                                    161
                     Effects of Bridging in Wetlands





     The effects of bridge construction over streams have already been covered




under the topic "Effects of Construction of Drainage Structures."  Bridging




in marshes and swamps invariably requires either road or canal construction to




provide access to the working site of the advancing bridge.   Rights-of-way may




be cleared or built up with the spoil removed in the process of canal con-




struction.  Effects of bridging in wetlands are listed in Table 4.9.   The




effects of canals and spoil banks will be covered in the following section.






            Effects of Dredging and Placement of Dredge Spoil





     Dredging and associated activities have complex, far-reaching, and pro-




found effects upon the wetlands of the nation, and these effects have apparently




never been considered in all their ecological ramifications.  Yet, by Congres-




sional authorization the U.S.  Army Corps of Engineers alone dredges up an




estimated 250 million cubic yards of spoil material each year (Boyd,  at al.,




1972), most of which is in the chemically reduced condition and much of which




is polluted.  By and large, the impact of dredging falls into two general




categories:  the effects of removal of bottom materials (through channeliza-




tion and the creation of holes) and the effects of the extracted materials




(either during the removal process or after they have been dumped as spoil).




These effects are so intimately bound together that they will be taken up




together, and the discussion will proceed according to the following topics.




     1.  General and immediate effects of dredging




     2.  Effects of stream channelization




     3.  Effects of channelization and spoil dumping on wooded floodplains and




         swamp s




     4.  Effects of dredging in bays and estuaries

-------
                                      162
Table 4.9.   Effects of fill construction and bridging on the physical  and

            chemical characteristics of wetlands.   Only the immediate  and

            generalized effects are presented in this table.   Further

            details concerning the fill and bridge problems will be found

            in the tables relating to dredging and spoil placement.



   Effects  of fill construction

     Interference with surface flow through the wetland

     Creation of spoil banks

     Creation of canals through the wetland

     Creation of spoil and canal erosional  problems

     Loss of wetland habitat (especially freshwater marsh habitat in
         coastal areas)

     Creation of marshland salinity problems (in coastal areas)


   Effects  of bridging

     Creation of canals and open water areas

     Creation of spoil piles and banks

-------
                                     163






     5.  Effects of dredging and spoil placement in marshlands




     6.  Effects of dredging and spoil dumping on the continental shelf





Some of the more important references concerning the physical and chemical




effects of dredging and spoiling on the nation's wetlands include the following:




Barstow (1971), Boyd, et al. (1972), Chapman (1967, 1968), Copeland (1966, 1970),




Cronin, e± al. (1971), Emerson (1971), Gagliano and van Beek (1973), Haddock




(1972), Odum  (1970), St. Amant (1970, 1972), and Taylor and Saloman (1969).






General and immediate effects of dredging - Regardless of whether the dredging




takes place by means of bucket, dragline, or hydraulic dredge, the primary




results are the creation of deep holes or linear channels and the temporary




suspension of large clouds of sedimentary materials.   Isolated holes act as




sedimentary basins for particulate material.  If circulation is poor and




especially if organic matter is available such holes tend to become anoxic.




Surface particle sizes in dredge holes are considerably finer than those of the




unmodified bottom.   In areas of poor circulation (such as some sections of




Biscayne Bay) dredge holes may persist for decades.  Linear channels are generally




subject to high rates of water flow, and hence seldom develop anaerobic conditions



unless they are present in high organic environments (such as swamps and marshes)




or are protected from wind and water current action (as through a surface coat




of water hyacinths and alligator weeds).   By and large, channelization facili-




tates water flow and flushing, and in this respect it may greatly influence




local as well as downstream conditions.




     The cutting and digging action of the dredging operation breaks through




the thin oxidized layer of the submerged soil and exposes the deep unoxidized




layer.   Furthermore, most of the sediments placed in suspension are removed




from this layer and, hence, are in the chemically reduced state.   Such materials




have very high chemical and biological oxygen demands.   Frankenberg and Westerfield

-------
                                    164






 (1969) calculated that some dredge spoils require 535 times their own volume of oxy-




 gen for complete oxidation, and Brown and Clark (1968) reported oxygen levels near




 dredges 18-83 percent below normal.  Both the sedimentary particles and the




 interstitial waters released contain immediately toxic materials such as




 hydrogen sulfide, methane, and a variety of organic acids, ketones, aldehydes,




 etc., as well as heavy metals and pesticides which exhibit persistent toxic




 effects.  Turbidity, per se, reduces light penetration and interferes with




 photosynthetic production of oxygen, and it tends to elevate water temperatures.




 Eventually the suspended material settles to the bottom either near the dredging




 site or far downstream.  Thus, there is a redistribution of sediments together




 with whatever nutrients and chemical pollutants which they may contain, and




 this may result in modified bottom topography and altered patterns of water




 circulation.   Such sedimentation problems are greatly accentuated when dredge




 spoil is placed back into the water.  General and immediate effects of dredging




 and spoil placement are listed in Table 4.10.






 Effects of stream channelization - Stream channelization is carried out for two




 primary reasons, to reduce flood hazard and to maintain open deep-water naviga-




 tion channels.  Both types of projects often cut off meanders and straighten




 stream beds.   Deepening of the channel causes a drop in the water table level




 of the surrounding lands, and it leads to erosion of tributary streams which




 cut their beds more deeply in accommodation to the main stream.  Reduction in




 stream length produces a steeper stream gradient and a faster flow rate.  This




 increases the erosive power of the water and its ability to transport sediments.




Erosive cutting tends to broaden the stream channel.  Streambank vegetation




would tend to reduce edge erosion by providing bank protection and retarding




 flow, but if the vegetation has been removed erosion and channel widening




 proceed unimpeded.   Increased flow tends to reduce habitat diversity by elimina-




 tion of littoral areas (shallow backwaters and sloughs), riffle and rapid areas,

-------
                                      165






Table 4.10.  Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil;  general




             and immediate effects.








     Modification of wetland bottom topography




         Creation of persistent dredge holes (sometimes becoming anoxic)




         Creation of channels




         Creation of canals




     Modification of water circulation patterns




     Increased turbidity of water




         Increased oxygen demand




         Reduced light penetration




         Reduced photosynthetic oxygen production




         Release of toxic organic compounds




         Release of pesticides, heavy metals,  and hydrogen sulfide




         Increased temperature




     Bottom siltation with very fine sediments

-------
                                     166






and eddy and pool habitats.  Dredged streams become linear ditches with relative-




ly uniform habitat conditions.




     Downstream from the dredged area the situation is different.  When the




stream returns to its normal shallower gradient the flow rate diminishes and




suspended sediment is dropped out.  This creates a shallower stream bed and a




greater hazard of downstream flooding.  Effects of stream channelization are




given in Table 4.11.






Effects of channelization and spoil dumping on floodplains and swamps - Flood-




plain and swamp channelization, especially when it accompanies mainstream




channelization, as it usually does, tends to drain lakes, sloughs, and swamps




and to lower the water table of the land.  This reduces or eliminates the annual




flood, prevents restocking of any remaining wetlands, and cuts off the sediment




load normally deposited in such environments.  Aquifer and ground water recharge




is also reduced.  Wetland becomes dryland.  Channelization is frequently accom-




panied by extensive timber cutting, and the dry lowlands are quickly invaded




by agricultural and other land-related activities.  Erosion now becomes a




problem.   If the area is in the low coastal plain saltwater penetration may




occur.




     Spoil banks and levees placed along floodplains and through swamplands




tend to contain the mainstream.  Peak flows no longer flood the adjacent land




but are sent downstream as surges.  Large quantities of nutrients and valuable




freshwater is lost, eventually to estuaries or to the sea.   Effects of channelizing




floodplains and swamps are listed in Table 4.12.






Effects of dredging in bays and estuaries - Dredging in bays and estuaries




modifies bottom topography through excavation of holes and channels and through




creation of sediment banks and spoil areas.  If spoil banks are laid down the

-------
                                     167






Table 4.11.  Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil;  stream




             channelization effects.








     Stream straightening




         Cutting off of meanders




         Shortening of stream length




     Deepening of channel




         Lowering of water table




     Increase in stream gradient




         Increase in flow rate




         Increase in channel and bank erosion




         Widening of channel




     Reduction in stream habitat diversity




     Increase in downstream sedimentation




     Increase in downstream flood hazard

-------
                                    168
Table 4.12.  Effects of dredging and placement of spoil;  effects of

             channelizing floodplains and swamps.



     Drainage of surface waters

     Lowering of water table

     Elimination of periodic flooding and fertilization

     Reduction of ground water recharge

     Increase in erosion

     Peak streamflow sent downstream as surge

     Increased saltwater penetration (in coastal areas)

     Exposure to deforestation, agriculture,  construction, and other
         human use

-------
                                     169






bay or estuary may become segmented, with siltation and shoaling taking place




in the quieter backwaters.  Water circulation may be greatly affected with




altered patterns of tidal exchange and mixing.  Directions, velocities and




seasonal programming of currents may be changed.  Extensive shoaling may re-




duce flushing and lead to closure or reduction of the passes connecting with




the sea.  Channels may accelerate the passage of freshwater through the estuary,




and if deep they will certainly accelerate penetration of saline bottom waters




into the bay or estuary.   This would increase the salt concentration and sharpen




the salinity gradient.




     In addition to topographic and circulation changes, dredging increases




turbidity with its attendant effects, as discussed earlier.  Hydraulic dredges




generate the greatest siltation and turbidity problem, and Hellier and Kornicker




(1962) found fine sediment to be deposited between 0.5 and 1.0 mile downstream




from a dredging operation.  In Boca Ciega Bay, Florida, Taylor and Saloman




(1969) noted that sediments in undredged areas included about 94 percent sand




and shell, whereas dredged areas were covered with very fine sediments, showing




92 percent clay and silt.  These fine sediments formed a thin surface ooze




which give poor internal oxygen circulation and lead to oxygen reduction both




within the sediments and in the overlying waters.  In areas protected from




wind action and general water circulation oxygen values in the overlying waters




were reduced in some cases to about 2 ml/1.  Effects of dredging in bays and




estuaries are listed in Table 4.13.






Effects of dredging and spoil placement in marshlands - Dredging in inland




freshwater marshes accelerates drainage, reduces ground water levels, and tends




to convert wetland to dryland.  Spoil placement in freshwater marshes destroys




additional freshwater habitat.  These effects are relatively straight-forward.




     In coastal marshes the matter is considerably more complex because of the




adjacency of saltwater and the natural process of coastal subsidence.  Most of

-------
                                     170





Table 4.13.   Effects of dredging and placement of spoil;   effects of




             dredging in bays and estuaries.








     Modification of bottom topography




         Creation of bottom holes and channels




         Segmentation and shoaling




     Modification of current patterns (directions and velocities)




         Modification of flushing patterns




         Altered patterns of tidal exchange and mixing




         Acceleration of passage of freshwater through the estuary




         Increased penetration of saline water into the estuary




         Sharpening of estuarine salinity gradients




     Increase in turbidity




     Reduction in particle size of surface sediments




     Reduction in oxygen concentration,  especially of near-bottom water

-------
                                    171





the present discussion will center around the Louisiana marshes which have




been extensively dredged and fairly well studied, but the information applies




to other coastal marshes, as well.  Coastal marshes of Louisiana, in the un-




disturbed state, represent vast drainage systems.  Freshwater enters on one




side, generally from the floodwaters of annual river overflow, and it gradually




works down to the coast in a broad, flat surface sheet.  Occasional creeks




and bayous aid in the runoff.  Near the estuaries the marshes are dissected




by dendritic tidal creeks.  Thus, through the marsh there is naturally a gradual




salinity gradient from freshwater to the more brackish waters of the estuary.




Marshes overlie deep layers of unconsolidated river deposits which gradually




undergo compaction as the water is squeezed out.  Such marshes would gradually




subside, but sediment input through river overflow and build-up of organic




matter through plant growth counteract this tendency and maintain the delicate




land-sea, and freshwater-saltwater balances.




     Dredging and channelization of marshes accelerates the rate of freshwater




runoff, and it may lower the water table of the soil, drying out the higher




areas of the marsh.   Artificial canals do not represent natural coastal mean-




dering streams, but they pass in straight lines for human purposes.  Often they




criss-cross in random fashion.  Once opened, such canals tend to widen due to




tidal and other natural action or due to the effects of boat traffic.  Land




loss from canal erosion has reached serious proportions in Louisiana and else-




where.




     In addition to draining away the freshwater, the canals offer paths for




saltwater penetration of the marshlands, and this is especially prominent in




the deeper canals.  Since rivers no longer are permitted to flood the upper




reaches of the marshes, they are now deprived of both the annual freshwater




and the annual sediment load.  Thus, as compaction and subsidence proceed,




and as saltwater penetrates through the canals, the effect of saltwater is being

-------
                                     172






felt further and further inland.  Vehicular traffic over the marshlands (mud-




boats, marsh buggies, tugs, barges, and other heavy equipment) associated with




construction activities accentuates this problem.




     Marsh canals have very high contents of organic matter and high oxygen




demands.  Yet water circulation is often poor, and this leads to reducing or




near reducing conditions, especially in the bottom waters.   Saltwater is rich




in sulfates, and when the sulfates enter the reducing conditions the sulfates




are converted to sulfides which are very potent biotoxins.   Precipitated iron




sulfide is a common marsh deposit.




     Soil banks are often cast up alongside the canals creating a surface dam




effect.  Such banks impound waters on both sides and seriously interfere with




normal surface drainage patterns.   The spoil banks directly cover vast acreages




of marshland, and erosion from the spoil banks tends to drain back into the




canal, on one side, and into the marshland, on the other.   Since the sediment




itself is mostly in the chemically reduced state it tends  to lower the oxygen




concentration of the canal waters when it flows back.   Erosion of spoil banks




and shallowing of canals requires redredging in a never-ending cycle.   Effects




of canalization and spoil placement in marshlands are listed in Table 4.14.






Effects of dredging and spoil dumping on the continental shelf - Because of




the vast area involved and the enormous dilution capacity  of the oceans,




dredging and associated turbidity and sedimentation cannot  be considered to




create any significant environmental problem on the continental shelf.   Reduced




sediments placed in suspension would be quickly oxidized due to the high levels




of dissolved oxygen in sea water.   Ocean dumping of land and freshwater-derived




spoils, however, poses severe hazards.   According to federal statistics dredge




spoils account for 80 percent of all ocean dumping, and 34  percent of this amount




is polluted.   If major spawning areas are avoided it seems  unlikely that un-




contaminated spoil would create a major environmental problem (although it does

-------
                                     173


Table 4.14.   Effects of dredging and placement of dredge spoil:   effects of

             canalization and spoil placement in marshlands.



     Interference with surface drainage patterns

         Acceleration of surface drainage by canals

         Damming of surface drainage by spoil banks

         General acceleration of freshwater runoff

     Loss of marshland habitat

         Loss due to canalization

         Loss due to water table lowering

         Loss due to erosion and widening of canals

         Loss due to spoil coverage

         Loss due to acceleration of marsh subsidence

     Acceleration of saltwater penetration

     Conversion of sulfates (of saltwater) to sulfides in the canals and
         precipitation of iron sulfide in the canals

     Erosion of spoil banks and distribution of chemically reduced
         sediment into canals and open marsh

-------
                                     174






seem a waste of a good resource).  Dumping of pollutants into sea water, however,




could create major problems, depending upon the nature of the pollutants and the




quantities involved.






         Effects of Construction Activities Associated Primarily




                          With Waterway Margins






             Effects of Construction of Breakwaters, Seawalls,




                      and Shore Protection Systems





     Understanding of the effects of shoreline construction requires some know-




ledge of the natural forces which create and maintain the beach zone.   Beach




dynamics have recently been discussed in some detail by Inman and Brush (1973)




and Dolan (1972).  Wherever  there are waves and an adequate supply of sand,




beaches form.  When wave action is low, the active beach zone is very narrow,




but when wave action is high, as during storms, the active zone is quite broad,




extending both seaward and landward of the former surf edge.   The slope of the




beach is the natural response to the energy of impacting waves.   Shallow slopes




absorb the impact over a fairly broad zone, but steep slopes receive the full




impact and produce reflecting waves which have high erosive power.  Waves




traveling directly toward shore tend to contain the sand against the shore, but




waves breaking at an angle cause sand to be transported along the shore.  The




power of the waves places sand particles in suspension and creates the longshore




current for lateral transport of the sand.  Under natural conditions riverborne




sand nourishes the beaches and continually replaces that lost through erosion and




longshore transport.




     Construction activities which do not take into account the basic physics of




beach dynamics create problems which require further construction or continual




maintenance.   Breakwaters groynes, and other structures which project perpendicular

-------
                                     175
to a beach interrupt the longshore current and lateral transport of beach sand.




As a result, sand is accumulated on the upstream side, and beach erosion occurs




just downstream from the barrier.  Additional barriers placed downstream simply




transfer the beach erosion process further downstream of each succeeding barrier.




The beaches at Miami Beach, Florida and Cape May, N.  J. have been referred to




as, "Cascades of groynes."  At each step some of the beach habitat is temporarily




lost (Cronin, Gunter, and Hopkins, 1971).




     Artificial beach nourishment creates two problems, one where the sand is




removed, and another where it is placed.  Source sand may be removed from the




continental shelf in front of the beach, from beach dunes, or from lagoons and




other low lying areas behind the dunes.  Removal from the nearshore shelf creates




a steeper slope so that waves impact the shore with greater force.  Removal of




dunes eliminates important high-beach habitat and reduces protection of the back




lagoons.  Removal of material from behind the dunes eliminates important lagoonal




habitat.  Addition of sand to the forebeach eliminates that habitat until species




can reinvade.  All of these effects are temporary, but since construction is




working against the natural forces, repeated maintenance is often required.  This




means that repeated habitat destruction is generally the price of artificial




shoreline stability.




     Beach dune stabilization by sandbags and other methods creates a narrower




forebeach and a steepened profile.  Finer sands are eroded from the surf zone,




and the steepened beach of coarse sand creates reflection waves which further




accelerate beach erosion.  The loss of fine sand means that new dunes cannot




form.  Dolan (1972) noted that between 1945 and 1969 the barrier beaches of North




Carolina's Outer Banks had been reduced in width by 9.3 percent, the active sand




zone had been reduced by 20.1 percent, and the "stabilized" dune area had been




reduced by 10.7 percent.

-------
                                     176






                 Effects of Wharves»Piers, and Bulkheads





     Wharves,piers, and bulkheads tend to be abrupt vertical walls which extend




into relatively deep water.  Their construction involves permanent elimination




of valuable intertidal and subtidal water-edge habitat (Sykes, 1971).  Such




habitat is often the most productive zone of estuaries (Odum, 1970).  Dredging to




obtain fill for such structures removes additional shallow or deeper water habi-




tat.  About three acres of submerged sediments are generally required to create




one acre of filled land.  The hard vertical surfaces create reflection waves which




further disturb sediments.   When these structures are built in groups they may




create blind channels where circulation is poor and where anaerobic conditions




readily develop.






                     Deepwater Moorings and Dolphins





     Deepwater structures which occupy small areas of bottom and which do not




materially interfere with water circulation patterns are not known to create




major deleterious environmental effects.   In operation, all types of port facilities




may be expected to generate water pollution problems, both from spillage and from




flushing of domestic wastes, but such problems are beyond the scope of the present




work.






                                Pipelines





     Submarine pipelines which are buried in the bottom sediments are not known




to create significant environmental damage, either in the construction or opera-




tional phases.   The limited environmental disturbance associated with initial




burial is apparently quickly repaired.   Unburied pipes may constitute barriers




for species of bottom-dwelling organisms which normally move longshore or offshore,




but this remains to be documented.   Pollution from leaks or breaks could cause




serious local problems.

-------
                                    177






                           Mineral Extraction





     Offshore dredging for sand, gravel, and shell locally destroys bottom




habitat which may eventually recover.   Large scale removal of coarse materials




would eliminate protective cover and change the nature of the bottom habitat.




Dredging near shores could remove protective barriers and result in greater ero-




sion of the beach such as occurred in England where the village of Hallsands was




severely eroded after a half million tons of gravel had been removed from a bank




just offshore (Inman and Brush, 1973).




     Extraction of chemicals from seawater is not known to cause significant




environmental damage except for loss of coastal habitat where the extraction




plant is located.  If solar evaporation of seawater is involved, extensive land




areas may be utilized as evaporation pans.






             Offshore Drilling for Petroleum and Natural Gas





     Problems of offshore drilling rigs stem from water pollution hazards rather




than from construction activities or the presence of the structures themselves.




Drilling rigs provide hard substrates and a certain amount of structural complex-




ity.  When present in soft-bottom shelf areas they tend to be populated by species




which may otherwise be rare in the area.  Whether this is beneficial or deleter-




ious cannot be stated at present, especially since very little solid scientific




information is available on the subject.






             Effects of Construction Under Arctic Conditions





     Because of the mineral potential of the Alaska north slope, considerable




interest is now being focused on that area.  Although a great deal has yet to




be learned about the hazards of construction on tundra  and in the Arctic Ocean,




some information is available.     This has been summarized in a recent publica-




tion by Brooks, _et al (1971).

-------
                                    178







     The tundra of the Arctic Slope is underlain by ground permanently frozen




 to depths ranging to over 2,000 feet.  During the brief summer the surface may




 thaw to depths of 4 to 60 inches.  Since the soil is water-logged and soggy in




 the summer, it provides poor foundation for surface construction.  Roads, build-




 ings, and pipelines must either be elevated or placed upon an insulated founda-




 tion such as gravel.  Off-road transport of heavy equipment and supplies tends




 to tear up the fragile surface layer and to create scars which may last for




 centuries.  When such activities are carried out on an extensive scale the en-




 vironmental damage would be considerable.




     Solid waste disposal is a special problem because of the slow rates of




 biological decomposition, lack of burial sites, cost of transporting wastes,




 and a natural human tendency in very cold weather to discard everything that is




 not immediately useful.   Incineration of biological wastes and general clean up




 of noncombustible wastes are recommended.




     The Arctic Ocean is covered with pack-ice which, during the winter months,




may become continuous with beaches or landfast ice.   During the summer months the




 shallow margin of the Arctic Ocean is ice-free to several miles offshore.  Since




 the ice pack is not static,  offshore construction must take into account the




 powerful forces of ice movement.   Potential effects of a major petroleum spill




 on tundra or ocean are horrible to contemplate, even in our present state of ig-




norance concerning properties and rates of biological decomposition of petroleum




under very low temperature conditions.




     Construction and maintenance under extreme environmental conditions may lead




 to equipment failure, human error, and a tendency toward negligence.   Planning




 for construction under Ar-cic conditions must, therefore, incorporate high con-




 struction standards, most advanced safety devices, attention to good "housekeeping",




 and provision for frequent inspection and monitoring.

-------
                                     179
                                 Summary


     The primary physical and chemical effects of construction activities on

the riparian and wetland environments of the United States are summarized in

Table 4.15.  The four classes of activity which exert the most profound effects

are 1) general lowland construction, 2) mineral extraction on land,  3)  dam con-

struction, and 4) dredging and spoil placement.

     The most important riparian effects include:

       - Loss of riparian habitat
       - Removal of vegetative cover
       - Removal of topsoil
       - Increased surface runoff
       - Increased soil erosion
       - Lowered water table

     Within the wetland environment the most important effects (listed  by cate-

gory) are as follows:

     Circulation

       - Loss of wetland habitat
       - Reduction of habitat diversity
       - Modification of normal seasonal flow patterns
       - Drastic fluctuation in water levels and flow rates
       - Reduction in flow volume
       - Increased downstream flooding

     Sediment

       - Creation of canals in swamps and marshes
       - Increase in turbidity
       - Increase in sedimentation
       - Clogging of stream riffles
       - Filling of pool areas
       - Alteration of bottom topography

     Chemical and physical properties

       - Reduction in light penetration
       - Elevation of temperature
       - Modification of natural chemical composition
       - Increased oxygen demand
       - Addition of chemical pollutants
       - Build-up of bottom pollutants
       - Increase in salinity (in coastal estuaries, marshes, and swamps)

     On the basis of knowledge of the physical and chemical consequences of major

construction activities it will be possible to analyze the biological effects.

-------
                                                                180
 a
 o
•H  CO
4-1  CU
 CJ  4J
 3  Cfl
 CO
 C  13
 o  cu
 O  4J

MH  C
 O  !=>

 co  o)
 0)
 ft 4-1

 4-1  MH
    O
 co
 3  co
 O  4-1
•H  p
 S-i  01
 tfl  S
 >  C
    o
 CO  £
 4J  a)
 o
 CU  13
«4-i  a
14-1  Cd
 CD  i-l
    4-1
i-l  0)

 3  *
 60 H  C
 C  i-l  01

•HOB
 60 ft  0)
T3  CO  CJ
 0)      CO
 V-1  *-3 I—I
Q      ft
                                 •333

                                         3303333

                               8303333

                                 3303333
                                                                                      X
                                                                                                       X
                                                              TTT.J
                                                                                                    X

                                                                                                X  X
                   o
                  •H
                  4-1
                   CJ
               a  3
               CO  M
               O 4J
                   CO
                   c
                   o
                   o
                           3309333

                      3303333

                   '333

                 •333  01B3J3SUMOp

                       3303333

                         3303333  "[BJ3U3Q
                                                                                                                                X  X
                                                                          X   X

                                                                          X
                                                                                              X  X
                                UO  UOT30BJ3X3  -[Ba3UT>l
                                                         XXX
                                                                                         X  X
                                                                                                                                XXX
                                    UOT30TVZ3SUOO  "[3UUHJ

                                    S3.in3On.I3S
        •u1Jt3suoo
      S3T3TAT30B
                                                                              X  X

                                                                              X  X

                                                                              X  X

                                                                              X  X

                                                                              X  X

                                                                              X
                                                                            X

                                                                            X

                                                                            X

                                                                            X

                                                                            X

                                                                            X
               X

               X

               X

               X

               X  X

               X
                                                                                                                  X

                                                                                                              XXX
 a)  cfl


 "S
13  i-l
 C  VJ
 tfl  (0
    a
i-H  -r
 cfl  M
 o
•H  (U
 W  J3
 M  CO
 cfl  CU

 8  -rl
•H  4J
 M  iH

 ft >
    •H
 CU  4J

,C  O
H  CO
 a
 o
•H  >>
4-1  4-1
 O  -H
 3  >
 I-l  -H
4J  4->
 CO  U
 a  to
 o
o
                                                                    CO
                                                                   TJ
                                                      CO
                                                  Cfl
                                              rH  CJ
                                              CO -H
                                              O  B  0
                                              •H  CU  0)
                                              Cfl JS  MH
                                              >•>  cj
                                                             0)

                                                         4J  O
                                                         CO  U
                                                         4J
                                                         •H  eu

                                                         •9  >
                                                         c8 -H
                                                          3 4J
                                                             cfl
                                                         C 4->
                                                         to  cu
                                                         •H  M
                                                         M  CU
                                                         CO  >
                                                         ft
                                                         •H m
                                                         (-1  O
                                                                                            CU  00
                                                                                            60  C
                                                                                            CO -H
                                                                                            C 13
                                                                                            i-l  O
                                                                                            cfl  O
                                                                                            J-l rH
                                                                                            13 M-I
                                                                                                       (30
                                                                                                                  CO
                                                                                                                 13
                                                                                                                  o
                                                                                                                  o
                                                                                                     3
                                                                                                     o
                                                                                                     }-l
                                                                                                    M-I
                                                 T3
                                                  c
                                                  to
                                                      (U
                                                         O   tO
                                                         CO   o

                                                         s§
                                                         . 1  py^
                                                                        4J MH
                                                                        0) MH


                                                                        n
                                                                        cfl  M
                                                                     H  -H
                                                                     •H  H  CU
                                                                     O  Cfl  O
                                                                     CO  ft tO
                                                                     ft -H MH
                                                                     O  tH  M
                                                                     4-i      3
                                                                        MH  CO
                                                                     -H  O
                                                                     O     13
                                                                        CU  CU
                                                                     H  60 CO
                                                                     cfl  cO  cfl
                                                                     >  a  o>
                                                                     O  -H  H

                                                                     H  ?  ^
                                                                     cu  >-i  C
                                                                    «  P M
 CU  C  CO  13
 O  -H  C  O
 cfl  Cfl vH  O
MH  rH  cfl  ^H
 M  ft rH  MH
 3  13  ft
 CO  O TJ  MH  CO
    O  O  O  O
J3  rH  O      M
 4-1  MH H  13  Q)
                                                                                                                  3
                                                                                                                  ft
                                                                                                           G
                                                                                                           O
                                                                                                          •H
                                                                                               MH
                                                                                                       cfl
                                                                                                O  MH  N -H
                                                                                             cu
                                                                                             O
                                                                                             C  O
                                                                                             CU
        o  cd  o
               CO
 _ -H  O  13 13
 JH 4-1 iH  CU  CU
 CU  CO 4J  CO  CO
MH  C  cfl  cfl  cfl
 >-i iH TJ  CU  CU
 0)  B  C  M  M
4-1 iH  3  CJ  O
 c rH  a  a  c
H W H  M I-H
                                                                                                              cfl  cfl

                                                                                                              cu  cu
                                                                                                              c  c
                                                                                                              i-l -H
                                                                                                              6  S

                                                                                                              rH MH
                                                                                                              •H  O
                                                                                                              o
                                                                                                              co  d
                                                                                                                  o
                                                                                                              MH iH
                                                                                                              o
                                                                                                                  CJ
                                                                                                              co  3
                                                                                                              CO 13
                                                                                                              O  CU
 CO

 C  O
 cd  -H
,JQ  CO
    O

    CU
 §
•H
 CO
 O  rl  CU  W

    CU rH  C
                                                                                                                                      MH
                                                                                                                            CU
                                                                                                                                      -H
 W  S
MH  ,0
 O

 c  cu
 o  en
    co
    cu
 to
 cu
                                                                                                                 4-1  -H
                                                                                                                        >H
                                                                                                                        o
                                                                                                                     U M  H
    Cfl  CO
rC  &  4J
 CJ  'o     CO

 CU  3  CU MH
jQ  O  4J  O
    H  cfl
T3  60  S
 CU
 CO  MH Tl
 CO  O  CU
 CU      i-<  CJ
 M  CO  CU  3
 cj  co  5 13
 C  o  o  cu

-------
                  180A
                uado
                fTng
                TBaa
SuTOBjans snoTAaadiui

-------
                                                              180B
                             •J3SUOO UTgjBtH
 o
•H
4-1
 O
 3

4-1  CO
 co

 O  CU
o

4-1  C
 o  ED

co  cu

p.

4-1
    o
co
3  cr
o
•H  C
4-4
 O

 co  C
4J  CU
 o
       4J
OOiH  C
C  -H
   O
             •H
                     CU
              00
             T)  CO  O
                                                                          xxx
                                              •patmat  9
                                                                                                         X  X


                                                                                                  X  X

                                                                                                      X  X  X  X

                                                                                                      X  X  X_X
                                                                                                                       X  X
                                                             TTT.IT
                                                                                        x
                                                                                        x
                 a
                 o
                •H
                4-1
                 O

             I  2
             Q 4J
                 CO
                                                                                 X

                                                                              X  X

                                                                              X  X

                                                                              X     X
                                                                                           X  X  X  X

                                                                                               XXX
                                                                                                                          X

                                                                                                                          X

                                                                                                                          X
          PUBJ  UP
                                                        IB33UTH
                                                                                                         X  X  X  X
4H  C
4-1  Ct
 CU

H  Q)
 cfl  [5
 CU

 O  C
    cfl

 C
 cfl  cfl
    O

 tfl
 U
•H  CU
•§,«
 t-l  CO
    §01
    iH
•H  4J
 M  -H
 Q. >
    •H
 CU  4-J
-Q  O
H  cfl


  •
 a

H
  •
•
                     M  -H
                     4-1  4-1
                     CO  CJ
                     a  co
                     o
                    u
                                                                                                  CO

                                                                                              4-1  CO  CO
                                                                                              3  CU  CU
                                                                                              P.  M  J3
                                                                                              C  4-1  CO
                                                                                              •H  CO  M
                                                                                              4->  O
                                                          •H
                                                           tfl
                                                           O
                                                              CO
                                                           0  u
                                                           cu  cu
                                                          fi  4H
                                                        >> O  «4-l
                                                       JS     CU
                                                       PM -O

                                                           3
                                                              fl
                                                                                CO
                                                                                          CU  CU
                                                                                          0}  CO
                                                                               •H  -H  O

                                                                                cu  cu  oo
                                                                                co  co  C
                                                                                cfl  cfl -H
                                                                                CU  CU  C
                                                                                *-l  t-l  0)
                                                                                CJ  CJ T3
                                                                                C  C -H
                                                                                      4-1  O  O
                                                                                          o  o
                                                                                         •H  -H
                                                                                         4-1  4J
                                                                                          
     O rH
    •H 4-1
    J I II I
 >>  cfl -H
 4-1  4-1  M
 •H   C
 T3   CU  0
 •H   6  CO
 ^D  -H  CU
 M  *Td  M
 3  CU 4-1
 4-1   CO  CO

 C  C 4H
 •H  -H  O

 CU  CU  00
 ca  ca  C
 cfl  cfl «H
 CU  CU 00
 M  M 00
 U  U O
 a  c H
M M O
                                                                                                         ca
                                                                                                         4-1

                                                                                                         I
                                                                                                        •H
                                                                                                        •a
                                                                                                         cu
                                                                                                         ca

                                                                                                         cu
                                                                                                         o
     3
     CO

    4-1
     O

     CU
     N
    •H
     CO  „
        Cfl
 CO   CU  M
 Cfl  rH  00
 CU   O  O
    •H  O
    4J  O
     W  4 *
•-I   cfl
 O   P.  0
 O      O
 0,4-1  4J
     O
4-1      O
 o   a ,0
     O
 00 -H
 C  4-1  (D
•H   O  „
rH   3  CU
i-H  T3  4-1
•H   CU rH
                                                                                                                   cfl

-------
180C
         X           X X X X
         X               X
         X X X X X X
       X X X X X
             X

-------
                                    181




                                Chapter 5





               BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF CONTRUCTION ACTIVITIES




                          WHICH AFFECT WETLANDS





     The nation's aquatic ecosystems and their component species are in grave




jeopardy.  Over 75 native American  fishes are known to have become extinct




within historic time, and Miller (1972) lists an additional 305 which are now




considered to be threatened.  This  does not take account of the thousands of




local populations which have disappeared, nor do we yet have adequate records




on most aquatic plant and invertebrate species.  The reasons for the trouble




are not hard to find.  Funk and Ruhr (1971) concluded that from an ecological




standpoint the worst thing that can happen to a stream is impoundment, and




the second worst thing is channelization.  Impoundment has totally changed




the molluscan fauna of the Tennessee River, dammed to form the Kentucky Re-




servoir, and it is concluded that the rich preimpoundment fauna is doomed.




Over one-half the known species of mussels of the Illinois River have dis-




appeared, and many others are on the verge of extinction.  Nearly 100% of




the major streams of northern Missouri have been dammed or channelized.




     Loss of riparian habitat has also played a role.  About half of the ori-




ginal 400,000 acres of rich bottomland along the Illinois River between La




Salle and Grafton have been drained and devegetated creating a great loss




of spawning grounds for fishes and nesting and feeding grounds for water-




fowl.  Devegetated watersheds of New Hampshire have been shown to lose nu-




trients at a rate of 173 metric tons/km^ during the first two years.  Loss




of wetland habitat, extreme water level fluctuation, sedimentation, and




associated chemical changes are clearly destroying one of the nation's most




valuable natural resources.

-------
                                    182





       Environmental Stress Factors and Modes of Biological Response





                  The Nature of Environmental Modifications




     As noted in the previous chapter,  environmental modifications seldom,




if ever, affect only a single physical  or chemical factor.   The effects




come in groups, and such groups fall into two distinct dimensions.  These




include a) the primary effects which occur in immediate response to the




environmental modification, and b)  the  secondary and tertiary time-related




effects which take place later and often some distance from the area of




primary modification.  For convenience  in the present discussion, the parade




of effects resulting from a given set of primary disturbances will be




referred to as a factor train.  One such factor train is presented in




Figure 5.1 where the human activity is  floodplain construction, and the




primary effects are removal of vegetation and removal of topsoil.  In the




Figure only the physical events are given, but extensive analysis would




include details of the chemical and biological modifications, as well.




Figures 5,2 - 5.7 provide factor train analyses for the other types of




major construction activities previously discussed.  It is the purpose of




the present chapter to examine the chemical and biological events resulting




from the physical modifications so that the entire spectrum of events may




be clearly understood.




     It will be recognized that factor train analysis is the first step




in the direction of systems analysis of environmental impact.  The sub-




stitution of quantitative data for verbal descriptions and substitution of




equations for the arrows would set the stage for computer simulation of the




effects of environmental modification.   This topic will be considered in




greater detail in the following chapter.




     If a given type of construction activity results in a train of




physical, chemical, and biological events, so different types of

-------
183
rH
CO
O
•H to
00 4J
O 0
rH 01
o tH
XI 01
T
A
f 	 «^
B >i
a 01 OH
O H -H 4J
Pi TJ *H TJ 3 4JIOB
4-1 CU4J 0) 4J CO -H S
tH „ _ 4J 14H 4J iH toed tOCO OBOI
o a e to o to M com coin -H 5 H
CO O 4J 4J M OI4J4J OHO) "4H XI 4-1 H
MOI4J-H to -H 0) H X! 0) H 01 (X -HOtOO)
CO H 4J XI CO XI > CJCjOfJ CJ 4-1 B TJ 4J
O-POfO OcOfH  <
^
^
1
O CO
iH 13 CO
W B 01
CO CO rf 13 E^
4-1 CO 01 4-1
B rH CO «H
0) O 0) CO T3
B O rH 01 iH
•H P.4H rl X)
•O 14H OH
01 tH iH B 3
CO O H -H 4J
V. J
~V






o
0) 00 0) H 4-1
» B to X 0 B
CO B *H CO 4J PJ 0)
01 O H 0) 1H CO fi
H 4-1 3 H i-H B -H
O 4J O O TH CO T3
B O CJ B rQ H 0)
^•H XI CO -H CO 4J coy
V
t
1 ^ p^ §
1 W  U -H O Hg
aj ^ ,3 O rO 03 OJ C O ^ OOi-l

t t

4^ p! M-l
O O O
•H
i-H 4-» i-i i-H
> 4J > 0
O 0) O M
6 w> go,
QJ Q) (DO
^ > P-! 4J^
V
t.
1 rl
T3 B 4J
O lH «
0 co B
rH rH O
fn O.O











rH
CO
CJ
•H
to
>1
X!
eu

H
•I")
§
0)
X!
4-1
5-
P
O



to
T3
B
to
rH
4J
01
S
B
O
B
O
•H
4-1
O
3
H
4J
0)
B
O
u

B
•H
CO
floodpl

MH
O

CO
4->
CJ
01
tH
I4H •
01 rH
•H
01 CO
X 4J
4J 0)
•a
tH
o B
•H
CO
•H T3
to a>
>, 4J
rH B
CO 01
SCO
0)
H
B P.
•H
co a)
H H
4-1 CO
H to
O 4J
4J C
u a>
co >
Ph U


rH

in
0)
H
a
•H
b







-------
184
CO
O
•H 01
60 4-1
O O
rH CU
O MH
•rl <4H
1
r





B (U
O rl
>, -a 'H TJ 3
4J CU 4-1 CU 4-1
"4-1CJ4J MH 4J iH CO CO CO Cti
O-HCO ocaco co n to M
4J4J 4-1 M CU 4J 4J  O 60 B O 4J S
O 0- CO OCO-rl CU -H CO G CO CU
1 I-H CO J3 t-H.fi Tl . . -O rH O. -H&4J .
\/ \/
>





























k ^
C
o
4j
r^ tfl 'O ^%
OJ -M CU 4J
CO C 01 -H
Sen to 13
B CU *H
M -H )-. ^
CJ 13 O J-i
(3 CU S3
i -rl W *H 4J i
'^^ 	

A


CU O M
CO 4J
CO B CO
B B cu 0 -H
0 CO MB iH B
•H -H GO 4-» CU
4J M B 'rl CO J3
U CO 4J -rl (0 U CJ
2O. CO O -H
•H 4-1 4J rl <4H JH
4J M 0
MH I*H B BOB
O -O O ' 'H O H -r)
 53 > -0 3 rH 4J
O O O M O "d -H
an ago oo-o
CU4-1 CUcOrH M P< B
v. y v
v
J
H o
CO -H
M 3
CU CO
U M

££
t
CO
o
•H
U
00 -H
B >
B 4-1









"^
CU
CO
B
•o OB >,
a .0 cu » «

B !BcOco-iHcOi-(>-H

CU'O CU^i CO CUCU Q)4-l CUCO
CO C04Jt]t4-l COB COU COCU
COB lO-H 0> on CO COCO COT)
CUCU CUB M CU CU>* (UO CUiH
M60 n*rl CU COMH Mt> M'rl M>4H
0 >, OrH 5 COIH UCO OT3 Gi-H
c x a a o 03 BCU BCO c 3
x/
t
^














MH
IW °
O 0) C
•U (U O (-(
f-njM-i MHCJ mcu-HtJcu
O4->O OCfl QtH4J(3JJ
•H-rt W M-t -" > W) 03 C ^
OCfl OH OS -H(U (34J-HCU
Prfl-HCtf-HCO COOO-H gCJTJ
•PT3 cd^ (O'O (D & cud) 4-IMH3
UC QJ 50 0) (-< •UCU & -M (I )-i O
(U« h-H ^tcd MO) O« O3M
, .'OH OJ3 O^-.tytOHS OCO&O
/ ^ J ^ 	 	 )
V \/
A A
MH 4J
O -H ••

«H B B B rH
O CU O * O CU
T3 -H B IH B
H M 4J 0) CO B
CO 3 CJ -rl CO 3

0 "S -0 M 8 "
B CD O CO CX T3
CU > rl 3 CU B
MO (X O"O CO
J

t
" B
4J CO
•rl
O, «
pl jj
B -H MH
0) M -rl
O. U rl
O M T)














M
4J
pj
CU
HI
^
CO
G
•H


,C
0

•o
B
CO
rH
CO
CJ
•H
CO
PH
O
CO
S
CU

4-1


rH
B
O


CO
•a
rH
4-1
(11
B
O
B
O
•H
4-1
O
CO
4J
CU
rH
CO
M
CU
B
UH
O
CO
G
CU

MH
CU

CU

4J
MH
O
CO
CO
rH
CO
§
c
CO
M
4J

O
4J
O
10
CN
in
cu
M
3
00
•iH




-------
185
CO
o
•H CO
00 4-1
O O
rH 01
O l4-<
& a

1
f"

G

O T-( CfJ O i-H CO O CO
M -U jj -P 4-»
(fl CO -H COcfltHW-H
w o. ,0 en 3 ,D to ,n
^ — 0 — ' i
N/ N/
^r ^^
	 /x 1
i * . ..— /\. 	
A* ^

0)
)-l
3
4J
CO M
i-l QJ M-l
C 0) 0) 4-1 O >> ^
-H & > CO }-i M M-l










"\
X
u
H
a

1)
>
H
O
-J


B
m o co
4-t *H 4J
0) i-H 4J rH
CO CO U CO
B co CO 3 CO
O CO O) CO -O CO
•H M MT34J01T34J
4-1 CM (UlMr-l UOBMCUC
CO OC4-IOM B>0) > 0)
S'HSficfl ScOOXn O CUaJ CO -H tH -H fi r-H -H
-l QJ & CO S i-l -M bO-HiHO) S CO S 0) 4J CO-MO 4-1*9 CO TJ
O4-> COW H'OrH CtSrH
cm > o o aj QJ o aj -H
•H & tUrH 4-ICOt) tSCOM-l
V J V
\/ ^Ny
t t
1 .f f
01 M
00 M B B
•d t> a) co o

O CO CO 4J
T-t JZ CO 3 M-l CO
4J O CO O
CO -a M B i-H -H
4-)cO.CO >H^: S4J
a) JD 3 com m Mco

01M-I4J Olcfl MB J34J
T3OCO TJP* Olcfl +JCO
V -J ^ J
\s \/

>< A





•OB •-(

M BO) B
B B co o i-l O
O -H (X -O -H -H
•HCO-HH) CrH4JM 4JM
4JiHM4-l cOcOcOO) COCU01
CO CX (0 S 3 4-1 'O 4J 00
•dT3M4J 4JM4JCO MCOCO
BOOJ*H COOU^ co£m
3O£^l CUB3 4JCO
B1-I4JCO M.O1-IC 0)>4H<0
•HU-IO^! OOCOCM*H MOP.
V
\/
t


at
M
4J
CO
&
^ 3
\/

t
B
o
•H
4-t
O
3
M
CO

P 0
io OIM a)34-io)4Jp,-H -ac -a
01 J= 4J U-l MOO MOOI C C C 0 C C
M OCDO OrHJl O-nT3 'H'HcO i-('HCO
J\ )
^/
A
>
CO
rH
CO

M

<4H 4J C
O CO CO

00 t)
B 01 O>
•H rH J2

O 3 B Ai
CO i-H O B
0) O M CO

^ 	 \/ 	 ^

A







«H
O


o -a M
•H O 01


B p. *>
C cu
O 0) "4-1
MH "d O
J






























CO
4J
B
a)
>
0)
rH
CO
u
•H
B
01
j:
u

T3
§
rH
CO
U
CO
f^
•&
M
O
•n
CO
g

01
^
4-J

^
rH
5

10
•a
fi
CO
rH
4J
O>
9
B
O
g
•H
4J
U
3
H
4->
CO
g
CJ

0

•a

>H
o
CO
4J
U
0)
<4H
H-l
01
g
CO
o>
rl
4J
CO
0.
3
01
J3
4J

M-4
O
CO
•H
CO
S
CO
g .
•a
O 0)
•H 4-1
CO C
M CU
4J CO
01
M M
0 P.
4J
O 0)
CO M
Pu CO
en
in

CU
M
3
00
•H
PK




-------
186









r





e
<4H CO 4J
O -H CO
rl 4J
CO CO -H
CO Q.,0
O 1-1 CO
rH Vi J2

sx

( 	 M 	 ^
CO CU
•a oo
c cu B -a
CO > O C
rH -rl H B
4J CU
CU U O 4J
&  H rl C
V
t
CO
c o
•H rl 4-1
CO CU 00
rH 00 4J C


O rH 1-) 0
O JO
rH 0 3 rH

I
v — v —
t

c
o
•H X
4J CO
U CU
3 a. &
•O 0
CU C rH






















































cu
4-1 P.
•H CU
rH 3 CO C
me 0
C CO -H
•H rl CU 4J
CO CU M U CO
i-H 00 4J C rH
a c co m 3
•a o B S
O t-H O -rl 3
O 4J T3 CJ
rH O C CU U
MH C -H CO CO
N/
t
cu '
rH

CO 00
•a 4J -a c
CU CU -rl
CJ rl rH CJ fi
3 CU CU 3 CO
•a w > "a 3
CU CO CU CU rH
V4 J5 rH V4 UH

^ 	 'V' 	 ^^
1 -ri 3
1 4J 4J rH
rl CO O
e o -H >
O ,C rl
•H & to $ &

O rH B 4-1 rH
3 <4H 3 CO B ^
-CJ rH CU C
CU B 0 rl CU C

\/

rH CO
CO C
B rl
P CU
O S 4-1
C O 4-1
,0 rH CO
, CO HH P,
V
















rH
CO
CJ
•H CO
60 4J
O 0
rH CU
O <4H
J3 CU
A






4J
<4H CJ 4J 4H 4J 'H
O 'H CO O CO CO


CO 3 ,£ CO -O r"
o a- co o co -H

^

i
J


CO 'rl

SCO
rl
•H 3

4J CU CO
3 00 CO
B 0 H
rl CU
§4-1 a.
TJ 3
. rH C CO
v —
t
cu '
rl rl
CU 3
4J 4J rH
CO CO CO CO
S rl CJ CU
CU -rl 00
J2 P. S C
oo 8 a> co

X 4-1 U U

^ — \x —
^
a)

4J CU
T) C rH CU
CU CU CO
U B CO IH CO
3 'H T3 CU CU
13 *O CO ex ' — 1
CU CU O p, CU
U CO rH _J 1^3 rl










NX
A

t5^!
rH B
CU CO
4J CU
CO IH
•a co
1 1
vH -O
t.
1.2
4_)
CJ
3
4J
CO
Q CJ









A
o to
§-H OJ
•p a
-H CJ (0 0 >>>
+J .H N 4H C
rH CD O
C 3 C rH C 'H
C Ti CO -H CO -H 4-1
CU 4J ^ T3 CO
OOCUC CUCU CU4J CU4J
>, U  rlj rl'H
S OT3 OcO Ori CJT3
O Cr^BCI B3 CcU
i-H -H J3 -H JC -H 4J -rl CO
V v
t t
cu ' '
rl ffi
rl 3 P.
CU 4-> rH MH
4J CO T3 CO CO O
CO rl CU U CU
S CU H -rl 00 rl
p, cu B B cu
IS3 rl "°

T-H 4-1 rH CJ CJ rl B

^ s-y 	 ^ 	 \y~~^
t t
rH '3
"cU ' >
> cu
CU rH
rH CU CU
CO B CO
rl CO O CO
cu cu 4J cu
§rH 4J rH
CU O CU
rH H J r, ^


t
CU CO
CO 4-1
CO rH CJ
CU CU CU
rH > 14H
CU CU MH
rl rH CU
^/


























rl
O
*r-)



CU
J=
4-1

t^
rH
C
O
CO
•a
B
CO
t-H
4J
Si
B
O

B
0
>H
4-1
CJ
3
rl
4J
CO
B
0
O
a
•a
>4H
o
CO
4J
CJ
CU
UH
l*H
cu

B
8
cu
rl
e downs t
ented .
4J CO
CO CU
•H rl


g d>

-H Ctf
,
co j:


*t
m
cu
rl
3
00
•H
to





-------
187
rH
CO
o
•H CO
00 4->
0 0
rH 0)
O U-l
.n a)
*
1
B B 01
0 C OB
4J i-l 4J H
CO r-i cO co
t) CO 4J O 3 4J
•H O. CO -H 4-1 CO
U-l -H 4J U-l CO 4J
•H r-l ft -H Q) -H
•0,0 -O A
O U-l CO O U-l CO
S 0 J3 B 0 .C
V \/
A A_
f § • 1
•0 1-1
0) T3 4J CO
CO 01 CO B
CO -O -H rH IH
o) -a u u-i 3 0)
W O CO -H O 4J
U O N -OH"
B rH CO O i-l CO
•H U-l ft gO (X
V 	 ^^ 	 1 I 	 -1
N/ V



X\ , _ /\ 00
/• ^^ ^ S ( 	 » ^ c
rH ' ] C I -rt
CO S 1 H H -0
B cO 01 -O 3 B
CU-i BOOI S 4J - B O CO CO
OO -H -H H 0 4J 00 CO 4-1 UH rH
•H 13 4J4J iH CO S B O CO CO

4Jct> O J3 OO) 004JCO rJ 00 O A.-O 0) OIBr^OI^4->
B rH iH -H CO UH rH S B rH T3 3 C 3 lH 0 CO ft 4-1 B 4J C
0)3 4-lg 4-1 1 O 0)-H 0)3 0) O -H g ICJ CO h i-l 0) -H 0»
g B co co o en CMSSMOrHO"O-H^cjn)aa,C-H

T3CJ OIVJ T3OCD cflO T3O 4J O4J -HCOcO CJ4JrH cOrHCCJ
0)U rH4J 0)^M J^rH 0)CJ rHU-lrBO 30)0) BCOCO ,BcOM
COCO CUCQ V-IL)cO UC) COCO COOCO^ ^ICXrB -HO)CO COCOOO
V^ -/V- ^ V. Ji
t t t
1

Q)
bC 00 4J
T3 CJ 13 C T3 OJ "•Q
0) iH 1) i-l  0)
O O J3HO) T3rHC04J
•H^ *H& COCO^CO "0 0)cOBcO
4JCO WOOl ,>OCO 0) -rlBUS
CJOI UrHg4J rHOICO CJr-l4-IUHOO),£4J

•o o-OrHiufi orH •ot>a.ioc04Joia
V4-HU-I rH'Hr* OO^-H-HCO r-lrJ«H gCOdjUH-H

^
tc >
O CO
0)
CO CO -H
4J S 4J ,J
O cd cj co
01 0) 0) 3

M-l 4J UH CO
0) « a) oi

\/
A
1 co
B 01
CO O 4J
U-l T3 CO
J
\/

O
•rl
O
2
4-1
B B
CO 0
a o








•^
B B
5 3
4J 01 4-1
CO B CO ,C
O *H 4J CJ O 4J
•H H CO -H CO CO
U-l CO 4J U-l 0) 4-1
•H S -H -H f -H

O U-l CO O UH CO
SOX 3 0 £
S/ s/—1^
A A
\





















4J
0 -H 6
oi rH a) o
U -H M J= -H
34-1 0) O CO
•a H > co o
0) (U 0) 01 M
M UH co ,n o)
_/ \^ 	 ^
A A
' CO
4-1 UH Kl
B O CD 4J
0) 4-1 B
•H (^ CO 0)
4J vj 4J a s
B 4J T) -H T3 J3
01 3 01 rH 0) Q) CO

H 334-liH 3OIH

1IBB 0)0)cO OICDO
y v j v ^
Hi t
' 0) CD 4-> 4J M
T3S T3>T3fi T3CO
OrH O O OJ -H O B CO
^LM 3CO(X^< 3*HC
(US (U-H33 0)0)1-1
J-i O J-i -TJ CO (2 t-< CO 4-1
^ j
\/
t^
0)

CO rH B
4J CO O
O 4J rJ
0) CO -H
U-l CO >
UH o B
cu u o)
J




























\

o

1
UH
o
CO
u
0)
UH
UH
0)

01
(3
•rl

S
•o
B •
co -a
01
0) 4-1
B B
•H 01
r-l CO
CO 0)
3 V4
4J a
CO
0) 0)
00 CO
B
•H CO
•a 4J
3 B
rH 0)
0 >
B OJ
•H
nstream (
chemical

S 6
•O cfl

r-l rH

UH O
•H
0) CO
4-1 ,B
UH
0 K
O
en T-)
4-1 CO
0 g
0)
UH 01
UH J3
01 4-1
0) >•>
4-1 B
O
UH
O

CO CO
•H T3
CO B
>. «
rH rH
CO 4J
B 01
CO 3

B B
•H O
CO
U B
4-> O
•H
t-l 4J
0 O
4-1 3
U V-i
h CQ
.
m
in

0)
3
do
•H
fe







-------
188






rH
3
•ri CO
M 4J
rS S!
o >w
43 01
r~
4-1
44 CJ -U H-t U *H 4-1
O -H Cd O CO CO O
4J 4J 4-
Cfl Cd -H 0) T
W 3 J3 W ,C
o cr cd on
. H CO ,£3 rH ,C

^











































4n
C 'H C rl
•H s u M a ct)
CO CO CO N
0) 01 4J 11 01 CO
CO H R CO H 43
CO 4J 01 CO 4->
01 co a 01 co TJ
H C TH H p O
o 5 TJ o S o
com c 5 rH
•ri TJ CO -ri TJ MJ
\_ 	 	 J \
\/

A

s <^_

rH I rH
01 1 01
CU R ^ 00 R
CO R B P P R TJ
CO CO CO O «H cfl 0
01 43 43 -ri C 43 c,
H CJ CO CU CJ 3
M
01 CO
> CO
•H O
. TJ rH
	 ) V^

} \- (-
CH f CH CO CO
TJ O CD O 0) 4J
0) TJ TJ 0) C
CO OlTJUp Ol-riaolCU
CORTJ C001.ri3 COO OOTJ
OJOJR cOOpO cO-Hf^O-ri
HOOCO 013COP. 0)4J>H^3
•riOTJ HHOU HO.4343CO
J
\s

A
R
0 - f
R 0) O -ri 01 C
O H 4J 4J H *r






A
O.
R a
CO CO 4-1
•ri [5 CO
rl CO 4J
CO -H
P.TJ 43
•ri R CO

^C^
t
JL













4
•ri TJ 3 >, CO 3 4J
4J014-JTJ M CU4J4J CJ
COCQCOCU 4J MCOrH ^
HCOrl-rH CO 3013 r-


4-t4J0101CMH*ri COHCJ 4-1
4301HO.TH01B OO-ri CO
CJTJOTJ TJOORCJ8TJ4-1CU al" H TJ q
RRPrlTH>4H 01>HCUP01Oc043 XCUOORO
.-ri-ricOOlUOj .H

V/
A
f
TJ
01 01 <->
CO S CO P

01 rH 01 0
H MH 01 H 'ri TJ
O 4-1 O 'O 18
R R CO R 01 O
.«H«rHrl . iTHCOrH


A t
/
R MH 01
•ri O P rH 1
•H 43 1
cu 4J oo cd co
CO P R rH 4J R
CO S 0) -H P. O
01 Crj *H M TJ H I — f "H
H01TJ 01O010) CO
CJrlCO &O4J> O
P4JM OrHCOO) H
. -HCOOOrHlH&rHD
— ~~\s~^^^~\/' — \/~^
T t 3
CO 1 1 O CO
IH H DO I-H ^
O(U C§ 00  iH C -1-1,0
CJ cfl 0)(-tj2 C*co 4J
•H Q> 4-1 4-> 4J 0) 43 Cd rH
4J g )-i CD M) fX CJ B -H
4J O C CU CO
314-1 j3 m <& cu MH on
CJO CDOiH T3O M-JCQ
V j
\/


A /
^o
N
•H
S 'cu
cd C
0) C!
J-i cd
4J ,£
y CO CJ
rHO.'ri4J StSCJ. iCUTJCOCOC.
J V
\/ V
t r*n
TJ >, 1
01 U 00 rl
CO -ri P 01
CO TJ -r! 4J
OJ 'ri r* CO 01
H 43 0) U H
O rl $43
P 3 0 
H j
H
-i
P. 3 oi
TJ CO
o
O TJ
rH R J


d

<4H CO O ,
rH 4J
00-H C

•H
be
13
OJ
VH-
1=1
O CU
P. B
CO OJ
CJ
TJ CO
§H
a













rH
CO
CJ
-ri
CO

43
P.

H
O
CO
S
01
4->
rH
P
O


CO
p
1-1
CO
rH
P.
TJ
O
O
rH

TJ
R
CO

CO

a
CO
I


CO
01
4J
CO
R
o

R
O
•ri

CO
. N
•ri
rH
01
1
•8
O
CO
4J
CJ
0)
M-l
0}

OJ
4->
O
CO
•H
CO

rH
CO


c
•H
CO
r4

M
O
4J
CJ
nj

VD
>A

01











                                                             p.
                                                             01
                                                           i-a

-------
189







r x
4J
MH *O S>s 4J t4H 4J -H
O B r* rt O tO CO
a rt 4J 4J rl
CO 3 iH CO -H CU
tO ^! 4J ^ CO ,Q J>
o rt co a o co *rt
rH J3 ID J3 rH JS -O
1 J
x/

> k




k.






K^

a m
3 H B N
•O 4J B tU >i iH -H
cu UH h to o -1-1 oo 4-1 -a to
4J O CU CU 13 iH rt B -H CO rtB
a
u
•rl tO
00 4J
o o
rH CU
O 4H
,£! CU
 t> UH
C X cu 01 01 M 6 cu cu cj c 3
•HO13 1-1 H O 0 rlO.J3rtCO.

y
^/
A




B eu

J to iH T3 3
rt 4J CU 4J 3 iH B 4J CU O 4J'OT3 CJT3t
OMHrt rHrt-HP! BCUC
HCU CUlHtU BCU OCI
JCO HrHO,.H4J gj
	 J\
_^V 	 ^^ 	
t
T3 ^<
CU 4J
CO -H
rt 13
CU tH
3 M J2

3 B 3
3 J3 O UH 3
B tj t CO O to
i ^ 	 vy — '
A
r^
01 CU
u u cu
B rt rH
CU UH .^
rl H tU CO a
CU 3 00 C T3 4J
UH CO a r4 tU
IH C CU H H

4J 4J rt 4J & 4J
B -H IH rt o rt
.3OP< a&4Jrt| .iHtOrH iH4J..>H!5TJD«rHS


,T
•H 4J 0)
td (U M 4J O -rt
O M ti C O JD
•H (^ VJ 0) QJ O
M-t 3 0) S W rQ H
•HOW *H CX rH
B H CU
rt rt B
3 E

rt co 43
^ja tu o









A
1
i
B
O
•H
CO
O

eu


\s \s

A A
111
B CU
O 4-1 MH
cu TH a o
o u 3 ;>,
k
y,, \
0 I B
•H
B *O
o -a a c
•rl B CU CU rt
4J rt 0013 CO
rt O iH J3 rH
6S IH UH CO «
O 13 i-l V4 B
o n >, 3 a rt
UH -H J3 CO 8 O
	 J
XX
A
























B M
o eu C
•rl 4-) O
4J CO iH
CUacU rt^CU OOtTJrH rt34J
OOMH 00 U CO 00 C CO C H 4-1 CO
coi-irt eueurt -HWBO cUrHH
^S3B rHMB BrH-H-H rHrt4J
O CO -H CUUH-H CU CO 00 CO 0) 01 CU
O too rtT3ElHOO B


J \ J
**s "**/
t f
UH 'co m 1
0

c
0
•H
4J
a
01

. CJ
V,

S*\.












t
i-H JJ
00 iH B
B O eu
•rt O. g
oo to eu
eu "O rt
n to a
a O MH
C 0
rt c
H3 O J^
•H H CO
rH 4J O rH
•H rt s a
O CU 4J B
a. M eu a
to cj B CJ
J
N/
A
1


1
13 4J
B rt
rt N
rH -H
J3 rH
to a«
H B
rt rt
0 tj *














rH
B
o

to
6
rt
2
CO
IH


•a
B
a
CO
eu
•H
a
3
to
CU

*
to

a

g
B
o
•H
4J
N
•H
rH
rt
B
rt
CJ
13
B
a
B
o •
•H -0
4J CU
a 4J
45 S
rH tO
cu cu
C rl
B P.
rt
j^ tu
UH
o to
4J
to B
o >
l^f
UH rH
cu rt
CJ
£ S
o
"O
CO B
•rt «
CO
>*rH
rH a
rt o
B tH
rt co

B f
•rt 0,
a
rl H
4-" O
o e
4-1
u cu
rt J3


h^



0>
M
3
00
•H







-------
                                  190


construction may result in some of the same types of physical, chemi-


cal, and biological consequences.   For example,  increased stream


turbidity may result from floodplain construction, mineral extraction,


impoundment, and dredging and spoil placement.   Increased downstream


flooding may stem from floodplain construction,  mineral extraction,


impoundment, and dredging and spoil placement.   Increase in estuarine


salinity may be occasioned by impoundment,  fill  construction, and


dredging and spoil placement (Table 4.15).   The  fact that a given


environmental factor may derive from multiple causes tends to con-


found efforts at quantitative analysis.  Whereas, one may find figures


for the total sediment load carried by the  streams of the nation, it


is near impossible to ascribe a given percentage of the sediment load


to each of the causative agents.


     Finally, it is important to note that  two or more factors acting


in combination may produce results which could not have been predicted


on the basis of knowledge of the action of  single factors taken one


at a time.  In some cases, one factor tends to partially cancel another


(antagonism) but in other cases the combined effect may be more severe


than the simple sum of the two acting separately  (synergism)  (Darnell,


1973).  The complexity of such interactions is illustrated in a re-


cent article by Liang and Lichtenstein (1974).  In a turbulent aquatic


environment certain herbicides enhance the  toxicity of selected in-


secticides to a number of insect species.  However, a small amount


of suspended soil sediment rendered the herbicide-insecticide solution


essentially non-toxic.  The herbicide was synergistic with the in-
                 *

secticide, but the suspended soil particles exerted an antagonistic


effect.  Unfortunately, we are grossly ignorant of most multi-factor


effects, even though they are certainly important and should be taken

-------
                                  191





into account when dealing with environmental modification projects.






   Modes of Biological Response to Environmental Stress Factors




     Before describing detailed biological consequences of the various




physical and chemical modifications of riparian and wetland environ-




ments, it is appropriate to examine the potential categories of




biological response.  Each of the physical and chemical modifications




may be thought of as an actual or potential stress agent which is im-




posed upon the already hostile environment of the organism or group.




It is the biological response to the total stress situation that con-




cerns us here.




     At the outset, it is clear that biological response may mani-




fest itself at any of the several levels of biological organization




(Darnell, 1971, 1973; Woodwell, 1970).




- At the level of the individual organism, response may be physiologi-




  cal, behavioral, or reproductive.  For example, an organism may ex-




  perience elevated or depressed respiration; it may be stimulated




  to move out of the stress area; or it may fail to copulate.  Under




  extreme stress the individual will die.




- At the level of the population, the more sensitive individuals will




  feel the first effects of stress.  As the level of stress is in-




  creased, even the most tolerant forms show symptom*.  At this point




  the most sensitive individuals have already disappeared, and the




  population has undergone considerable genetic simplification.  How-




  ever, the population level may remain highland to the casual ob-




  server, at least, the surviving individuals may appear to be in




  reasonable health right up to the point  of population extinction.




- At the level of the species, different populations vary in their




  sensitivity to environmental stress agents.  As the stress level

-------
                                  192



  is increased, sensitive populations will disappear first while




  hardier populations are still undergoing genetic simplification.




  Under very high stress even the hardiest populations will be eli-




  minated .




- At the level of the community, shifts in species composition and




  relative  abundance are noted as some species become reduced or




  absent and others find conditions more favorable, especially in




  the atmosphere of reduced competition.  The rate or intensity of




  certain vital processes (such as photosynthesis and respiration)




  may change.  There may be a depression in the total number of species




  (species  diversity) or in the number of individuals of certain




  species.   In the extreme case the community will collapse.  Diver-




  sity indices (which relate the number of individuals to the number




  of species present) are sometimes employed as a rough index of pollu-




  tion or other community stress (Patten, 1962; Wilhm and Dorris,




  1968).  Whereas, such measures are useful, they reflect only a




  fraction of the total community response to stress.  Hence, they




  are most  useful when accompanied by other data on species composition,




  abundance of indicator species, measures of community metabolism,




  etc.  The generalized response patterns discussed above are sum-




  marized in Table 5.1 which expresses the biological response at




  the different organizational levels in relation to the degree of




  stress imposed.




     In the above examples, biological response is generally graded




in relation to the intensity of the stress agent.  Another class of




response occurs when everything seems to be going along fine until a




certain threshhold is reached, beyond this point the system suddenly




goes awry or collapses.  For example, many tropical and subtropical

-------
                                                                     193
 H
 O
I4H
     O
 B  4-t
 0)
 >  4J
•H  E
 00 CO
     41
 CO  0
•H
     CU   •
 01  H  >,
 CO  CO  H
 B      4-1
 O  B  B
 ft 3  cu
 co  3
 0)  rH  0
B!  o  o
     CJ  4-1

  •  rH  O
 CO  CO  .n
 CO  CJ
 4)  TH  OJ
 H  4J  J-,
4J  H  4J
 CO  01
     >  O
rH      4J
 CO  B
4-1  CU  M
 B  >  B
 4)  -H  B
 0  00  3
 B      rH
 O  CO  O
 H      CJ
•H  E
 >  -H  rH
 B  J3  rH
 CU  4J  CO
     TH
MH  [i  CO
 O      TJ
     CQ  B
 CO  0)  0)
rH  TH  CO
 OJ  H
 >  4J  B
 01  E  O
 O  CO  CU
 B  N
•rt 'H  4J
     B  nt
 O  CO  4-1
 4J  00  *H

 co  O  co
 B      P3

 0)  CO
 4J  O   .
 4-1 -H  B
 CO  00  H
 ft  O  0)
    rH  4-1
 CU  O  4-1
 CQ TH  CO
 C J3  ft
 O
 ft MH  CU
 CO  O  CO
 0)      B
 rl  CO  O

rH  4)  CO
 CO  >  0)
 CJ  0)  H
•rt rH
 00      MH
 O 4->  o
rH  B
 O  0)  CO
•H  H  TJ
ja  cu  E
    MH  0)
TJ MH  H
 CU TH  4-t
 N TJ
•rl      CU
rH iH  4J
 CO  CO  CO
 H  H  U
 0)  0)  -H
 B  >  T)
 01  0)  B
O  CO  -H



































B
O
•H
4J
CO
N
•H
B
CO
00
H
O

MH
O
rH
01
01
rH

TJ
a
4J
CO
CJ
TH
TJ
B
TH

4-1
CO

01
CO
B
o
ft
IS
0)
pd




























4)
41
IH
00
0)
f)











f^
4J
-H
B
3
B
g
o
cj
















CO
cu
•H
CJ
0)
ft
cn
















B
O
•H
4-1
CO
rH
3
ft
O
PM











s
CO
TH
B
CO
00
u
o

rH
CO
3
T)
TH
J>
•H
TJ
B
M



CO
CO
CU
^
4-1
Cn

CH
o


I CU E I
01 CJ O OJ rl
U C -H ft O •
co at 4-1 at co at
B TJ > O H 0) CJ
•HSTH3OHSE
3 4J T3 0 O CO CO
CO ,£> TH 0) 4J CO TJ
4-1 CO CO M 0) TH B
MH B rH 4J 4) 3
•Hc04IJHTH4l,rJ.O
,rjcucQcu.Eft4Jco
CO TH MH S g
CJ 4J <4H O [3 B
0)CUCQ3CQCJTH*H
rH ft O CO H CO
co co ,TJ E a) co
0)CUCUCU0COHCO
CJ > ,G TH 3 rl 0)
•HTH4-ICJECUC0H
4J 4-1 0) rH 0) U
OCOCQP.EO-HB
13 rH CO CO 'H 4J CJ TH
1

1 1
1 CJ -H
CO CU TJ 00 | TJ
rH rH B B CO CU
3 CU TH -H rH 4J
a. to to • 30
O 4J O >-, ft 01
ft 00 CO rH 4J O MH
BO) -H ftMH
0) TH T-i 01 CO CO
P> O TJ CJ H 4J
•H 00 U B 4) B 01
4J rl CO 01 > CO rH
•rl CU X ^3 -H rl 4J
CO TJ TJ CU 4J
E C H - rH -H
CU 3 O CO O O rH
CO MH rH -H 4J
CO ct) *J CO
4J B B 3 CU 4J B
CO O O TJ B CO O
O TH -H -rl 01 O -rt
2 4-1 4J > 00 g 4J
1 1
1 CU 1
J3 > B -H
CO -H O TJ
4J -rl E
 CO O
•H B 41 4J
4J 01 rH B
•rl CO 4) CO
4J CO rl
OJ 4J 0)
CU CQ • O rH
g o co -H o
O S rH 4J 4J
O CO CU
MH 3 B 01 •
TJ O TJ 41 M CO
41 -H 00 O rH
CJ t»> > B CO
3 4-1 -H CU 3
T) TH TJ 0 H TJ
01 rH B O O TH
pd -H -H en MH >
1 1
1
> 1 -1
CO TH CO 01
Ji .O rl rl
O! CO O O
J3 4J 4J H
CU Rj O
TJ CU > CU TJ MH
C O TH 0 CU
CO B 4J E rl >.
CU TH CQ ft 4J
CJ H 4J 4J >rt
•H CU 0) CQ TJ CJ
rH HH ft *H B CO
CHS CQ CO ft •
J3 •> 3 CO 3TJ
SH TJ4J TJ H TJO
OO ai-H OIcO 01 H
C/3 TH peJrH pd ft Pd ft
1 1 1 1

0)
4-t
CO
U
01
TJ
O
a

1 B 1
rH 01 E
CU 1 4-1 CU
co g MH
a co at o o >,
TH rl 0 CO
B co TJ g •
co o >, a cu
4J -rl CO TJ CO CO rl
MH 4-1 0) rl CU 0)
•H -H -H CO B -Hi!
J3 CO O ,E -H U 3
CO O CU CO OI 01
& ft-o g & co
4J 0 CQ E 0) CO rH
B O CO H 0)
CO O 41 >,
•H CO -H CU H CO HO
MHCU4-14-1OCO CO H
•H TH TH CO W 0) J3MH
13 CJ CO C -H H
00 CU B -H 4J CJ S H
•H ft 0) g 0) E 014)
CO CO CQ TH ft *H ^ 4J
1 1

1
( at co •
CO 1 > O >,
rH CO TH rH 4J
3 rH 4-1 -H
O, 3 TH 01 »
O • ft CO CJ rl
&TI O B B 4)
01 ft 4) 01 >
0) 4J CO .B TH
> CO 4J TJ
•HE B 00 -
4J -H CO B CQ CJ
•H 0 H -H rH TH
CO TH OJ CQ CO 4J
C rH rH O 3 4)
OJ 0) O rH TJ B
CO 4-1 -H CU
CO CO > 00
4J E 4J B TH
CD o CO O TJ 00
0 -H O -H E B
S 4-1 g 4J TH -H
1 1

. TJ
CO 1 01
rH iH >, 4J CJ
4-» CO O CO CJ TH
CO 3 4J • H 01 4J
O TJ CO MH 01
0 -H 0) rH rH MH B
> U CO CU CO OJ
MH -H o 3 > 00
O TJ 0 TJ 01 0)
E -H rH J2 B
B -H B > -H
O -H -H E 4-1
•HO) TJ O O B r-<
4J> OIB -HE O4J
CO TH CO TH 4J -H 'H
B 4J CO CO ;*, *-l cfl
•H-H 0)4JrHCO CJtH
SCO HE 30 301
•H B CJ CO O. TJ >
rHCU EH Orl 0)*H
wra MO) PL.O MT)
1 1 1 1
1
x i -a
TJ TJ CO CU
>, H CU rl rl
!> 
01 BO)- rl
TJ -rl rH rH 0) 00
B CO XI CO
3 • 4J 3 -H CO B
TJ O TJ W 0) O
rHCO G'HftCO -H-
CO O > 01 TH 4J TJ
SrHrH-rHOTJ CJCU
TJ CO TJ CO 3 rH
•HCO P.BS--TJ-H
>CQ TH-HCOCOE OCO
•H CU r» 0) O (H 4J
TJrl r!4JTJ4JTH ftrl
Q4-1 33ETH4J OJ3
rHco cn,acOcoco Mo
1 1 1




^,
|>
CO
01

TJ
1 01
oi g u
» H g -H 3
01 O O CO T)
•H CJ CU
O TJ 01 >, & U
4) CU & rH CO
ft CJ 4-1 -H >>
CO 3 >» CS rH • rH
TJ co 01 O TJ OJ
B CU g H J3 OJ rl
•H rl -00 CO -H 4)
CO 4-1 *J MH >
CQ-CO cu c e aiTHai
4JB4I-THC04) ST3CO
4HOTHTJOTJ4J O
•HTHOCUOIECQ XgX
COtH ftcO COJ3 COTJ -H>.TH
COCOE CO CIJBrHrH
4JO THX rHTH34J-H
roft 4JJ3 TJ>> cOMH gcO ^
cuB co*H HH 4J*H got co
rlO OrH COO) OrH Orl 4-1
oo Scu «> H&ooocn
1 1 1 1 1 1
1
1 rH rH
•H O rH
TJ 4J -H
B 4J
-H 4-1 CO
to
4J O CO
co g E
4) O
•H 0) -H
TJ J3 4J
rl 4J CO
CO rH
f! MH 3
O ft
4) O •
J3 CO ft 0)
4J rH >
CO 4-> TH
X 3 B >
rH TJ CO rl
E -H H 3
O > 4) CO
1

1
TJ -a
a) TH >i oi
J3 £> BOB
4-> -H g 3 -H •
TJ T3 X
>> B rH 0) B 4J
iH -H 01 H O *H
B b. TH CO
O 4-1 01 01 4J rl
E rH & O 01
MH CO 3 >
O rl E 4J TJ -H
01 O O 01 TJ
rH rH TH E H
CO O 4-t CJ
> 4-1 CO >, CU -H
TH . rH CO H 4-1
> 4J CO 3 S OI 0)
H CO rH ft > B
3 O CO OH 0) 0)
en g 3 PM o w oo
1 1 1

1
01
,0 • B H
cu TH at
T) CJ 00
E B rH E
CO CU CO O
H p> rH
0 CU -H
•H UH > O
rH H H B
0 CU 3
,0 4-t co E
CO E O
4J -H rH TH
0) CO • 4J •
0 rH 3 B CJ Ol
CO TJ O 3 rH
OJ H «H -H TJ ,Q
HO > 4-1 O TH
CU -H TH CO H CO
> !> TJ 0) ft CO
0) CO B 3 0) O
W .E M U1 pd ft
1 1 1



OJ
H
01
>
01
en











0)
CQ
ft
co
rH
rH
o
£_)















B
o
•H
4J
CJ
E
•H
4J
X
W
















B
O
TH
4J
CO
B
•H
0
•H
rH
H

















r!
4-t
CO
0)
P













rH
CO
4J
O
H
 CO
H

-------
                                  194






species such as corals apparently exist much of the time near the




upper limit of their temperature tolerance range.   Under such condi-




tions they may thrive indefin ately.  However, a slight increase in




temperature may be sufficient to cause extreme stress and widespread




mortality.




     A related type of situation occurs with certain estuarine or-




ganisms.  For example, the Virginia oyster can thrive under salinity




conditions ranging from about 7 to 30 parts per thousand.  Neverthe-




less, in nature they generally do poorly at higher salinities which




permit the entrance of a parasitic marine fungus and the predatory




oyster drill.  Thus, above a given threshold salinity the oysters are




in trouble, not from the salinity itself, but from removal of barriers




to disease and predation.




     A somewhat similar type of reaction is observed in the case of




nutrient enrichment (eutrophication).  As more nutrient (especially




nitrogen and phosphorus) are added to an aquatic area, the biological




system is stimulated to higher and higher rates of metabolism and




production until a certain threshhold is reached.   Beyond this point




respiration exceeds the rate of oxygen transport.   The system suddenly




undergoes oxygen depletion,  becomes anaerobic, and collapses.  Up




until the point of collapse everything seemed to be going along fine.




     In considering the problem of biological response to environ-




mental stress agents, attention must be given to the matter of bio-




logical interactions.  In an earlier example, high salinity effects




upon oysters were mediated through a fungus and a predator, but many




other types of biological interaction mechanisms exist.  Prior to




the construction of the Keokuk Dam certain clams were abundant in




the upper Mississippi River.  Following construction of the dam they

-------
                                  195



ceased to exist above the dam.  Normally the larval clams were


transported upstream attached to the gills of the migratory skipjack


fish.  When the skipjack was barred from upstream passage, the up-


stream clam population collapsed (Eddy and Surber, 1947).  Probably


all biological responses involve interactions where one or more


species are affected at first, and these in turn, affect others in


stepwise biological chain reactions.  Without intense study, however,


many of the subtle interactions will escape notice, even though their


importance may be very great.


     In summary, it is clear that physical and chemical modifications


of the environment may act as stress agents, placing burdens upon


biological systems.  Biological response may be gradual and related


to the intensity of factor application, or it may conform to an all


or nothing relationship where a threshhold defines the difference


between success and failure of the biological system.  Response may


be manifested at several different levels of biological organization.


Of especial concern is thevfcatter of biological interaction where
                                        i,

those species initially affected, in turn, affect other species in


biological chain reactions.  Since the species of a community share


the same physical and chemical environment and since the population


levels of the different species are mutually interdependent, complex


patterns of biological response interactions must always be suspected


whether the symptoms are obvious or not.

-------
                                    196






               Biological Effects on the Riparian Environment




     The biological importance of riparian habitat is very great, but is




seldom fully appreciated.  As pointed out by Funk and Ruhr (1971) , "A stream




is more than a waterway, it is the focus of the ecology of a watershed	




Many mammals and birds live there because of the stream.  Although to some




it is only a source of water, to many it is a vital habitat for which a




ditch will not substitute.  Raccoons, mink, muskrats, herons, kingfishers,




cormorants, waterfowl, including redheads, canvasback, wood ducks, and




hooded mergansers, depend on streams for food, cover, and den or nest sites.




In agricultural areas, most of the remaining permanent woody cover is likely




to be associated with the stream and floodplain.  In arid regions only the




flood plain may have sufficient moisture to support trees.  In more humid




areas, the threat of flood may make it unprofitable to cultivate the low-




lands, and they are permitted to grow up in woody or wet land vegetation




attractive to wildlife.  Even in intensively cultivated floodplains, the




trees that are left are usually on the stream banks.  Bottomland and marshes




provide cover, food, resting aieas and den sites for trophy-size whitetailed




and mule deer, squirrels and other forest game and furbearers, shore birds,




and waterfowl, many of which are rare or endangered."  Gunter (1957) noted




that most aquatic species spawn in shallows and that the floodplain over-




flow areas were historically the prime spawning grounds for Mississippi




River aquatic life.  They also have provided haven for vast flocks of water




birds.  Now, as a consequence of over 2,500 miles of levees and a host of




other human activities, they are mostly gone, destroyed primarily through




habitat elimination.




     Table 5.2 summarizes the cumulative effects of construction activities




on riparian environments, largely independent of the type of construction

-------
                                     197
Table 5.2.  Cumulative effects of construction on riparian environments,



 • Direct removal of vegetation

 • Direct removal of topsoil

 • Habitat destruction by dumping and surfacing
     - Landfill from construction projects
     - Hard-topping for roads, factories, etc.
     - Grading and concreting for drainage ditches
     - Rip-rapping of banks
     - Dumping of mine overburden, spoil, tailings
     - Dumping of dredge spoil
     - Levee construction
     - Construction of primitive access,  logging, and mining roads
         (esp. in steep or rough terrain)

 • Habitat destruction by digging
     - Ditching (main, as well as lateral ditches)
     - Mining (esp. placer mining and sand and gravel excavation)

 • Habitat modification by water level manipulation
     - Permanent flooding
     - Alternate flooding
     - Protection from flooding
     - Drainage
     - Lowering of soil water table

 • Habitat modification by indirect methods
     - Erosion and loss of nutrients
     - Chemical modification by leaching  of acids, metals, and sul-
         fides from spoil; leaching of chemicals  from pavement;  addi-
         tion of salts (sodium and calcium chloride); motor vehicle
         wastes (petroleum products, heavy metals); other chemical
         wastes from factories; etc.
     - Introduction of exotic vegetation

-------
                                    198
activity which produced the effects.  Every type of riparian construction




activity removes native vegetation and topsoil.  If only the vegetation




were removed, secondary succession could replace the original community




in perhaps fifty to a hundred years, but when the topsoil is taken away,




primary succession must take place.  This is a very slow process which may




require a thousand or more years to complete.  Removal of topsoil is a




very serious offense against nature and against future human generations




who will have to pay the price for lowered fertility and reduced environ-




mental options.  Borman, et al (1969) have discussed in depth the ability




of natural forest ecosystems to retain fertility and to regulate the




particulate and solution losses of chemical elements to drainage streams.




Likens, e£ al (1970) have demonstrated in precise detail the nutrient losses




resulting from devegetation of a New England watershed.  During the first




two years after cutting, the average streamwater nutrient concentrations




increased as follows:  417% for Ca++, 408% for Mg"^1", 1558% for K+, and




177% for Na+.  Total gross export of dissolved solids, exclusive of or-




ganic matter, was about 75 metric tons/km2 the first year and about 97




metric tons/km^ the second year, a 6-8 fold increase over losses from the




undisturbed watershed.  Nutrient loss was accompanied by a large increase




in surface runoff water.




     The removal of vegetation temporarily deprives riparian species of food,




cover, and nesting and denning sites, but the loss of fertility means a




long-term reduction in the capacity of the ecosystem to recover.  Although




the New England studies need verification from other areas, the results are




consistent with available information.  For example, Hoover (1944) reported




increased water loss following devegetation in North Carolina, and Tarzwell




(1938a) noted that vegetative cover in the watershed retains soil moisture




and helps prevent floods in the southwest.

-------
                                    199






     Riparian habitat is lost as a result of dumping and filling activities,




as noted in Table 5.2.  The vulnerability of floodplain marshes, swamps,




ponds, bogs, and other low-lying areas makes them prime targets for solid




waste disposal, especially when the wildlife value of such areas is




not appreciated by land owners and local authorities, as is usually the




case.  When hard surfacing is placed over riparian habitat, the destruction




is, for all practical purposes, permanent.  If the spoil material is sub-




ject to erosion and leaching, and especially if it is chemically active,




the effects may be felt over broad areas of the floodplain and in the




adjacent and downstream waters.




     Levee construction is a special case of floodplain dumping since




levees are built to contain the stream and to prevent natural flooding of




riparian environments.  As noted by Gunter (1957) and others, swamps and




other riparian wetlands lying on the landward side of the levee fail to




receive the annual replenishment of water, nutrients, and aquatic stocks.




Furthermore, they then become subject to drainage followed by devegetation




and agricultural and industrial development.




     Perhaps the greatest impact of human activities on wetlands occurs




through digging activities, especially drainage ditching and mining.  As




noted earlier, once the main drainage ditch has been completed, it is




followed in short order by the development of lateral or feeder ditches.




By this means, the standing surface water is removed, and the water table




is effectively lowered.  Most marginal aquatic and riparian plant species




are quite sensitive to even minor changes in water level. Therefore, lowering




of the water table induces a shift from lowland, moisture-requiring to up-




land vegetational types.  Starrett (1972) has reviewed the history of




leveeing and draining of bottomlands of the Illinois River during the past

-------
                                    200






century.  He pointed out that about 200,000 of the original 400,000 acres




of floodplain between La Salle and Grafton, 111.  have been drained and




that the impact on the aquatic life of the Illinois River valley has been




considerable.  Originally the floodplain lakes and marshes provided spawning




grounds for many fishes (including largemouth bass, northern pike, and




yellow perch) and feeding and resting areas for migratory waterfowl.




Nesting sites along the water's edge was available for the least bittern,




several species of rails, long-billed marsh wren, and red-winged blackbirds.




A thriving turtle industry was supported, and in 1899 over a half million




pounds of turtles were marketed from the valley.   Today the annual turtle




harvest amounts to only a few hundred pounds, most turtle species have




dramatically declined, and at least two  aquatic snakes (copper-bellied water-




snake and diamond-back watersnake) and one turtle  (Blanding's turtle) are




now possibly extirpated from the river and its floodplain.  Figure 5.8,




taken from Starrett (ibid.) illustrates  the habitat and species changes




which have occurred.




     Barstow (1970, 1971) analyzed the environmental and economic cost of




a riparian drainage project in northwestern Tennessee, already one third




complete.  The prechannelization habitat included  218,900 acres of complex




overflow bottomland timber, swamp, and permanent water.  Already about 60%




of the woodland and wetland have been cleared, and aquatic habitats have




almost been eliminated.  Woodland-field edge habitat is also nearly gone.




The frequency and duration of flooding has declined, soil moisture has been




reduced, and severe erosion has taken place.  Estimates of total habitat




loss when the project is completed are as follows:  aquatic habitat - 95%




reduction, woodland and wetland - 70% reduction, edge habitat - 75% reduc-




tion.  Estimated wildlife and fishery losses include:  fishery - 95%,

-------
                                 201
SUtMERGENT VEGETATION
VEUOW KKN
uueeitL
LAKCMOUTH BASS
MGMOUTH BUFFALO
MAYFUtS
NAIADS
FINGERNAIL CLAMS
SNAIIS
WATf*FOWL{«fc»chM}
1870's
SAND
Quiver Lake
1960's
~xSj@jgigjgffi/
Silt

NO VEGETATION
CAM
GIZZARD SHAD
•IGMOUTH BUFFALO
ILACK BULLHEAD
CRAPPIES
WHITE BASS
TU1IFICIDAC WORMS
NAIAOS (h«)
WATE«FOWLt«Mrc.)
GIZZAW SHAO 5U«MB«GENT VEGETATON
CRAfPIES EMERGENT VEGETATION
IAROEMCUTH IASS tIGMOUTH IUFFALO
•IGMOUTH BUFFALO LARGEMOUTH IASS
MAYFLIES ILUEGILl
CADDIS FLIES NORTHERN F1KE
NAIADS NAIADS I*~J^» ipol
FINGERNAIL CLAMS WATERFOWL IcWuhMl
SNAILS MUSKRAn (obwfanl)

NATURAL
LEVEE ,
\ s~3SL • . • 	 --J* —
NJ . '-• '-'• : / THOMPSON-SLAKE
Illinois River ^ MAK
LEVEE * . •* J ^
HIGHf R WATER LEVEL 1 1 /v4 * fl"?yT^ /M^
^*~"^ ^=" 	 -~ jf^^ THOMPSON'S LAKE DRAINAGE DISTRICT
^pft = ^ °"TCM
DREDGED CHANNEL
CARP CORN
GIZZARD SHAD CATTLE
EMERALD SHMER COTTON-TAIL tAUIT
•LACK BULLHEAD srARtiNG
CRAPflES
TUftlFICIDAC WORMS
MIDGE IAKVAE
NAIADS { K«C«)


Figure 5.8. Schematic illustration of the impact of human activ-
            ity during the past century on the ecology of the
            Illinois River and two of its adjoining bottomland
            lakes near Havana, Illinois. (Taken from Starrett,
            1972.)

-------
                                    202





waterfowl - 86% (wood duck - 95%), furbearers - 95%, forest species




(squirrel, raccoon, swamp rabbit, deer, and turkey) - 70%, and edge species




(cottontail and bobwhite quail) - 75%.  On the basis of known habitat pro-




duction, hunting and fishing harvest, and differential habitat destruction




Barstow (ibid.) estimated that the net financial loss of known wildlife




values would exceed $4 million (or about $20./acre).  This is clearly an




underestimate because it is based only upon the known, tangible, and




economically expressable values of the various habitats.  Costs of soil




erosion, non-harvested species, and other intangibles have not been in-




cluded.  It is important to note that the estimated damage far exceeds that




initially provided by the Army Corps of Engineers.  (At the time of publi-




cation the project had been halted by litigation.  Major points involve




questions pertaining to the Wildlife Coordination Act of 1958, National




Environmental Policy Act of 1970, and state maintenance responsibilities.




Such civil action may, in time, provide a real legal basis for natural




resource protection.)




     Choate (1972) has noted similar patterns in Minnesota.  Channelization




of floodplain has drained lakes, marshes, and other lowland habitat, pro-




ducing dry land which then becomes used for agricultural production.  In




the process wetlands, valuable for wildlife production, have been lost.




Most of the wetland drainage has been federally subsidized by the Soil




Conservation Service.  Shaw and Fredine (1971) provide figures showing that




the amount of land in the United States "improved" or reclaimed by drainage




has increased from 29.6 to 41.8 million acres between 1930 and 1950.  They




also quote a statemeri. by the U.S. Department of Agriculture  (1953) as




follows:




     "Our country includes within its boundaries 125 million acres of




      undeveloped wet and swamp lands which are subject to overflow.

-------
                                 203
     With proper drainage and protection, an estimated two-fifths of




     this area, or 50 million acres, would be physically suitable for




     crop or pasture use."  (Wooten, 1953).




Clearly, the federal government, itself is the major actor in the




destruction of shallow wetland and riparian resources of the nation,




through levee construction and drainage projects, as well as through




dam construction and channelization.




     Water level change through alternate or permanent flooding greatly




modifies the riparian environment.  Aquatic and lowland vegetation is quite




sensitive to water level changes (Bourn and Cottam, 1950; Harris and




Marshall, 1963).  Periodic drawdown of flooded areas desiccates and kills




submerged and emergent vegetation, permitting invasion by annual weeds




(Meeks, 1969).  Alternating the water level inhibits natural development




of shoreline vegetation (Roebeck, et _al, 1954), and submergence kills




off emergent vegetation (Braun and Beland, 1958; McDonald, 1955).  Frequent




or extreme fluctuation in water level creates a broad devegetated zone




around the edge of reservoirs.




     Most species of ducks nest near water, and flooding is a major cause




of nest failure (Miller and Collins, 1954).  Fluctuating water level also




damages nests and reduces hatching success (Wolf, 1955).  As the water




level rises some nests are deserted.  Others are built up and then become



unstable when the water level declines.  This also leads to nest desertion




(Wolf, ibid.).  Flooding also leads to desertion and nesting failure in



Canada geese (Miller and Collins, 1953).




     Yearger (1949) gave results of an 8-year study of the effects of per-




manent flooding on riparian timber at the confluence of the Illinois and




Mississippi Rivers.  Results are reported under three categories:  1) timber

-------
                                     204
actually flooded, 2) timber on sites where the water table had been raised




to the ground surface, and 3) timber on unflooded land, where the average




summer water table had been raised approximately 3 feet.  Timber species




mortality is given in Table 5.3.  In the flooded area dead timber was




noticeable at three years and pronounced at eight years.  It was noted that




flooding evicted many species of floodplain animals including opossums,




cottontails, woodchucks, skunks, and foxes.  Hall, Penfound, and Hess (1946)




studied the water level relationships of lowland plants.  They provided a




list of the woody species, ranked in approximate order of tolerance to inunda-




tion.  They also gave information on the effects of 30 days' flooding of




59 species of marginal herbaceous plants, most of which did not survive.




     Inundation of floodplain forests results in considerable nutrient loss.




The dying forest decomposes, releasing the organically-bound nutrients.




Additionally, many of the soil nutrients are taken up into solution and




transported away in the water currents.  Nutrient enrichment of the water




over flooded land may lead to extensive development of aquatic vegetation.




This may take the form of submerged rooted plants if the water is shallow,




algal growth if the water is deeper, and floating vegetation if protected




from the wind or in southern waters.  Important among the floating plants




are duckweed, water hyacinth, alligatorweed, and water lettuce.  Extensive




siltation and eutrophic development will result in rapid filling or shallow




flooded areas.  These processes are well illustrated in Figure 5.9 which




shows in a very dramatic way the stages of anticipated change resulting




from reservoir construction in central Florida.




     Mention should be made of losses in riparian habitat as a result of




chemical changes.  The most dramatic of these is habitat deterioration due




to acid mine spoil.  Bramble and Ashley (1955) found that acid spoil banks




are vegetated very slowly and that even after 35 years the spoil bank

-------
                                    205
Table 5.3.   Mortality of tree species in relation to water level in an
            Illinois floodplain forest following impoundment.   Data were
            taken six years after water level rise and represent tallies
            of individual tagged trees.  Dashes indicate that  no trees
            of the particular species were tagged in the particular water
            level zone.

Pin oak
Pecan
Waterlocust
Persimmon
Hawthorn
Hackberry
American elm
Silver maple
Bur oak
Holly
Cottonwood
White ash
Waterprivet
Buttonbush
Black willow

Trees in water
100.0
100.0
96.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
71.0
83.0
60.0
43.5
Percent dead trees
Trees in mud
100.0
100.0
100.0
80.0
75.0
66.7
51.4
45.5
-
0.0
0.0
16.7
0.0
-
_

Trees on land
28.2
0.0
4.2
3.7
11.7
4.2
6.1
5.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-
_

-------
                  206
 A. Natural  river and riparian environment
    with representative wildlife species.
m!msmmm
     .,.,
 B. Reservoir with dead and  dying trees. Note
   hyacinths and other floating vegetation forming
   a dense mat over the water surface.
  C.  Eventual stage of reservoir. Algae have
     replaced water hyacinths,  and siltation
     is nearly complete.
Figure 5.9. Effects of reservoir construction on stream and
           riparian environment of  central Florida. (Taken
           from Florida Defenders of  the Environment,  1970.)

-------
                                     207
vegetation is sparse and nowhere near the regional community climax.  As




brought out in the previous chapter, Parsons  (1968) and others have noted




that spoil piles continue to leach out sulfuric acid and heavy metals for




many years.  These chemicals spread out and poison the soil for a consider-




able radius around the piles.  Certain types  of industry, notably metal




smelters, may introduce noxious effluents into the atmosphere, and if lo-




cated on or near floodplains they will adversely affect the riparian en-




vironments.  The classical cases involve the  copper smelters at Copperhill,




Tennessee and near Butte, Montana where sulfuric acid released into the




atmosphere has killed the vegetation and seriously eroded soil for miles




around (Odum, 1959).  Salts may be derived from leaching, certain industrial




processes, and roadways (where sodium and calcium chloride are spread to




melt winter snow and ice).  Vegetation is known to be quite sensitive to




changes in soil salinity (Rollins, 1973).  Vegetational effects from motor




exhausts and highway runoff have not been well documented, but highway en-




gineers have often been hard pressed to locate plants that can survive in




the median strips of California freeways.




     Human modifications of riparian environments incur another suite of




environmental changes in relation to the behavior of animal species.  Many




construction projects impose barriers to normal movement.  Mountain species




which normally overwinter in the valleys may  require riparian environments




for winter food and shelter.  Streamside highways and fences may prevent




access to the water so that many animals may not be able to drink or search




for food.  Under natural conditions the unaltered floodplain provides passage




for daily or nightly foraging along the stream bank.  Construction undoubted-




ly blocks the along-stream passage of such species.  Roadkills are undoubtedly




more frequent in low wet areas than in uplands.  Little information is

-------
                                   208
available on the precise effects of human noise, activity, and vehicular




exhausts on wild populations, but it is clear that nature quietly recedes




in the press of human construction, development, and use.




     Finally, mention should be made of the problem of exotic species




introduction.  When engineers finish a construction project on the flood-




plains, the last step is to restore the "natural" landscape, ,i_.£. to reseed




or resod with exotic species of vegetation ("Kentucky" bluegrass, bermuda




grass, some species of rye grass—all native to Europe).  These species are




used because they are hardy and will grow almost anywhere.  From the ecologi-




cal standpoint, they are dangerous weeds which can out-compete and eliminate




many of the native species which are valuable for other reasons.  Other types




of weeds are brought in inadvertantly.  Spoil heaps and other disturbance




areas are often overgrown with such exotics.  Whereas, a levee or a road




and its cleared right-of-way may constitute an effective barrier to movement




of woodland species, they can form ready-made avenues for invasion by dry-




land and prairie-type species.  The faunal and floral mixing associated




with construction activities is quietly crowding out many of the native




forms, and this process is certainly reducing the size and genetic diversity




of many local populations of the native species.  This is an important and




often overlooked point.






            Biological Effects of Modification of Water Levels




                              and Flow Regimes






      It is axiomatic that modification of one environmental factor always




 results in the simultaneous alteration of others.  Whereas, side effects




 may be minimized in carefully controlled laboratory experiments, in nature




 the changes come in groups of accompanying factors.  For example, modifica-

-------
                                   209
tion of stream flow rate changes the sediment-carrying capacity, erosive




power, and oxygen carrying capacity of the water, as well as a host of




other factors.  Likewise, varying the water level in a reservoir occasions




a suite of changes.  In the present and following sections reference must




be made to both laboratory and field studies, and in relation to the latter




it must be recognized that detailed interpretation is complicated by side




issues.  Where these appear to be significant they will be pointed out.




Cumulative effects of construction on wetland habitats related to modifica-




tion of water levels and flow regimes are given in Table 5.4.






                   Modification of Water Edge Habitat






     Water edge habitat is modified principally through changes in water




level.  These changes are brought about through reservoir filling, reservoir




water level manipulation, channelization, and ditching, as well as riparian




and upland construction and mining activities.  Important among the primary




effects of water level change are deepening, shallowing, and fluctuation




in water level with their attendant factors of flooding, exposure, and al-




teration in flood-exposure.




     Slight changes in water level are known to greatly influence the com-




position of shallow water vegetation (Harris and Marshall, 1963).  This




topic has been studied in some detail in the Tennessee Valley by Hall,




Penfound, and Hess (1946).  Many aquatic species are depth sensitive and




significantly increasing the depth can damage or kill the submerged, floating




leaf, and emergent species.  These same species are also sensitive to ex-




posure, and lowering the water level can also eliminate the water-edge ve-




getation.  Cyclical annual fluctuation in water level is characteristic




of most natural bodies of water, and since the normal ebb and flow of water

-------
                                   210
Table 5.4.  Cumulative effects of construction on wetlands,  especially
            related to modification of water levels and flow regimes.
 • Modification of water edge habitat
     - Deepening (as through reservoir filling and leveeing)
     - Lowering of water level (drawdown)
     - Alteration of normal seasonal pattern of water level fluctuation

 • Modification of flow rates
     - Great increase in flow velocity
     - Great decrease in flow velocity
     - Elimination of peak flows
     - Alteration of normal seasonal pattern of flow

 • Biological effects of channelization, a multi-factor problem

 • Direct biological effects of man-made structures
     - Dams and turbines
     - Irrigation pumps
     - Water diversions

 • Special biological problems
     - Problems associated with nutrient input from riparian environments
     - Problems associated with upstream migration and downstream drift
     - Problems associated with biological orientation compounds

 • Special problems of coastal wetlands
     - Coastal marshes
     - Estuaries

-------
                                   211
level is related to meteorological factors, it occurs with some predict-




able seasonal regularity.  Natural vegetation is, thus, adapted to the




normal seasonal patterns of both timing and degree of change.   Hall, et al




(ibid.) point out that water-edge vegetation survival is not only related




to depth and exposure, but it is also strongly influenced by the seasonal




timing of the occurrence.




     Water-edge vegetation provides habitat for a great variety of in-




vertebrate animals, small fishes, and numerous species of waterfowl which




find food and shelter here.  Severe reduction or destruction of such vege-




tation eliminates the habitat and destroys the species populations.  This,




in turn, impoverishes those larger fishes, shoreline animals,  and wading




birds which normally forage in such habitats.  Severe reduction in water




level creates a broad devegetated zone around the edge of many reservoirs




which is essentially devoid of life and subject to heavy erosion during




periods of exposure.




     Edge vegetation is important to the aquatic environment for other




reasons.  Sediments eroded from the banks and shores are normally trapped




in the marginal vegetation, which, thus, provides a natural filtration zone




between land and open water.  This reduces the level of turbidity in the




open water.  Edge vegetation also traps large quantities of nutrients, and




in considerable degree it regulates nutrient levels of the entire aquatic




system.  Experienced aquarists are aware of the ability of submerged ve-




getation to remove nitrogenous waste products produced by fishes and other




aquatic animals, and it is likely that organic compounds released by the




aquatic vegetation are important in conditioning the water in other ways.




For all these reasons edge vegetation is important in balancing natural




aquatic systems, and removal of this vegetation is generally quite harmful

-------
                                   212
to the systems.




     As noted by Fraser (1972) most species of freshwater animals are




limited in their depth preferences during at least some stages of their




life histories.  Shallow water vegetation beds are the normal spawning




areas and juvenile habitats for many species of fishes which inhabit the




deeper water as adults.  In the absence of such beds the deep-water popu-




lations are affected by recruitment failure.  Other species including many




mollusks pass most of their life stages in the shallow water environment.




Whether or not they are directly dependent upon the vegetation beds for




food and shelter, they cannot survive conditions of prolonged exposure or




heavy sedimentation resulting from erosion.  Bates (1962), for example,




has shown that impoundment has almost totally changed the species composi-




tion of the molluscan fauna of the sector of the Tennessee River impounded




as the Kentucky Reservoir.  Comparison of pre- and post-impoundment collec-




tions revealed that the rich pre-impoundment molluscan fauna is doomed.




Roebeck, et al (1954) , reporting on Roosevelt Lake of the Columbia River,




noted that lack of shallow water areas is detrimental to both vegetation




and bottom fauna.  They found that reservoir drawdown, in addition to in-




hibiting natural development of shore vegetation, decreases biological




productivity, in general, and results in a community of bottom animals




less desireable as fish food.




     The biological composition of reservoirs is generally vastly different




from that of the pre-impoundment stream.  Such changes have recently been




documented in great detail in several symposium volumes (Hall,




1971; Lane, et_ al_, 1967; and Oglesby, &t_ al, 1972), as well as in a number




of synthesis books (see, for example, Bayly and Williams, 1973 and Hynes,




1972).  It is presumed that a detailed treatment of reservoir biology is

-------
                                   213
not called for in the present volume.




     The effect of water level modification per se in streams below im-




poundments has not been well studied, but some information is available.




Dorris and Copeland (1962) reported that winter drawdown of water in a




Mississippi River impoundment reduced larval mayfly populations both




above and below the dam.  Starrett (1951) in Iowa noted that when stream




water levels remain low throughout the year, minnows are denied access to




floodplain backwaters, and spawning failure results.  In a very informative




study, Fisher and LaVoy (1972) reported that water level fluctuations be-




low a dam in Connecticut produced a freshwater "intertidal" zone.  A




transect from the high to the low water mark revealed radical changes in




both the density and diversity of the invertebrate populations.  Community




composition shifted from chixonomid-oligochaete predominance on the most




exposed sites to mollusk predominance on the least exposed sites.  Stated




another way, the mollusks were unable to withstand desiccation, and the




insect larvae and worms, which are much more desireable fish food, were




largely unavailable to the fishes.  Spence and Hynes (1971) compared the




macroinvertebrate riffle fauna upstream and downstream of an impoundment.




Downstream there was an increase in availability of organic detritus for




food, a 4-week lag in early summer temperature rise, and a maximum tempera-




ture 6°C. cooler than that found upstream.  In the downstream riffle stone-




flies were absent, and certain other groups of insect larvae (mayflies,




midges, blackflies, water beetles) and crustaceans (amphipods) showed in-




creases.  The differences were interpreted as reflecting a mild increase




in the availability of organic matter for food.




     Gunter (1957) has pointed out that, due to the walling effect of the




extensive levee system, the high water stages of the lower Mississippi

-------
                                   214
River get higher and higher.  The peak flow now is about seven times higher




than it was before the levees.  Absolutely no published information exists




on the fauna of the lower Mississippi River, and there is no way of knowing




what effects, if any, the increase in depth (and velocity) may have on the




biota of the nation's largest stream.  This is a major gap in the American




biological and limnological literature, and before further modifications




of this stream are permitted, major studies should be undertaken to deter-




mine what is there and what is happening.






                       Modification of Flow Rates






     Stream flow rate is affected by several types of construction activity.




Floodplain construction and ditching lead to very rapid runoff and sudden




peak flows following rainstorms.  This is followed by very low flow during




the periods between rains.  Reservoir management may lead to very high




and very low flows downstream, but peak flows are often controlled to re-




duce flooding.  Channelization also increases flow velocity, but since




several other factors are also affected, channelization will be discussed




as a separate topic.




     In an important recent review Fraser (1972) pointed out that flow




velocity is the dominant physical factor affecting stream life.  Most




stream-dwelling species are adapted to and require particular flow velo-




cities.  Ranges of tolerance are rather narrow, and they often vary with




different stages of the life history.  Spawning, egg development, juvenile




growth, adult life, and migratory behavior are all influenced directly by




the current factor.  Indirectly, velocity may determine food and habitat




availability through its influence on invertebrate life, turbidity, bottom




erosion, and sedimentation.  Most of our knowledge of the effects of stream

-------
                                   215
flow on aquatic life stems from work on game fish species, especially




salmon and trout.  Studies on other forms are badly needed.




     Very high stream velocities associated with flood flow generally




have adverse affects on the stream biota.  Entire year classes of small-




mouth bass are frequently lost during Illinois floods when the fry are less




than an inch long (Larimore and Duever, 1968).  Severe flooding in Minnesota




can nearly eliminate the two youngest year classes of trout and reduce the




density of the older fish (Elwood and Waters, 1969).  In the latter study,




floods were found to affect a combination of factors.  Sand and debris




filled pool areas and blanketed the riffles.  Invertebrate populations




were severely damaged, decreasing the food supply.  The total standing




crop of living matter in the study area was reduced to one-sixth of its




former value after four severe floods.  In California it has been found




that floods can change the species composition of a stream and that the




effects may persist for several years (Seegrist and Card, 1972).  The




primary effect is through decimation of developing eggs and young through




erosion or siltation of spawning areas (Gangmark and Broad, 1956).  Tarzwell




(1938) noted that floods are the outstanding limiting factor in southwest




streams, destroying habitat cover, sweeping away organic matter, and




blanketing everything in the water with a layer of fine silt.  Many species




of fishes will actively select appropriate flow velocities when given a




choice (Baldes and Vincent, 1969; Weaver, 1963) and will tend to avoid




unnecessarily rapid flow.  For example, Peters (1967) found few trout where




the stream discharge was rapid (4-485 cfs) and erratic, whereas trout of




all ages were abundant and reproduction was good where the discharge was




moderate (10-12 cfs) and stable.




     The effects of low velocities can be even more devastating to stream

-------
                                   216
life than floods.  Harvey and Davis (1970) completed a regression analysis




of the biological and physical variables which affect survival of young




salmon in streams of Maine, and their results clearly show that the most




important single factor is the level of stream flow during the dry seasons.




During very low flow rates streams develop low oxygen and high carbon




dioxide tensions which may become lethal to fishes (Schneller, 1955).




Older trout respond to low flows by moving into deeper pools (Kraft, 1972).




Low flow velocity through the  interstices of riffles reduces the numbers




of young trout and salmon hatched (Coble, 1961), and it reduces the size




and viability of those which do hatch (Shumway, et^ al, 1964; Silver, et al,




1963).  Discontinuous flow reduces the stream habitat to a series of iso-




lated pools which often become stagnant, and it also exposes the surviving




fishes and invertebrates to greater predation by both aquatic and terrestrial




animals (Larimore, et_ al, 1959; Slack, 1955).  Clothier (1953) noted that




upstream irrigation diversions dry up sections of the West Gallatin River




of Montana every year.  The pools become warm and stagnant, and many fishes




die.




     Unstable or severely alternating stream flow creates a habitat that




few species can tolerate.  Populations of such habitats are marked by re-




peated invasion and demise.  Gangmark and Bakkala (1960) have reported that,




due to unstable stream flow, salmon fry of the Sacramento River of California




have averaged 95.8% mortality during the past six years.




     A great deal has been written on the relation of water velocity to




migration, especially of trout and salmon, and much of this literature




has been reviewed by Fraser (1972) .  Flow rate influences the timing and




rate as well as the specific path of migration.  In some species special




chemical substances are known to direct the fishes in their migratory routes,

-------
                                  217
and Creutzberg (1961) has suggested that reduced stream flow may mask the




"orientation compounds" and interfere with the migrations.






                  Biological Effects of Channelization






     Stream channelization involves straightening the natural meanders,




clearing the banks, and widening and deepening the channel.  It is under-




taken to facilitate navigation, assist in flood control, and increase




arable land.  As noted by Funk and Ruhr (1971), changes associated with




channelization, "have far-reaching ecological effects, some of which may




be disastrous	  Stream channelization is almost always planned and




carried out with little consideration given to the natural environment.




Existing and potential recreational areas are defaced, fish and wildlife




habitat is altered or destroyed, bottom-land timber is removed, and natural




beauty is marred.  Many more miles of stream are destroyed than is indi-




cated by the miles of ditch created.  A river meandering over a wide flood-




plain may be reduced to a straight ditch one-half or one-third as long as




the original stream."




     As discussed in Chapter 4, channelization lowers the level of the




stream and the riparian water table, increases the rate of surface runoff,




increases the stream flow rate, enhances bank and bottom erosion, and




transports a heavier sediment load than the unchannelized stream.  Dredge




spoil is deposited on adjacent banks, covering the vegetation and elimina-




ting riparian habitat.  Downstream where the natural stream gradient still




exists, sedimentation occurs so that the stream tends to shallow, increasing




the flood hazard.  For these reasons many of the biological effects noted




in the above sections (resulting from modification of riparian environments,




alteration of water edge habitat, and change of flow rates) apply to the




channelization problem.  In addition, many of the effects of sedimentation

-------
                                  218
(discussed in a later section) also apply.  The present section concerns




the in-stream biological effects of channelization which have been reported




and which are clearly due to a combination of the above factors.  Special




attention is drawn to the published results of a recent stream channeliza-




tion symposium (Schneberger and Funk, 1971) which' summarizes much of our




present knowledge of the subject.




     Channelization has been reported to reduce the size and diversity of




the stream habitat, destroy key productive areas, and cause great shifts




in species composition in the Missouri River of Nebraska (Morris, et al,




1968).  The volume of benthic invertebrates was  reduced by 79% in channel-




ized North Carolina streams (Tarplee, ejt al, 1971).  Studies in a channel-




ized section of the Little Sioux River of Iowa suggested a lack of suitable




attachment surfaces for benthic invertebrates (Hansen, 1971), and Morris,




et al (1968) reported a higher standing crop of drifting invertebrates from




an unaltered portion of the Missouri River.




     Channelization has been shown to greatly reduce the standing crop and




diversity of fish populations of streams in several regions of the nation.




In a study of the fish populations of 23 channelized and 36 natural streams




of North Carolina Bayless and Smith  (1967) found that channelization re-




duced the number of game fishes  (over 6 inches in length) by 90%, and re-




duced the weight by 80%.  They noted only limited recovery 40 years after




the channelization took place.  Also in North Carolina Tarplee, et al (1971)




reported that the standing crop of channelized streams for all fish species




was 32% and for game species only 23% of that found in natural streams.




On the Little Bighorn River of Montana Peters and Alvord (1964) reported




that 1,987 channel alterations had been made in  768 miles of stream.  The




unmodified stream sections produced  5 1/2 times  as many trout and 10 1/2

-------
                                  219
times as many whitefish as the channelized sections.  Also in Montana




Whitney and Bailey (1959) found a 94% decrease in the number and weight




of large-size game fishes and an 85% reduction in the number and 76% re-




duction in weight of small-size game fishes one year after a channelization




project.  Five years later the numbers were still only one-third as large




as those encountered prior to the channelization.  In an Idaho stream




Stroud (1971) found 7 times as many trout and 60 times as many whitefish




in natural streams as in channelized ones.  The weight differential was




14 to 1.




     In a major study Congdon (1971) studied the effects of channelization




on the fish populations of the Chariton River, Missouri.  He found that




channelization reduced the number of fish species from 23 to 13, the total




standing crop from 304 to 53 pounds per acre (an 83% reduction), and the




standing crop of catchable-size fish from 187 to 27 pounds per acre (an




86% reduction).  There were six species of catchable-size fish in the un-




altered section and only 4 in the channelized section.




     From such studies it is clear that channelization markedly reduces




the diversity of habitat and the diversity and standing crops of benthic




invertebrates and fishes.  Funk and Ruhr  (1971) concluded that from an eco-



logical standpoint the worst thing that can happen to a stream is impound-




ment because thereafter the stream ceases to exist as an ecological entity;




it is dead.  They further concluded that channelization is the second worst




thing that can happen because thereafter the stream ecosystem is permanently




disabled.  Congdon (1971) pointed out that nearly 100% of the 1,842 miles




of major streams in Missouri north of the Missouri River have been channelized




or are threatened with channelization or inundation by flood control reser-




voirs.  Comparable information is not currently available for other regions

-------
                                  220
of the nation, but it is becoming quite obvious that certain types of stream




environments and stream ecosystem types are in great danger of extinction




from the twin threats of impoundment and channelization.






            Direct Biological Effects of Man-made Structures






     Man-made structures may exert significant pressures  upon natural




populations of aquatic animals, and several examples will be presented




to illustrate a category of problems which are not well documented in the




literature.




     Hydroelectric dams pass enormous quantities of water down shafts and




through turbines to generate electric power.  Fishes and  other aquatic




organisms which pass through such systems may be injured  or killed.




Schoeneman, £t al_ (1961) noted a 4-9% mortality in fishes passing through tur-




bines, and he pointed out that a series of ten dams on a  given stream might




be expected to cause a 45% mortality in any group of young salmon migrating




downstream.  If spillways were unavailable or improperly  designed the morta-




lity at each dam would be raised, creating a cumulative mortality of 70%




for ten dams.  Screens and other devices may alleviate the situation some-




what, but some mortality among smaller individuals would  seem inevitable.




A related but more complicated problem exists in connection with cooling




coils of thermal power plants.  Here, high temperature rather than turbines




would be important, but the mortality of aquatic life could be even more




extensive.  The effect of dams in obstructing upstream passage of migratory




species is well known (Eraser, 1972), and even the mollusk species which




depend upon fishes for upstream transport can be extirpated from stream




sections above dams (Eddy and Surber, 1947).




     Mortality of fishes and other aquatic life in relation to irrigation

-------
                                  221
diversions is a widespread problem in the western states (Clothier, 1953).




In California young salmon may be injured or killed by passage through un-




screened irrigation pumps (Hallock and Van Woert, 1959), and young striped




bass are destroyed in quantity by water diversions in the Sacramento River




drainage (Calhoun, 1953).  The problem has also been studied in the West




Gallatin River drainage of Montana by Clothier (1953).  Within a 20-mile




stretch of the river 52 canals irrigate about 90,000 acres of land.  During




a 2-year period legal-size game fish losses were estimated to include




13,400 fishes weighing 5,600 pounds.  Translation of this figure to the




vast acreage of irrigated lands of the west suggests a staggering toll




of game fishes alone.  Meanwhile, the fate of non-game fishes and inverte-




brates can only be guessed.






                       Special Biological Problems






Allochthonous organic matter as a nutrient source - It is fairly well docu-




mented now that the productivity of stream ecosystems is greatly dependent




upon the input of organic matter derived from the riparian environment.




Leaves and in some cases terrestrial insects are the chief sources of this




organic matter.  Hynes (1972) estimated that a stream flowing through a




wooded valley probably receives a kilogram of such material per meter (or




two-thirds of a pound per foot) of length per year.  Much of the leaf




litter is fairly rapidly decomposed, since bacterial populations increase




to handle the nutrient source (Wetzel and Manny, 1972).  Alder leaves have




been shown to be especially rich in nitrogen (Goldman, 1961).  The imported




decomposing leaf material has been found to be the chief energy source of




the small insects and crustaceans which make up the primary consumers and,




by extension, for the entire benthic community (Minshall, 1967).  Chapman

-------
                                  222
and Demory (1963) have shown that over half the energy reaching trout




(either directly from terrestrial insects or indirectly through detritus-




feeding aquatic insects) is derived from terrestrial sources.  In the latter




study trout populations of the most densely shaded streams were those most




heavily dependent upon the riparian environment.




     Some of the introduced vegetation is trapped in riffles and pool




bottoms and is utilized locally.  Some of it passes downstream with the




drift and nourishes the downstream populations.  In either event, it is




clear that devegetation of floodplains eliminates both the leaf litter and




insects which are so important in maintaining the biological economy of




healthy streams.  Elimination of normal flooding may accomplish much the




same result.  On the other hand, extremely high flow rates may sweep an




area clean of most of the imported detritus, and if accompanied by heavy




erosion, it may leave the material covered by a blanket of silt where it




is essentially unavailable as a food source for most of the smaller inverte-




brates.




     Whereas devegetation of the floodplain deprives the stream of leaf




litter, the accompanying surface runoff, leaching, and erosion will result




in stream enrichment with mineral nutrients.  Similar nutrient enrichment




of aquatic systems results when riparian environments are flooded (through




impoundment) and when the hypolimnic waters of a reservoir are released




into the stream below a dam (Neel, 1963).




     The primary effect of nutrient enrichment is stimulation of plant




growth, and this may take the form of phytoplankton, attached algae, rooted




vegetation, or floating plants.  Secondarily, this stimulates animal pro-




duction, decomposition, and increased oxygen demand.   With increased




production and decomposition the oxygen demand may exceed the rate of




oxygen availability, leading to very low oxygen levels or to total depletion.

-------
                                   223
Most animals useful to man require significant levels of oxygen for res-




piration, and stream animals are especially sensitive to oxygen reduction.




Although moderate enrichment may be beneficial, heavy enrichment invariably




proves disastrous.




     Devegetation and flooding may lead only to temporary nutrient enrich-




ment, because once the minerals have been leached out and eroded they are




gone.  In the long run they are lost to both the riparian and the aquatic




system.






Upstream migration and downstream drift - A natural stream is a dynamic area




where the aquatic populations move about on a regular or periodic basis.




It has been found that many of the benthic invertebrates drift downstream




with the current and make their way back upstream either by movement against




the current or as flying adults.  Downstream drift is normally a dispersal




rather than a depletion process, and only a fraction of the resident popu-




lation of a given area is in transit at a given time.  When riffle-inhabiting




animals achieve high population densities, some of the individuals apparently




"let go" and float down to the next riffle or beyond (Dimond, 1967).  This




naturally reduces population density in overcrowded riffles, and it aids in




the rapid repopulation of downstream riffles which may have reduced densities.




According to Waters (1964) a depleted riffle may be repopulated within about




two weeks, although details would certainly vary with stream size, location,




and flow rate, as well as species composition.




     Changes in environmental conditions, and especially decrease in water




quality, affect drift rates.  Details are not well understood at the present




time.  The rate of drift increases with elevated water temperature (Waters,




1968), and it seems to be inversely related to stream flow rate (Minshall

-------
                                   224
and Winger, 1968).  Large numbers of invertebrates leave the riffles during



low flow rates, presumably because at such times the oxygen level within the



riffles is decreased.  Failure to maintain low flow rates in streams removes



large populations of invertebrates from the riffle habitats.  Morris, et al



(1968) have shown that channelization greatly reduces the rate of drift,



production in a channelized stream dropping from 68 to 8 g per acre foot of



water flow after channelization.



     The significance of invertebrate drift in streams is, to some extent



at least, obvious.  As noted by Waters (1962a) riffles are areas of aquatic



insect production, whereas the intervening pools are areas of consumption.



Drifting insects and crustaceans supply a large measure of the food of stream



fishes, most of which reside in pools.  Drifting also adjusts population



size within a riffle to the prevailing environmental conditions, and it aids



in repopulating spent riffles, assuring full utilization of available riffle



habitats.  In most headwater streams riffles and rapids are spaced rather



evenly and regularly downstream.  They are important not only as food sources



but as spawning areas for many aquatic species including the fishes.  Such



habitats are shallower than pools and are the most vulnerable to changes in



stream flow rate.  They are the first to suffer the effects of low oxygen



and desiccation accompanying reduced flow, and they are also very sensitive



to sedimentation which may clog spaces between rocks and stones and induce



anaerobic conditions.





Biological orientation compounds - It has long been known that organic chemi-



cals play an important role in the behavior of aquatic animals beyond any



importance that they may have for nutrition (von Frisch, 1941).  The sensi-



tivity of aquatic animals to dissolved organic chemicals is extremely acute,


                        —18
concentrations of 3 X 10    being detectable by some species (Teichman, 1957).

-------
                                   225
At such concentrations only a few molecules would impinge upon the sensory




organs at any one time.  Some species can sort out individual scents from




a variety of conflicting odors  (Walker and Hasler, 1949).  Hasler (1966) has




presented convincing evidence that natural chemical substances in the water




play an important role in guiding migrating salmon to their home streams for




spawning.  Creutzberg  (1959) has demonstrated that larval eels (elvers) can




discriminate between ebb and flow waters where the river enters the sea, pro-




viding a chemical and sensory basis for utilizing the flow tide to take them




on their migratory path into fresh water.  Creutzberg (ibid.) also found that




filtering the water through charcoal removes the elvers' ability to distinguish




the two types of water.  Even though the elvers can detect incredibly low




concentrations of chemical substances, adsorption by charcoal particles ap-




parently removes sufficient molecules to eliminate the response.




     From such experiments it has become clear that chemical substances in




the water provide important cues governing the daily and seasonal behavior




of aquatic animals.  Location of food, recognition of species, finding of




hosts, recognition of sex, stimulation of breeding, migratory orientation,




alarm, and avoidance are some of the behavior patterns known to depend, at




least in part, upon chemical cues.  Undoubtedly, there are many others.




Whether masking by chemical pollutants ever occurs is an open question, but




direct damage to the delicate sensory membrane by mining waste acids, heavy




metals, and other strong chemicals seems to be a distinct possibility.  Clay




particles, like charcoal, are known to remove minerals such as phosphorus




and certain organic chemicals from solution.  It appears quite likely that




heavy sediment loads would be capable of removing important cue chemicals




from waters, thereby inhibiting the normal behavior patterns of aquatic




animals.  In view of the heavy sediment loads now being placed in the nation's




waterways, this possibility cannot be ignored.

-------
                                   226
                  Special Problems of Coastal Wetlands






Coastal marshes - As pointed out earlier, the coastal marsh is a semi-aquatic




system in equilibrium with the prevailing climatic, hydrographic, geological,




and biological forces of the coast.  Even slight modification in the level




of the water table or the rate of surface freshwater flow greatly modifies




the biological characteristics of the system.  Although the coastal marshes




vary greatly in detail, a more or less typical marsh has freshwater vegetation




at the landward side, saltwater vegetation at the seaward or bayward edge,




and a gradient of species between.  Typically the marsh is drained by highly




dendritic tidal creeks which empty into the bay or estuary.  Freshwater




entering along the upper edges of the marsh drain across the surface and




enter the tidal creeks.




     Many of the marshes of the Atlantic and Gulf coasts have undergone great




attrition in recent years, primarily as a result of levee and canal construc-




tion.  A levee placed across the upper end of a coastal marsh has the following




primary effects:




     - cuts off all distributaries feeding the marsh,




     - prevents freshwater flooding,




     - prevents annual flushing,




     - prevents annual renewal of sediments and nutrients,




     - ends formation of new marshes.




Canals which lace the coastal marshes for navigation, pipelines, or mosquito




control have the following primary effects:




     - intercept and carry off freshwater drainage,




     - block freshwater from flowing across the portion of the marsh that




       is seaward of the first canal,




     - rapidly carry off freshwater  to the bay or estuary,

-------
                                   227
     -  lower  the water  table,




     -  permit saltwater intrusion well  into  the marsh proper.




     The biological consequences are clear.  On the Atlantic coast where




subsidence rates are fairly slow the marsh vegetation gives way to dry land




vegetation with accompanying changes in the animal populations.  Bourn and




Cottam  (1950) reported  on a detailed 10-year study of the fate of a drained




coastal marsh in Delaware.  Prior to canalization 90% of the marsh vegeta-




tion was saltmarsh cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora) with smaller amounts




of other marsh species, especially at higher elevations.  A few open water




areas supported luxuriant growths of widgeongrass (Ruppia maritima) and other




submerged aquatic species.




     Ten years after ditching had taken place the wetland plants had been




reduced to small groups in the remaining low spots and along canal margins.




Groundselbush (Baccharis halimifolia) dominated the plant community which




now was made up largely of dry land species such as asters, goldenrods,




terrestrial grasses, and young trees (pine, juniper, sweetgum, maple, and




hawthorn).  Aquatic animal populations of the ditched areas had been greatly




reduced in areal extent and in density, even in the wetland habitat which




still remained (Table 5.5).  The density of the total invertebrate population




was reduced from 39 to  97% in the various samples, and the mollusks and




crustaceans, which make up important food items for many fishes and shore




birds, were reduced 32to 100%. Open aquatic areas, which formerly supported




widgeongrass and other  important duck foods, had been reduced to mud flats




and dry land.  Thus, the wetland habitat, important in the production of fishes,




shellfishes, ducks, and wading birds, had given way to land with its low




wildlife values.   This particular study is especially informative, since it




provides both pre- and post-construction conditions, it follows the effects




for several years, and it was designed to determine the effects of the

-------
                                   228
Table 5.5.  Effects of ditching a Delaware tidewater marsh on the aquatic
            invertebrate populations.  Vegetational zones are characterized
            by the dominant plant species.  Six-foot square quadrats were
            sampled for comparison of invertebrate density in the drained
            and undrained sections of the marsh, and they represent three
            consecutive years of sampling during the months of April-
            December.
      Vegetation
        zones
 Feet above mean
sea level (for the
undisturbed marsh)
 Percent reduction of the
 invertebrate populations

    Total     Mollusks and
invertebrates crustaceans
Saltmarsh cordgrass
(Spartina alterniflora)

Saltgrass
(Distichlis spicata)

Saltmeadow cordgrass
(Spartina patens)

Saltmarsh bulrush
(Scirpus robustus)
    1.88-2.93


    2.35-2.90


    2.58-3.32


       2.75
    39-82


    64-88


    41-97


    50-97
32-95


82-94


55-100


58-98

-------
                                   229
construction activity.  This is the type of study which must be available




to provide a firm basis for predicting environmental impacts.




     On a subsiding coast, such as occurs in southern Louisiana, elimination




of the normal freshwater and sediment input upsets the land-water equilibrium,




and the subsiding marsh tends to become an open water area.  This tendency




is intensified by canals which drain the marshes, enhancing compaction, and




which tend to grow wider as a result of marginal subsidence, wave erosion,




and disturbance from boat traffic.  Plant production by marsh grasses of




the Gulf coast is very high, exceeding 10 tons per acre per year (de la Cruz,




1974), and a great deal of additional plant production occurs in the marshes




due to attached algae, mud flat diatoms, and phytoplankton in the shallow




waters.  A large fraction of this organic matter is exported through tidal




creeks to nearby bays and estuaries.  When the marsh becomes an open water




area, however, production is apparently reduced, and instead of exporting




organic matter, the area becomes a nutrient sink.  Birds and mammals no longer




find food and refuge among the marsh grasses, and canals create migrational




barriers to terrestrial and semi-terrestrial animals which utilize the marsh.




Complete shifts in vegetation accompany increased salinity and subsidence.




     Saltwater intrusion increases the salinity of the marshes, eliminating



the broad mixing zone so important as nursery grounds for juvenile fishes,




shrimp, and crabs.   In deeper channels where reducing conditions prevail




large quantities of hydrogen sulfide are produced which are toxic to the




marsh grasses (Smith, 1970) and to the aquatic animals.  Acid conditions of




the canals may also result in release of heavy metals from the sediments.




As a result of habitat loss, decreased food supply, increased salinity, and




increased hydrogen sulfide, populations of aquatic animals are adversely




affected.  Moore and Trent (1971) compared oyster production in natural and

-------
                                   230
canalized marshes.  They found that in the altered marsh the set of young




oysters was reduced by over 90%, juvenile growth was slowed, average length




was reduced by 36%, weight was reduced by 27%, and mortality was increased




by 39%.  As a result of these and other studies, St. Amant (unpublished) has




concluded that lack of freshwater has drastically modified the ecology of




coastal marshes and severely damaged production of valuable oysters, shrimp,




fur animals, and waterfowl.






Estuaries - The nearshore and continental shelf fishery harvest of the United




States annually exceeds 4.3 million pounds valued at $520 million.  Around




90% of the species of commercial importance either pass their entire lives




within the estuary or require the estuary as a nursery ground during the




critical early life history stages.  Reduced freshwater inflow exerts a pro-




found influence on the biological system of the estuary.  As noted earlier,




the physical effects of reduced freshwater inflow include greater intrusion




of saltwater, reduction of low salinity environments, reduction in the extent of




the fresh-saltwater mixing zone, reduction in water level, and exposure of more




dry land.  These factors, in turn, result in six basic detremental effects




upon the biology of the estuary.




     1) Estuaries are nutrient traps, and the mechanisms responsible for




maintaining the high fertility and high productivity of the estuary are asso-




ciated with the mixing process.  Reduction of freshwater input can be ex-




pected to result in a long range reduction in estuarine fertility (Copeland,




1966b).




     2) The estuary is an important nursery area for many of the coastal




species which prefer, utilize, and in many cases, require, low salinity waters.




Important among these are the white shrimp and the blue crab, and to less




extent, the brown shrimp.  Saltwater intrusion greatly restricts the availability

-------
                                   231
of suitable habitat for these and other species.  Hoese (1967) noted that




during extreme drought years when the salinity of Texas bays rises abnormally,




the white shrimp and blue crab populations are damaged.  Gunter (1974) has




pointed out that very high salinities (hypersaline conditions) are quite




detrimental to the normal estuarine species.




     3) Most of the coastal species spawn in the nearshore areas of the con-




tinental shelf, and the young must make a long migration into the estuaries.




This migration is dependent upon the availability of strong bottom currents.




Odum (1970) has pointed out that limitation of freshwater inflow might ser-




iously interfere with the larval migration.  In similar vein, Copeland (1966b)




has found that the peak inward migration of larval penaeid shrimp coincides




with the high spring flow of rivers, and he suggested that modification of




the normal seasonal flow pattern would seriously interfere with this migra-




tion.




     4) The low salinity condition of an estuary forms a barrier which pre-




vents the entrance of many marine species.  Elevation of estuarine salinity




permits penetration by marine competitors, diseases, parasites, and predators.




Hoese (1967) has shown that during extremely dry years when the salinity




rises in estuaries of the Texas coast, oyster drills (Thais and Urosalpinx)




enter and attack the oyster populations, hard clams become established in




the estuary, and sharks become more abundant.  Similar findings have been




reported by other workers on the Gulf and south Atlantic coasts.




     5) Increasing evidence points to the fact that chemical cues play an




important role in guiding young fishes and invertebrates into the estuaries.




Kristensen (1964) demonstrated that young shrimp and fishes exhibit a pre-




ference for baywater and seawater when offered a choice.  The chemical cues




are presumed to be dissolved organic compounds derived from the estuary or

-------
                                   232
from the river which enters the estuary.  This topic has been explored by




Odum (1970).   Reduction in the input of freshwater could result in a decrease




in the levels of such chemicals which pass from the estuary into the sea,




and this, in turn, could interfere with the efforts of young marine animals




to find their ways into the estuary.




     6) Most of the harvest of estuarine-reared fishes and invertebrates




takes place in the near-shore waters of the continental shelf.  This fishery




depends upon the successful movement of the estuarine animals into the off-




shore waters.  Tabb, et al (1962) reported a year in which the large juvenile




pink shrimp remained in estuaries of the Florida Everglades rather than




moving to the outside waters, as is usually the case.  During that year the




salinities were abnormally high (about 30 parts per thousand).  Such high




salinities result from a combination of low rainfall and inland water diver-




sion projects.




     As a result of such factors, the annual fish and shellfish harvest clearly




reflects estuarine salinity conditions.  This has been demonstrated in a




very dramatic way by Chapman (1966).  Comparing the average annual fishery




harvest with the average annual tributary stream discharge into the estuaries




of the Texas coast, he showed a high correlation between harvest and fresh-




water input  (Figure 5.10a).  He also demonstrated a marked correlation between




harvest and estuarine salinity by comparing the wet and dry year catch




statistics (Figure 5.10b).  Whereas, such data are available only for the




commercially valuable species, the same principles apply to all the estuarine




inhabitants.




     Within  the estuary, circulation patterns are modified by artificial




spoil banks  created by dredging (Odum, 1970).  Long, linear spoil barriers




may block circulation of certain sections of the estuary, permitting establish-




ment of stratified water conditions.  Bottom layers may become anaerobic,

-------
                                   233
               Is?
                  :
               511
      500

      400 :

      100'

       75

       50

       25
                       I

                       2

                       3

                       4

                       5




                      60 !
                        LAGUNA
                        MADRE

                              CORPUS
                              CHRIST I
ARANSAS    MATAGORDA     SABINE

                 GALVESTON"
                             SAN
                           ANTONIO
                          -WEST-
                    -ESTUARINE SYSTEM-
                                                         -EAST-
                •> c
                o a
                > o
                •- a.
                o
                x -s
                     300 r
       200
                      100
             WET YEAR
                  Discharge
                                            DRY  YEAR
                           Harvest

                                           Harvest
                                                 Discharge

                                                        -\ 30
                                           20
                                                          10
                                                o «
Figure 5.10.
Relationship  between commercial fishery harvest and fresh-
water discharge into estuaries of  the  Texas coast.  A.
Comparison  of harvest and tributary  discharge of individual
estuaries  (tributary discharge adjusted for estuarine basin
volume by dividing basin volume by discharge volume).  B.
Comparison  of harvest of all Texas estuaries during a series
of wet years  with harvest during a series of dry years,
period 1956-62).   Modified from Chapman,  1966.

-------
                                   234
rendering them unsuitable as habitat for most estuarine species.  Sedimenta-




tion increases in the dead-water areas, and this ultimately leads to shoaling




which further restricts the estuarine habitat.  Bayfill housing development




also restricts circulation, reduces oxygen levels, and creates an environ-




ment that is unsuitable for most estuarine inhabitants (Taylor and Saloman,




1969) .






           Biological Effects of Suspended Solids and Sediments






             The Nature of Suspended and Sedimented Materials






     Solid materials are placed into the water or redistributed therein by




every type of construction activity which takes place in the riparian or




wetland environments.  In fact, this is probably the most widespread effect




of human activity upon wetland environments, and certainly it is one of the




most devastating.  Unfortunately, it is one of the most difficult to monitor




and to control, since the effects of a given project, although persistent,




are often quite local.




     Suspended solids include both inorganic and organic materials which




vary in size from minute clay particles to material the size of rocks or




larger.  Most of the substances added to the water or resuspended include




a spectrum of particle sizes.  The ability of the water to transport such




materials relates to the submerged density of the material and to the water




velocity and associated turbulence.  Larger and denser particles are dropped




out first, and the finer materials of colloidal size may remain in suspension




almost indefinitely.  Thus, human activity affects the sedimentary regime,




not only through the addition of materials to the water and through digging




in the water bottoms, but also through modification of water flow rates.

-------
                                   235
     Most of the suspended and sedimented materials are inorganic particles




which are essentially chemically inert.  These include clay, silt, sand,




gravel, rocks, and other substances derived from soil and bedrock.  If the




materials are calcareous in nature, such as limestone, however, they may




play an important role in buffering the water and sediments against major




shifts in pH.  In aggregate, small particles have enormous surface areas,




and they effectively adsorb many types of chemicals which may be dissolved




in the water, removing them from the water column by sedimentation.  Such




chemicals include nutrients, such as phosphorus,and toxic materials such as




pesticides, herbicides, heavy metals, and radioactive substances (Lackey,




et al, 1959).




     Organic materials are also added to aquatic environments, and these in-




clude both natural and synthetic substances.  The natural organics represent




a special class of materials since their densities are only slightly greater




than water, making them easily transportable, and also because they are all




biodegradable.  Such materials are concentrated nutrient sources which re-




quire oxygen for decomposition.  Large organic loads, therefore, lead to




local oxygen depletion.  Synthetic organics may be chemically inert, as is




the case with many plastic materials and other organic polymers, or they may




be highly toxic to aquatic life, as in the case of many pesticides, herbicides,




and industrial chemicals.  Whether ultimately degradable or not, most are




highly persistent in the aquatic environment, and most wind up in the sedi-




ments.




     Most estuarine and marine animals and many freshwater algae can remove




dissolved organic materials from very dilute solutions, but freshwater




animals generally cannot (Stephens, 1967; Stephens and Schinske, 1961).




However, since most of the dissolved materials become adsorbed onto particles




and are deposited in the sediments, they become available to the benthic

-------
                                   236
animals as particulate matter.   Through this means they are consumed and




enter the food chains, even in freshwater.




     In the present discussion the biological effects of suspended and




sedimented solids will be considered under the topics of turbidity, suspended




solids, and sedimentation.  However, these are all related aspects of the




same problem, and the distinction, although useful for analytical purposes,




is somewhat arbitrary.  In real situations all three problems occur simultan-




eously, and in field studies it is often difficult to distinguish which of




the factors is predominant in a given instance.  This entire subject has




been reviewed rather thoroughly by Cordone and Kelley (1961).






                      Biological Effects of Turbidity






     Penetration of light through natural waters is greatly reduced by the




presence of suspended solids, and this reduction is referred to as turbidity.




This factor interferes with biological systems primarily through reduction




in the depth of penetration of sunlight and in reduced visibility.  On the




basis of over 5,000 turbidity observations throughout many sections of the




nation, Ellis (1936) pointed to an alarming decrease in light penetration




in the inland streams.






Reduction of photosynthesis - The growth of suspended and attached vegeta-




tion depends upon the availability of light to support photosynthesis, hence




any decrease in light availability would be expected to interfere with pri-




mary production (Wilson, 1957; Verduin, 1954).  Direct measurements have,




indeed, demonstrated that suspended solids decrease the depth of the photic




zone (Krone, 1963).  Buck (1956) found that phytoplankton production was




12.8 times as great in clear ponds as in very turbid ones.  Lackey, et al




(1959) reported similar results for streams.  King and Ball (1964) showed

-------
                                   237
that a doubling of the inorganic sediment load of a stream (442-948 units)




reduced primary production by the attached algae (aufwuchs) by more than




half (269-124 mg C/m2/day).  Jackson and Starrett (1959) demonstrated




that in a shallow Illinois lake, in the absence of rooted vegetation, tur-




bidity is a direct function of wind disturbance of the bottom sediments,




but that when rooted vegetation is present, the wind effect upon turbidity




is minimized (Figure 5.11).  On the other hand, several investigators have




found that persistently high turbidity limits the development of rooted




vegetation (Hart and Fuller, 1972; Odum, 1963; Steenis, 1947; and Strawn,




1961).




     From these and related studies it is clear that interference with




photosynthesis can destroy phytoplankton, attached algae, and rooted ve-




getation, thus eliminating the food base of aquatic ecosystems.  Reduction




in the food base leads to a reduction or collapse of the consumer species.




King and Ball (1964) showed that during a period of heavy sediment load




a Michigan stream suffered a 61 percent decrease in primary producers, a




68 percent reduction in the production of attached algae, and a 58 percent




reduction in the energy required by the consumers of the community.  Re-




duction or elimination of submerged vegetation creates a number of problems




in addition to the loss of a primary production source.  Upon death, it




decomposes and creates a locally high oxygen demand which could lead to




anaerobic conditions.  Loss of vegetation removes shelter for a variety




of aquatic animals, exposing them to severe predation (Lackey, et_ al_, 1959;




Giles and Zemora, 1973).  In the long run, it removes an important food




source for many aquatic species (Strawn, 1961).  Vegetation beds protect




bottom areas from erosion and they induce sedimentation.  Removal of ve-




getation beds exposes the bottom to scouring and erosion.  Dexter (1944)

-------
                                238
         700 ^_
         600
         500
         400
        £
        a.
        a.
        Q200
        OQ
        QC
          100
                         SPRING
                          ( no vegetation present)
          Q	SUMMER

            (vegetation present)
                                          o
               --0—-0-*
              i      10     14     18     22

               WIND VELOCITY  fm.p.h.)
                                   26
30
34
Figure 5.11.
Turbidities of Lake Chautauqua, Illinois occurring at
various wind velocities (average maximum one hour pre-
ceeding collection time) in the absence and presence
of rooted vegetation.   (After Jackson and Starrett,
1959).

-------
                                   239
studied the effects of removal of the rooted vegetation from a shallow




marine area in Massachusetts and concluded that removal of the vegetation




resulted in disruption of the entire biotic community.






Decreased visibility - Decreased visibility has been shown to interfere




with normal behavior patterns of some fishes.  Heimstra and Damkot (1969)




compared the behavior of largemouth bass and green sunfish in clear water




with that in two conditions of mild turbidity and found that the experimental




fishes showed a marked reduction in general swimming activity, social domi-




nance patterns were modified, and the fishes frequently engaged in "cough-




ing" and gill-scraping behavior (both mechanisms apparently aid in freeing




the gills of accumulated particulate material.  Cooper (1956) and Smith




(1940) have shown that in natural streams spawning  salmon  avoid turbid




water and crowd into the limited clear-water areas to such an extent that




spawning individuals destroy each other's nests.  Bachmann (1959) showed




that even low levels of turbidity (35 ppm) greatly interfere with feeding




by cutthroat trout.  In this experiment, fishes in the clear stream re-




mained active, whereas those in the turbid stream sought cover.  Several




field studies have demonstrated that turbid waters act as a barrier to




migrating salmon (Smith, 1940; Sumner and Smith, 1939).  An indirect




but striking measure of fish activity and feeding in relation to turbidity




was reported by Bennett, .§£31 (1940) who compared the numbers of bass




and bluegills caught in relation to water transparency in an Illinois




lake.  When visibility was low (0.5-2.0 feet) the catch was low (2.04 fish




per man-hour of fishing effort), but when visibility was high (3.5-4.5




feet) the average catch more than tripled (6.53 fish per man-hour).  There




seems little question but what even low levels of turbidity influence




various behavior patterns of fishes, but critical work with higher turbidities

-------
                                   240
which are known to exist are very difficult owing to the impossibility




of observing behavior in very turbid water.






                  Biological Effects of Suspended Solids






     Aside from interference with light penetration and visibility, sus-




pended solids greatly modify the physical and chemical characteristics




of aquatic environments, and both directly and indirectly they exert




stress upon the biological systems.






Temperature effects - Suspended sediments absorb radiant energy from sun-




light and transform this into heat.  Since the sunlight enters from above,




it is the surface waters that are warmed.  In relatively calm water,




warming of the surface layer stabilizes the water column and inhibits




vertical mixing.  Deprived of access to the atmosphere, the bottom waters




develop low oxygen conditions and may become anaerobic.  However, if water




movement is sufficient to prevent thermal stratification, as occurs in




swift streams, the water becomes uniformly heated from top to bottom.




Warm water holds less oxygen than cool water.  Modification of temperature




regime and oxygen content and distribution profoundly effects the biolog-




ical systems.






Oxygen reduction and pH changes - Suspended sediments almost always reduce




the oxygen concentration of natural waters.  This may occur through inhibi-




tion of photosynthesis or through heating and thermal stratification, as




noted above, or it may result from increased oxygen demand.  Many types of




sedimentary particles contain chemically reduced substances such as sul-




fides, especially if they are raised from the bottom sediments (as through




dredging) or if they are derived from mineralized materials of the ground

-------
                                   241
(as from mine spoils).  Such suspended particles have a chemical oxygen




demand (C.O.D.) and may remove appreciable quantities of oxygen from the




water.




     Most suspended particles become coated with bacteria and other




microorganisms which decompose organic matter and create a biological




oxygen demand (B.O.D.).  Since organic matter is everywhere present in




aquatic systems, the biological oxygen demand is inevitable.  If the level




of organic matter is high, then anaerobic conditions may result.  Biolog-




ical oxidation, in turn, leads to increased levels of carbon dioxide, and




this results in decreased pH.  Thus, if the suspended sediments are not




calcareous and cannot buffer the water, increased acidity results.






Effects on primary production - Particles in suspension affect primary




production in several ways.  By reducing light penetration they inhibit




photosynthesis.  By adsorption they remove critical nutrients (especially




phosphate) from solution.  However, laboratory studies by Lackey, et al




(1959) have demonstrated that fine particulate matter can also very ef-




ficiently remove certain types of phytoplankton organisms from suspension.




Muck, sand, and clay were found to be effective, the latter being capable




of removing over 99 percent of the algae within 20 minutes.  Algae ap-




parently adhere to the particulate matter and are precipitated to the




bottom.  Williams (1966) has shown that suspended solids may also reduce




zooplankton populations.






Effects on respiration - Most aquatic animals require free oxygen for




respiration, and they are very sensitive to oxygen reduction below criti-




cal minimum levels.  Gradual reduction in oxygen levels by any of the pre-




viously discussed methods would selectively eliminate species in sequence,

-------
                                  242
based upon levels of minimum oxygen tolerance.  Complete removal of the




oxygen would destroy all but the anaerobic species.  Oxygen depletion in




the lower layer of the water would eliminate most of the species of the




bottom fauna.  Wallen (1951) and others have shown that extremely high




levels of suspended materials can suffocate fishes by clogging the gill




filaments and filling the opercular cavity.  Sharp and angular stony




materials, which result from mining and quarrying activities, are abrasive




to soft tissues and can directly damage the delicate gill filaments (Kemp,




1949), reducing the effective respiratory surface, lowering respiratory




efficiency, and leading to microbial infection (Ellis, 1944).  Gill-




clogging and tissue damage undoubtedly affect mollusks and other inverte-




brates, as well.






Other effects of suspended sediments - Suspended sediments interfere with




feeding and nutrition of aquatic animals.  Reduction in primary production




and destruction of benthic animals may seriously interfere with the food




supply.  Many aquatic animals feed by straining and filtration of organic




particles from the water.  High levels of suspended sediments can clog




such mechanisms and lead to starvation.  Decreased visibility can reduce




an aquatic animal's efficiency in locating food.  Silt particles are known




to be very effective in removing organic compounds from solution, and they




may play a role in reducing feeding efficiency by removing the chemical




odors important in guiding aquatic animals to the appropriate food sources.




     Suspended solids are known to interfere with upstream migration and




spawning in some species.  Farley (1966) and Radtke and Turner (1967) demon-




strated that upstream migration of prereproductive striped bass was greater




when the suspended solids were low and that 350 ppm (parts per million)

-------
                                   243
is the critical level that blocks the migration.  An even lower concen-




tration of suspended solids was required for spawning, and very few bass




eggs were found at concentrations above 150 ppm.




     Aquatic animals already under stress from starvation, are subject




to greater predation than those in healthy condition.  Hertig and Witt




(1967) demonstrated that, under conditions of physical impairment, prey




species (young bass, bluegill, and green sunfish) showed reduced avoidance




reaction, more sluggish swimming behavior, and more rapid exhaustion when




under attack by predators.




     Suspended solids may tax an animal's metabolism and energy resources,




even though they do not directly induce mortality.  Loosanoff and Tommers




(1948) found that pumping rates of adult oysters were reduced by 57 percent




when they were subjected to silt loads of 100 ppm and by 94 percent when




exposed to loads of 3-4,000 ppm.  Pumping provides for respiration and




nutrition, and prolonged reduction in pumping could be expected to induce




metabolic stress.  Decreased oyster growth in areas of high suspended




solids has been reported by Wilson (1950).




     From the above discussion it is clear that suspended solids affect




aquatic populations in many ways.  One of the clearest demonstrations of




the overall effect of suspended matter on phytoplankton and fish produc-




tion has been provided by Buck (1956).  Clear ponds (less than 25 mg/1




of suspended solids) produced 12.8 times as much phytoplankton and 5.5




times as much fish weight as the very turbid ponds (more than 100 mg/1




of suspended solids).  A somewhat related study was reported by Tsai (1973)




who found a strong negative correlation between persistent turbidity, due




to organic solids, and fish species diversity in a stream.  Thus, both




the quality and the quantity of suspended matter must be taken into account

-------
                                   244







in considering the effects of suspended solids on aquatic life.






                    Biological Effects  of Sedimentation






     A very large technical literature  exists on the subject of  the bio-




logical effects of sedimentation on aquatic organisms.   Much of  this




literature has been reviewed by Cordone and Kelley (1961), and only the




more significant references will be included here.  Accumulated  knowledge




overwhelmingly demonstrates the adverse effects of sedimentation on aquatic




biological systems.  These effects are  mediated through scouring away of




surface organisms, smothering with a blanket of sediments, reducing habi-




tat diversity and desireability through bottom filling, and modification




of the nature of the bottom substrate through addition or redistribution




of sedimentary materials(Wilson, 1957).






Effect of sedimentation on primary production - Gordone and Pennoyer (1960)




found that abundant algal pads were virtually destroyed by sediment dis-




charged into the Truckee River of California.  Presumably, much of this




was due to scouring, although smothering may also have been involved.




Phinney (1959) concluded that sedimentation reduces the photosynthetic




rate of aquatic vegetation by acting as a physical barrier to free exchange




of gases (oxygen and carbon dioxide) necessary for their survival.  King




and Ball (1964) determined that doubling of the sedimentation rate decreased




production of the attached algae (aufwuchs) by 70 percent.  Thus, primary




production is inhibited not only by turbidity and the effects of suspended




solids, but also by scouring and smothering.






Effect of sedimentation on bottom animals - Stream animals are adapted to




maintain their positions against normally occurring flow regimes.  Excessive

-------
                                   245
flow combined with abrasive suspended particles may scour the rocks clean




of insects, crustaceans and other stream dwellers.  More important than




the scouring effect, however, is the blanketing of the bottom with a




heavy layer of sterile inorganic sediments.  For example, Ellis (1931a)




pointed out that in the upper Mississippi River bottom siltation is




overwhelming the bottom fauna faster than it is able to adjust itself,




with the result that many species are being eliminated or greatly reduced




in numbers.  This effect applies both to the riffle and pool areas of up-




stream habitats and to the downstream continuous flow section.  Hynes




(1974) has found that riffle animals may be present as deep as 50 cm (20




inches) below the surface.  Their existence depends upon water circulation




through the interstices between the rocks and gravels which make up the




physical structure of the riffle.  This circulating water brings in ade-




quate oxygen for respiration, and it removes carbon dioxide and metabolic




wastes so that they do not accumulate in poisonous concentrations.  Heavy




sedimentation fills the interstices and reduces the water flow.  The riffle




animals then die due to suffocation or poisoning by metabolic wastes and




unoxidized by-products of bacterial activity (nitrogenous products, carbon




dioxide, hydrogen sulfide, organic acids, etc.).  In pools and continuous




flow sections silt may cover insect and mussel populations faster than




they can respond.  Ellis (1931b), for example, pointed out that in the




Mississippi, Ohio, and Tennessee Rivers erosional silt is destroying the




mussel populations.  Sumner and Smith (1939) found that production of bottom




animals in silted areas is only about half that in unsilted areas.  Casey




(1959) showed that stream dredging silted over the bottom for about one-




fourth of a mile downstream and within that area the bottom was almost




completely devoid of aquatic animals.  One mile downstream the benthic

-------
                                   246
animals were still reduced by over 50 percent.   Cordone and Pennoyer (1960)




reported that a gravel washing plant reduced the bottom animals immediately




downstream by 90 percent and that ten miles downstream the reduction was




still 75 percent.  Starrett (1971) stated that  of the original 49 known




native species of mussels of the Illinois River 25 species have disappeared,




and many of the surviving species are now quite limited in distribution.




He concluded that siltation is one of the major factors responsible for




this loss.  Within Chesapeake Bay, Cronin, at al (1970) found that spoil




from a dredging site covered an area at least five times as large as the




defined spoil site and that within the blanketed area there was a 71 per-




cent reduction in number and 64 percent reduction in biomass (weight) of




the bottom animals.  There was also a marked reduction in the number of




species present.  From these and many other similar studies Cordone and




Kelley concluded that there is overwhelming evidence that the deposition




of sediment can and often has destroyed large quantities of bottom fauna




including especially insect and mollusk populations.






Effect of sedimentation on fish populations - Sedimentation adversely




affects fish populations in three ways:  it reduces or eliminates the




food supply, it destroys fish habitat, and it adversely affects reproduction




by elimination of spawning areas or smothering the eggs and larvae after




spawning has been completed.




     Destruction of the bottom invertebrate populations (as discussed above)




eliminates the chief food supply of most fish species.  Cooper (1953) and




others have found a high correlation between availability of food organisms




and growth in fishes.  Leonard (1948) referring to the fishes in Michigan,




pointed out that, "the food supply is, more frequently than any other,  the




limiting factor in our waters."

-------
                                   247
     Suitable habitat is also important.  A close correlation has been




found between the number and depth of pool areas and the number of large




fishes present in a stream.  Saunders and Smith (1965) have shown that




heavy sedimentation may cover riffles, fill pools, and fill undercuts




along banks.  As a result, many fishes move downstream seeking better




habitat, in some cases leaving behind a much reduced population.  Sumner




and Smith concluded that, "shelter is just as important as food."




     Many fish species, especially the salmonids, spawn in riffles and




gravelly areas characterized by high permeability and flow of the inter-




gravel waters.  Because of the high recreational and commercial interest




in trout and salmon, a great deal of attention has been given to the effects




of sedimentation on the success of spawning and survival of eggs and




young.  Gangmark and Bakkala (1960) have shown that siltation of gravel




beds can severely restrict or eliminate suitable spawning grounds for such




fishes.  They have also demonstrated that mortality of salmon eggs is in-




versely related to inter-gravel  seepage rates and oxygen levels (Table 5.6).




Mortality of the young is clearly due to a variety of factors.  In a silted




riffle the carbon dioxide level builds up, inhibiting the rate of uptake




of oxygen by the eggs and embryos.  This leads to deceleration of the



metabolic rate which, if prolonged, is lethal (Alderdice and Wickett, 1958).




Generally, the critical levels of dissolved oxygen are about 1 ppm for




the early developmental stages and greater than 7 ppm shortly after hatching




(Alderdice, et al, 1958).  Death may also ensue from build-up of metabolic




wastes and organic decomposition products of invertebrates which have perished




in the riffle.  Stagnating sediment-water samples have also been shown to




release heavy metals (iron, manganese, zinc, and others) as soluble organo-




metallic complexes (Schindler, e£ aiL, 1972).  McNeil, et_ al_ (1964) have

-------
                                  248
Table 5.6.  Mortality of king salmon eggs in relation to velocity of
            inter-gravel seepage flow (A) and inter-gravel dissolved
            oxygen level (B).  (After Gangmark and Bakkala, 1960).
A.  Mortality as a function of flow velocity.
      Velocity of seepage water                 Average mortality
               (ft/hr)                                  (%)

                  <0.5                                 40.0
               0.5-0.9                                 33.1
               1.0-1.4                                 24.0
               1.5-1.9                                 10.1
               2.0-2.4                                 12.9
               2.5-2.9                                 13.0
               3.0-3.4                                 10.8
               3.5-3.9                                  5.3
               4.0-4.4                                  2.9
               4.5-4.9                                  3.8
              >5.0                                      5.8
B.  Mortality as a function of dissolved oxygen.
          Dissolved oxygen                       Average mortality
                (ppm)                                   (%)

                   <5.0                                37.8
               5.0- 6.9                                13.6
               7.0- 8.9                                12.2
               9.0-10.9                                 9.6
              11.0-12.9                                10.8
             >13.0                                      3.9

-------
                                  249






shown that riffles contaminated by decomposing salmon eggs may remain




toxic for over a year.  These results, based largely upon salmon and




trout, undoubtedly apply to many other fish species, as well.






               Biological Importance of Bottom Sediment Type






     Plants and animals are found where they are because of favorable




habitat conditions, and within the aquatic environment the composition




of the substratum is of paramount importance to many species.  Modifica-




tion of the substratum inevitably spells success for some and failure for




others with a resulting change in the complexity and productivity of the




entire biological system.




     Attached aquatic algae generally require hard substrate for anchorage.




They flourish on rocks and stones of riffles and on sticks and brush, but




they are generally absent from soft bottoms.  Rooted vegetation, on the




other hand, requires soft substratum and tends to be associated with pools




and other quiet water areas.




     The riffle fauna is specifically adapted to a habitat composed of




stone, rock, and gravel, with ample inter-particle space for the circula-




tion of water, gases, and dissolved chemicals.  Even within pools and other




soft-bottom areas, however, the grain size of bottom sediments has been




shown to be of utmost importance in determining the distribution of mi-




croscopic bottom animals (Sanders, 1958; Wieser, 1959; and others), mollusks




(Harman, 1972) , and other invertebrates (Pennak and Van Gerpen,  1947).




     Smith and Moyle (1944) have discussed the significance of bottom type




in the production of aquatic invertebrates of importance as fish food.




     "The most important single factor affecting the bottom fauna pro-




duction of streams is the physical nature of the bottom.  Rubble is the

-------
                                   250
most productive type.  Such a bottom is fairly stable, has an abundance




of small interstices to provide shelter for bottom organisms, and presents




a large surface for the growth of microscopic plants that are the basic




food of most smaller aquatic animals.   Food production decreases as the




particles become larger or smaller than rubble size and is poorest on




bedrock and fine sand . . .  Muck, being an organic soil, tends to be more




fertile than fine-grained inorganic soils and may in some instances ex-




ceed the production on rubble."




     Tarzwell (1937) , on the basis of a large series of bottom samples




from Michigan trout streams, rated the bottom types in terms of relative




production of bottom animals (Table 5.7).  Sandy bottoms were found to




produce the fewest organisms.  Giving sand a productivity rating of 1,




the relative productivity of the other bottom types was found to range




up to 53.  However, when vegetation was also included, the productivity




values ranged up to 452.




     Habitat diversity is accompanied by biological complexity, but habitat




simplification leads to biological monotony.  This phenomenon is amply




demonstrated by the data of Tarzwell (ibid.) for bottom invertebrates,




in general, and Harman (1972) has provided striking evidence of the cor-




relation between habitat diversity and mollusk species diversity (Figure 5.12)




     Langlois (1941) concluded that simplification of the bottom habitat




also leads to a reduction in the variety of fish species present in an




area.  The problem is further complicated by the fact that the surviving




species are generally of less desireable types—"biological weeds."  For




example, Trautman (1957), referring to human influences on the fish popu-




lations of the state of Ohio, concluded:




     "These drastic modifications have considerably modified the fish fauna,

-------
                                  251
Table 5.7.  Relative productivity of various substrate types in Michigan
            trout streams.  Productivity represents standing crops in
            terms of number of organisms present.  All data are expressed
            in relation to the number found in sand.  (After Tarzwell,
            1937).
         Substrate type                         Relative rating

       sand                                            1

       marl                                            6

       fine gravel                                     9

       sand and silt                                  10.5

       gravel and sand                                12

       sand, silt, and debris                         13

       gravel and silt                                14

       rubble                                         29

       coarse gravel                                  32

       mucky areas                                    35

       medium gravel                                  36

       gravel and rubble                              53

       sand and gravel with plants                    67

       muck, sand, and plants                         67

       moss on fine gravel                            89

       moss on coarse gravel                         111

       moss on gravel and rubble                     140

       vegetation beds                             159-452

-------
                                 252
              O1-4

18

16


14

12

10

£°
CO
X
z
~" 6
ui
O
LLJ
Q.
^L 4
(Z
LJJ
CO
i 2


• 5-9
—
• 10-14
_ *15"19
• 20-24

25-30
"*
—
-
—
O
- 00

0 •

— o o o o
o • • o
— o • • • o
• 0 • • o
- •• • • o
-••••oo
. I.I.I

o



0

o

o
o o o
o o
o

o

0 0
o
o

o
o
. I.I.I
                  24         6        8        10
           NUMBER  OF SUBSTRATE  TYPES IN  HABITAT
12
Figure 5.12.   Relationship of substrate diversity  and mollusk
              species diversity based upon samples from 348 collec-
              tion  sites in central New York state (After Harmon, 1972),

-------
                                   253






changing it from a species complex, dominated by fishes requiring clear




and/or vegetated waters to one dominated by those species tolerant of much




turbidity of water and of bottoms composed of clayey silts.  There has




been a shift from large fishes of great food value to smaller species un-




fit as human food, or larger fishes of inferior quality as human food."




     Unfortunately, the same general types of conclusions can be applied




to streams throughout the United States.  Siltation is destroying the




most productive habitat types, especially the riffle, gravel, and rubble




types, which are everywhere being interred under a blanket of inorganic




silt.  Habitat for smallmouth bass, trout, and salmon is giving way to




habitat for carp, suckers, and drumfish.  Cordone and Kelley (1961)




summarized the problem as follows:




     "Fisheries resources dependent upon the maintenance of natural condi-




tions are threatened with significant damage—if not complete destruction—




by the construction of dams, by pollution, and by erosion 	  Erosion




is probably the most insidious of the three, for it is often unspectacular




and goes unnoticed from one year to the next.  The damage is widespread




and permanent."






         Biological Effects of Other Physical and Chemical Factors






     A great deal of published information has recently become available




concerning water quality and water pollution, and much of this informa-




tion is in the nature of summary and synthesis of existing knowledge.  One




of the most recent and authoritative sources is the book, "Water Quality




Criteria, 1972" (prepared for the National Academy of Sciences by the Com-




mittee on Water Quality Criteria).  Since it would be pointless to duplicate




the effort which has gone into such studies, the present section will




build upon the information provided in the Water Quality Criteria book

-------
                                  254
(mentioned above)  and interpret this information within the context of




the construction activity problem.






                     Biological Effects of Temperature






     Temperature exerts a controlling influence on the lives of aquatic




organisms.  All have upper and lower thermal tolerance limits, optimum




temperatures for growth, preferred  temperatures in thermal gradients,




and temperature limitations for migration, spawning, and egg incubation.




All of these factors vary in relation to life history stage, season of




the year, and immediate prehistory of the organism.  Temperature response




is also dependent upon the rate of change of the thermal regime.  In




addition, temperature affects the response of organisms to other environ-




mental factors.




     Temperature affects the aquatic environment in many ways.  It influences




the density of the water and may be largely responsible for the establish-




ment of stratification which inhibits mixing.  It determines the presence




or absence of an ice cover, and it determines the oxygen carrying capacity




of the water.  Both through its direct affects on the organisms and through




the indirect effects of environmental modification, temperature determines,




in large measure, the composition of aquatic communities.




     Construction activities affect the temperature of aquatic systems in




several ways.  Removal of floodplain vegetation eliminates shading and




leads to temperature elevation in streams  (Gray and Edington, 1969).




Turbidity, which results from a variety of types of construction activity,




also leads to temperature elevation.  Replacement of riparian vegetation




with roadways and other hard surfaces causes depressed stream levels and




reduced flow rates during dry weather and  to rapid run-off and quick

-------
                                   255
elevation of stream flow following rains.  These factors are accompanied




by sudden and extreme fluctuation in stream temperatures.  Chapman (1962)




reviewed the effects of logging activities on west coast streams, and his




discussion of the effects of removal of the riparian vegetation are quite




revealing.




     "Summer stream temperature regimes following logging depend largely




upon what happens to riparian vegetation during logging.  Streams shaded




by vegetation tend to be cooler than their more open counterparts (Cormack,




1949; Green, 1950).  Scattered checks of similar logged and unlogged




drainages in Oregon's Alsea River basin have shown temperatures to be as




much as ten degrees greater in logged areas where riparian vegetation was




completely removed.  Winter temperature minima can be expected to be lower




in exposed streams than is the case in well-covered ones (Green, 1950)."




     "Stream temperatures may rise following logging to levels at which




high mortality of salmonids will occur.  A less obvious effect is the possi-




ble increase in parasitism and disease in warmer water (Davis, 1953).




Certain "coarse" fishes may move into salmonid habitat if stream tempera-




tures rise."




     "Decreases in winter stream temperature minima following any removal




of streamside vegetation would be harmful to incubating embryos in certain




circumstances.  Lower winter temperatures would extend considerably the




incubation period for all fall or winter-spawning fish, and this category




includes most of the salmonids likely to be in streams of the Pacific




Coast.  The longer embryos remain in the gravel, the more probable is the




occurrence of severe floods and unfavorable intragravel water conditions.




Extension of fry emergence beyond normal could increase losses to preda-




tors and decrease growth increment in the first year of life."

-------
                                  256
     Dams greatly influence the temperature of the downstream water, and




this effect may persist for many miles.   Continuous and steady release




from a given reservoir level may stabilize the stream temperature and




dampen normal daily or seasonal temperature variation patterns.  Upper




level release tends to elevate the stream temperature, whereas lower




level release depresses the temperature.   Neel (1963) pointed out   that




reservoirs delay temperature rise in the spring and decline in the autumn,




since more time is required for their relatively great volumes of water




to approach air temperatures.  They also postpone ice formation and spring




breakup.  Such deviations from the normal stream temperature patterns




are reflected in the biological makeup of the stream communities.




Lehmkuhl (1972) found that the kinds and numbers of aquatic insects was




greatly reduced below a dam, and he attributed this to the altered ther-




mal patterns.  This effect was still evident 70 miles downstream.  In some




instances cold-water fauna has replaced warm-water fauna in the tailwaters




of dams where hypolimnic release occurs during the summer months (Neel, 1963)




     The effects of temperature on aquatic plants and animals has been




thoroughly considered by various authors in the book edited by Krenkel




and Parker (1969).  A few of the more important effects are mentioned




here.  Insect stream drift increases with a rise in temperature (Waters,




1968).  Survival of aquatic crustaceans decreases as the temperature ap-




proaches the thermally lethal value (Hair, 1971).  Oysters are better able




to survive low salinity conditions if the temperature also is low (Butler,




1952) , and under conditions of osmotic stress the upper lethal temperature




of the ribbed mussel is depressed (Waugh and Garside, 1971).  At low tem-




peratures fishes consume a smaller quantity of food and a smaller range of




prey than at higher temperatures (Keast, 1968).  At low temperatures the

-------
                                  257
rate of food digestion is retarded (Brett and Higgs, 1970; Molnar and Tolg, 1962),




and the rate of growth is slowed (Coble, 1967).  On the other hand, heat




stressed fishes are more vulnerable to predation (Sylvester, 1972; 1973),




more susceptible to disease (Plumb, 1973), and less tolerant of certain




forms of pollution such as zinc (Burton, et_ ai_ 1972).  Tolerance for low




oxygen (Moss and Scott, 1961)  and nitrogen supersaturation (Ebel, et al




1971) is reduced at higher temperatures.  Water temperature controls and




may delay salmon migrations (Major and Mitchell, 1966), and temperature




plays a major role in the survival of fish eggs (Bailey and Evans, 1971)




and in the rate of embryonic development (Garside, 1966).  There can be




no doubt that modification of the normal temperature level, seasonal




pattern, or rate of change induces widespread and profound changes in the




biological composition of aquatic systems.







              Biological Effects of pH and Associated Factors






     The factor pH is an indication of hydrogen ion activity.  pH values




below 7.0 indicate acid and those above 7.0 indicate alkaline conditions.




In natural waters low pH values may be due to the accumulation of free




carbon dioxide (which combines with water to form carbonic acid) or to




organic acids (especially humic and fulvic acids) which may be leached




from highly organic soils of bogs, swamps, and marshes.  The organic




acids are derived from partial decomposition of organic matter, especially




in anaerobic environments.  Naturally occuring high pH values are asso-




ciated with areas rich in alkaline minerals (calcium, magnesium, potassium,




and sodium).  Certain groups of salts act as natural buffering systems




which tend to maintain rather stable pH values in natural waters.  In




freshwater the carbonate system is the primary buffer, but in marine




water  phosphates, sulfates, and other groups are also important.

-------
                                   258
     Construction activities may modify the pH of wetlands in several




ways.  Any significant rise in turbidity is likely to be accompanied




by an increase in carbon dioxide with a reduction in pH.  Release of




hypolimnic bottom water  from dams may lower the pH of the downstream




waters.  Dredging operations which disturb the anaerobic layers of stream,




estuary, and lake bottoms tend to lower the pH of the overlying waters.




Creation of conditions of poor circulation or organic enrichment will




also lead to accumulation of carbon dioxide and reduction in pH.  Crea-




tion of canals in high organic environments such as marshes and swamps




permits leaching of organic acids into natural waters with consequent




lowering of the pH.  Spoil banks created from such high organic material




are inevitably acid.  As discussed in some detail earlier, mining wastes




leach out large quantities of sulfuric acid which lower the pH of wetland




environments often well below the tolerance limits of all forms of life.




     Many of the natural waters of the nation are rich in alkaline metals




and, therefore, they are buffered against severe reduction in pH which




might be occasioned by moderate disturbance.  This is especially true




where there are ample limestone and dolomite formations and where the soils




are rich in lime compounds.  These are so-called "hard water" areas.  "Soft




waters" have poor buffering capacities and often exhibit naturally low pH




values.  Even minor additions of acidic materials may have significant




biological effects in such waters.  These are encountered especially where




streams drain coniferous forests and bogs and in the swampy and marshy areas




of the south Atlantic and Gulf states.




     The most significant construction-related activity affecting pH of




the nation's waters is mining.  As discussed earlier5spoil piles and mine




tailings are generally rich in sulfides which, as a result of oxidation and

-------
                                   259
hydrolysis, yield sulfuric acid in quantity.  The volume is frequently suf-




ficient to overcome the natural buffer system and lower the pH well below




the tolerance levels of all species.  The significance of such acid mining




wastes has been discussed by Spaulding and Ogden (1968).




     "Thousands of miles of streams and many reservoirs have been polluted




with sulphuric acid and will not sustain fish life (Kinney, 1964).  In many




areas this is not a permanent condition but a periodic thing; fish move




into the area and survive for a few months only to be wiped out by the first




runoff that brings an acid discharge.  Acids change the water quality of




streams into which they are discharged, affecting the fish and wildlife in




several ways.  The acids may be in such concentrations as to be lethal; they




may be harmful because of anions of high toxicity or marked toxic properties




as dissociated molecules; and they may bring about changes in the fishes'




condition and rate of growth.  Acids also suppress or prevent reproduction




of desirable sport fishes."




     "All aquatic organisms have a pH tolerance range, and in some fish this




is exceedingly narrow.  For good sport fish production, it is essential to




control pH values between 5.6 and 8.5 most of the time (Stroud, 1967).  Al-




though fish can exist for short periods at slightly above and below this




range, pH readings lower than 6.0 are considered unfavorable for sport fishes,




The pH was recorded for each of the 448 streams examined in the random




sampling:  49 percent were below 6.0, and 16 percent were below 4.5.  Of




the 290 ponds  sampled, 46 percent had a pH below 6.0, and 20 percent were




below 4.5.  Forty-five percent of the streams and 53 percent of the ponds




had no fish.  Twenty percent of both the streams and the ponds had no visi-




ble aquatic life."




     "	 One of the worst fish kills in 1966 occurred after heavy rains




on the Allegheny River watershed in August.  Mine acid deposits were washed

-------
                                  260
into the river, causing the death of 1 million fish near Sharpsburg, Pa."




     "	 Coal mines abandoned 50 years ago in Appalachia still contribute




acid, silt, and sediment to downstream areas.  Toxic spoil which will not




support vegetation was evident in every Appalachian State visited.  The




leaching of acid from pyrite, marcasite, and other sulphur-bearing strata




is not a. rapid process even in areas having in excess of 50 inches of preci-




pitation annually.  Estimates of the time required to leach exposed acidic




materials in Appalachia range from 800 to 3,000 years."




     The pH tolerance of freshwater organisms varies from one species to




another (Wiebe, et_ ^_, 1934), but the greatest diversity and the highest




productivity occur within the range 5.6-8.5.  Most freshwater forms have




a fairly broad range of tolerance, but marine organisms are not adapted to




broad shifts in pH (Tarzwell, 1966), since seawater is highly buffered and




seldom shifts very much from about 8.0.  pH values influence tolerance of




aquatic organisms to low oxygen and other stressful conditions.  Of especial




importance is the fact that low pH values increase the solubility of some




heavy metals and also increase the toxicity of such metals to aquatic or-




ganisms (Tarzwell, 1966).  Low pH is often accompanied by high sulfide levels,




and the combination is especially toxic.




     High pH values are rather rare in natural waters, and they seldom re-




sult from construction activities.  However, Gushing and Olson (1963) demon-




strated rather clearly that burning of streamside vegetation added so much




alkaline ash to the water that the pH rose sharply from 7.8 to 11.1-11.3.




The level of potassium tripled, that of calcium and magnesium doubled, and




sodium rose slightly.  Water samples proved highly toxic to fishes, but when




they were neutralized with hydrochloric acid, no mortalities resulted.




     Except in the case of some industrial effluents and possibly mining




spoils, pH is seldom a major problem of itself.  Rather, modifications in pH

-------
                                   261
are often accompanied by other stressful factors  (low oxygen, high carbon




dioxide, high hydrogen sulfide, increased levels  of heavy metals, etc.).




It is the combination of pH with these other factors that causes most of




the biological damage.






               Biological Effects of Oxygen and Related Factors






     Oxygen is required for respiration by most aquatic organisms, and in-




deed water quality is often expressed primarily in terms of the dissolved




oxygen content.  The temperature of the water determines how much oxygen




a given volume of water can hold at saturation.  Colder water holds more




gas than warmer water, and any factor which elevates the temperature re-




duces the quantity of oxygen which can be held in solution.




     For a given temperature, the quantity of oxygen in a body of water de-




pends upon the rate at which it is introduced, the effectiveness of in-




ternal circulation for oxygen transport, and the rate at which it is utilized.




Oxygen is introduced through atmospheric exchange and photosynthesis.  At-




mospheric exchange takes place across the surface interface, and this ex-




change may be increased through surface disturbance, such as ripple and




wave action, and through rapid and turbulent flow of the water, as In fast




streams.  Riffle areas create disorganized flow patterns, waves, and




splashes which greatly facilitate aeration of stream water.   Any factors




which reduce the surface area, interfere with surface gas exchange, retard




current flow, or decrease turbulence would be expected to reduce the quantity




of oxygen in the water.




     Through photosynthesis, green plants produce large quantities of oxygen.




Beds of rooted vegetation are very effective, as are the growths of filament-




ous algae which carpet rocks and stones of stream bottoms and the suspended

-------
                                   262






phytoplankton of lakes, ponds,  and estuaries.   Any factors which decrease




photosynthesis will reduce the  quantity of oxygen being produced within a




body of water.




     Oxygen is utilized in the  aquatic environment by all organisms which




carry on aerobic respiration.  This means that oxygen demand relates, in




large measure, to the level of  respiring plants and animals.  Normally res-




piration is held in check by the amount of readily oxidizable organic matter




present, but when the organic load is increased, as through the introduction




of sewage or other organic wastes, the bacterial population will rapidly in-




crease and elevate the oxygen demand.  A rise in temperature will increase




metabolic rates and hence oxygen demands of aquatic organisms.  Any chemicals




in the reduced state, such as sulfides, which enter the water also create a




chemical oxygen demand.




     For the most part, oxygen enters the water through the upper layers, and




the oxygen demand is often greatest either at or near the bottom.  For




these reasons, internal circulation is of vital importance in maintaining




healthy aquatic systems.  Any factors which interfere with vertical or hori-




zontal circulation patterns may be expected to lead to reduced oxygen or




anaerobic conditions in at least part of the system.  Oxygenation within the




estuary is a partial exception to the above rule.  Salt water enters the




estuary as a wedge of cool bottom water which may contain a higher level of




dissolved oxygen than the surface water.  However, in the absence of active




circulation oxygen may become depleted within the bottom salt water, leading




to stagnant conditions there.




     From the above considerations it is clear that every type of construc-




tion activity will effect the oxygen levels of aquatic environments, because




anything that retards flow rate,  increases turbidity, elevates temperature,

-------
                                    263
increases organic load, adds reduced chemicals, or reduces internal circula-




tion will decrease the level of dissolved oxygen.  Primary modes whereby




construction reduces the levels of dissolved oxygen are presented in Table




5.8.




     Most of our information on the effect of reduced oxygen derives from re-




search on fishes.  This literature has recently been reviewed by Doudoroff




and Shumway (1970) and summarized in the book, "Water Quality Criteria, 1972."




These authors point out that the eggs and early developmental stages tend to




be the most sensitive to low oxygen conditions and that sensitivity varies




from one species to another.  Nevertheless, very low oxygen levels (below




4.0 mg/1) are generally unfavorable for most fish species.  Considerably




less attention has been given to the oxygen requirements of aquatic inverte-




brates, but Nebeker (1972) has recently addressed this problem.  He found that




aquatic insects which respire with gills or through cuticular exchange generally




respond to low oxygen conditions much the same as fishes, i-£., there is con-




siderable variability in the sensitivity of different species, most of the




important species require fairly high concentrations, and some life history




stages are more sensitive than others.  For example, some insects could sur-




vive under oxygen tensions too low to permit emergence.  Considerable evidence




is now available to show that aquatic animals under stress of low oxygen are




less able to cope with additional stress conditions such as high temperature,




low pH, and chemical pollution.






                    Biological Effects of Carbon Dioxide






     Carbon dioxide enters aquatic systems through gaseous exchange with the




atmosphere and through the respiration of aquatic organisms, especially the




microorganisms.  In healthy aquatic environments the carbon dioxide level

-------
                                       264
Table  5.8.  Primary modes whereby major types  of construction activities

             reduce the levels of dissolved oxygen in wetland environments,
                 Modes  of

                  effect
      Type of

    construction

      activity
                                    §
                                   iH
                                   M-l
14-1
o

a
o
•H
4-1
o
                                        a)
                                        4J
                                        4J
                                        cd
     0
     o
     •r<
     4J
     cd
     r-(
     3
     o
     M
                                        o
                                        e
0)
O

g
M
0)
CU
4J
c
    •X)
    cfl
    o
                                             g
         T3
         a)
         01

         13
         QJ
0)
a
co
3
CO
                                             (U
                                             CO
                                             cd
                                             
         cd
         o
         •H
                           cd
                           1-1
                           4-1
                           CO
                                                              CU
         1
         CU
         o
         a
         cd
                           CO
                          •H
                           CO
                           01
4-1
o

a
o
•H
4-1
O
                                                                       cu
                                                                       t>o
                               to
                                                                       T3
                                                                       cd
                                                                       o
u-t
o

c
o
•H
4J
ccj
4-1
QJ
t>0
CU
                                        O
                                        ex
I-l
CU
                                        4J
                                        4J
                                        o
                                        PQ
Floodplain construction


Mining activities


Dam construction

   - upstream


   - immediately downstream


   - far downstream


Dredging and spoil

   placement
                      X
x
X
         X
                      X
                  X
                                        X
             X

-------
                                    265
seldom exceeds 5 mg/1, but much higher values occur in waters polluted with




organic wastes.  Carbon dioxide influences aquatic organisms in three pri-




mary ways.  It is an important component of the alkaline buffer system of




natural waters, it may interfere with respiration and behavior, and it acts




synergistically with other environmental factors.to create stress situations.




     The buffer system of most natural waters involves the reversible trans-




formation of carbon dioxide to carbonic acid to bicarbonate to carbonate, as




illustrated below.




               C02 %    ^  H2C03       ^ HC03~        •*» C03=




Free carbon dioxide and carbonate cannot coexist, since they would neutra-




lize each other to form bicarbonate.  At high pH values  carbonate is pre-




sent, but under acid conditions free carbon dioxide is liberated.  Labora-




tory studies have demonstrated that very high levels of free carbon dioxide




inhibit fish respiration, but such levels are seldom present in natural




waters.  However, it appears likely that sulfuric acid from mine spoils would




shift the carbonate equilibrium to the left temporarily liberating very large




amounts of free carbon dioxide.  The possibility of more subtle effects of




carbon dioxide change within the normal range cannot be ignored.  For ex-




ample, Sherer (1971) found that even slight shifts in carbon dioxide tension




(well within the normal range) could reduce and completely eliminate the




natural light-avoidance reaction of walleyes.




     The toxicity of certain pollutants such as heavy metals and metallo-




cyanide complexes to fishes may increase dramatically as a result of slight




reductions in pH.  Such reductions could be brought about by an increase in




free carbon dioxide.




     Construction activities increase the carbon dioxide concentration of




natural waters by increasing turbidity and sedimentation, lowering the pH,

-------
                                    266
decreasing the flow rate, and interfering with circulation patterns.  High




levels of turbidity and sedimentation are known to kill vegetation beds.




Upon death, the vegetation decomposes releasing carbon dioxide.  Sedimentary




particles provide surfaces for attachment of bacteria which produce carbon




dioxide.  In the absence of photosynthetic vegetation the carbon dioxide




level builds up.  Sediments inhibit free circulation in riffles leading to




build-up of carbon dioxide, inhibition of respiration, and death of fish




eggs and larvae, as well as insects and crustacean inhabitants of the riffles.




      Reduction in pH, as discussed above, also releases large quantities of




free carbon dioxide.  Reduction of minimal flow rates in streams leads to




stagnation of the pool areas.  Stream aeration, which normally results from




turbulent flow, is reduced, and the carbon dioxide, liberated by decomposing




organic matter and respiration of the aquatic plants and animals, builds up.




Stagnation also results when free circulation of estuaries is inhibited, and




when poor circulation occurs in marshland canals and in coastal areas where




free water movement is inhibited by bulkheads and other structures.






                    Biological Effects of Hydrogen Sulfide






     Hydrogen sulfide is a deadly gas which  is highly soluble in water.  Under




natural  conditions it results from the anaerobic decomposition of organic




matter,  and it  is a normal component of the  interstitial water of submerged




soils.   Under conditions of low oxygen and poor circulation it may  pass




through  the mud/water interface and saturate the bottom waters creating a




very inhospitable environment for most forms of life.




     Hydrogen sulfide also develops when  soluble sulfides enter the water




under  conditions of low  pH and when sulfates are introduced into reducing




environments  (as when seawater penetrates canals through coastal marshlands).

-------
                                  267






     Laboratory experiments have demonstrated that hydrogen sulfide at




very low concentrations is very toxic to certain benthic invertebrates




(Smith, 1971) and to fish eggs, fry, and juveniles.  It is also toxic to




larger fishes at slightly higher concentrations.  Adelman and Smith (1970)




found that low concentrations of hydrogen sulfide decreased growth rates




and induced anatomical malformations in northern pike fry.  Oseid and




Smith (1972) determined that young of the year bluegills suffered decreased




endurance and reduced growth rates when subjected to hydrogen sulfide.




Bonn and Follis (1947) showed that young catfish are more sensitive than




adults.  Experiments to date suggest that hydrogen sulfide is more toxic




under conditions of low oxygen (Shelford, 1917), low pH, and high tempera-




ture.  The fact that it enters aquatic systems from the sediments means




that the eggs and young of fishes and many of the important fish food or-




ganisms are apt to be subject to the highest concentrations when stagnant




conditions develop.




     Construction activities increase hydrogen sulfide levels by increasing




sedimentation and burial of organic matter, lowering of the oxygen and the




pH of the water, digging and stirring up of bottom sediments, low level




release of water from dams, canalization of coastal marshes (permitting sub-




sequent entry of salt water), reduction of minimal flow rates and internal




circulation patterns, and introduction of sulfides and acids into wetland




environments.  Considering the toxicity of hydrogen sulfide for most forms




of aquatic life, the book on "Water Quality Criteria, 1972" recommends that




the concentration of total sulfides not exceed 0.002 mg/1 at any time or




place.

-------
                                 268
  Biological Effects of Heavy Metals and Other Chemical Pollutants




     A considerable literature has recently developed concerning the effects




of chemical pollutants on aquatic organisms, and much of this information




is reviewed in the book, "Water Quality Criteria, 1972."  The topic is of




interest here insofar as it is influenced by construction activities.




Attention will be focused upon heavy metals, with some treatment of radio-




active isotopes and chlorinated hydrocarbons.




     Heavy metals enter aquatic systems both through natural erosional




processes and through human activities.  The importance of the latter




factor is illustrated by recent estimates indicating that human activities




place about 26 times as much mercury into the environment as that which




arrives by natural processes (6,000/230 metric tons/year, worldwide).




Through natural run-off, storm sewers, sewage and industrial outfalls,




and other means, much of the heavy metal released winds up in the nation's




wetlands.  Metals may exist in water as dissolved ions, in organic




complexes, adsorbed on clay particles, as suspended precipitates, or as




components of living or dead organisms.  In the metallic or the oxidized




forms most of the metals are relatively insoluble in water, and therefore,




they tend to accumulate in the bottom sediments grading downstream from




their points of entry.  All the metals differ from one another in specific




chemical and physical properties such as electronegativity, solubility




of the sulfide, order of chelate stability, affinity for plankton, etc.




Therefore, it is difficult to generalize about their processes and fates




in the wetland environment.  However, a few important points may be made.




     Reduction in pH often results in increased solubility of heavy metals.




Therefore, when acids are added to natural waters or when anaerobic




conditions develop, more heavy metals are placed into the water column.

-------
                                  269
The same occurs when metal-containing bottom sediments are thoroughly




stirred or dug up, as by dredging operations.  Free carbon dioxide




tends to reduce the pH, and this means that the gills of fishes and




other aquatic animals which may produce locally high concentrations of




carbon dioxide may effectively remove heavy metals from silt particles




in suspension.




     An important relationship exists between the carbonate content of




water (water hardness) and the toxicity of most heavy metals to fishes




and other aquatic animals.  As a general rule, the lower the carbonate




content, the more toxic is the metal.




     Among the heavy metals, mercury is somewhat unique because of the




ease with which microbes convert insoluble metallic mercury to soluble




methyl mercury.  In this form it may enter the biological food chains




and undergo magnification through different food chain steps.  The acute




toxicity of heavy metals apparently stems from their ability to poison




critical enzyme systems of the aquatic organisms, but lead and some




other metals are known to coagulate mucus on the gills of fishes which




may lead to suffocation as well as direct gill tissue damage.




     Construction activities increase the levels or toxicity of heavy




metals in several ways.  Mining activities place large quantities of




heavy metals into wetland environments, and at the same time they add




large quantities of sulfuric acid.  The latter reduces the pH and




eliminates the carbonate, greatly intensifying the .toxicity of the




metals.  Ditching of floodplains ultimately results in rapid runoff of




surface water from urban, industrial, and agricultural areas which may




bring loads of heavy metals.  Dams encourage sediment accumulation and




heavy metal retention in the unflushed downstream areas.  Hypolimnic

-------
                                 270





release may decrease the pH.   Dredging resuspends the metal-containing




sediments.  Canalization of coastal wetlands permits penetration of




saltwater and may lead to precipitation of the contained metals.




     Radioactivity may be associated with a variety of chemical elements,




including heavy metals.  Of particular interest here is the fact that a




number of radioactive materials are known to be easily adsorbed to the




surface of suspended particles so that they may be removed from the water




column and placed in the sediments (Lackey, et_ al, 1959).  Dredging




activities may ultimately resuspend this material after it has become




very concentrated.  Much of the radioactivity of natural waters is




derived from the spoils of mining activities.  The dangers of radio-




activity are well known and need not be detailed here.




     Long-lived chlorinated hydrocarbons likewise tend to be adsorbed




to suspended particles and to accumulate in bottom sediments only to be




released in quantity later.  The toxicity of chlorinated hydrocarbons




to terrestrial insects is widely recognized, but they also can be




quite lethal to aquatic insects and crustaceans.




     Estuaries represent a special problem because of their tendency to




trap sediments containing heavy metals, radioactive materials, chlorinated




hydrocarbons, and other pollutants.  The possibility of raising such




materials during dredging operations should be thoroughly investigated.

-------
                                  271
                              Chapter 6
                              SYNTHESIS

     Wetland environments and aquatic ecosystems are valuable national
assets which simply cannot be discarded through accident, ignorance,
indifference, or design.  Although considerable attention has through
the years been focused on chemical water pollution and water quality
standards, this is only one aspect of the more general problem of
wetland protection.  As repeatedly demonstrated in the preceding pages,
rampant construction activities are rapidly eliminating wetland habitats
and changing the characteristics of others, generally for the worse.
Such modifications are nationwide in their effects, and only a portion
of the modifications would normally be considered under the heading of
water pollution, as it is usually considered.  It remains in the present
chapter to highlight the causes of wetland deterioration and the major
patterns of response, to point out immediate steps which may be taken to
reverse the trend of wetland deterioration, and to provide a focus on
protection of wetland environments of the future.

       Wetland Deterioration - Causes and Response Patterns

                  Causes of Wetland Deterioration

     Clearly, the most critical cause of wetland deterioration is loss
of wetland habitat.  Construction of a dam automatically eliminates a
stretch of river habitat upstream for the length of the reservoir and
downstream to the limit of severe waterflow modification.  Construction
of levees leads to absolute obliteration of the wetland habitat of the
"protected" floodplain.  Canalization and saltwater encroachment destroy
the wetland habitat values of coastal marshlands.  Heavy siltation
eliminates riffle and pool habitats.  Mining wastes totally destroy

-------
                                  272
aquatic and riparian systems.  The list is long and can be well documented.




Unquestionably, over one half of the native wetland systems of the nation




have been eliminated or so severely modified that they bear little




resemblance to the original ecosystem types.




     The second most critical cause of wetland deterioration is chronic




stress.  Modification of flow rates and seasonal flow patterns, and




particularly the elimination of peak flows, has greatly altered species




compositions and standing crops in wetlands affected by dams, dredging,




channelization, canalization, and levee construction.  Leaching spoil




piles, saltwater encroachment, loss of riparian vegetation and nutrients




and loss of beach nourishment have created chronic distress problems for




wetland systems.




     The third cause is the short-term but locally severe effect




associated with individual construction projects.  After completion of




the project reinvasion may permit gradual reestablishment of the original




aquatic system.  This type of problem would be of little overall conse-




quence if it were not for the fact that so many construction projects




are currently in progress.  A bridge, a local highway on a floodplain,




a dredging project, a drainage ditch, a pier, a port—on and on.  These




little projects all over the county are pecking away at the nation's




wetlands and creating a massive cumulative general problem.




     The fourth cause of wetland deterioration may properly be termed




wetland pollution, per se.  Floodplain construction leads to rapid




runoff of surface water from urban, industrial, and transportation pave-




ments, together with all the vehicular and other chemical pollutants




associated with human activities.  Riparian canalization engenders to  the




same results.  Mining wastes produce chemical pollutants involving acids,




metal  sulfides and oxides, and radioactive materials.  Dredging releases

-------
                                  273
a variety of chemical pollutants from the sediments.  Dams may create




nitrogen gas supersaturation, and so on.  Chemical pollution is important,




but it is not the most important by-product of construction unless,




perhaps, suspended sediments are included as a major type of pollution.






                   Patterns of Wetland Response






     Patterns of wetland ecosystem response to disturbance may be




viewed from the perspective of space or time.  Potential upstream-




downstream response patterns are diagrammatically illustrated in




Figure 6.1-A.  By whatever measure is used (species composition, diversity,




standing crop, productivity, etc.) the original ecosystem is eliminated




from a stretch of habitat downstream from the construction site.  Further




downstream, as a result of sedimentation, dilution, neutralization, etc.,




the effect is diminished, and the undamaged system may eventually be




found.  Such responses are commonly produced downstream from sites of




pollution, heavy siltation, and other forms of water quality modification.




     A two-stage response is shown in Figure 6.1-B.  Immediately down-




stream from the construction site one level of response is evident, but




farther downstream a second pattern of response appears.  For example,




by reduction of water flow, a dam may have a moderate effect upon the




stream ecosystem but a major effect upon that of the estuary or nearby




coast.  Modification of flow patterns, flow volumes, and nutrient loads




may fall into this category.




     Both upstream and downstream responses are shown in Figure 6.1-C.




This demonstrates the effect of impoundment on a stretch of stream.  Up-




stream the native stream biota is eliminated in favor of reservoir




(= lake-like) biota, and downstream it may be eliminated or replaced,

-------
                                 274
        A.



/
/
/
I
\ s
             I
                  INTENSE EFFECT
RECOVERY
 ZONE
          CONSTRUCTION
             SITE
         LITTLE EFFECT
      DOWNSTREAM
        B.
                     INITIAL EFFECT
          CONSTRUCTION
             SITE
       SECOND EFFECT

^  DOWNSTREAM
        C.
X
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
S
/
1
1
1
1
*
j
s
              UPSTREAM
          DOWNSTREAM
                               CONSTRUCTION
                                SITE
Figure  6.1. Upstream-downstream patterns of wetland  ecosystem response
            to construction disturbance. A. Simple downstream effect
            followed by gradual recovery. B. Two-stage response. C.
            Response both upstream and downstream of construction site.
            For further explanation,  see text.

-------
                                  275
depending upon water release patterns.  Far downstream the original




stream ecosystem may still be encountered.




     Potential time response patterns are illustrated in Figure 6.2.




Elimination followed by complete (a) or partial (b) recovery is shown




in Figure 6.2-A.  This is the typical pattern encountered in recovery




from chemical pollution, local dredging projects, and short-term




modification of flow rates, riparian vegetation, and the like.  Depend-




ing upon the nature and extent of the damage, recovery may be total or




partial.




     In the second case (Figure 6.2-B) initial stimulation is followed




by a longer-range reduction in production or diversity.  This is the




pattern which is likely to be exhibited following floodplain devegetation




and nutrient leaching.  Although there is initial stimulation, once the




organic and inorganic nutrients are gone the system settles down to a




lower level equilibrium.  Although positive proof is lacking, it is




highly probable that most of the nation's wetlands which have been




subjected to floodplain devegetation or heavy siltation have followed




this pattern and now exist in the low equilibrium chronic phase.




     Another response pattern is that which exhibits a delayed effect




(Figure 6.2-C).  This may result from life history peculiarities,




environmental idiosyncrosies, multiple construction projects, or a




combination of these.  Stream siltation at one season may reduce




salmon and trout spawning at another season.  Chemical pollution may




permit aquatic insects to survive for awhile, but not to emerge or




reproduce.  Water diversion at one season may lead to reduction in




stream flow at another, especially if coupled with a drought period.




Heavy metals gradually added to wetland bottom sediments through the

-------
                                 276
             A.


1
g
I
LEVEL ff
1
1 _
1 x'
/•'
                       INHIBITION    RECOVERY   NO EFFECT OR
                                           CHRONIC EFFECT
             B.
                       STIMULATION
                                         CHRONIC EFFECT
             C.
                          LAG TIME
                                           INHIBITION
             D.
                        / -
                    1  SUBSTITUTION     CHRONIC MODIFICATION

                   CONSTRUCTION
                   PERIOD        TIME  	Jfc-
Figure 6.2. Time-related  patterns  of wetland  ecosystem response to
             construction  disturbance.  A. Elimination  followed by
             complete  (a)  or partial  (b) recovery. B.  Stimulation
             followed by depression.  C. Delayed response.  D. Substi-
             tution response.

-------
                                  277
years may be suddenly released by a dredging project.  Delayed response




patterns are probably more common than is generally recognized.




     In the final case (Figure 6.2-D) one set of species is substituted




for another with little apparent reduction in diversity, production, or




other characteristics.  To the untrained observer this may make little




difference, but it may be of considerable ecological and even economic




importance.  If upstream impoundment reduces stream flow causing a




marked salinity increase within an estuary the resulting faunal shift may




not show up in simple species counts and diversity indices, and it may




make little theoretical difference.   At stake, however, are thousands




of dollars worth of commercially harvestable fish, shrimp, crab, and




oyster populations which will potentially be damaged or lost as a




result of the salinity shift.




     The ecosystem response patterns illustrated above are not mutually




exclusive, but they can grade into one another.  Nor is the above




treatment exhaustive, since other response modes could have been given.




The real significance of such patterns is that they demonstrate a




reasonable degree of predictability of cumulative biological phenomena




in response to human manipulation, and predictability of response is the




necessary basis for intelligent natural resource management.  With the




accumulation of more detailed and specific information we may look forward




to an increasingly sophisticated wetland management capability.






     Immediate Steps Toward Reduction of Wetland Deterioration






     Although major gaps in our knowledge clearly exist, much is now




definitely known concerning the effects of specific types of construction




activity on wetland environments, and a great deal more can be presumed

-------
                                  278







from related studies.  On the basis of information presented herein,




the following steps may be taken now to reverse the nationwide trend




toward wetland deterioration and destruction.




• Establishment of wetland sanctuaries.  Subject to the twin pressures




of construction and pollution, the wetland environments are disappearing




and deteriorating.  This pressure is being placed more upon certain




environmental types than upon others, and some are more sensitive than




others.  Some of the wetland types are more valuable than others as




habitat for endangered, economically important, or esthetically interest-




ing species.  The more sensitive and the more pressured wetlands cannot




be expected to survive, ecologically and genetically intact, without




deliberate protective intervention.  Such sites are of primary importance




to protect representative and endangered wetland ecosystem types from




further deterioration.  However, such sanctuaries should provide numerous




secondary advantages, such as scientific study sites for aquatic eco-




system function, environmental quality monitoring sites, and control




areas for environmental manipulation studies (Darnell, e_t_ _al_, 1974).




• Curtailment of the most environmentally destructive types of




construction project.  Technology without reason is a monster.  Not




everything that is doable is worth doing.  We are entering an age when




the old cliches about "progress," "development," "growth," and so on




simply do not hold water, of themselves.  It is an age when individual




projects must be justified on their own merit in light of the social,




economic, and environmental costs.  In such an atmosphere of public




scrutiny it is important to consider all of the alternative means of




achieving desirable social goals and to refrain from carrying out those




construction projects whose environmental price is too high.  It is worth




noting here that the rarer a given type of wetland ecosystem becomes, the

-------
                                  279






more valuable it becomes to society as a means of preserving components




of a living system which may be of critical importance in preserving




the options of future generations.  Who will decide to destroy the last




riffle?




• Amelioration of the effects of necessary construction.  For those




projects which are judged to be socially desirable, every effort should




be made to ensure that the environmentally least damaging methods are




employed, even if such methods are not always the most economical in




the short run.  A great deal of the present wetland problem stems from




lack of incentive to protect the environment, rather than lack of tech-




nological capability.  Adequate sedimentation basins should be built




into storm sewer discharge systems.  Dredging operations should incorporate




settling basins, if on land and sediment curtains if spoil must be released




in the water.  Marshland canals should all be gated to prevent saltwater




intrusion.  Dams and levees should contain adequate engineering and




management provisions for release of freshwater to streams, floodplains,




swamps, and marshes in order to maintain favorable flow and overflow




patterns to protect aquatic wildlife values.  In planning construction




projects consideration should be given to seasonal ecological patterns




so that habitat modification would not violate breeding and nursery




activities.




     Each construction project should give adequate attention to the




matter of "good housekeeping."  Sloppy engineering practices can lead to




unnecessary erosion and chemical pollution, excess habitat destruction,




and accumulation of undesirable construction litter.  Contracts should




specify quality control of environmental damage during the progress of




construction and thorough clean-up when a project is terminated.




Adequate monitoring should also be provided for.

-------
                                  280







• Adoption of effective environmental quality criteria.   The information




presented in the book "Water Quality Criteria,  1972" is  exceptionally




detailed and scientifically sound, and if its recommendations are adopted




and enforced they will go a long way toward maintaining  ecologically




viable aquatic systems.  However, they are not alone sufficient to




prevent significant wetland deterioration and destruction.  They are




essentially pollution-related standards, and they do not really address




many of the wetland problems resulting from engineering activities.




An additional set of criteria is necessary to handle the following types




of problems:




     - wetland nutrient loss through floodplain devegetation




     - wetland habitat loss through dumping and filling




     - wetland habitat loss through riparian ditching, canalization,




       leveeing, and spoil-banking




     - maintenance of minimally adequate flow rates




     - provision for adequate peak flows




     - provision for ecologically appropriate seasonal flow regimes




     - maintenance of adequate water levels




     - maintenance of appropriate internal circulation patterns




     - prevention of saltwater intrusion




     - prevention of excess bottom sedimentation




Tarzwell  (1957) listed the environmental requirements of fishes as




follows:




     - favorable water supply




     - suitable spawning areas




     - adequate food supply for all age groups




     - good  shelter

-------
                                  281
He also pointed out that the suitability depends upon quantity, quality,




and permanence.  These criteria apply, as well, to the other inhabitants




of aquatic ecosystems.  Protection of water quality is important, but it




should be coupled with adequate attention to the other factors which make




for favorable wetland habitats.  Environmental protection involves




sophisticated environmental management, not just pollution control.




Such management should incorporate considerations of ecosystem function




(which cannot adequately be reflected by acute species toxicity studies




in the laboratory).  Above all, environmental management should include




adequate monitoring and enforcement.




• Adoption of a requirement for post-construction environmental




impact statements.  At the present time, once a construction has been




approved the contractor may or may not meet the conditions predicted




in the pre-construction environmental impact statement.  Certainly, in




many cases there is far greater environmental damage than originally




predicted.  In order to increase the truth of predictions and to provide




a firmer basis for future predictions, post-construction studies should




be run to determine how accurate the predictions were and how much the




predicted damage has been exceeded.




• Devotion of special attention to sensitive or endangered habitat




or ecosystem types.  Adoption of uniform water quality standards for the




United States, while administratively desirable, in a sense ignores




regional and local ecological needs.  As a supplement to nationwide




minimal standards, there should be recognition of the fact that certain




types of wetland areas are now in trouble and that special precautions




should be taken to preserve environmental quality in those wetland types




which are in jeopardy.  Some types of wetland area are threatened because

-------
                                  282
they are often put to other uses which are incompatible with their




natural qualities.  Included among such areas are the following:




     - stream sections between bluffs which may be the only stretches




       of swift water for miles (especially amenable to damming)




     - certain floodplain types (which are easily destroyed by levees




       or canals and drainage ditches)




     - shallow ponds and marshes near urban developments (which are




       readily filled for land development)




     - coastal marshes and swamps (which are attractive for mineral




       extraction, land fill, drainage, and other activities)




     - estuaries  (which may be damaged directly through dredging and




       development or indirectly through modification of freshwater




       inflow or nutrient inputs.




Other types of wetland areas are in danger because of their rarity or




sensitivity to human activities.  Examples of these include the




following:




     - springs and spring runs of the arid southwest and Great Basin




       region (such small isolated areas are often the habitat for




       rare species, and they are exceptionally sensitive to water




       withdrawal)




     - small streams, in general (these are quite sensitive to even




       modest modifications because of their small size)




     - riffle areas of streams of all sizes (these are especially




       sensitive  to siltation damage)




     - habitats of rare or endangered species (rare species often occur




       in groups because they frequently occupy unique types of habitats)

-------
                                  283
Sophisticated management of the nation's wetlands will require special




attention to such special environments if wetland diversity is to be




retained.




• Restoration of degraded environments.  Many of the nation's degraded




wetland environments can be partially or fully restored through remedial




action.  Although there is much to be learned about the technology of



environmental restoration, a great deal is now known, and this informa-





tion should be put to use on a broad scale.  Examples of remedial




measures which might be undertaken now to restore degraded wetland




habitat types include the following:




     - creation of new riffles (by use of bulldozers, etc.) and




       desedimentation of old ones (by use of hoses and water jets)




     - liming of acid waters to raise the pH




     - aeration of hypolimnic waters of reservoirs and low-oxygen or




       anaerobic areas of streams, marshland canals, and estuaries




       (by means of pumps and perforated hoses)




     - restoration of coastal marshes and swamps by increased fresh-




       water release




     - gating of coastal marshland and swampland canals to prevent




       saltwater intrusion and to reduce erosion of canal banks




     - stabilization of wetland margins through revegetation projects




     - reestablishment of damaged marshlands through plantings of




       marshgrasses (especially, Spartina)




     - reestablishment of submarine meadows through plantings of




       submerged grasses (especially, Zostera and Thalassia)

-------
                                  284
Examples of remedial measures which might be taken now to restore




terrestrial and riparian environments which degrade wetland habitats




include the following:




     - neutralization and revegetation of spoil banks and levees




     - contouring, neutralization, and revegetation of mine waste piles




     - opening of levees to permit periodic floodplain flooding




     - creation of settling basins and other sediment traps near the




       stream-entrance of drainage ditches and storm sewer outlets.




There is considerable room for the application of creative engineering




to the problem of wetland restoration.




• Synthesis and dissemination of knowledge concerning the effects of




construction activities in wetlands and what can be done about them.




The present volume has covered the main issues concerning the effects




of construction activities in wetland environments and it has pinpointed




a few of the remedies, but it has by no means exhausted these topics.




What is now needed is the information which can be provided by




specialists in the relevant disciplines and especially those who are




knowledgeable about the specific problems of different regions of the




nation.  This knowledge can and should be brought together through a




series of conferences and reports.  The information thus obtained could




serve as the basis for establishment of effective environmental protec-




tion and restoration policy which is technically sound and sensitive to




regional and local environmental requirements.  The information should




also be widely disseminated so that it could be put to most effective




use by regulatory agencies, construction firms, and local environmental




groups.

-------
                                  285
                       The Longer-Range View






     Maintenance of the quality of the nation's wetlands is one subset




of the more general problem of overall environmental protection.  Nor




can wetlands really be protected without attention to environmental




quality on land and in the atmosphere.  This is so because of the water




solubility of so many substances and because of the downstream,




gravity-based aspects of the hydrological and erosional cycles.




Practically everything that civilization does, sooner or later affects




the wetlands.  Therefore, in the future wetland protection must be




wedded to a total national program for environmental protection which



begins in the uplands and carries through into the sea.  The grand




cycles of nature can help us or defeat us, depending upon whether we




work with or against them.




     Long-range maintenance of environmental quality in the nation's




wetlands involves several additional aspects which should be clearly




recognized and addressed.  Increasing human populations and rising




levels of technology will unquestionably place more pressures on the




nation's wetland environments in the future, and without adequate




safeguards such pressures will lead to further stress, genetic simpli-




fication, species extinction, ecosystem deterioration, and habitat loss.




On the other hand, society is becoming aware of the values of natural




ecosystems and sensitive to the environmental cost of technological




advance, and it is becoming more willing to accept the real costs of




environmental protection.  Furthermore, the technology for environmental




improvement is beginning to be developed, and if stimulated, it could




become highly sophisticated within a few years.  The real problems are




— what do we want in the way of environmental quality and how do we




get there?

-------
                                  286
           Definition of Desired Environmental Condition






     Systematic planning begins with a clear definition of the desired




future state or condition.  If we do not have a definite set of goals,




we are not likely to achieve them.  Along the way we are apt to lose




a little here and a little there, gradually foreclosing on the options




of future generations.  Therefore, we must decide now what kind of




environment we want, say — twenty years (one human generation) from




now, and take deliberate steps to insure the capability of achieving




it.  Definition of the desired future environment should be accomplished




by a high-level committee of private citizens, governmental representa-




tives, and technological specialists.  It should address itself not




only to the environmental state definition, but also to the social




and institutional framework which will be required to monitor and maintain




the environment in the desired state in light of society's other projected




demands upon the environmental resources.  Such planning should be




instituted now.






       Maintenance of Environmental Quality as an Exercise




                         in Quality Control






     In a political sense, maintenance of environmental quality means




retention of resource options for future generations.  In a biological




sense, it means perpetuation of basic genetic diversity within the




context of the functional integrity of the nation's major ecosystem




types.  In an engineering sense, it is an exercise in quality control




(Darnell and Shimkin, 1972).  Our pathway to  the future is a narrow

-------
                                  287
track balanced between society's demands, on the one hand, and the




genetic-ecological constraints, on the other.




     Two levels of environmental constraint may be recognized, condi-




tional and categorical.  Conditional constraints rest in the realm of




negotiation and compromise.  Whereas, transgression of such constraints




need not permanently bind future generations, recovery from such




intrusion will be expensive in time and resources.  Categorical con-




straints, however, are absolute.  It is the nature of biological




resources that, with protection, they are infinitely renewable,, but




they become extinct with finality.  An extinct species is non-renewable,




and it cannot be recycled.  In proceeding from the present to the desired




future condition, short-term decisions must be made concerning the




impact-environmental quality balance, but provision must be made for




environmental recovery, and the absolute boundary conditions must, at




all times, be respected.







                  Definition of Boundary Conditions






     In proceeding toward the desired future state there must be a clear




definition of the allowable limits of the impact of our technological




society upon the nation's ecological heritage.  This presupposes




reasonable definition of the absolute requirements of the basic life




support system (absolute constraints), as well as definition of the




ability of ecological systems to withstand chronic pressure short of the



absolute limits.  In most instances we do not now have such information,




and until we can state with considerable certainty that we possess such



knowledge, our wisest course of action is to define permissible impact



levels well short of potential ecosystem destruction.

-------
                                 288
     Another matter of considerable importance is the fact that safe




planning for the future will involve a change in our basic approach to




the environment.  As recently discussed by Darnell,  et_ ad (1974)...




"In the past, much of the regional and state planning has focused upon




immediate or short-range societal goals, recognizing certain natural




constraints.  The emphasis must now be reversed.  The goal of planners




must be to sustain the vital processes of the nation, recognizing certain




societal constraints."  The emphasis here is upon protection of the vital




ecological and genetic processes.  This is the crux of the environmental




protection problem, and it brings up the question as to whether or not




water quality standards, setting permissible levels of environmental




stress, are really protective in the long-range view.  They are necessary,




but are they enough?  Ultimately environmental protection must be grounded




upon solid genetic and ecological considerations and not simply upon




habitat factors.  To reach this degree of sophistication of environmental




protection will require a great deal of basic and applied research, and




plans for obtaining the necessary technical knowledge should be laid now.




     Environmental impact statements have proven to be of great value




in assessing potential environmental damage.  However, a number of short-




comings may be noted.  Too often they address only the physical and




chemical changes while giving only lip service to the critical biological




issues.  Too often they are prepared by individuals who are not well




grounded in basic science and who are unfamiliar with the pertinent litera-




ture.  Too often they consider only the immediate impacts while ignoring




the longer-range and downstream ecosystem consequences.  Too often the




critical information simply isn't available and one is forced to fall back

-------
                                 289
on educated guesswork.  At this level the definition of boundary condi-




tions stands in need of improvement.  With refinement the environmental




impact statement can become a much more valuable tool in the future.






  Improving the Technical Basis of Environmental Impact Statements






     Major improvement of the quality of environmental impact statements




rests, in large measure, upon the development of a more definitely pre-




dictive data base.  Two types of information are specifically required.




We need to develop a more sophisticated understanding of the composition




and functions of the wetlands themselves, and we need to understand how




such systems respond to various specific forms of human perturbation.




The present review of the literature dealing with these two problems has




been quite revealing.  There are readily identifiable gaps in our know-




ledge, and much of the important literature on the effects of ecosystem




disturbance is scattered through relatively inaccessable reports.  A




concerted effort to remedy these problems is in order.  In laying the




basis for more sophisticated environmental impact statements of the future,




the following matters should be considered.




• Filling in of major gaps in ecological knowledge.  At the present time




we are woefully ignorant of the ecology of large streams.  There apparently




has never been a major ecological study of the Mississippi River south of




the entrance of the Ohio River, and most of the other large streams of




the nation are very poorly known.  Many faunal surveys have been carried




out on the nation's continental shelves, but most of the shelves have




never been subjected to critical ecological analysis.  For example, it is




impossible on the basis of existing literature to state with certainty




the role of most streams and estuaries in providing nutrients to the shelf




ecosystems.  The genetics of natural aquatic populations has barely been

-------
                                 290
examined, even though the basic techniques are readily available.   Nor




are we in a position to state with any high degree of certainty the




response of aquatic populations and ecosystems to most forms of stress.




General patterns of response have been noted earlier in the present chapter,




but predicting which species will respond and in what ways is, in most




cases, some distance off.  Finally, we do not yet possess really sophis-




ticated knowledge of total ecosystem function for any of our open aquatic




systems.  Such concepts as "succession", "stability", and "climax"




which carry ready meaning in relation to forest and grassland ecosystems




do not really seem to apply to the open aquatic systems.  These and re-




lated areas will require specific attention if we are to develop the basis




for better impact statements.




• Filling in of major gaps in our knowledge of the ecological effects of




wetland disturbance.  Throughout the writing of the present volume it has




been necessary to extrapolate the potential construction impacts from




studies carried out for an entirely different purpose.  It has also been




necessary to extrapolate from studies carried out in one region of the




nation to their probable relevance in another region.  Although this is




often the best we can do at present, it should not always be so.  Careful




field experiments carried out before, during, and after various types of




construction project are sorely needed, and such studies should be con-




ducted on a regional basis.  As in the case of all valid laboratory




experiments, such field experiments should include adequate controls,




i_.£., each study should involve paired study sites, one of which is left




unmodified and the other of which is deliberately manipulated.

-------
                                 291
• Establishment of sophisticated wetland ecosystem analysis capability




on a regional basis.  At the present time our wetland ecological knowledge




is something of a hodgepodge of little studies carried out here and there




by scientists and students of varying degrees of capability.  Although




this approach has its merits, it will not alone suffice to provide the




kinds of insights which we now require.  We must develop integrated know-




ledge of the behavior of wetland systems, and this can only be accomplished




through the effort of multi-disciplinary teams of scientists.  The studies




on the Hubbard Brook watershed of New Hampshire stand as a case in point.




The simultaneous examination of the physics, chemistry, and biology of




the same system over a period of years can provide the basis for detailed




interpretation and prediction that we require for intelligent management.




     To accomplish such studies there is a need to establish such teams




on a regional basis throughout the nation.  This might be accomplished




through the strengthening of governmental or university laboratories




already in existence, or it might entail the establishment of certain




new laboratories—one to study the lower Mississippi River, for example.




Alternatively, The Institute of Ecology might be approached to establish




the analytical capability.  Perhaps a combination of the above approaches




could be employed.  In any event, such teams should be technically balanced,




have access to the most modern equipment (including computer capability),




have access to high quality library facilities, and have a high degree of




coherence and permanence.   They should address themselves to the questions




of how do the regional wetland ecosystems function, and what is their




response to various manipulative strategies.

-------
                                 292
   Common Sense vs. Modeling Approaches to the Quality Control Problem






     It must be assumed that a healthy environment is an absolute pre-




requisite of a healthy society.  Yet maintenance of high environmental




quality of the nation's wetlands presents a management problem of extra-




ordinary complexity.  Their varied resources are of great economic,




recreational, and esthetic value, and pressures for expansion and diver-




sification of potentially destructive use are increasing daily.  However,




unplanned intensive use is, in many cases, demonstrably incompatible




with the health and well being of most aquatic ecosystems.  By what means




may this management problem be handled most effectively?




     The most powerful approach yet developed for attacking complex and




otherwise intractable problems is through the application of systems




analysis.  In the present instance this would involve a perspective on




the total man-environment interactive system, the synthesis of vast




volumes of information into formal mathematical statements of relation-




ships, and the progressive introduction of models and computer technology




to provide information upon which decisions could be based concerning



the best courses of managerial action (Darnell and Shimkin, 1972).




     Models are already available for the simulation of many physical,




chemical, and biological aspects of aquatic systems.  Prediction of




surface runoff, stream flow rate, flow volume, temperature regimes, dis-




solved oxygen, photosynthesis, respiration, decomposition rate, and many




other such parameters is already well within technological capability.




Modeling techniques are also available for treating many sociological




phenomena and for handling such diverse inputs as scientific data and

-------
                                 293
sociological information within the same systems analysis framework.




Presently available computer hardware is adequate to the task.  Thus,




there is no reason why systems analysis could not immediately be im-




plemented on a nationwide scale to provide the framework for a sophisti-




cated and effective approach to the wetland environmental quality




management problem.  The time is at least ripe for the demonstration,




on a regional scale, that this can be done and that it is not only




worth doing, but that it is the only way to handle the complex environ-




mental management problems of the future.




     For all its advantages, however, the systems approach must be viewed




within a proper context.  Systems analysis and mathematical models




represent analytical tools for the organizion and handling of vast bodies




of information and for aiding in the structuring of our thought processes.




However, by necessity, all models are abstractions and simplifications




of the "real world."  Furthermore, they are more useful in dealing with




certain classes of information then with others.  In the environmental



realm, they are most effective in the handling of those physical,




chemical, and biological processes which lend themselves to quantifica-




tion and to mathematical formulation.  It is simply out of the question




to include all the natural history and life cycle information about all




the biological species of a given environment.  And yet, the natural




history details are what often determines the success or failure of any




given species.




     The long-range protection of environmental quality will certainly




benefit from the progressive introduction of systems analysis.  As the




technical data base grows and as our experience in systematic environ-




mental management increases, we may place greater and greater reliance

-------
                                 294
upon models and simulation techniques.   However,  there is no foreseeable




substitute for the knowledge and judgment of the  experienced environmental




scientist.  He alone can ask the relevant questions and interpret the




data provided by computer analysis.   Long-range environmental protection,




thus, must be facilitated by means of man-machine,  rather than by machine-




man, analytical systems.

-------
                                 295
                              BIBLIOGRAPHY


     The present bibliography includes key references to the effects of

construction activities on wetlands, as well as additional references to

hydrology and wetland biology which should prove useful in interpreting

the effects of construction activities.  Considering the breadth of the

subject and the literature known to exist, it is clear that the biblio-

graphy could have been expanded at least five-fold.  Since complete docu-

mentation of the American literature was not the point of the present work,

only the more relevant papers are included.  Those references cited in the

text are marked by asterisks (*) following the reference number.
1.*   Adelman, I. R. and L. L. Smith.  1970.  Effect of hydrogen sulfide
      on northern pike eggs and sac fry.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  99(3):
      501-509.

2.    Affleck, R. J.  1952.  Zinc poisoning in a trout hatchery.  Aust.
      J. Mar. Freshwater Res.  3: 142-169.

3.    Agersborg, H. P. K.  1930.  The influence of temperature on fish.
      Ecol.  11: 136-144.

4.    Ahr, W. M.  1972.  The DDT profile on some south Texas coastal-zone
      sediments:  A study of the mechanisms of pollution dispersal and
      accumulation in nature.  The Envir. Qual. Prog, at TAMU.  EQN 05,
      32p.

5.    Alabaster, J. F.  1970.  River flow and upstream movement and catch
      of migratory salmonids.  J. Fish. Biol.  2: 1-13.

6.    Alabaster, J. S.  1963.  The effect of heated effluents on fish.
      Int. J. Mr Wat. Pollut.  7: 541-563.

7.    Alabaster, J. S.  1964.  The effect of heated effluents on fish.
      Adv. Wat. Pollut. Res.  1: 261-292.

8.    Alabaster, J. S.  1967.  The survival of salmon (Salmo salar L.) and
      sea trout (S_. trutta L.) in fresh and saline water at high tempera-
      ture.  Water Res.  1(10): 717-730.

9.    Alabaster, J. S. and R. L. Welcomme.  1962.  Effect of concentration
      of dissolved oxygen on survival of trout and roach in lethal tempera-
      tures.  Nature (Lond.).  194: 107.

-------
                                    296
10.   Albrecht, A.  B.  1964.   Some observations on factors associated
      with survival of striped bass eggs and larvae.   Calif.  Fish Game.
      50(2): 101-113.

11.*  Alderdice, D. F.  1963.  Some effects of simultaneous variation in
      salinity, temperature,  and dissolved oxygen on the resistance of
      young coho salmon to a  toxic substance.  J. Fish.  Res.  Bd. Can.
      20(2): 525-550.

12.   Alderdice, D. F. and C. R. Forrester.  1968.  Some effects of salinity
      and temperature on early development and survival of the English
      sole (Parophrys vetulus).  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.   25(3): 495-521.

13.   Alderdice, D. F. and C. R. Forrester.  1971a.  Effects  of salinity
      and temperature on embryonic development of the petrale sole
      (Eopsetta jordani).   J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  28: 727-744.

14.   Alderdice, D. F. and C. R. Forrester.  1971b.  Effects  of salinity,
      temperature and dissolved oxygen on early development of the Pacific
      cod (Gadus macrocephalus).  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  28: 883-902.

15.   Alderdice, D. F. and F. P. J. Velsen.  1971.  Some effects of salinity
      and temperature on early development of Pacific herring (Clupea
      pallasi).  J. Fish.  Res. Bd. Can.  28: 1545-1562.

16.*  Alderdice, D. F. and W. P. Wickett.  1958.  A note on the response
      of developing chum salmon eggs to free carbon dioxide in solution.
      J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.   15(5): 797-799.

17.*  Alderdice, D. F., W. P. Wickett, and J. R. Brett.   1958.  Some effects
      of temporary exposure to low dissolved oxygen levels on Pacific
      salmon eggs.   J. Fish.  Res. Bd. Can.  15(2): 229-250.

18.*  Aldrich, D. V., C. E. Wood, and K. N. Baxter.  1968.  An ecological
      interpretation of low temperature responses in Penaeus  aztecus and
      P_. setiferus postlarvae.  Bull. Mar. Sci.  18(1):  61-71.

19.   Allee, W. C.   1923.   Studies in marine ecology: III.  Some physical
      factors related to the distribution of littoral invertebrates.  Biol.
      Bull.  44: 205-253.

20.   Allen, K. 0.  and K.  Strawn.  1968.  Heat tolerance of channel catfish
      Ictalurus punctatus.  Proc. 21st Ann. Conf. Southeast Assoc. Fish and
      Game Comm.  Columbia, South Carolina: 399-411.

21.   Allen, K. R.   1960.   Effect of land development on stream bottom faunas,
      Proc. N.Z. Ecol. Soc.  7: 20-21.

22.   Allen, K. R.   1969.   Distinctive aspects of the ecology of stream
      fishes: a review.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  26(6): 1429-1438.

23.   Amend, D. F., W. T.  Yasutake, and R. Morgan.  1969.  Some factors
      influencing susceptibility of rainbow trout to the acute toxicity of
      an ethyl mercury phosphate formulation  (Timsan).  Trans. Amer. Fish.
      Soc.  98(3):  419-425.

-------
                                 297
24.   American Society of Limnology and Oceanography.  1972.  Nutrients
      and Eutrophication.  Allen Press, Lawrence, Kans.  328p.

25.*  Anderson, D. R. and F. A. Glover.  1967.  Effects of water manipula-
      tion on waterfowl production.  Trans. 32nd No. Amer. Wildl. Nat.
      Res. Conf.: 292-300.

26.   Anderson, J. R. and R. J. Dicke.  1960.  Ecology of the immature
      stages of some Wisconsin black flies (Simuliidae: Diptera).  Ann.
      Ent. Soc. Am.  53: 386-404.

27.   Anderson, J. W. and D. J. Reish.  1967.  The effects of varied
      dissolved oxygen concentrations and temperature on the woodboring
      isopod genus Limnoria.  Mar. Biol.  1(1): 56-59.

28.*  Anderson, N. H. and D. M. Lehmkuhl.  1968.  Catastrophic drift of
      insects in a woodland stream.  Ecol.  49(2): 198-206.

29.   Andrews, J. W. and R. R. Stickney.  1972.  Interaction of feeding
      rates and environmental temperature on growth, food conversion, and
      body composition of channel catfish.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  101(1):
      94-99.

30.   Anonymous.  1956.  Influence of man on vegetation and environment
      2,300 years ago.  Ecol.  37(2): 394.

31.   Apmann, R. P. and M. B. Otis.  1965.  Sedimentation and stream im-
      provement.  N. Y. Fish and Game.  12(2): 117-126.

32.   Appalachian Regional Commission.  1969.  The incidence and formation
      of mine drainage pollution in Appalachia.  Appendix C to Acid Mine
      Drainage in Appalachia, a report by the Appalachian Regional Commission.

33.   Armitage, K. B.  1958.  Ecology of riffle insects of the Firehole
      River, Wyoming.  Ecol.  39: 571-580.

34.   Armitage, K. B.  1961.  Distribution of riffle insects of the Firehole
      River, Wyoming.  Hydrobiol.  17: 152-174.

35.   Avco Corporation.  1970.  Storm water pollution from urban land
      activity.  U.S. Dept. of the Interior,  Fed. Water Qual.  Admin., U.S.
      Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D.C.


36.   Bader, R. G.  1954.  The role of organic matter in determining the
      distribution of pelecypods in marine sediments.  J. Mar. Res.  13(1):
      32-47.

37.*  Bailey, J. E. and D. R. Evans.  1971.  The low-temperature threshold
      for pink salmon eggs in relation to a proposed hydroelectric installa-
      tion.  Fish. Bull.  69(3): 587-593.

38.*  Baldes, R. J. and R. E. Vincent.  1969.  Physical parameters of micro-
      habitats occupied by brown trout in an experimental flume.  Trans.
      Amer. Fish. Soc.  98(2): 230-238.

-------
                                    298
39.   Baldwin, N.  S.   1956.   Food consumption and growth of  brook trout
      at different temperatures.   Trans.  Amer.  Fish.  Soc.   86:  323-328.

40.   Bamforth, S. S.   1962.   Diurnal changes in shallow aquatic habitats.
      Limnol.  Oceanogr.   7:  348-353.

41.   Banner,  A. and J.  A. Van Annan.  1973.   Thermal effects on eggs,
      larvae and juveniles of bluegill sunfish.   U.S. Environmental Pro-
      tection Agency,  Off. Res. andMonit.,  Ecol. Res.  Ser., EPA-R3-73-041:
      lllp.

42.   Barlow,  J. P.,  C.  J. Lorenzen,  and  R.  T.  Myren.  1963.  Eutrophica-
      tion of a tidal estuary.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  8: 251-262.

43.   Barnard, J.  L.   1958.   Amphipod crustaceans as fouling organisms
      in Los Angeles-Long Beach Harbors,  with reference to the influence
      of sea-water turbidity.  Calif. Fish and Game.   44(2): 161-170.

44.   Barnes,  H. L. and S. B. Romberger.   1968.   Chemical aspects of acid
      mine drainage.   J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.  40(3): 371-384.

45.*  Barstow, C.  J.   1970.   Impact of channelization on wetland habitat
      in the Obion-Forked Deer Basin, Tennessee.  Trans. 36th N. Amer.
      Wildl. Conf.: 362-375.

46.*  Barstow, C.  J.   1971.   Impact of channelization on wetland habitat
      in the Obion-Forked Deer Basin, Tennessee.  20-28.  In; E.
      Schneberger and J. L.  Funk (eds.),  Stream Channelization; A Symposium,
      Amer.  Fish.  Soc. Spec.  Publ. No. 2.

47.   Bartonek, J. C., J. G.  King, and H. K.  Nelson.   1971.   Problems con-
      fronting migratory birds in Alaska.  Trans. 36th No. Amer. Wildl.
      Conf.: 344-361.

48.   Bartsch, A.  F.,  R. J.  Callaway, R.  A.  Wagner, and C. E. Woelke.   1967.
      Technical approaches toward evaluating estuarine pollution problems.
      693-700.  In_: G. H. Lauff, (ed.), Estuaries. A.A.A.S.  Publ. 83.

49.   Basu,  S. P.   1959.  Active respiration of fish in relation to ambient
      concentrations of oxygen and carbon dioxide.  J.  Fish. Res. Bd.
      Can.  16(2): 175-212.

50.*  Bates, J. M.  1962.  The impact of  impoundment on the mussel fauna
      of Kentucky Reservoir,  Tennessee River.  Amer.  Midi. Nat.  68(1):
      232-236.

51.*  Bayless, J.  and W. B.  Smith.  1967.  The effects of channelization
      upon the fish population of lotic waters in eastern North Carolina.
      Proc.  Ann. Conf. S.E.  Assoc. Game and Fish. Comm.  18: 230-238.

52.   Bayly, I. A, E.   1963.   Reversed diurnal vertical migration of
      planktonic Crustacea in inland waters of low hydrogen ion concentra-
      tion.   Nature (Lond.).   200: 704-705.

-------
                                 299
53.   Bayly, I. A. E.  1969.   The occurrence of calanoid copepods in
      athalassic saline waters in relation to salinity and ionic propor-
      tions.  Verh. int. Verein. theor. angew. Limnol.   17: 449-455.

54.*  Bayly, I. A. E. and W. D. Williams.  1973.  Inland waters and their
      ecology.  Longman, Australia.  316p.

55.   Beak, T. W.  1958.  Toleration of fish to toxic pollution.  J. Fish.
      Res. Bd. Can.  15(4): 559-572.

56.   Beeton, A. M.  1969.  Changes in the environment and biota of the
      Great Lakes.  In; Eutrophication: Causes, Consequences, Correctives.
      Washington, D.C.: Nat. Acad. Sci.

57.   Beiningen, K. T. and W. J. Ebel.  1968.  Effect of John Day Dam on
      dissolved nitrogen concentrations and salmon in the Columbia River,
      1968.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  99(4): 664-671.

58.*  Beland, R. D.  1953.  The effect of channelization on the fishery
      of the lower Colorado River.  Calif. Fish and Game.  39(1): 137-139.

59.   Seller, W. S.  1972.  Environmental management of the coastal zone.
      Trans. 37th No. Amer. Wildl. Nat. Res. Conf.: 100-109.

60.   Bennett, D. H. and J. W. Gibbons.  1972.  Food of largemouth bass
      (Micropterus salmoides) from a South Carolina reservoir receiving
      heated effluent.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  101(4): 650.

61.   Bennett, G. W.  1954.  The effects of a late-summer drawdown on the
      fish population of Ridge Lake, Coles County, Illinois.  Trans. 19th
      No. Amer. Wildl. Conf.: 259-270.

62.   Bennett, G. W., D. H. Thompson, and S. A. Parr.  1940.  Lake Manage-
      ment Reports. 4. A second year of fisheries investigations at Fork
      Lake, 1939.  111.  Nat. Hist. Surv., Biol. Notes.   4: 24p.

63.   Benson, N. G.  1953.  The importance of ground water to trout popu-
      lations in the Pigeon River, Michigan.  Trans. No. Amer. Wildl. Conf.
      18: 269-281.

64.   Benson, N. G.  1955.  Observations on anchor ice in a Michigan trout
      stream.  Ecol.  36: 529-530.

65.   Berg, C. J., Jr.  1971.  A review of possible causes of mortality of
      oyster larvae of the genus Crassostrea in Tomales Bay, California.
      Calif. Fish and Game.  57(1):  69-75.

66.   Berner, L.,jr., R. Bieri, E. D. Goldberg, D. Martin, and R. L. Wisner.
      1962.  Field studies of uptake of fission products by marine organisms.
      Limnol. Oceanogr.  Suppl. Vol.  7: 132-141.

67.   Berner, L. M.  1951.  Limnology of the lower Missouri River.  Ecol.
      32(1): 1-12.

-------
                                 300
68.   Berra, T. M. and G. E. Gunning.   1970.   Repopulation of experiment-
      ally decimated sections of streams by longear sunfish, Lepomis
      megalotis megalotis (Rafinesque).   Trans.  Amer. Fish. Soc.  99(4):
      776-781.

69.   Bick, G.  H., L. E.  Hornuff, and E. N. Lambremont.  1953.  An eco-
      logical reconnaissance of a naturally acid stream in Southern
      Louisiana.  J. Tenn. Acad. Sci.   28(3):  221-231.

70.   Bidgood,  B.  F. and A. H. Berst.   1969.   Lethal temperatures for
      Great Lakes  rainbow trout.  J. Fish.  Res.  Bd. Can.  26: 456-459.

71.   Biggs, R.  1967.  Overboard soil disposal  I.  Interior report on
      environmental effects.  Proc.  Nat. Symp. on Estuarine Pollution
      (Palo Alto:  Stanford Univ.).

72.   Biglane,  K.  E. and R. A. Lafleur.   1967.  Notes on estuarine pollu-
      tion with emphasis on the Louisiana Gulf Coast.  689-692.  In:
      G. H. Lauff, (ed.), Estuaries. A.A.A.S.  Publ. 83.

73.   Bilton, H. T. and G. L. Robins.   1973.   The effects of starvation
      and subsequent feeding on survival and growth of Fulton Channel
      sockeye salmon fry (Oncorhynchus nerka).  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
      30(1): 1-5.

74.   Bishai, H. M.  1960.  The effect of water  currents on the survival
      and distribution of fish larvae.   J.  Cons. Perm. Int. Explor. Mer.
      25: 134-146.

75.   Bishai, H. M.  1960.  Upper lethal temperatures for larval salmonids.
      J. Cons.  Perm. Int. Explor. Mer.   25(2): 129-233.

76.   Bishop, J. E. and H. B. N. Hynes.   1969.  Upstream movements of the
      benthic invertebrates in the Speed River,  Ontario.  J. Fish. Res.
      Bd. Can.   26: 279-298.

77.   Biswell,  H.  H. and J. H. Gilman.   1961.   Brush management in relation
      to fire and other environmental factors  on the Tehama deer winter
      range.  Calif. Fish and Game.   47(4): 357-389.

78.   Biswell,  H.  H. and A. M. Schultz.   1958.  Effects of vegetation re-
      moval on spring flow.  Calif.  Fish and Game.  44(3): 211-230.

79.   Bjornn, T. C.  1971.  Trout and salmon movements in two Idaho streams
      as related to temperature, food,  stream flow, cover, and population
      density.   Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.   100(3): 423-438.

80.   Black, E. C.  1953.  Upper lethal temperatures of some British Columbia
      freshwater fishes.   J. Fish. Res.  Bd. Can.  10(4): 196-210.

81.   Black, J. D.  1949.  Changing fish populations as an index of pollu-
      tion and soil erosion.  Trans. 111. St.  Acad. Sci.  42: 145-148.

-------
                                 301
82.   Blair, W. F.  1972.  Ecological aspects.  7-12.  In: Water, Man
      and Nature, a_ Symposium Concerning the Ecological Impact of Water
      Resources Development.  U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
      D.C.

83.   Blaxter, J. H. S.  1960.  The effect of extremes of temperature on
      herring larvae.  J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K.  39: 605-608.

84.   Bloomfield, C. and J. K. Coulter.  1973.  Genesis and management of
      acid sulfate soils.  Adv. Agron.  25: 265-326.

85.   Blumer, M., J. M. Hunt, J. Atema, and L. Stein.  1973.  Interaction
      between marine organisms and oil pollution.  U.S. Environmental Pro-
      tection Agency, Off. Res. and Monit., Ecol. Res. Ser., EPA-R3-73-042:
      97p.

86.*  Boccardy, J. A. and W. M. Spaulding, Jr.  1968.  Effects of surface
      mining on fish and wildlife in Appalachia.  U.S.F. & W.S., Resource
      Publ. 65.  20p.

87.   Bonn, E. W. and B. J. Follis.  1967.  Effects of hydrogen sulfide
      on channel catfish, Ictalurus punctatus.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
      96(1): 31-36.

88.   Bonn, E. W. and B. J. Follis.  1967.  Effects of hydrogen sulfide
      on channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus).   Proc. 20th Ann. Conf.
      Southeast Assoc. Fish and Game Comm.  Columbia, South Carolina:
      424-432.

89.   Bonnet, D. E.   1939.   Mortality of the cod egg in relation to tem-
      perature.  Biol. Bull.  76: 428-441.

90.   Boone, E. and  L. G. M. Baas Becking.  1931.  Salt effects on eggs
      and n-auplii of Artemia salina L.   J. Gen. Physiol.   14: 753-763.

91.   Bormann, F. H.  and G. E. Likens.  1967.   Nutrient cycling.  Science.
      155(3761): 424-429.

92.*  Bormann, F. H.,  G. E. Likens, and J. S.  Eaton.  1969.   Biotic regu-
      lation of particulate and solution losses  from a forest ecosystem.
      BioScience.   19(7): 600-610.

93.*  Borman, F. H.,  G. E.  Likens,  D.  W. Fisher, and R. S.  Pierce.  1968.
      Nutrient loss  accelerated by clearcutting  of a forest ecosystem.
      Science.  159:  882-884.

94.*  Bourn, W.  S. and C. Cottam.  1950.  Some biological  effects of ditch-
      ing tidewater  marshes.  U.S.F.  & W.S.,  Res. Kept. 19.  30p.

95.   Boussu, M. F.   1954.   Relationship between trout populations and
      cover on a small stream.  J.  Wildl.  Mgmt.   18(2): 229-239.

-------
                                  302
 96.    Boyd,  C.  E.   1971.    The limnological role of  aquatic macrophytes
       in their  relationship to reservoir management.   153-166.   In;
       Reservoir Fisheries and Limnology.   Amer.  Fish.  Soc.  Spec.  Publ. 8.

 97.*  Boyd,  M.  B.,  R.  T.  Saucier,  J.  W.  Keeley,  R. L.  Montgomery, R.  D.
       Brown, D. B.  Mathis, and C.  J.  Guice.  1972.   Disposal of dredge
       spoil, problem identification and  assessment and research plan
       development  (Vicksburg, Miss.:   U.S. Army  Engineer Waterways Ex-
       periment  Station),   unpublished manuscript.

 98.*  Bramble,  W.  C. and  R. H. Ashley.  1955.  Natural revegetation of
       spoil  banks  in central Pennsylvania.  Ecol.   36(3): 417-423.

 99.*  Branson,  F.  A.  1970.  Vegetation, runoff  and  sediment yield re-
       lationships.   28-48.  In: Proc. 15th Ann.  Conf.  on Water for Texas.
       College Station, Texas: Texas A&M Univ.

100.*  Braun, E. L.  and T. J. Beland.   1958.  Mendocino National Forest
       stream improvement.  Calif.  Fish and Game.  44(3): 261-274.

101.    Brett, J. R.   1952.  Temperature tolerance in  young Pacific salmon,
       genus  Oncorhynchus.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.   9:  265-323.

102.    Brett, J. R.   1956.  Some principles in the thermal requirements
       of fishes.  Quart.  Rev. Biol.  31(2): 75-87.

103.*  Brett, J. R.  and D. A. Higgs.  1970.  Effect of  temperature on  the
       rate of gastric digestion in fingerling sockeye  salmon, Oncorhychus
       nerka.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.   27: 1767-1779.

104.    Brett, J. R., M. Hollands, and D.  F. Alderdice.   1958.  The effect
       of temperature on the cruising speed of young  sockeye and coho
       salmon.  J.  Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  15(4):  587-605.

105.    Brett, J. R., J. E. Shelbourn,  and C. T. Shoop.   1969.  Growth rate
       and body composition of fingerling sockeye salmon, Oncorhynchus
       nerka, in relation to temperature and ration size.  J. Fish. Res.
       Bd. Can.   26(9): 2363-2394.

106.    Briggs, J. C.  1948.  The quantitative effects of a dam upon the
       bottom fauna of a small California stream.  Trans Amer. Fish. Soc.
       78: 70-81.

107.    Briggs, P. T. and J. S. O'Connor.   1971.  Comparison of shore-zone
       fishes over naturally vegetated and sandfilled bottoms in Great
       South Bay.  N. Y. Fish and Game.  18: 15-41.

108.    Brinkhurst,  R. 0.  1965.  Observations on the recovery of a British
       river from gross organic pollution.  Hydrobiol.   25: 9-51.

109.    Brook, A. J.   1965.  Planktonic algae as indicators of lake types
       with special reference to the Desmidiaceae.  Limnol. Oceanogr.   10:
       403-411.

-------
                                  303
110.   Brookhaven National Laboratory.  1969.  Diversity and stability
       in ecological systems.  Brookhaven Symposia in Biology.  22: 264p.

111.   Brooks, J. L.  1947.  Turbulence as an environmental determinant
       of relative growth in Daphnia.  Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci.  33(5):
       141-148.

112.   Brooks, J. L. and G. E. Hutchinson.  1950.  On the rate of passive
       sinking of Daphnia.  Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci.  36(4): 272-277.

113.*  Brooks, J. W., J. C. Bartonek, D. R. Klein, D. L. Spencer, and
       A. S. Thayer.  1971.  Environmental influences of oil and gas
       development in the Arctic Slope and Beaufort Sea.  U.S. Dept. of
       Interior.  Bureau of Sport Fish, and Wildl. Res. Publ. 96: 24p.

114.*  Brown, C. L. and R. Clark.  1968.  Observations on dredging and
       dissolved oxygen in a tidal waterway.  Water Resour. Res.  4(6):
       1381-1384.

115.   Brown, G. W. and J. T. Krygier.  1970.  Effects of clear-cutting
       on stream temperatures.  Water Resour. Res.  6(4): 1133-1139.

116.*  Buck, D. H.  1956.  Effects of turbidity on fish and fishing.
       Okla. Fish. Res. Lab. Rept. No. 56: 1-62.

117.   Buck, D. H.  1970.  Effects of turbidity on fish and fishing.  Trans.
       No. Amer. Wildl. Conf.  21: 249-261.

118.   Burbanck, W. D., M. E. Pierce, and G. C. Whiteley, Jr.  1956.  A
       study of the bottom fauna of Rand's Harbor, Massachusetts:  an
       application of the ecotone concept.  Ecol. Monogr.  26: 213-243.

119.   Bureau of Mines.  1971.  Outer Continental Shelf oil, gas, sulfur,
       and salt, leasing, drilling, production, income, and related statis-
       tics, 1971 (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of the Interior, Geological
       Survey), annual petroleum statements, Dec. 23, 1971, Bureau of Mines
       Annual Statistical Review, A.P.I.

120.*  Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife.  1966.  Rare and endangered
       fish and wildlife of the United States.  U.S.  Dept.  Interior Resource
       Publ. 34.  Washington, D.C.

121.   Burns, C. W. and F. H. Rigler.  1967.  Comparison of filtering rates
       of Daphnia rosea in lake water and in suspensions of yeast.  Limnol.
       Oceanogr.  12: 492-502.

122.*  Burns, J. W.  1970.  Spawning bed sedimentation studies in northern
       California streams.  Calif. Fish and Game.  56(4): 253-270.

123.   Burns, J. W.  1972.  Some effects of logging and associated road
       construction on northern California streams.  Trans. Amer. Fish.
       Soc.  101(1): 1-17.

-------
                                  304
124.   Burnside, K.  R.   1967.   The effects of channelization on fish popu-
       lations on Boeuf River  in northeast Louisiana.   Unpublished Masters
       Thesis, N.E.  La. State  College.

125.   Burrows, R. E.   1964.   Effects of accumulated excretory products
       on hatchery-reared salmonids.   U.S.F.  & W.S., Res.  Rept. 66. 12p.

126.*  Burton, D. T.,  E. L.  Morgan, and J. Cairns,  Jr.   1972.  Mortality
       curves of bluegills (Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesque)  simultaneously
       exposed to temperature  and zinc stress.  Trans.  Amer. Fish. Soc.
       101(3): 435-441.

127.*  Bury, R. B.  1972.  The effects of diesel fuel on a stream fauna.
       Calif. Fish and Game.   58(4):  291-295.

128.   Buscemi, P. A.   1958.   Littoral oxygen depletion produced by a
       cover of Elodea canadiensis.  Oikos.  9: 239-245.

129.*  Butler, P. A.  1952.  Effects of floodwaters on oysters in Mississippi
       Sound in 1950.   U.S.F.  & W.S., Res. Rept. 31.  20p.

130.   Butler, P. A.  1965.  Reaction of some estuarine mollusks to envir-
       onmental factors.  U.S. Dept.  HEW, Publ Health Surv.  Publ. 999-WP-
       25: 92-104.

131.   Butler, P. A.  1966.  Pesticides in the marine environment.  Pest-
       icides in the environment and their effects  on wildlife.  J. Appl.
       Ecol. 3 (Suppl.): 253-259.

132.   Butler, P. A.  1966.  The problem of pesticides in estuaries.  Amer.
       Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ.  No. 3:  110-115.

133.   Butler, P. A.  1967.  Pesticides in the estuary.  Proc. Marsh and
       Estuary Mgmt. Sympsoium, La. State Univ.: 120-124.

134.   Butler, P. A.  1971.   Influence of pesticides on marine ecosystems.
       Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. B.  177: 321-329.

135.   Butler. P. A. and J.  B. Engle.  1950.   The 1950 opening of the
       Bonnet Carre Spillway—its effect on oysters.  U.S.F. & W.S., Spec.
       Sci. Rept. Fish. 14:  lOp.

136.   Button, D. K.  1969.  Effect of clay on the availability of dilute
       organic nutrients to steady-state heterotrophic populations.
       Limnol. Oceanogr.  14(1); 95-100.
137.   Cairns, J., Jr.  1956.  The effects of increased temperatures upon
       aquatic organisms.  Purdue Univ. Eng. Bull. Ext. Ser. No. 89: 346-
       354.

138.   Cairns, J., Jr.  1967.  Suspended solids standards for the protection
       of aquatic organisms.  Proc. Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ.  129(1):
       16-27.

-------
                                  305
139.   Cairns, J., Jr., D. W. Albaugh, F. Busey, and M. D. Chanay.  1968.
       The sequential comparison index—a simplified method for non-biolo-
       gists to estimate relative differences in biological diversity in
       stream pollution studies.  J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.  60: 1607-1613.

140.   Cairns, J., Jr., J. S. Crossman, K. L. Dickson, and E. E. Herricks.
       1971.  The recovery of damaged streams.  Assoc. Southeast. Biol.
       Bull.  18(3): 79-106.

141.   Cairns, J., Jr. and K. L. Dickson.  1971.  A simple method for the
       biological assessment of the effects of waste discharges on aquatic
       bottom-dwelling organisms.  J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.  43(5):
       755-772.

142.   Cairns, J., Jr. and A. Scheier.  1957.  The effects of temperature
       and hardness of water upon the toxicity of zinc to the common blue-
       gill (Lepomis macrochirus Raf.).  Notul. Nat. (299): 1-12.

143.   Cairns, J., Jr. and A. Scheier.  1958.  The effects of periodic
       low oxygen upon the toxicity of various chemicals to aquatic or-
       ganisms.  Purdue Univ. Eng. Bull. Ext. Ser. No. 94: 165-176.

144.   Cairns, J., Jr. and A. Scheier.  1964.  The effects of sublethal
       levels of zinc and of high temperature upon the toxicity of a
       detergent to the sunfish, Lepomis gibbosus (Linn.). Notul. Nat.
       (367): 1-3.

145.   Calabrese, A.  1969.  Effect of acids and alkalies on survival of
       bluegills and largemouth bass.  U.S.F. & W.S., Tech. Pap. 42. lOp.

146.   Caldwell, J. M. and J. B. Lockett.  1965.  Effects of littoral
       processes on tidewater navigation channels, evaluation of present
       state of knowledge of factors affecting tidal hydraulics and re-
       lated phenomena (Vicksburg, Miss: U.S. Army Engineer Committee on
       Tidal Hydraulics).  Rept. 3.

147.*  Calhoun, A. J.  1953.  Distribution of striped bass fry in relation
       to major water diversions.  Calif. Fish and Game.  39(3): 279-299.

148.   Campbell, C. J. and W. A. Dick-Peddie.  1964.  Comparison of
       phreatophyte communities on the Rio Grande in New Mexico.  Ecol.
       45(3): 492-502.

149.   Campbell, N.  1961.  The growth of brown trout in acid and alkaline
       waterg.  Salm. Trout Mag. 1961: 47-51.

150.   Carlander, K. D.,  C. A. Carlson, V. Gooch, and T. Wenke.  1967.
       Populations of Hexagenia mayfly naiads in pool 19, Mississippi River,
       1959-1963.  Ecol.   48(5): 873-878.

151.   Carlson, C. A.  1968.  Summer bottom fauna of the Mississippi River,
       above Dam 19, Keokuk, Iowa.  Ecol.  49(1): 162-169.

-------
                                  306
152.   Carter, B. T.   1950.   The movement of fishes through navigation
       lock chambers  in the  Kentucky River.   Trans. Ky.  Acad.  Sci.   15:
       48-56.

153.   Carpenter, L.  V. and  L.  K. Herndon.  1933.   Acid  mine drainage from
       bituminous coal mines.  West Va.  Univ. Eng.  Exp.  Sta. Res.  Bull.  10.

154.*  Casey, 0.  E.  1959.   The effects  of placer mining (dredging)  on a
       trout stream.   Idaho  Dept. Fish & Game, Ann. Progr.  Rept.,  Proj.
       F34-R-1, Wat.  Qual.  Invest., Fed. Aid in Fish Restor.  20-27.

155.   Chamberlain, J. L.   1959.  Gulf coast marsh  vegetation as food of
       wintering waterfowl.   J. Wildl. Manag.  23(1): 97-102.

156.   Chamberlain, L. L.   1972.  Primary productivity in a new and an
       older California reservoir.  Calif. Fish and Game.  58(4):  254-267.

157.   Chambers,  G. V. and A. K. Sparks.  1959. An ecological survey of
       the Houston Ship Channel and adjacent bays.   Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci.
       6: 213-250.

158.*  Chapman, C. R.  1966.  The Texas  basins project.   83-92.  In: R.  F.
       Smith, A.  H. Swartz,  and W. H. Massmann (eds.), A Symposium on
       Estuarine Fisheries.   Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ.  3.   (Suppl. to
       Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc.   95(4) )

159.   Chapman, C. R.  1967.  Channelization and spoiling in Gulf Coast
       and south Atlantic  estuaries.  Proc.  Marsh  and Estuary Mgmt.  Symposium,
       La. State Univ.: 93-106.

160.*  Chapman, D. W.  1962.  Effects of logging upon fish resources of
       the west coast.  J.  Forest.  60:  533-537.

161.*  Chapman, D. W. and  R. Demory.  1963.   Seasonal changes in the food
       ingested by aquatic insect larvae and nymphs in two Oregon streams.
       Ecol. 44(1): 140-146.

162.   Charles, J. R.  1966.  Effects of coal-washer wastes on biological
       productivity in Marin's Fork of the Upper Cumberland River.  Ky.
       Fish. Bull. No. 27-B.

163.   Chase, E.  S.  1957.   Oxygen demand exerted  by leaves stored under
       water.  J. New Engl.  Wat. Wks. Ass.  71: 307-312.

164.   Chaston, I.  1969.   Seasonal activity and feeding pattern of brown
       trout (Salmo trutta^  in a Dartmoor stream in relation to availability
       of food.  J. Fish.  Res. Bd. Can.   26: 2165-2171.

165.   Chesapeake Biological Laboratory.  1970.  Gross physical-biological
       effects of overboard spoil disposal in upper Chesapeake Bay, Solomons,
       Md.: Final report to U.S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife.

166.   Chidester, F.  E.  1924.  A critical examination of the evidence for
       physical and chemical influences of fish migration.  J. Exp. Biol.
       2: 79-118.

-------
                                  307
167.*  Choate, J. S.  1972.  Effects of stream channeling on wetlands in
       a Minnesota watershed.  J. Wildl. Manag.  36(3): 940-943.

168.   Christiansen, J. E. and J. B. Low.  1970.  Water requirements of
       waterfowl marshlands in northern Utah.  Utah Div. Fish and Game,
       Publ. No. 69-12.

169.   Chura, N. J.  1961.  Food availability and preferences of juvenile
       mallards.  Trans. 26th No. Amer. Wildl. Nat. Res. Conf.:  121-134.

170.   Churchill, M. A. and W. R. Nicholas.  1967.  Effects of impoundments
       on water quality.  J. of San. Engr. Div., ASCE (SA6): 73-90.

171.   Chutter, F. M.  1969.  The effects of silt and sand on the inverte-
       brate fauna of streams and rivers.  Hydrobiol.  34: 57-76.

172.   Clark, J. L.  1969.  Mine drainage in the North Branch Potomac River
       basin.  FWPCA, U.S. Dept. Interior, Tech. Rept. No. 13.

173.   Clark, J. R.  1969.   Thermal pollution and aquatic life.  Sci.
       Amer.  220(3): 18-27.

174.   Clark, J. W., W. G. Smith, A. W. Kendall, Jr., and M. P.  Fahay.
       1969.  Studies of estuarine dependence of Atlantic coastal fishes.
       U.S.F. & W.S., Tech. Pap. 28: 132p.

175.   Clark, J. W., W. G. Smith, A. W. Kendall, Jr., and M. P.  Fahay.
       1970.  Studies of estuarine dependence of Atlantic coastal fishes.
       Data report II:  Southern Section, New River Inlet, N.C., to Palm
       Beach, Fla.  R. V. Dolphin Cruises 1967-68:  Zooplankton volumes,
       surface-meter net collections, temperatures, and salinities.
       U.S.F. &W.S., Tech. Pap. 59: 97p.

176.   Cleary, R. E.  1956.  Observations on factors affecting smallmouth
       bass production in Iowa.  J.  Wildl. Mgmt.  20(4): 353-359.

177.*  Clothier, W. D.  1953a. Methods of reducing fish losses in irrigation
       diversions!  Mont. Fish and Game Dept.  5p.

178.*  Clothier, W. D.  1953b. Fish loss and movement in irrigation diver-
       sions from the West Gallatin River, Montana.  J. Wildl.  Mgmt.  17(2):
       144-158.

179.   Clothier, W. D.  1954.  Effect of water reductions on fish movement
       in irrigation diversions.  J. Wildl. Mgmt.  18(2): 150-160.

180.*  Coble, D. W.  1961.  Influence of water exchange and dissolved oxygen
       in redds on survival of steelhead trout embryos.  Trans.  Amer. Fish.
       Soc.  90(4): 469-474.

181.*  Coble, D. W.  1967.  Relationship of temperature to total annual
       growth in adult smallmouth bass.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.   24(1):
       87.

-------
                                  308
182.   Colby, P.  J., G.  R.  Spangler,  D.  A.  Hurley,  and A.  M.  McCombie.
       1972.   Effects of eutrophication  on  salmonid communities in oligo-
       trophic lakes.  J. Fish.  Res.  Bd.  Can.   29:  975-983.

183.   Cole,  D.  W.   1971.  Forest management and agriculture  practices.
       503-528.   In; D.  W.  Hood   (ed.),  Impingement of Man on the Ocean.
       Wiley-Interscience,  N.Y.

184.   Cole,  W.  H.   1939.  The effect of temperature on the color change
       of Fundulus  in response to black  and to white backgrounds in fresh
       and in sea water.  J.  Exp. Zool.   80(2): 167-172.

185.   Coleman,  M.  J. and H.  B.  N. Hynes.   1970.  The vertical distribution
       of the invertebrate fauna in the  bed of a stream.   Limnol. Oceanogr.
       15(1): 31-40.

186.   Collier,  A., S. M. Ray, A. W.  Magnitzky, and J. 0.  Bell.  1953.
       Effect of dissolved organic substances on oysters.   U.S.F. & W.S.,
       Fish.  Bull.   54:  167-185.

187.   Collier,  C.  R., R. J.  Pickering,  and J. J. Musser (eds.).  1970.
       Influences of strip mining on the hydrologic environment of parts
       of Beaver Creek Basin, Kentucky,  1955-66. U.S. Geol.  Sur. Prf.  Pap.
       No. 427,  80p.

188.*  Collins,  G.  B.  1952.   Factors influencing the orientation of migra-
       ting anadromous fishes.  U.S.F. & W.S., Fish. Bull.  73: 375-396.

189.   Committee on Pollution.  1966. Waste Management and Control.  Nat.
       Acad.  Sci.—Nat.  Res.  Council. Pubz. 1400: 257p.

190.*  Congdon,  J.  C.  1971.   Fish populations of channelized and unchan-
       nelized sections of the Chariton  River, Missouri.   52-62.  In:
       E. Schneberger and J.  L.  Funk (eds.), Stream Channelization;  A_
       Symposium.  Amer. Fish. Soc.,  Spec.  Publ. No. 2.

191.*  Cooper, A. C.  1956.  A study of  the Horsefly River and the effect
       of placer mining operations on sockeye spawning grounds.  Internat.
       Pac. Salmon Fish. Comm.,  Publ. 1956, 58p.

192.*  Cooper, E. L.  1953.  Periodicity of growth and change of condition
       of brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis) in three Michigan trout
       streams.   Copeia.  1953(2): 107-114.

193.   Cooper, E. L.  1967.  A Symposium on Water Quality Criteria to Pro-
       tect Aquatic Life.  Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec.  Publ.  4.   Suppl. Trans.
       Amer.  Fish.  Soc.   96(1):  37p.

194.   Cope,  0.  B.   1958.  Annotated bibliography on the cutthroat trout.
       U.S.F. & W.S., Fish. Bull. 58: 417-442.

195.*  Copeland, B. J.  1966a.  Effects  of  industrial waste on the marine
       environment.  J.  Wat.  Poll. Contr. Fed.  38(6): 1000-1010.

-------
                                   309
196.*  Copeland, B. J.  1966b.  Effects of decreased river flow on estuarine
       ecology.  J. Wat. Poll. Contr. Fed.  38(11): 1831-1839.

197.   Copeland, B. J.  1967.  Environmental characteristics of hypersaline
       lagoons.  Contrib. Mar. Sci.  12: 207-218.

198.*  Copeland, B. J.  1970.  Estuarine classification and responses to
       disturbances.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  99(4): 826-835.

199.   Copeland, B. J. and F. Dickens.  1969.  Systems resulting from
       dredging spoil.  1084-1100.  In; H. T. Odum, B. J. Copeland, and E.
       A. McMahan  (eds.), Coastal Ecological Systems of the United States.
       FWPCA (mimeo.).

200.   Copeland, B. J. and H. D. Hoese.  1966.  Growth and mortality of
       the American oyster, Crassostrea virginica, in high salinity
       shallow bays in Central Texas.  Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas.
       11: 149-158.

201.   Copeland, B. J. and R. S. Jones.  1965.  Community metabolism in
       some hypersaline waters.  Texas J.  Sci.  17(2): 188-205.

202.*  Cordone, A. J. and D. W. Kezley.  1961.  The influences of inorganic
       sediment on the aquatic life of streams.  Calif. Fish and Game.
       47(2): 189-228.

203.*  Cordone, A. J. and S. Pennoyer.  1960.  Notes on silt pollution in
       the Truckee River drainage.  Calif. Dept. Fish and Game, Inland
       Fisheries Admin. Kept., No. 60-14.   25p.

204.   Corliss, J. and L. Trent.  1971.  Comparison of phytoplankton pro-
       duction between natural and altered areas in West Bay, Texas.  Fish.
       Bull.  69(4): 829-832.

205.*  Cormack, R. G. H.  1949.  A study of trout streamside cover in
       logged-over and undisturbed virgin spruce woods.  Can. J. Res.
       27: 78-95.

206.   Costlow, J. D., Jr.  and C.  G.  Bookhout.  1962.  The effect of en-
       vironmental factors  on larval  development of crabs.  Biol. Probs.
       Wat. Pollut., 3rd Seminar,  1962.  77-86.  In: U.S. Dept. HEW, Publ.
       Health Surv. Publ. 999-WP-25.

207.   Costlow, J. D., Jr.  and C.  G.  Bookhout.  1968.  The effect of en-
       vironmental factors  on development  of the land crab, Cardisoma
       guanhumi Latreille.   Amer.  Zool.  3: 399-410.

208.   Cottam,  C.  1967.  Research needs in estuarine areas of the Gulf
       Coast.  Proc. Marsh  and Estuary Mgmt. Symposium, La. State Univ.

209.   Cottam,  C. and W. S.  Bourne.   1952.  Coastal marshes adversely
       affected by drainage and drought.  Trans. 17th No. Amer. Wildl.
       Conf.: 414-420.

-------
                                  310
210.   Cotter, P. G.  1965.   Sand and gravel.   U.S.  Bureau of Mines,  Mineral
       Facts and Problems,  U.S.  Bureau of Mines Bulletin 630.

211.   Greaser, C. W.   1930.   Relative importance of hydrogen-ion concentra-
       tion, temperature,  dissolved oxygen,  and carbon dioxide tension,
       on habitat selection by brook trout.   Ecol.   2: 246-262.

212.*  Creutzberg, F.   1959.   Discrimination between ebb and flood tide  by
       migrating elvers (Anguilla vulgaris Turt.) by means of olfactory
       perception.  Nature.   184: 1961-1962.

213.*  Creutzberg, F.   1961.   On the orientation of  migrating elvers
       (Anguilla vulgaris)  in a  tidal area.   Neth. J. Sea. Res.   1: 257-338.

214.   Cringan, A. T., R.  E.  Mason, and J. H.  Palmer.  1962.  Effects of
       headwater impoundment on  waterfowl.  Trans.  27th No. Amer. Wildl.
       Nat. Res. Conf.: 80-91.

215.   Crisp, D. J.  1957.   Effect of low temperature on the breeding of
       marine animals.  Nature.   179(4570):  1138-1139.

216.   Cronin, L. E.  1967.   The role of man in estuarine processes.
       667-689.  In; G. H.  Lauff  (ed.), Estuaries.   AAAS Publ.  83.

217.   Cronin, L. E.  1971.   Preliminary analysis of the ecological as-
       pects of deep port creation and supership operation.  U.S. Army
       Eng. Inst. Water Resources, IWR Rept. 71-10,  31p.

218.   Cronin, L.,E., G. Gunter, and S. H. Hopkins.   1969.  Effects of
       engineering activities on coastal ecology.  U.S. Army Corps of
       Eng., Interim Rept.

219.*  Cronin, L. E., G. Gunter, and S. H. Hopkins.   1971.  Effects of
       engineering activities on coastal ecology.  U.S. Army Corps of
       Eng., Rept. 48p.

220.*  Cronin, L. E., R. B. Biggs, D. A. Flemer, H.  T. Pfitzenmeyer,
       F. Goodwyn, Jr., W.  L. Dovel, and D.  E. Ritchie, Jr.  1970.  Gross
       physical and biological effects of overboard spoil disposal in
       upper Chesapeake Bay. Univ. Md., Nat. Resour. Inst., Spec. Rept.
       3: 66p.

221.   Curtis, B.  1959.  Changes in a river's physical characteristics
       under substantial reductions in flow due to hydroelectric diversion.
       Calif. Fish and Game.  45(3): 181-188.

222.   Gushing, C. E., Jr.   1964.  Plankton and water chemistry in the
       Montreal River lake-stream system, Saskatchewan.  Ecol.  45(2):
       306-313.

223.*  Cushing, C. E., Jr.  and P. A. Olson.   1963.   Effects of weed burn-
       ing  on stream conditions.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  92(3): 303-305.

-------
                                  311
224.   Dahl, E.  1956.  Ecological salinity boundaries in poikilosaline
       waters.  Oikos.  7: 1-21.

225.   Dambach, C. A. and J. H. Olive.  1969.  Development of biological
       indicies to pollution levels in streams affected by acid mine
       drainage and oil field brine wastes.  Ohio State Univ., Nat. Res.
       Inst. and Water Res. Center Rept.

226.   Darnell, R. M.  1961.  Trophic spectrum of an estuarine community,
       based on studies of Lake Pontchartrain, Louisiana.  Ecol.  42(3):
       553-568.

227.   Darnell, R. M.  1967.  Organic detritus in relation to the estuarine
       ecosystem.  376-382.  In; G. H. Lauff (ed.), Estuaries, AAAS Publ.
       83.

228.   Darnell, R. M.  1968.  Animal nutrition in relation to secondary
       production.  Amer. Zool.  8(1): 83-93.

229.   Darnell, R. M.  1969.  Evolution and the ecosystem.  Amer. Zool.
       10(1): 9-15.

230.   Darnell, R. M.  1971.  The world estuaries - ecosystems in jeopardy.
       Intecol. Bull.  (3): 3-20.

231.*  Darnell, R. M.  1973.  Ecology and Man.  Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque,
       Iowa, 149p.

232.*  Darnell, R. M., P. C. Lemon, J. M. Neuhold, and G. C. Ray.  1974.
       Natural Areas and Their Role in Land and Water Resource Preservation.
       Final Report of the US/IBP Program for the Conservation of Ecosystems,
       Am. Inst. Biol. Sci., 286p. + append.

233.*  Darnell, R. M. and D. B. Shimkin.  1972.  A systems view of coastal
       zone management.   346-364.  In; B. H. Ketchum (ed.), The Water's Edge,
       Critical Problems of the Coastal Zone.  MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass.

234.*  Davis, G. E., J.  Foster, C. E. Warren, and P. Doudoroff.  1963.
       The influence of  oxygen concentration on the swimming performance
       of juvenile Pacific salmon at various temperatures.  Trans. Amer.
       Fish. Soc.   92(2): 111-124.

235.   Davis, H. C.  1960.  Effects of turbidity-producing materials in
       sea water on eggs and larvae of the clam Venus  (Mercenaria) mercenaria.
       Biol. Bull.  118(1): 48-54.

236.   Davis, H. C. and  A. Calabrese.  1964.  Combined effects of tempera-
       ture and salinity on development of eggs and growth of larvae of
       M. mercenaria and £. virginica.  U.S.F. & W.S., Fish. Bull. 63:
       643-655.

237.   Davis, H. C. and  H. Hidu.  1969a.  Effects of turbidity-producing
       substances  in sea water on eggs and larvae of three genera of bi-
       valve mollusks.  Veliger.  11(4): 316-323.

-------
                                  312
238.   Davis, H.  C. and H.  Hidu.   1969b.   Effects of pesticides on
       embryonic development of clams and oysters and on survival and
       growth of the larvae.  U.S.F.  & W.S.,  Fish. Bull. 67:  393-404.

239.*  Davis, H.  S.  1953.   Culture and Diseases of Game Fish.   Univ.
       California Press, Berkeley, 332p.

240.   Davis, J.  J.  1965.   Accumulation of radionuclides by  aquatic
       insects.  In; Biological Problems  in Water Pollution,  Trans.,
       1962 Seminar.  Robert A. Taft Sanit. Eng. Cent., Cincinnati.

241.   Davis, J.  J., R. W.  Perkins, R. F. Palmer, W. C. Hanson, and
       J. F. Cline.  1958.   Radioactive materials in aquatic  and
       terrestrial organisms exposed to reactor water.  Proc. 2nd
       Intern. Conf. on the Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy (United Na-
       tions, Geneva, 1958).  18:  423-428.

242.*  Davis, R.  M.  1971.   Limnology of a strip mine pond in Western
       Maryland.   Chesapeake Sci.   12(2): 111-114.

243.*  Davis, R.  M.  1973.   Benthic macroinvertebrate and fish populations
       in Maryland streams influenced by acid mine drainage.  Univ. Md.,
       Nat. Resources Inst., Contr. No. 528, 103p.

244.   DeFalco, P., Jr.  1967.  The estuary—septic tank of the megalopolis.
       701-703.  In: G. H.  Lauff (ed.), Estuaries. AAAS Publ. 83.

245.*  de la Cruz, A. A.  1974.  Primary productivity of coastal marshes
       in Mississippi.  Gulf Res.  Repts.   4(3): 351-356.

246.*  Delisle, G. E.  1962.  Water velocities tolerated by spawning
       Kokanee salmon.  Calif. Fish and Game.  48(1): 77-78.

247.   Dendy, J.  S.  1945.   Predicting depth distribution of  fish in
       three TVA (Tennessee Valley Authority) storage-type reservoirs.
       Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  75: 65-71.

248.*  Dexter, R. W.  1944.  Ecological significance of the disappearance
       of eel-grass at Cape Ann, Massachusetts.  J. Wildl. Mgmt.  8: 173-176.

249.   Dill, L. M. and T. G. Northcote.  1.970a.  Effects of some environ-
       mental factors on survival, condition, and timing of emergence of
       chum salmon fry (Oncorhychus keta).  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  27:
       196-201.

250.   Dill, L. M. and T. G. Northcote.  1970b.  Effects of gravel size,
       egg depth, and egg density on intragravel movement and emergence of
       coho salmon (Oncorhynchus kisutch) alevins.  J. Fish.  Res. Bd. Can.
       27: 1191-1199.

251.*  Dimond, J. B.  1967.  Evidence that drift of stream benthos is den-
       sity related.  Ecol.  48(5): 855-857.

-------
                                  313
252.*  Dolan, R.  1972.  Barrier dune system along the Outer Banks of
       North Carolina:  A reappraisal.  Science.  176: 286-288.

253.   Dolan, R., P. J. Godfrey, and W. E. Odum.  1973.  Man's impact
       on the barrier islands of North Carolina.  Amer. Sci. 61: 152-162.

254.   Dorfman, D. and W. R. Whitworth.  1969.  Effects of fluctuations
       of lead, temperature, and dissolved oxygen on the growth of
       brook trout.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  26(9): 2493-2501.

255.   Dorris, T. C. and B.  J. Copeland.  1962.  Limnology of the middle
       Mississippi River.  III.   Mayfly populations in relation to
       navigation water-level control.  Limnol.  Oceanogr.  7(2): 240-247.

256.   Dorris, T. C., B. J.  Copeland, and G. J. Lauer.  1963.  Limnology
       of the middle Mississippi River.  IV.  Physical and chemical limnology
       of river and chute.  Limnol Oceanogr.  8(1): 79-88.

257.   Doudoroff, P.  1957.   Water quality requirements of fishes and
       effects of toxic substances.  403-430.  In;  M. E. Brown (ed.),
       The Physiology of Fishes.  Academic Press, N.Y.

258.   Doudoroff, P. and M.  Katz.  1950.  Critical review of literature
       on the toxicity of industrial wastes and their components to
       fish.  I.  Alkalies,  acids, and inorganic gases.  Sewage Indust.
       Wastes.  22(11): 1432-1458.

259.   Doudoroff, P. and M.  Katz.  1953.  Critical review of literature
       on the toxicity of industrial wastes and their components to
       fish.  II.  The metals, as salts.  Sewage and Indust. Wastes.
       25(7): 802-839.

260.   Doudoroff, P. and D.  L. Shumway.  1967.  Dissolved oxygen criteria
       for the protection of fish.  13-19.  In;  E. L. Cooper (ed.),
       A Symposium cm Water  Quality Criteria _to_ Protect Aquatic Life.
       Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 4., Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish.
       Soc.  96(1).

261.   Doudoroff, P. and D.  L. Shumway.  1970.  Dissolved oxygen require-
       ments of freshwater fishes.  F.A.O. Fish. Tech. Pap.  86.

262.   Doudoroff, P. and C.  E. Warren.  1965.  Dissolved oxygen require-
       ments of fishes.  145-155.  In:  Biological Problems in Water
       Pollution.  Third Seminar. 1962.  PHS Publ. No. 999-WP-25.

263.   Duchrow, R. M. and W. H.  Everhart.  1971.  Turbidity measurement.
       Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  100(4): 682-690.

264.   Dudley, R. G.  1969.   Survival of largemouth bass embryos at low
       dissolved oxygen concentrations.  M.S. Thesis, Cornell University,
       Ithaca, New York, 61p.

265.   Duffer, W. R. and T.  C. Dorris.  1966.  Primary productivity in
       a southern Great Plains stream.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  11(2): 143-151.

-------
                                  314
266.   Duke, T.  W.,  J. I. Lowe, and A.  J. Wilson, Jr.  1970.  A
       polychlorinated biphenyl (Aroclor 1254*) in the water, sediment,
       and biota of Escambia Bay, Florida.  Bull. Envir. Contain. & Toxicol.
       5(2): 171-180.

267.   Durham, L.  1955.   Ecological factors affecting the growth of
       smallmouth bass and longear sunfish in Jordan Creek.  111. Acad.
       of Sci.,  Trans.  47: 25-34.

268.*  Ebel, W.  J.  1969.  Supersaturation of nitrogen in the Columbia
       River and its effect on salmon and steelhead trout.  U.S.F.&W.S.,
       Fish. Bull.  68(1):  1-11.

269.*  Ebel, W.  J.,  E. M. Dawley, and B. H. Monk.  1971.  Thermal
       tolerance of juvenile Pacific salmon and steelhead trout in
       relation to supersaturation of nitrogen gas.  Fish. Bull. 69(4):
       833-843.

270.   Eckhardt, B.   1969.  Death of Galveston Bay.  Trans. 33rd N. Amer.
       Wildl. Conf.   79-90.

271.*  Eddy, S.  and T. Surber.  1947.  Northern Fishes  (With Special
       Reference to the Upper Mississippi Valley).  Univ. Minnesota Press.
       276p.

272.   Edmondson, W. T.  1968.  Water-quality management and lake
       eutrophication:  The Lake Washington case.  Wat. Res. Mgmt. Public
       Pol.  139-178.

273.   Edmondson, W. T.  1969    Eutrophication in North America.  124-
       149.  In;  Eutrophication;  Causes, Consequences, Correctives.
       Nat. Acad. Sci.  Washington, D.C.

274.   Edsall, T. A. and P. J. Colby.  1970.  Temperature tolerance
       of young-of-the-year Cisco, Coregonus artedii.  Trans. Am.
       Fish. Soc.  99(3): 526-531.

275.   Ehrlich, K. F. and D. A. Farris.   1971.  Some influences of
       temperature on the development of  the grunion, Leuresthes tennuis
       (Ayres).  Calif. Fish and Game.  57(1): 58-68.

276.   Einstein, H. A.  1968.  Deposition of suspended particles in a
       gravel bed.  Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil Eng., Hydr. Div.

277.   Einstein, H. A.  1972.  Sedimentation.  309-318.  In:  R. T.
       Oglesby  (ed.), River Ecology and Man.  Academic Press, N.Y.

278.   Eldridge, E. F.  1960.  Return irrigation water, characteristics
       and  effects.  U.S. Public Health Service, Region IX, Portland,
       Oregon.

279.*  Eleuterius, L. N.  1971.  Recent changes in the Louisiana marsh
       near Vermillion Bay.  Gulf Res. Repts.  3(2): 259-263.

-------
                                  315
280.*  Ellis, M. M.  1931a.  A survey of conditions affecting fisheries
       in the upper Mississippi River.  U.S. Bur. Fisheries, Fish.
       Circ. 5, 18p.

281.*  Ellis, M. M.  1931b.  Some factors affecting the replacement of
       the commercial fresh-water mussels.  U.S. Bur.  Fisheries, Fish.
       Circ. 7, lOp.

282.   Ellis, M. M.  1935.  Water purity standards for fishes.  U.S.
       Bur. Fisheries, Spec. Sci. Kept. 2, 14p.

283.*  Ellis, M. M.  1936.  Erosion silt as a factor in aquatic
       environments.  Ecol. 17(1): 29-42.

284.   Ellis, M. M.  1937.  Detection and measurement of stream pollution.
       U.S. Bur. Fish. Bull.  48(22): 365-437.

285.*  Ellis, M. M.  1944.  Water purity standards for fresh-water
       fishes.  U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept. 2, 18p.

286.*  Ellis, M. M., B. A. Westfall, and M. D. Ellis.   1946.  Determination
       of water quality.  U.S.F.&W.S., Res. Rept. 9. 22p.

287.*  Ellis, R. J. and H. Cowing.  1957.  Relationship between food
       supply and condition of wild brown trout, Salmo trutta Linnaeus,
       in a Michigan stream.  Limnol.  Oceanogr.  2(4): 299-308.

288.   Elser, A. A.  1968.  Fish populations of a trout stream in
       relation to major habitat zones and channel alterations.
       Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 97(4): 389-397.

289.*  Elwood, J. W. arid T. F. Waters.  1969.  Effects of floods on food
       consumption  and production rates of a stream brook trout popula-
       tion.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  98(2): 253-262.

290.*  Emerson, J. W.  1971.  Channelization:  a case study.  Science.
       173: 325-326.

291.   Erickson, S. J., N. Lackie, and T. E. Maloney.  1970.  A screening
       technique for estimating copper toxicity to estuarine phytoplankton.
       J. Wat. Poll. Contr. Fed.  42(8), Part 2: R270-R278.

292.   Etnier, D. A.   1972.  The effect of annual rechanneling on a
       stream fish  population.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  101(2): 372-374.

293.   Fagerstrom,  T.  and A. Jernelov.  1971.  Formation of methyl mercury
       from pure mercuric sulphide in aerobic organic sediment.  Water
       Res. 5(3): 121-122.

294.   Fajen, 0. F.  1962.  The influence of stream stability on homing
       behavior of  two smallmouth bass populations.  Trans. Amer. Fish.
       Soc.  91(4): 346-349.

295.   Federal Water Pollution Control Administration.  1968.  Water
       quality criteria; Report of the National Technical Advisory
       Committee to the Secretary of  the Interior.  Fed. Wat. Pollut.
       Contr. Admin.   U.S. Gov't. Print. Off., Wash,  x + 234p.

-------
                                  316
296.   Fenchel, T. M. and R.  J.  Riedl.   1970.   The sulflde system:  a
       new biotic community underneath  the oxidized layer of marine sand
       bottoms.  Mar. Biol.  7:  255-268.

297.   Ferguson, R. G.  1958.   The preferred temperature of fish and
       their midsummer distribution in  temperate lakes and streams.
       J. Fish. Res.  Bd.  Can.   15(4):  607-624.

298.   Filice, F. P.   1959.  The effect of wastes on the distribution
       of bottom invertebrates in the  San Francisco Bay estuary.
       Wasmann Jour.  Biol. 17(1): 1-17.

299.   Fimreite, N.,  W. N. Holsworth,  J.  A. Keith, P. A. Pearce, and I. M.
       Gruchy.  1971.  Mercury in fish  and fish-eating birds near sites
       of industrial contamination in  Canada.   Canad. Field-Naturalist.
       85(3): 211-220.

300.   Fish, F. F.  1944.  The retention of adult salmon with particular
       reference to the Grand Coulee Fish-salvage program.  U.S.F.&W.S.,
       Spec. Sci. Rept. Fish.  27, 28p.

301.   Fisher, D. W., A.  W. Gambell, G. E. Likens, and F. H. Bormann.
       1968.  Atmospheric contributions to water quality of streams in
       the Hubbard Brook Experimental  Forest,  New Hampshire.  Water
       Resour. Res.  4(5): 1115-1126.

302.*  Fisher, S. G.  and A. LaVoy.  1972.  Differences in littoral
       fauna due to fluctuating water  levels below a hydroelectric
       dam.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  29:  1472-1476.

303.   Fisher, S. G., and G.  E.  Likens.  1973.   Energy flow in Bear
       Brook, New Hampshire:   an integrative approach to stream
       ecosystem metabolism.   Ecol. Monogr.  43(4): 421-439.

304.   Flemer, D. A., W.  L. Dovel, H.  T.  Pfitzenmeyer, and D. E.
       Ritchie, Jr.  1967.  Spoil disposal in upper Chesapeake Bay.
       II.  Preliminary analysis of biological effects.  152-187.  In; P. L.
       McCarty and R. Kennedy (eds.),  National Symposium on Estuarine Pol-
       lution.  Stanford Univ. Press.

305.*  Florida Defenders of the Environment.  1970.  Environmental impact
       of the Cross-Florida Barge Canal with special emphasis on the
       Oklawaha regional ecosystem.  115p.

306.   Fogg, G. E.  1965.  Algal Cultures and Phytoplankton Ecology.
       Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

307.   Foster, R. F. and D. McConnon.   1965.  Relationships between the
       concentration of radionuclides  in Columbia River Water and Fish.
       In;  Biological Problems in Water Pollution.  Trans.  1962
       Seminar.  Robert A. Taft Sanit.  Eng. Cent., Cincinnati.

308.   Fox, H. M. and J.  Sidney.  1953.  The influence of dissolved oxygen
       on the respiratory movements of caddis larvae.  J. Exp. Biol. 30:
       235-237.

-------
                                   317
 309.   Fox, M., C. A. Wingfield, and I. G. Simmonds.  1937.  The oxygen
       consumption of ephemerid nymphs from flowing and from still
       waters  in relation to the concentrations of oxygen in the water.
       J. Exp. Biol. 14: 210.

 310.*  Frankenberg, D. and C. W. Westerfield.  1969.  Oxygen demand
       and oxygen depletion capacity of sediments from Wassaw Sound,
       Georgia.  Bull. Georgia Acad. Sci.

 311.*  Fraser, J. C.  1972.  Regulated discharge and the stream environ-
       ment.   263-285.  In;  R. T. Oglesby, C. A. Carlson, and J. A.
       McCann  (eds.), River Ecology and Man.  Academic Press, N.Y.

 312.   Frey, D. G. (ed.).  1963.  Limnology in North America.  Univ.
       Wisconsin Press, Madison.

 313.   Fromm, P. 0. and R. H. Schiffman.  1958.  Toxic action of
       hexavalent chromium on largemouth bass.  J. Wildl. Mgmt.  22: 40-4.

 314.   Frost, W. E.  1939.  River Liffey survey II—The food consumed by
       the brown trout (Salmo trutta Linn.) in acid and alkaline waters.
       Proc. R. Ir. Acad. 45B: 139-62.

 315.   Fry, F. E. J.  1951.  Some environmental relations of the speckled
       trout (Salvelinus fontinalis).   Proc. Northeast.   Atlantic Fish.
       Conf. 1951.

 316.   Fry, F. E. J.  1960.  The oxygen requirements of fish.  106-109.
       In;  C. M. Tarzwell (ed.), Biological Problems in Water Pollution.
       U.S. Dept. H.E.W., Robert A. Taft Sanit. Eng. Cent., Cincinnati.

 317.   Fry, F. E. J.  1967.  Responses  of vertebrate poikilotherms to
       termperature (review).  375-409.  In;  A.  H.  Rose (ed.), Thermo-
       biology.  Academic Press, N.Y.

 318.   Fry, F. E. J.  and J. S.  Hart.  1948.  The relation of temperature
       to oxygen consumption in the goldfish.   Biol. Bull.  94: 66-77.

 319.   Fry, F. E. J., J.  S. Hart, and  K. F. Walker.   1946.  Lethal
       temperature relations for a sample of young speckled trout,
       Savelinus fontinalis.  9-35.  In;  University of Toronto
       Biology Series,  No. 54,  Univ. Toronto Press,  Toronto.

320.   Fulton, L. A.   1970.  Spawning  areas and abundance of steelhead
       trout and coho,  sockeye, and chum salmon in the Columbia River
       basin-past and present.   U.S.F.& W.S.,  Spec.  Sci. Rept.  Fish.
       618, 37p.

321.*  Funk, J. L.  and C. E. Ruhr.   1971.   Stream channelization in the
       Midwest.  5-11.   In;  E. Schneberger and J. L.  Funk (eds.),
       Stream Channelization;  A Symposium.  Amer. Fish. Soc.,  Spec.
       Publ. No. 2.

-------
                                  318
322.*  Gagliano,  S. M.,  H.  J.  Kwon, J.  L.  van Beek.   1970.   Salinity
       regimes in Louisiana estuaries.   Hydrologic & Geologic Studies
       of Coastal Louisiana.   Report 2.  Coastal Resources  Unit Center
       for Wetland Resources, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge.
       l-63p.

323.*  Gagliano,  S. M.  and J.  L. van Beek.  1973.  Environmental manage-
       ment in the Mississippi Delta system.  Trans. Gulf Coast Assoc.
       Geol. Soc., 23:  203-209.

324.   Galtsoff,  P. S.   1956.   Ecological changes affecting the pro-
       ductivity of oyster grounds.  Trans.  21sJ^ N.   Am. Wild. Conf.
       408-419.

325.   Galtsoff,  P. S.   1964.   The american oyster Crassostrea virginica
       Gmelin.  U.S.F.&W.S.,  Fish. Bull., 64: 480p.

326.   Gammon, J. R.  1970.  The effect of inorganic sediment on stream
       biota.  Environmental Protection Agency, Water Pollution Control
       Research Series No.  18050DWC, 141p.

327.*  Gangmark,  H. A.  and R.  G. Bakkala.   1960.  A comparative study
       of unstable and stable (artificial channel) spawning streams
       for incubating king salmon at Mill Creek.  Calif. Fish and Game,
       46(2): 151-164.

328.*  Gangmark, H. A.  and R.  D. Broad.  1956.  Further observations on
       stream survival of king salmon spawn.  Calif. Fish and Game, 42(1):
       37-49.

329.   Gannon, J. E. and A. M. Beeton.  1969.  Studies on the effects
       of dredged materials from selected Great Lakes harbors on plankton
       and benthos.  Center for Great Lakes Studies, University of
       Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Spec. Rept. No. 8, 82p.

330.   Card, R.  1972.  Persistence of headwater check dams in a trout
       stream.  J. Wildl. Manag.  36(4): 1363-1367.

331.*  Garside, E. T.  1966.  Effects of oxygen in relation to temperature
       in the development of embryos of brook trout and rainbow trout.
       J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  23(8): 1121.

332.*  Gaufin, A. R. and C. M. Tarzwell.  1952.  Aquatic invertebrates
       as indicators of stream pollution.  Publ. Health Repts.  67(1):
       57-64.

333.   Gaufin, A. R. and C. M. Tarzwell.  1955.  Environmental changes  in
       a polluted stream during winter.  Amer. Midi. Nat.  54(1): 78-88.

334.   Gaufin, A. R. and C. M. Tarzwell.  1956.  Aquatic macro-invertebrate
       communities as indicators of organic pollution in Lytle Creek.
       Sewage  Indus. Wastes, 28(7): 906-924.

-------
                                  319
335.   Gauley, J. R.  1966.  Effect of water velocity on passage of
       salmonids in a transportation channel.  U.S.F.& W.S., Fish. Bull.
       66: 59-63.

336.   Gauley, J. R.  1966.  Effect of water velocity on passage of
       salmonids in a transportation channel.  U.S.F.& W.S., Fish.
       Bull.  66: 59-63.

337.   Gerking, S. D.  1949.  Characteristics of stream fish populations.
       Invest. Indiana Lakes and Streams, 3(3-8): 283-309.

338.   Gerking, S. D.  1950.  Stability of a stream fish population.
       J. Wildl. Manag.   14(2): 193-202.

339.   Gerking, S. D.  1953.  Evidence for the concepts of home range
       and territory in stream fishes.  Ecol.  34(2): 347-365.

340.   Gessel, S. P. and D. W. Cole.  1965.  Influence of removal of
       forest cover on movement of water and associated elements
       through soil.  J. Amer. Water Works Assoc.  57(10): 1301-1310.

341.   Geyer, R. A.  1955.  Effect of the Gulf of Mexico and the
       Mississippi River on hydrography of Redfish Bay and Blind Bay.
       Publ. Inst. Mar.  Sci., Univ. Texas.  4(1): 157-168.

342.   Geyer, R. A.  1970.  Impacts of environmental changes on Gulf
       Coast estuaries.   Trans. 37th No. Am. Wildl. Conf.  335-348.

343.   Gibson, E. S. and F. E. J. Fry.  1954.  The performance of the
       lake trout, Salvelinus namaycush, at various levels of
       temperature and oxygen pressure. Can. J.  Zool. 32(3): 252-260.

344.*  Giles, J. H. and G. Zamora.  1973.  Cover as a factor in habitat
       selection by juvenile brown (Penaeus aztecus) and white (P.
       setiferus) shrimp.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  102(1): 144-145.

345.   Gillespie, W. H.   1964.  Effects of coal strip mining in West
       Virginia.  W. Va. Univ., Morgantown (Unpubl. Rept.).  63p.

346.   Glime, J. M. and R. M. Clemons.  1972.  Species diversity of
       stream insects on Fontinalis spp. compared to diversity on
       artificial substrates.  Ecol.  53(3): 458-465.

347.   Glud, John B.  1951.  The effect of man on shellfish populations.
       Trans. 16th No. Am. Wildl. Conf.  397-402.

348.   Glymph, L. M. and H. C. Storey.  1967.  Sediment—its consequences
       and control.  205-220.  Ln:  N. C. Bradz (ed.), Agriculture and
       the Quality of our Environment.  AAAS Publ. 85.

349.   Godcharles, M. F.  1971.  A study of the effects of a commercial
       hydraulic clam dredge on benthic communities in estuarine areas.
       Fla. Dept. Nat. Res., Mar. Res. Lab., Tech. Ser. No. 64.  51p.

-------
                                  320
350.*  Goldman, C.  R.  1961.   The contribution of alder trees (Alnus
       tenuifolia)  to the primary productivity of Castle Lake, California.
       Ecol. 42(2): 282-288.

351.   Gordon, R.  N.  1965.   Fisheries problems associated with hydro-
       electric power development.  Can.  Fish. Cult.   35: 17-36.

352.   Gorham, E.  and D.  J.  Swaine.   1965.   The influence of oxidizing
       and reducing conditions upon the distribution of some elements
       in lake sediments.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  10(2):  268-279.

353.   Gorham, F.  P.  1899.   The gas-bubble disease of fish and its
       cause.  U.S. Fish. Comm. Bull.  19:  33-37.

354.   Gosz, J. R., G. E. Likens, and F.  H. Bormann.   1972.  Nutrient
       content of  litter fall on the Hubbard Brook Experimental Forest,
       New Hampshire.  Ecol.   53(5): 769-784.

355.   Graham, J.  M.  1949.   Some effects of temperature and oxygen
       pressure on the metabolism and activity of the speckled trout
       Salvelinus  fontinalis.  Can.  J. Res. (D) 27: 270-288.

356.*  Gray, J. R.  A. and J.  M. Edington.  1969.  Effect of woodland
       clearance on stream temperature.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  26: 399-403,

357.*  Green, G. E.  1950.  Land use and trout streams.  J. Soil Water
       Conserv.  5: 125-126.

358.   Greenberg,  A. E.  1964.  Plankton of the Sacramento River.
       Ecol.  45(1): 40-49.

359.   Greenfield, L. J.   1952.  The distribution of marine borers in
       the Miami area in relation to ecological conditions.  Bull. Mar.
       Sci. Gulf Caribb.   2(2): 448-464.

360.   Griffith, W. H., Jr.   1962-63.  Salt as a possible limiting factor
       to the Suisan Marsh pheasant population.  Delta Fish & Wildlife
       Protection Study, Cooperative Study of California, Ann. Rept.

361.   Grigg, R. W. and R. S. Kiwala.  1970.  Some ecological effects
       of discharged wastes on marine life.  Calif. Fish and Game,
       56(3): 145-155.

362.   Grimes, C.  B.  1971.   Thermal addition studies of the Crystal
       River steam electric station.  Fla.  Dept. Nat. Res., Mar. Res.
       Lab., Prof. Pap. Ser.  No. 11.  53p.

363.   Grimes, C.  B. and J.  A. Mountain.  1971.  Effects of thermal
       effluent upon marine fishes near the Crystal River steam electric
       station.  Fla. Dept.  Nat. Res., Mar. Res. Lab., Prof. Pap. Ser.
       No.  17.  64p.

-------
                                  321
364.   Grindley, J.  1946.  Toxicity to rainbow trout and minnows of
       some substances known to be present in waste waters discharged
       to rivers.  Ann. Appl. Biol.  33: 103-112.

365.   Grindley, J. R.  1964.  Effect of low salinity water on the vertical
       migration of estuarine plankton.  Nature  (Lond.).  203: 781-782.

366.   Gullion, G. W.   1970.  Factors influencing ruffed grouse popula-
       tions.  Trans.  35th N. Am. Wildl. Conf.  93-105.

367.*  Gunning, G. E.   1959.  The sensory basis for homing in the
       longear sunfish, Lepomis megalotis megalotis (Rafinesque).
       Invest. Indiana Lakes and Streams, 5: 103-130.

368.   Gunning, G. E.  and T. M. Berra.  1968.  Repopulation of decimated
       stream segments by the sharpfin chubsucker.   Prog. Fish-Cult.
       30(2): 92-95.

369.*  Gunning, G. E.  and T. M. Berra.  1969.  Fish repopulation of
       experimentally  decimated segments in the headwaters of two
       streams.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  98(2): 305-308.

370.   Gunning, G. E.  and W. M. Lewis.  1955.  The fish population of
       a spring-fed swamp in the Mississippi bottoms of southern
       Illinois.  Ecol.  36(4): 552-558.

371.   Gunter, G.  1952.  Historical changes in the Mississippi River
       and the adjacent marine environment.  Publ.  Inst. Mar. Sci.,
       Univ.  Texas.  2(2): 119-139.

372.   Gunter, G.  1953.  The relationship of the Bonnet Carre spillway
       to oyster beds  in Mississippi Sound and the "Louisiana Marsh"
       with a report on the 1950 opening.  Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci.,
       Univ.  Texas.  3(1): 17-71.

373.   Gunter, G.  1956.  Land, water, wildlife and flood control in
       the Mississippi Valley.  Proc. Louisiana Acad. Sci.  19: 5-11.

374.   Gunter, G.  1956.  Some relations of faunal distributions to
       salinity in estuarine waters.  Ecol.  37(3): 616-619.

375.*  Gunter, G.  1957.  Wildlife and flood control in the Mississippi
       Valley.  Trans. 22nd N. Am. Wildl. Conf.  189-196.

376.   Gunter, G.  1961.  Some relations of estuarine organisms to
       salinity.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  6(2): 182-190.

377.   Gunter, G.  1969.  Reef shell or mudshell dredging in coastal bays
       and its effect  upon the environment.  Trans.  34th N. Am. Wildl.
       Conf.   51-74.

378.   Gunter, G.  1972.  Use of dead reef shell and its relation to
       estuarine conservation.  Trans. 37th N. Am.  Wildl. Conf.  110-121.

-------
                                  322
379.   Gunter, G.,  B. S. Ballard, A. Venkataramaiah.   1973.   Salinity
       problems of  organisms in coastal areas subject to the effect of
       engineering  works.  U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
       Station.  Contract Report H-73-3.   176p.

380.   Gunter, G.,  B. S. Ballard, and A.  Venkataramaiah.  1974.   A
       review of salinity problems of organisms  in United States coastal
       areas subject to the effects of engineering works.  Gulf Res.
       Repts.  4(3): 380-475.

381.   Gunter, G. and G. E. Hall.  1963.   Biological  investigations of
       the St. Lucie Estuary (Florida) in connection  with Lake Okeechobee
       discharges through the St. Lucie Canal.  Gulf  Res. Repts.  1(5):
       189-307.

382.   Gunter, G. and G. E. Hall.  1965.   A biological investigation
       of the Caloosahatchee Estuary of Florida.  Gulf Res.  Repts.
       2(1): 1-71.

383.   Gunter, G. and J. McKee.  1960.  On oysters and sulfite waste
       liquor.  Washington Pollution Control Comm., Consultants Rept. 93p.

384.   Gunter, G. and W. E. Shell, Jr.  1958.  A study of an estuarine
       area with water-level control in the Louisiana marsh.  Proc.
       Louisiana Acad. Sci.  21: 5-34.

385.*  Hair, J. R.   1971.  Upper lethal temperature and thermal shock
       tolerances of the opossum shrimp,  Neomysis awatschensis, from
       the Sacramento-San Joaquin Estuary, California.  Calif. Fish
       and Game, 57(1): 17-27.

386.   Hale, J. G.  and D. A. Hilden.  1970.  The influence of flow on
       the spawning of brook trout in the laborator.   Trans. Amer. Fish.
       Soc.  99(3) : 595-597.

387.   Hall, C. A.  S.  1972.  Migration and metabolism in a temperate
       stream ecosystem.  Ecol.  53(4): 585-604.

388.   Hall, D. J., W. E. Cooper, and E.  E. Warner.  1970.  An experi-
       mental approach to the production dynamics and structure of
       freshwater animal communities.   Limnol.  Oceanogr.  15: 839-928.

389.*  Hall, G. E.   (ed.).  1971.  Reservoir Fisheries and Limnology.
       Amer. Fish.  Soc., Spec. Publ. 8, 511p.

390.*  Hall, T. F., W. T. Penfound, and A. D. Hess.  1946.  Water level
       relationships of plants in the Tennessee Valley with particular
       reference to malaria control.  J. Tenn. Acad.  of Sci.  21(1):
       18-59.

391.*  Hallock, R.  J. and W. F. Van Woert.  1959.  A survey of anadromous
       fish  losses in irrigation diversions from the Sacramento and
       San Joaquin Rivers.  Calif.  Fish and Game. 45(4): 227-266.

-------
                                  323
392.   Hamilton, J. D.  1961.  The effect of sand-pit washings on a
       stream fauna.  Int. Verein. Theor. Angew. Limnol.   14: 435-39.

393.   Hannan, H. H. and T. C. Dorris.  1970.  Succession of a macrophyte
       community in a constant temperature river.  Limnol. Oceanogr.
       15(3): 442-453.

394.*  Hansen, D. R.  1971.  Stream channelization effects on fishes
       and bottom fauna in the Little Sioux River, Iowa.   29-51.   In;
       E. Schneberger and J. L. Funk (eds.), Stream Channelization;
       A Symposium.  Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ. No. 2.

395.   Hansen, D. R. and R. J. Muncy.  1971.  Effects of stream channel-
       ization on fish and bottom fauna in the Little Sioux River,
       Iowa.  Iowa St. Wat. Resour. Res.  Inst.  38: 119p.

396.*  Harman, W. N.  1972.  Benthic substrates:  their effect on fresh-
       water mollusca.  Ecol.  53(2): 271-277.

397.   Harmon, B. G., C. H. Thomas, and L. Glasgow.  1960.  Waterfowl
       foods in Louisiana ricefields.  Trans. 25th No. Amer. Wildl.
       Nat.  Res. Conf.  153-161.

398.   Barrel, R. C., B. J. Davis, and T. C. Dorris.  1967.  Stream
       order and species diversity of fishes in an intermittent
       Oklahoma stream.  Amer. Midi. Nat.  78(2): 428-436.

399.*  Harris, S. W. and W. H. Marshall.   1963.  Ecology of water-level
       manipulations on a northern marsh.  Ecol.  44(2):  331-343.

400.   Harrison, A. D. and T. D. W. Farina.  1965.  A naturally turbid
       water with deleterious effects on the egg capsules of planorbid
       snails.  Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit.   59: 327-30.

401.*  Hart, C. W., Jr. and S. L. H. Fuller.  1972.  Environmental
       degradation in the Patuxent River estuary, Maryland.  Acad.
       Nat.  Scl., Phila., Dept. Limnol. Contr. No. 1, 14p.

402.   Hart, J. S.  1947.  Lethal temperature relations of certain
       fish in the Toronto region.  Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. (Sec. 5)
       41: 57-71.

403.   Hartman, W. L., W. R. Heard, and B. Drucker.  1967.  Migratory
       behavior of sockeye salmon fry and smolts.  J. Fish. Res.  Bd.
       Can.  24(10): 2069.

404.   Hasler, A. D.  1947.  Eutrophication of lakes by domestic drainage.
       Ecol.  28: 383-95.

405.   Hasler, A. D.  1954.  Odour perception and orientation in fishes.
       J. Fish Res. Bd. Can. 11: 107-29.

-------
                                  324
406.   Hasler, A.  D.   1956.   Influence of environmental reference
       points on learned orientation in fish (Phoxinus).   Physiologie,
       38: 303-310.

407.   Hasler, A.  D.   1960.   Guideposts of migrating fishes.   Science,
       132: 785-92.

408.*  Hasler, A.  D.   1966.   Underwater Guideposts.   University of Wis-
       consin Press,  Madison, 155p.

409.   Hasler, A.  D., R. M.  Horrall, W. J. Wisby, and W.  Braemer.  1958.
       Sun-orientation and homing in fishes.  Limnol. Oceanogr.
       3: 353-61.

410.   Hasler, A.  D.  and W.  J.  Wisby.  1951.  Discrimination of stream
       odors by fishes and its  relation to parent stream behavior.
       Amer. Nat.   135(823): 223-238.

411.   Hasler, A.  D.  and W.  J.  Wisby.  1958.  The return of displaced
       largemouth bass and green sun-fish to a "home" area.  Ecol.
       39: 289-93.

412.   Havey, K. A.   1974.  Effects  of regulated flows on standing crops
       of juvenile salmon and other  fishes at Barrows Stream, Maine.
       Trans. Amer.  Fish. Soc.   103(1): 1-9.

413.*  Havey, K. A.  and R. M. Davis.  1970.  Factors influencing
       standing crops and survival of juvenile salmon at Barrows
       Stream, Maine.  Trans. Amer.  Fish. Soc.  99(2): 297-311.

414.   Haydu, E. P.   1968.  Biological concepts in pollution control.
       Indust. Water Eng.  5(7): 18-21.

415.   Heald, E. J.   1970.  The Everglades estuary:   an example of
       seriously reduced inflow of freshwater.  Trans. Amer. Fish.
       Soc.  99(4):  847-848.

416.   Hedgpeth, J.  W. and J. J. Conor.  1969.  Aspects of the potential
       effect of thermal alteration  on marine and estuarine benthos.
       80-118.  In;   P. A. Krenkel and F. L. Parker  (eds.), Biological
       Aspects of Thermal Pollution.  Vanderbilt Univ. Press.

417.*  Heimstra, N.  W., D. K. Damkot, and N. G. Benson.  1969.  Some
       effects of silt turbidity on  behavior of juvenile largemouth
       bass and green sunfish.   U.S.F.& W.S., Tech.  Pap.  20, 9p.

418.   Heinicke, E.  A. and A. H. Houston.  1965.  Effect of thermal
       acclimation and sublethal heat shock upon ionic regulation in
       the goldfish, Carassius auratus L. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
       22(6): 1455-1476.

419.   Heinle, D. R.  1969.  Temperature and zooplankton.  Chesapeake
       Sci.  10(3-4): 186-209.

-------
                                  325
420.*  Hellier, T. R. , Jr. and L. S. Kornicker.  1962.  Effect of hydraulic
       dredging on sedimentation.  Publ. Inst.  Mar.  Sci. ,  Univ. Texas.
       8: 212-215.

421.   Henderson, N. E.  1963.  Influence of light and temperature on
       the reproductive cycle of the eastern brook trout,  Salvelinus
       fontinalis (Mitchill).  J. Fish.  Res. Bd. Can.   20(4): 859-897.

422.   Henegar, D. L. and K. W. Harmon.   1971.   A review of references to
       channelization and its environmental impact.   79-83.  In;  E.
       Schneberger and J. L. Funk (eds.), Stream Channelization;  A
       Symposium.  Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ. No.  2.

423.   Herbert, D. W. M., D. H. M. Jordan, and R. Lloyd.  1965.  A study
       of some fishless rivers in the industrial midlands.  J. Proc.
       Inst. Sewage Purification (London), 6: 569-582.

424.   Hergenrader, G. L. and A. D.  Hasler.  1968.  Influence of changing
       seasons on schooling behavior of yellow perch.   J.  Fish. Res.
       Bd. Can.  25(4): 711-716.

425.*  Herrmann, R. B., C. E. Warren, and P. Doudoroff.   1962.  Influence
       of oxygen concentration on the growth of juvenile coho salmon.
       Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  91(2): 155-167.

426.*  Herting, G. E. and A. Witt.  1967.  The role  of physical fitness
       of forage fishes in relation to their vulnerability to predation
       by bowfin (Amia calva).  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.   96(4): 427-430.

42?.   Hibbert, A. R.  1967.  Forest treatment effects on water yield.
       527-543.  In;  W. E. Sooper and W. L. Lull (eds.),  International
       Symposium of Forest Hydrology.  Pergamon Press, N.Y.

428.   Hill, Donald R.  1959.  Some uses of statistical analysis in
       classifying races of american shad (Alosa sapidissima).  U.S.F.&W.S.,
       Fish. Bull.  59: 269-286.

429.   Hoak, R. D.  1961.  The thermal pollution problem.   J. Water
       Pollut.  Contr. Fed. 33: 1267-1276.

430.*  Hobbie, J. E. and G. E. Likens.  1973.  Output of phosphorus,
       dissolved organic carbon, and fine particulate carbon from
       Hubbard Brook watersheds.  Limnol. Oceanogr.   18(5): 734-742.

431.   Hodge, W. W.  1937.  Effect of coal mine drainage on West Virginia
       rivers and water supplies.  West Virginia Univ. Exper. Sta. Tech.
       Bull. 9: 32-58.

432.*  Hoese, H. D.  1967.  Effect of higher than normal salinities on
       salt marshes.  Contr. Mar. Sci.  12: 249-261.

433.   Hoffman, R. H.  1970.  Waterfowl utilization  of ponds blasted at
       Delta, Manitoba.  J. Wildl. Manag. 34(3): 586-593.

-------
                                  326
434.   Holland, J.  S., D.  V.  Aldrich, and K.  Strawn.   1971.   Effects of
       temperature and salinity on growth, food conversion,  survival
       and temperature resistance of juvenile blue crabs, Callinectes
       sapidus Rathbun.  Texas A&M Univ.  Sea Grant Off.  Publ. TAMU-SG-71-
       222.  166p.

435.   Hollis, E. S., J. G.  Boone, C. R.  DeRose, and G.  J. Murphy.   1964.
       A literature review of the effects of turbidity and siltation on
       aquatic life.  Dept.  Chesapeake Bay Affairs, Annapolis, Md.
       Staff Rept.   26p.

436.   Hood, D. W.   1958.   Waste disposal in marine waters.   Coastal
       Engineering.  607-624.

437.*  Hoover, M. D.  1944.   Effect of removal of forest vegetation upon
       water yields.  Trans.  Amer. Geophys. Union, Pt. 6: 969-975.

438.*  Hoover, M. D.  1952.   Water and timber management.  J. Soil and
       Water Cons.   7: 75-78.

439.   Hopkins, S.  H.  1962.   Distribution of species of Cliona (boring
       sponge) on the eastern shore of Virginia in relation to salinity.
       Chesapeake Sci.  3(2): 121-124.

440.   Hopkins, S.  H.  1973.   Annotated bibliography on effects of
       salinity and salinity changes on life in coastal waters.  U.S.
       Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.  Contract Report
       H-73-2.  Alip.

441.   Hopkins, S.  H., J.  W.  Anderson, and K. Horvath.  1973.  The
       brackish water clam Rangia cuneata as indicator of ecological
       effects of salinity changes in coastal waters.  U.S.  Army
       Engineer Waterways Experiment Station.  Contract Report H-73-1.
       250p.

442.   Hoskin, C. M.  1959.  Studies of oxygen metabolism of streams of
       North Carolina.  Publ. Inst. Mar.  Sci., Univ. Tex.  6: 186-92.

443.   Howmiller, R. P. and A. M. Beeton.  1971.  Biological evaluation
       of environmental quality, Green Bay, Lake Michigan.  J. Wat.
       Poll. Contr. Fed.  43(1): 123-133.

444.   Hubbs,  C. L.  1941.  The relation of hydrological conditions to
       speciation in fishes.   182-195.  In;  A Symposium on Hydrobiology.
       Univ. Wisconsin Press, Madison.

445.   Hubbs,  C.  1964.  Effects of  thermal fluctuations on  the relative
       survival of  greenthroat darter young from stenothermal and
       eurythermal waters.  Ecol.  45(2):  376-379.

446.   Hubbs,  C.  1965.  Developmental temperature tolerance and rates of
       four southern California fishes, Fundulus parvipinnis, Atherinops
       affinis, Leuresthes tenuis, and Hypsoblennius sp. Calif. Fish and
       Game, 51(2): 113-122.

-------
                                  327
447.   Hubbs, C.  1972.  Some thermal consequences of environmental
       manipulations of water.  Biol. Cons.  4(3): 185.

448.   Hubbs, C. and N. E. Armstrong.  1962.  Developmental temperature
       tolerance of Texas and Arkansas-Missouri Etheostoma spectabile
       (Percidae, Osteichthyes).   Ecol.  43(4): 742-744.

449.   Hubbs, C., R. C. Baird, and J. W. Gerald.  1967.  Effects of
       dissolved oxygen concentration and light intensity on activity
       cycles of fishes inhabiting warm springs.  Amer. Midi. Nat.
       77(1): 104-115.

450.   Hubbs, C. and W. F. Hettler.  1964.  Observations on the tolera-
       tion of high temperatures  and low dissolved oxygen in natural
       waters by Crenichthys baileyi.  Southwest.  Nat.  9(4): 245-248.

451.   Hubbs, C. and P. S. Martin.  1965.  Effects of darkness on egg
       deposition by Etheostoma lepidum females.  Southwest. Nat.  10(4):
       302-306.

452.   Hubbs, C., T. Wright, and  0. Cuellar.  1963.  Developmental
       temperature tolerance of central Texas populations of two anuran
       amphibians Bufo valliceps  and Pseudacris streckeri.  Southwest.
       Nat.  8(3): 142-149.

453.   Huet, M.  1962.  Influence du courant sur la distribution des
       poissons dans les eaux courantes.  Revue Suisse D'Hydrologie,
       Hydrol.  24: 412-432.

454.   Hughes, D. A.  1970.  Some factors affecting drift and upstream
       movements of Gammarus pulex.  Ecol.  51(2): 301-305.

455.   Hutchinson, G. E.  1932.  Experimental studies in ecology.  I.  The
       magnesium tolerance of Daphniidae and its ecological significance.
       Int. Revue ges. Hydrobiol. Hydrogr.  28: 90-108.

456.*  Hynes, H. B. N.  1960.  The Biology of Polluted Waters.  Liverpool
       University Press, Liverpool.  199p.

457.   Hynes, H. B. N.  1965.  The significance of macroinvertebrates
       in the study of mild river pollution.  U.S. Pub. Hlth. Serv. Publ.
       999-WP-25: 235-40.

458.*  Hynes, H. B. N.  1972.  The Ecology of Running Waters.  Univ. of
       Toronto Press, 555p.

459.*  Hynes, H. B. N.  1974.  Further studies on the distribution of
       stream animals within the  substratum.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  19(1):
       92-99.

460.   Hynes, H. B. N. and M. J.  Coleman.  1968.  A simple method of
       assessing the annual production of stream benthos.  Limnol.
       Oceanogr.  13(4): 569-573.

-------
                                  328
461.   IDOE.   1972.   Baseline studies of pollutants in the marine environ-
       ment and research recommendations.   Deliberations of the Inter-
       national Decade of Ocean Exploration Baseline Conference, May 24-
       26.   54p.

462.   Ingle, R. M.   1952.  Studies on the effect of dredging operations
       upon fish and shellfish.  Fla. St.  Bd.  Conserv.,  Tech. Ser. No.
       5.   26p.

463.*  Ingle, R. M., A. R. Ceurvels, and R. Leinecker,  1955.  Chemical
       and biological studies of the muds of Mobile Bay.  Ala. Dept.
       Conserv., Div. Seafoods, Rept. 3-14.

464.   Ingram, W. M.  1957.   Handbook of Selected Biological References
       on Water Pollution Control, Sewage Treatment, Water Treatment.
       U.S. Dept. HEW, Publ. Health Serv., Bibl. Ser. No. 8.  95p.

465.   Ingram, W. M. and P.  Doudoroff.  1953.   Selected Bibliography
       of Publications on Industrial Wastes Relating to Fish and Oysters.
       U.S. Dept. HEW, Publ. Health Serv., Bibl. Ser. No. 10.  28p.

466.*  Inman, D. L.  and B. M. Brush.  1973.  The coastal challenge.
       Science.  181: 20-32.

467.   Ireland, L. C. and J. W. Tarver.  1972.  Problems of water
       resource development in the Gulf Coast estuarine zone.  738-753.
       In;   Proc. International Symposium on Uncertainties in Hydrologic
       and Water Resource Systems.  December 11-14.

468.   Isaac, P. C.  G.  1965.  The contribution of bottom muds to the
       depletion of oxygen in rivers and suggested standards for sus-
       pended solids.  346-354.  In;  C. M. Tarzwell (ed.), Biological
       Problems in Water Pollution, 3rd Seminar.  Cincinnati, Ohio.
       U.S. Dept. HEW, Publ. Health Serv.

469.*  Jackson, H. 0. and W. C. Starrett.  1959.  Turbidity and sedi-
       mentation at Lake Chautauqua, Illinois.  J. Wildl. Manag.
       23(2): 157-168.

470.   Jaworski, E.   1971.  Decline of the soft-shell blue crab fishery
       in Louisiana.  The Envir. Qual. Prog., Texas A&M Univ.  EQN 04.
       33P.

471.   Jenkins, Robert M.  1965.  Bibliography on Reservoir Fishery
       Biology in North America.  U.S.F.& W.S., Res. Rept., No. 68.
       57p.

472.   Jensen, S. and Jernelov. 1969.  Biological methylation of mercury
       in aquatic organisms.  Nature 223: 753-754.

473.   Jernelov, A. 1972.  Environmental mercury contamination.  In,;
       R. Hartung (ed.), Ann Arbor Science Publ., Univ. Mich. Press,
       Ann Arbor.

-------
                                  329
474.   Jitts, H. R.   1959.  The adsorption of phosphate by estuarine
       bottom deposits.  Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res.  10: 7-21.

475.   Johannes, R. E.  1970.  Coral reefs and pollution.  FAO Conference
       on Marine Pollution and its Effects on Living Resources and
       Fishing (Rome, Italy, 9-18 December).  FIR: MP/70/R-14.  15p.

476.   Johannes, R. E.  1970.  How to kill a coral reef—I.  Mar.  Poll.
       Bull.  1(12): 1-2.

477.   Johannes, R. E.  1971.  How to kill a coral reef—II.  Mar.
       Poll. Bull.  2(1): 1-2.

478.   Johannes, R. E.  1972.  Marine pollution in shallow tropical
       waters.  FAO/SIDA Training Course on Marine Pollution in
       Relation to Protection of Living Resources.  (Goteborg, Sweden,
       2 May - 3 June).  FAO Publ.  18p.

479.   Johannes, R. E., J. Maragos, and S. L. Coles.  1972.  Oil damages
       corals exposed to air.  Mar. Poll. Bull.  3(2): 29-30.

480.   John, K. R.  1964.  Survival of fish in intermittent streams
       of the Chiricahua Mountains, Arizona.  Ecol.  45(1): 112-119.

481.   Johnson, J. P., K. E. Saxton, and D. W. Deboer.  1969.  The
       effect of man on water yield, peak runoff and sedimentation.
       Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.  76: 153-166.

482.   Johnson, M. G., M. F. P. Michalski, and A. E. Christie.  1970.
       Effects of acid mine wastes on phytoplankton communities of
       two northern Ontario lakes.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  27(3): 425-444.

483.   Johnson, N. M.  1971.  Mineral equilibria in ecosystem geo-
       chemistry.  Ecol.  52(3): 529-531.

484.   Johnson, N. M., G. E. Likens, F. H. Bormann, and R. S. Pierce.
       1968.  Rate of chemical weathering of silicate minerals in New
       Hampshire.  Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta.  32: 531-545.

485.   Jones, J. I., R. E. Ring, M. 0. Rinkel, and R. E. Smith.  1973.
       A summary of knowledge of the Eastern Gulf of Mexico 1973.
       Coord, by State Univ. Syst., Fla. Inst. Oceanogr.  1-1, VII-74.

486.   Jones, J. R. E.  1957.  Fish and river pollution.  In; L.
       Klein (ed.), Aspects of River Pollution.  Butterworth, London.

487.   Joyner, T.  1971.  Resource exploitation—living.  529-551.
       In; D.W. Hood (ed.), Impingement of Man on the Oceans.  Wiley-
       Interscience, N. Y.

488.   Juang, F. H. T. and N. M. Johnson.  1967.  Cycling of chlorine
       through a forested watershed in New England.  J. Geophys.
       Res.  72(22): 5641-5647.

-------
                                  330
489.   June, F.  C.   1965.   Comparison of vertebral counts of Atlantic
       menhaden.  U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci.  Kept., Fish.   513: 1-11.

490.   Kadlec, J.  A.  1962.  The effects of a drawdown on a waterfowl
       impoundment.  Ecol.  43(2): 267-281.

491.   Kahn, R.  A., and G. A. Rounsefell.  1947.  Evaluation of
       fisheries in determining benefits and losses from engineering
       projects.  U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci.  Kept., Fish.   40: 1-10.

492.   Katz, M.   1969.  The biological and ecological effects of acid
       mine drainage with particular emphasis to the waters of the
       Appalachian region.  Appendix F to Acid Mine Drainage in
       Appalachia (Appalachian Regional Commission, Washington, B.C.),
       65p.

493.*  Katz, M.  and A. R.  Gaufin.  1952.  The effects of sewage pollution
       on the fish population of a midwestern stream.  Trans. Amer.
       Fish. Soc.   82: 156-165.

494.*  Katz, M., A. Pritchard, and C. E. Warren.  1959.   Ability of
       some salmonids and a centrarchid to swim in water of reduced
       oxygen content.  Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc.  88(2):  88-95.

495.   Kaushik,  N.  K. and H. B. N. Hynes.  1968.  Experimental study on
       the role of autumn-shed leaves in aquatic environments.  J.
       Ecol.  56:  229-243.

496.*  Keast, Allen.  1968.  Feeding of some Great Lakes fishes at
       low temperatures.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  25(6): 1199-1218.

497.   Keller, M.  and S. W. Harris.  1966.   The growth of eelgrass in
       relation to tidal depth.  J. Wildl.  Manag.  30(2): 281-285.

498.   Kelley, D.  W. and J. L. Turner.  1966.  Fisheries protection
       and enhancement with water development of the Sacramento-San
       Joaquin estuary.  78-82.  In;  R. F. Smith, A. H. Swartz, and
       W. H. Massmann (eds.), A Symposium on Estuarine Fisheries.
       Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 3.  Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish.
       Soc.  95(4).

499.   Kelly, J. A., Jr., C. M. Fuss, Jr., and J. R. Hall.  1971.
       The transplanting and survival of turtle grass, Thalassia tes-
       tudinum, in Boca Ciega Bay, Florida.  Fish. Bull.  69(2): 273-
       280.

500.*  Kemp, H.  A.  1949.  Soil pollution in the Potomac River Basin.
       J. Amer.  Water Works Assoc.  41(9):  792-796.

501.   Kendeigh, S. C.  1961.  Animal Ecology.  Prentice-Hall, Englewood
       Cliffs, N.  J.  468p.

-------
                                  331
502.   Kennedy, H. D. and D. F. Walsh.   1970.   Effects of malathion
       on two warmwater fishes and aquatic invertebrates in ponds.
       U.S.F.& W.S., Tech. Pap. 55.  13p.

503.   Kennedy, H. D., L. L. Eller, and D. F.  Walsh.   1970.  Chronic
       effects of methoxychlor on bluegills and aquatic invertebrates.
       U.S.F.& W.S., Tech. Pap. 53.  18p.

504.   Kennedy, V. S. and J. A. Mihursky.   1967.  Bibliography on the
       effects of temperature in the aquatic environment.  Univ.  Md.,
       Nat. Res. Inst., Contr. 326.  89p.

505.   Ketchum, B. H.  1951.  The flushing of tidal estuaries.  Sewage
       Indust. Wastes  23(2): 198-208.

506.   Ketchum, B. H.  1951.  The exchange of fresh and salt waters
       in tidal estuaries.  J. Mar. Res.  10(1): 18-38.

507.   Ketchum, B. H.  1969.  Eutrophication of estuaries.  197-209.
       In; Eutrophication;  Causes, Consequences, Correctives.
       Nat. Acad. Sci., Washington.

508.   Ketchum, B. H. (ed.)  1972.  The Water's Edge;   Critical
       Problems of the Coastal Zone.  MIT  Press, Cambridge, Mass.  393p.

509.   Keup, L. E.  1966.  Stream biology  for assessing sewage treatment
       plant efficiency.  Water and Sewage Works.  113(11); 411-417.

510.*  King, D. L. and R. C. Ball.  1964a. The influence of highway
       construction on a stream.  Res.  Rept.,  Mich. State Agric.
       Expt. Sta.  19(4), 4p.

511.   King, D. L., and R. C. Ball.  1964b. A quantitative biological
       measure of stream pollution.  J. Water Pollution Control Fed.
       36(5): 650-653.

512.   King, D. L. and R. C. Ball.  1967.   Comparative energetics of
       a polluted stream.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  12(1):  27-33.

513.   Kinne, 0.  1963.  The effects of temperature and salinity on
       marine and brackish water animals.   I.  Temperature.  Oceanogr.
       Mar. Biol., Ann. Rev.  1: 301-340.

514.   Kinne, 0.  1964.  The effects of temperature and salinity on
       marine and brackish water animals.   II.  Salinity and temperature
       salinity combinations.  Oceanogr. Mar.  Biol. Ann. Rev.  2: 281-339.

515.   Kinne, 0.  1966.  Physiological aspects of animal life in
       estuaries with special reference to salinity.   Netherl. J. Sea
       Res.  3(2): 222-244.

-------
                                  332
516.   Kinne, 0.   1967.   Physiology of estuarine organisms with special
       reference to salinity and temperature:   general aspects.
       525-540.  In:  G.  H.  Lauff (ed.),  Estuaries.   AAAS Publ.  83.

517.   Kinne, 0.  and E.  M.  Kinne.  1962.   Rates of development in
       embryos of a cypinodont fish exposed to different temperature-
       salinity-oxygen combinations.  Can. J.  Zool.   40: 231-253.

518.*  Kinney, E. C.  1964.   Extent of acid mine pollution in the
       United States affecting fish and wildlife.  U.S.F.& W.S.,
       Circ. 191, 27p.

519.   Kinsman, J. J.  1964.  Reef coral  tolerance of high temperatures
       and salinities.  Nature.   202:  1280-1282.

520.   Kittrell,  F. W.  1959.  Effects of impoundments on dissolved
       oxygen resources.   Sew. and Ind. Wastes.  31:  1065-1078.

521.   Kleerekoper, H.  1973.  Effects of copper on the locomotor
       orientation of fish.   Ecological Research Series.  U.S. Environ.
       Protect. Agency,  Off. Res. Monit., Ecol. Res.  Ser. EPA-R3-73-045.
       97p.

522.   Klima, E.  F. and D.  A. Wickham. 1971.   Attraction of coastal
       pelagic fishes with artificial  structures.  Trans. Amer. Fish.
       Soc.  100(1): 86-99.

523.   Knight-Jones, E.  W.  and S. Z. Qasim.  1955.  Responses of some
       marine plankton animals to changes in hydrostatic pressure.
       Nature.  (Lond.)   175: 941-942.

524.*  Kraft, M.  E.  1972.   Effects of controlled flow reduction on
       a trout stream.  J.  Fish. Res.  Bd. Can.  29:  1405-1411.

525.*  Krenkel, P. A. and F. L.  Parker  (eds.).  1969.  Biological
       Aspects of Thermal Pollution.  Vanderbilt Univ. Press,  407p.

526.   Krenkel, P. A., W. A. Cawley, and  V. A. Minch.  1965.  The
       effects of impoundments on river waste assimilative capacity.
       J. Wat. Poll. Contr.  Fed.   37(9).

527.*  Kristensen, I.  1964.  Hypersaline bays as an environment of
       young fish.  Proc. Gulf Caribb. Fish. Inst.  16: 139-142.

528.*  Krone, R.  B.  1963.   A study of rheologic properties of
       estuarine sediments.   Univ. Calif., Berkeley,  Hydraul. Eng.
       Lab. and Sanit. Eng.  Res. Lab.

529.   Krumholz, L. A. and W. L. Minckley.  1964.  Changes in the fish
       population in the Upper Ohio River following temporary pollution
       abatement.  Trans. Amer.  Fish.  Soc.  93(1): 1-5.

-------
                                  333
530.   Kuehne, R. A.  1962.  A classification of streams, illustrated
       by fish distribution in an eastern Kentucky creek.  Ecol.
       43(4): 608-614.

531.   Kutkuhn, J. H.  1966.  The role of estuaries in the development
       and perpetuation of commercial shrimp resources.  16-36.   In;
       R. F. Smith, A. H. Schwartz, and W. H. Massmann (eds.),  A
       Symposium on Estuarine Fisheries.  Amer. Fish.  Soc., Spec. Publ.
       3.  Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  95(4).

532.   Kutty, M. N. and R. L. Saunders.  1973.  Swimming performance  of
       young Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar) as affected by reduced
       ambient oxygen concentration.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  30: 223-227.

533.*  Lackey, J. B., G. B. Morgan, and 0. H. Hart.  1959.  Turbidity
       effects in natural waters in relation to organisms and the
       uptake of radioisotopes.  Univ. Fla., Eng. Indust. Exper.  Sta.,
       Tech. Pap. 167,  13(8), 9p.

534.   Lagler, K. F.  1971.  Ecological effects of hydroelectric dams.
       133.  In;  D. A. Berkowitz and A. M. Squires (eds.), Power
       Generation and Environmental Change.  MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass,

535.   Lane, C. E., Jr., et^ ad.  1967.  Reservoir Fishery Resources
       Symposium.  Amer. Fish. Soc., South. Div.  569p.

536.   Lane, E. W.  1947.  The effect of cutting off bends in rivers.
       Proc. 3rd. Hydraulics Conf., Univ. la. Bull.  31: 230-240.

537.*  Langlois, T. H.  1941.  Two processes operating for the reduction
       in abundance or elimination of fish species from certain types
       of water areas.  Trans. N. Amer. Wildl. Conf.  6: 189-201.

538.*  Larimore, R. W. and M. J. Duever.  1968.  Effects of temperature
       acclimation on the swimming ability of smallmouth bass fry.
       Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  97(2): 175-184.

539.*  Larimore, R. W., W. F. Childers, and C. Heckrotte.  1959.
       Destruction and re-establishment of stream fish and inverte-
       brates affected by drought.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  88(4): 261-
       285.

540.   Larimore, R. W. and P. W. Smith.  1963.  The fishes of Champaign
       County, Illinois, as affected by 60 years of stream changes.
       Ill Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull.  28(2): 299-382.

541.   Lathwell, D. J., H. F. Mulligan, and D. R. Bouldin.  1969.
       Chemical properties, physical properties and plant growth in
       twenty artificial wildlife marshes.  N.Y. Fish Game J.  16(2):
       158-183.

-------
                                  334
542.   League of Women Voters of the United States.   1970.   Where
       rivers meet the sea.   Facts & Issues.  Pub.  No.  367:  8p.

543.   LeBrasseur, R. J.   1969.   Growth of juvenile chum salmon
       (Oncorhynchus keta) under different feeding regimes.
       J. Fish. Res. Bd.  Can.  26: 1631-1645.

544.   LeClerc, E.  1960.  The self purification of streams  and the
       relationship between chemical and biological tests.   281-316.
       In;  Proc. 2nd Sympos. Trtmnt. Waste Waters.   Pergamon Press,
       London.

545.   Leggett, W. C. and R. R.  Whitney.  1972.  Water temperature and
       the migrations of American shad.  Fish, Bull.  70(3): 659-670.

546.*  Lehmkuhl, D. M.  1972.  Change in thermal regime as  a cause
       of reduction of benthic fauna downstream of a reservoir.   J.
       Fish. Res. Bd. Canada  29: 1329-1332.

547.   Lehmkuhl, D. M. and N. H. Anderson.  1972.  Microdistribution
       and density as factors affecting the downstream drift of
       mayflies.  Ecol.  53(4):  661-667.

548.   Lemke, A. L.  1970.  Lethal effects of various rates of temper-
       ature increase on Gammarus pseudolimnaeus and Hydropsyche betteni
       with notes on other species.  U.S. National Water Quality
       Laboratory, Duluth, Minnesota.

549.   Leonard, J. W.  1942.  Some observations on the winter feeding
       habits of brook trout fingerlings in relation to natural food
       organisms present.  Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.  71: 219-227.

550.*  Leonard, J. W.  1948.  Importance of fish food insects In trout
       management.  Michigan Cons.   17: 8-9.

551.*  Leopold, L. B., M. G. Wolman, and J. P. Miller.  1964.  Fluvial
       Processes in Geomorphology.  W. H. Freeman Co., San Francisco.  522p,

552.   Lewis, J. B.  1970.  Ruffed grouse:  an indicator of environ-
       mental change.  Trans. 35th N. Am. Wildl. Conf.  196-204.

553.   Lewis, R. M. and W. F. Hettler, Jr.  1968.  Effect of temper-
       ature and salinity on the survival of young Atlantic menhaden,
       Brevoortia tyrannus.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  97(4): 344-349.

554.*  Lewis, S. L.  1969.  Physical factors influencing fish populations
       in pools of a  trout stream.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  98(1):
       14-19.

555.   Lewis, W. M. and C. Peters.  1954.  Physico-chemical character-
       istics of the ponds in the Pyatt, Desota, and Elkville strip
       mined areas of Southern  Illinois.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
       84:  117-124.

-------
                                  335
556.*  Liang, T. T. and E. P. Lichtenstein.  1974.  Synergism of
       insecticides by herbicides:  effect of environmental factors.
       Science.  186(4169): 1128-1130.

557.   Likens, G. E., F. H. Bormann, and N. M. Johnson.  1969.
       Nitrification:  importance to nutrient losses from a cutover
       forested ecosystem.  Science.  163: 1205-1206.

558.   Likens, G. E., F. H. Bormann, N. M. Johnson, and R. S. Pierce.
       1967.  The calcium, magnesium, potassium, and sodium budgets
       for a small forested ecosystem.   Ecol.  48(5):  772-785.

559.*  Likens, G. E., F. H. Bormann, N. M. Johnson, D. W. Fisher and
       R. S. Pierce.  1970.  Effects of forest cutting and herbicide
       treatment on nutrient bugets in the Hubbard Brook watershed-
       ecosystem.  Ecol. Monogr.  40: 23-47.

560.   Lindberg, S. E. and R. C. Harriss.  1973.  Mechanisms controlling
       pore water salinities in a salt marsh.  Limnol. Oceanogr.
       18(5): 788-791.

561.   Lindeman, R. L.  1941.  Seasonal food-cycle dynamics in a
       senescent lake.  Am. Midi. Nat.   26: 636-673.

562.   Lindeman, R. L.  1942.  The trophic-dynamic aspect of ecology.
       Ecology  23: 399-413.

563.   Lindsay, W. L.  1972.  Zinc in soils and plant  nutrition.
       Adv. Agron.  24: 147-186.

564.   Lindsey, C. C.  1957.  Possible effects of water diversions
       on fish distributions in British Columbia.  J.  Fish. Res. Bd.
       Can.  14(4): 651-668.

565.   Lisk, D. J.  1972.  Trace metals in soils, plants, and animals.
       Adv. Agron.  24: 267-325.

566.   Lister, D. B. and H. S. Genoe.  1970.  Stream habitat utilization
       by cohabiting underyearlings of  Chinook (Oncorhynchus tshawytscha)
       and coho (0. kisutch) salmon in the Big Qualicum River, British
       Columbia.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  27: 1215-1224.

567.   Livingstone, D. A.  1963.  Chemical composition of rivers and
       lakes.  U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof. Pap.  440G.

568.   Livingstone, R., Jr.  1965.  A preliminary bibliography with
       KWIC Index on the ecology of estuaries and coastal areas of the
       eastern United States.  U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish.
       507.  352p.

-------
                                  336
569.   Lloyd, R.  1960.  Toxicity of zinc sulfate to rainbow trout.
       Ann. App. Biol.   48: 84-94.

570.   Lloyd, R.  1961.  Effect of dissolved oxygen concentrations on
       the toxicity of  several poisons to rainbow trout (Salmo
       gairdnerii Richardson).   J. Exp.  Biol.  38(2): 447-455.

571.   Lloyd, R.  1965.  Factors that affect the tolerance of fish to
       heavy metal poisoning.   181-187,  In;   Biological Problems in
       Water Pollution,  J3rd Sem. , 1962.  U.S.  Dept. H.E.W., Publ.
       Health Serv. Publ. 99-WP-25.

572.   Lloyd, R. and D. W. M.  Herbert.  1960.  Influence of carbon
       dioxide on the toxicity of non-ionized ammonia to rainbow
       trout (Salmo gairdnerii).  Ann. Appl. Biol.  48: 399-404.

573.   Loosanoff, V. L.  1962.   Effects of turbidity on some larval
       and adult bivalves.  Proc. Gulf Caribb.  Fish. Inst.  14: 80-95.

574.*  Loosanoff, V. L. and F.  D. Tommers.  1948  Effect of suspended
       silt and other substances on rate of feeding of oysters.
       Science 107: 69-70.

575.   Lorz, H. W. and T. G. Northcote.   1965.   Factors affecting
       stream location, and timing and intensity of entry by spawning kokanee
       (Oncorhynchus nerka) into an inlet of Nicola Lake, British
       Columbia.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  22(3): 665-687.

576.   Lotrich, V. A.  1973.  Growth, production, and community
       composition of fishes inhabiting a first, second, and third-order
       stream of eastern Kentucky.  Ecol. Monogr.  43(3): 377-397.

577.   Lotse, E. G., D. A. Graetz, G. Chesters, G. B. Lee, and L. W.
       Newland.  1968.   Lindane adsorption by lake sediments.  Environ.
       Sci. Technol.  2(5): 353-357.

578.   Louisiana Advisory Commission on Coastal and Marine Resources.
       1973.  Louisiana wetlands prospectus.  346p.

579.   Lowe, C. H., D.  S. Hinds, and E. A. Halpern.  1967.  Experimental
       catastrophic selection and tolerances to low oxygen concentration
       in native Arizona freshwater fishes.  Ecol.  48(6): 1013-1017.

580.   Lowe, J. I., P.  R. Parrish, A. J. Wilson, Jr., P. D. Wilson, and
       T. W. Duke.  1971.  Effects of mirex on selected estuarine
       organisms.  Trans.  36th N. Amer. Wildlife Assn. Conf.  171-186.

581.   Ludwig, H. F. and B. Onodera.  1963.  Scientific parameters of
       marine waste discharge.  Int. J. Air. Wat. Poll.  7: 159-171.

-------
                                  337
582.   Luebke, B. H.  1954.  Problems created by the Douglas Reservoir
       in East Tennessee.  J. Tenn. Acad. Sci.  29(4): 246-259.

583.   Lush, Donald L. and H. B. N. Hynes.  1973.  The formation of
       particles in freshwater leachates of dead leaves.  Limnol.
       Oceanogr.  18(6): 968-977.

584.   Macek, Kenneth J.  1968.  Growth and resistance to stress in
       brook trout fed sublethal levels of DDT.  J. Fish. Res. Bd.
       Can.  25(11): 2443-2451.

585.   Macek, K. J., C, Hutchinson, and 0. B. Cope.  1969.  The effects
       of temperature on the susceptibility of bluegills and rainbow
       trout to selected pesticides.  Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol.
       4(3): 174-183.

586.   Maciolek, J. A. and P. R. Needham.  1951.  Ecological effects
       of winter conditions on trout and trout foods in Convict
       Creek, California.  Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.  81: 202-217.

587.   Mackenthun, K. M.  1965.  Nitrogen and phosphorus in water:
       an annotated selected bibliography of their biological effects.
       U.S. Dept. H.E.W.

588.   Mackenthun, K. M. and W. K. Ingram.  1967.  Biological associ-
       ated problems in freshwater environments.  U.S. Dept. Int.,
       Fed. Water Pollut. Contr. Adm.  X-287.

589.   Mackin, J. G.  1956.  Studies on the effect of suspensions of
       mud in sea water pn oysters.  Texas A&M Res. Found., Tech.
       Kept. 19, 12p.

590.   Mackin, J. G.  1961.  Oyster diseases caused by Dermocystidium
       marinum and other microorganisms in Louisiana.  Publ. Inst.
       Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas.  7: 132-229.

591.   Mackin, J. G.  1961.  Canal dredging and silting in Louisiana bays,
       Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas.  7: 262-314.

592.   Mackin, J. G. and S. H. Hopkins.  1958.  Results of projects
       nine and twenty-three.  Proj. 23E.  Vol. 1.  Text.  Texas A&M
       Res. Found. Summ. Kept.  200p.

593.   Mackin, J. G. and S. H. Hopkins.  1961.  Studies on oyster
       mortality in relation to natural environments and to oil fields
       in Louisiana.  Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas.  7: 1-131.

594.   Mackin, J. G. and A. K. Sparks.  1961.  A study of the effect
       on oysters of crude oil loss from a wild well.  Publ. Inst.
       Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas.  7: 230-261.

-------
                                  338
595.   MacLean, J. A. and J. H.  Gee.   1971.   Effects of temperature
       on movements of prespawning brook stickle-backs, Culaea
       inconstans, in the Roseau River, Manitoba.   J.  Rish.  Res.
       Bd. Can.  28: 919-923.

596.   MacLeod, J. C. and E. Pessah.   1973.   Temperature effects  on
       mercury accumulation, toxicity and metabolic rate in rainbow
       trout (Salmo gairdnerii).  J.  Fish. Res. Bd. Canada.   30(4):
       484-492.

597.   Haddock, T., Jr.  1972.  Hydrologic behavior of stream channels.
       Trans. 37th. N. Am. Wildl. Conf.  366-374.

598.   Madsen, B. L., J. Bengtson, and I. Butz.  1973.  Observations
       on upstream migration by imagines of some Plecoptera and
       Ephemeroptera.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  18(4): 678-681.

599.*  Major, R. L., and J. L. Mitchell.  1966.  Influence of Rocky Reach
       Dam and the temperature of the Okanogan River on the upstream
       migration of sockeye salmon.  U.S.F.& W.S., Fish. Bull.
       66(1): 131-147.

600.   Malous, R., R. Keck, D. Maurer, and C. Episano.  1972.  Occurrence
       of gas bubble disease in three species of bivalve mollusks.
       J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  29: 588-589.

601.   Mann, K. H.  1961.  The oxygen requirements of leeches considered
       in relation to their habitats.  Verb., int.  Verein. theor.
       angew.  Limnol.  14: 1009-1013.

602.   Mann, K. H.  1964.  The pattern of energy flow in the fish and
       invertebrate fauna of the River Thames.  Verh. int. Verein.
       theor. angew. Limnol.  15: 485-495.

603.   Mann, K.H.  1965.  Heated effluents and their effects on the
       invertebrate fauna of rivers.   Proc. Soc. Water Trtmnt. Exam.
       14: 45-53.

604.   Mann, K. H.  1969.   The dynamics of aquatic ecosystems.  Adv.
       Ecol. Res.  6: 1-81.

605.   Mansueti, R. J.  1962.  Effects of civilization on striped bass
       and other estuarine biota in Chesapeake Bay and tributaries.
       Gulf and Caribb. Fish. Inst.,  Proc. 14: 110-136.

606.   Margalef, R.  1951.  Diversidad de especies en las comunidades
       naturales.  Proc. Inst. Biol.  Apl.  9: 5-27.

607.   Margalef, R.  1958.  Information theory in ecology.  Gen.  Syst.
       3: 36-71.

-------
                                  339
608.   Marshall, N., H. P. Jeffries, T. A.  Napora, and J.  M.  Sieburth.
       1964.  Symposium on experimental marine ecology.  Univ.  Rhode
       Is., Narragansett Mar. Lab., Occ. Publ. No. 2,  lOlp.

609.   Marshall, R. R.  1968.  Dredging and filling.   107-113.   In:
       J. D. Newson (ed.), Marsh Estuary Management Symposium Pro-
       ceedings .  I. J. Moran's Sons, Inc., Baton Rouge,  La.

610.   Martin, A. C., N. Hotchkiss, F. M. Uhler, and W. S. Bourn.
       1953.  Classification of wetlands of the United States.
       U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Wildl.  No. 20

611.   Martin, A. C. and F. M. Uhler.  1951.  Food of game ducks in  the
       United States and Canada.  U.S.F.& W.S., Res.  Rept. 30.   308p.

612.   Martin, E. C.  1969.  Stream alteration and its effects on fish
       and wildlife.  Proc. 23rd Ann. Conf. S.E. Ass.  Game Fish Commiss.,
       Mobile, Ala.  19 p.

613.   Masch, F. D. and W. H. Espey, Jr.  1967.  Shell dredging—
       a factor in sedimentation in Galveston  Bay.  Univ.  Texas, Dept.
       Civil Eng., Center Res. Water Resour. Tech. Rept.  166p.

614.   Mathis, B. J. and T. C. Dorris.  1968.   Community structure of
       benthic macroinvertebrates in an intermittent stream receiving
       oil field brines.  Amer. Midi. Nat.   80(2): 428-439.

615.   Mayer, F. L. and J. B. Low.   1970.  The effect of salinity on
       widgeongrass.  J. Wildl. Manag.  34(3): 658-661.

616.   McAleer, J. B., C. F. Wicker, and J. R. Johnston.   1965.
       Design of channels for navigation, evaluation of present state
       of knowledge of factors affecting tidal hydraulics and related
       phenomena.  U.S. Army Eng.,  Comm. Tidal Hydraul.,  Rept.  3.

617.   McAtee, W. L.  1939.  Wildlife of the Atlantic coast salt marshes.
       U.S. Dept. Agricult., Cir. No. 520,  28p.

618.   McCarraher, D. B.  1971.  Survival of some freshwater fishes  in
       the alkaline eutrophic waters of Nebraska.  J.  Fish.  Res. Bd.
       Can.  28: 1811-1814.

619.   McCauley, R. N.  1966.  The biological  effects of oil pollution
       in a river.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  11(4):  475-486.

620.   McCleave, James D.  1967.  Homing and orientation of cutthroat
       trout (Salmo clarki) in Yellowstone Lake, with special reference
       to olfaction and vision.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  24(10) 2011.

621.   McCormick, H. H., K. E. F. Hokanson, and B. R.  Jones.   1972.
       Effects of temperature on growth and survival of young brook
       trout, Salvelinus fontinalis.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.   29:  1107-1112.

-------
                                  340
622.   McDiffett,  W.  F.   1970.   The transformation of energy by a
       stream detritivore, Pteronarcys scotti (Plecoptera).   Ecol.
       51(6): 975-988.

623.*  McDonald, M. E.  1955.  Cause and effects of a die-off of
       emergent vegetation.  J. Wildl. Manag.  19(1): 24-35.

624.   McFadden, J. T. and E. L. Cooper.  1962.  An ecological comparison
       of six populations of brown trout (Salmo trutta).   Trans. Am.
       Fish. Soc.   91: 53-62.

625.   McFadden, J. T.,  E. L. Cooper, and J. K. Andersen.  1965.
       Some effects of environment on egg production in brown trout
       (Salmo trutta).  Limnol. Oceanogr.  10(1): 88-95.

626.   McGinnis, J. T.,  R. E. Ewing, C. A. Willingham, S. E. Rogers,
       D. H. Douglass, and D. L. Morrison.  1972.  Environmental
       aspects of gas pipeline operations in the Louisiana coastal
       marshes.  Final report to Offshore Pipeline Committee.
       Battelle, Columbus Laboratories.  96p. + app.

627.   Mclntire, C. D.  1966.  Some effects of current velocity on
       periphyton communities in laboratory streams.  Hydrobiol.
       27: 559-570.

628.   Mclntire, C. D.  1966.  Some factors affecting respiration of
       periphyton communities in lotic environments.  Ecol.   47(6):
       918-930.

629.   Mclntire, C. D. and H. K. Phinney.  1965.  Laboratory studies
       of periphyton production and community metabolism in lotic
       environments.   Ecol. Monogr.  35: 237-258.

630.   McKnight, D. E. and J. B. Low.  1969.  Factors affecting waterfowl
       production on a spring-fed salt marsh in Utah.  Trans. 34th N.
       Am. Wildl. Conf.   307-314.

631.   McLane, W. M.   1948.  The seasonal food of the largemount black
       bass, Micropterus salmoides floridianus (Lacepede), in the St.
       Johns River, Welaka, Florida.  Quart. J. Fla. Acad. Sci.
       10: 103-138.

632.   McLaren, I. A.  1963.  Effects of temperature on growth of
       zooplankton and the adaptive value of vertical migration.
       J. Fish. Res.  Bd. Can. 20: 685-727.

633.   McMahon, J.  1952.  Phoretic association between Simuliidae
       and crabs.  Nature. (Lond.)  169: 1018.

634.   McNeil, W. J.  1962.  Variations in the dissolved oxygen content
       of intragravel water in four spawning streams of southeastern
       Alaska.  U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 402, 15p.

-------
                                  341
635.   McNeil, W. J.  1966.  Distribution of spawning pink salmon in
       Sashin Creek, southeastern Alaska, and survival of their progeny.
       U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Kept., Fish.  538, 12p.

636.   McNeil, W. J. and W. H. Ahnell.  1964.  Success of pink salmon
       spawning relative to size of spawning bed materials.   U.S.F.& W.S.,
       Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 469, 15p.

637.*  McNeil, W. J., R. A. Wells, and D. C. Brickell.  1964.  Dis-
       appearance of dead pink salmon eggs and larvae from Sashin Creek,
       Baranof Island, Alaska.  U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Kept.,
       Fish.  485, 13p.

638.   McNulty, J. K., R. C. Work, and H. B. Moore.  1962.  Some
       relationships between the infauna of the level bottom and the
       sediment in South Florida.  Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf Caribb.
       12(3): 322-332.

639.   Medcof, J. C. and C. J. Kerswill.  1965.  Effects of  light on
       growth of oysters, mussels, and guahaugs.  J. Fish. Res. Bd.
       Can.  22(2): 281-288.

640.   Meehean, 0. L.  1957.  The effect of pollution upon wildlife.
       240-245.  In;  C. M. Tarzwell (ed.), Biological Problems in
       Water Pollution.  U. S. Dept. H.E.W., Public. Health  Serv.,
       Tech. Rept. W-592.

641.*  Meeks, R. L.  1969.  The effect of drawdown date on wetland
       plant succession.  J. Wildl. Manag.  33(4): 817-821.

642.   Melin, E.  1930.  Biological decomposition of some types of
       litter from North American forests.  Ecol.  11: 72-101.

643.   Middleton, F. M. and J. J. Lichtenberg.  1960.  Measurements of
       organic contaminants in the nation's rivers.  Ind. Eng. Chem.
       52(6): 99A-102A.

644.   Mihursky, J. A. and V. S. Kennedy.  1967.  Water temperature
       criteria to protect aquatic life.  20-32.  In;  E. L. Cooper (ed.),
       A Symposium on Water Quality Criteria to Protect Aquatic Life.
       Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. 4.  Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish.
       Soc. 96(1).

645.   Millar, J. B.  1973.  Estimation of area and circumference of
       small wetlands.  J. Wildl. Manag.  37(1): 30-38.

646.*  Miller, A. W. and B. D. Collins.  1953.  A nesting study of
       Canada geese on Tule Lake and Lower Klamath National Wildlife
       Refuges, Siskiyou County, California.  Calif. Fish and Game.
       39(3): 385-396.

-------
                                  342
647.*  Miller, A.  W.  and B.  D.  Collins.   1954.   A nesting study of ducks
       and coots on Tule Lake and Lower Klamath National Wildlife
       Refuges.  Calif.  Fish and Game.   40(1):  17-37.

648.   Miller, G.  W., J. J.  Garaghty, and R.  S. Collins.  Water Atlas
       of the United States.  Water Information Center, Inc., Port
       Washington, N.Y.

649.   Miller, Richard B.  1954.  Movements of cutthroat trout after
       different periods of retention upstream and downstream from their
       homes.  J.  Fish.  Res. Bd. Can.  11(5): 550-558.

650.   Miller, R.  R.   1961.   Man and the changing fish fauna of the
       American southwest.  Pap. Mich.  Acad.  Sci. Arts. Lett.  46:
       365-404.

651.*  Miller, R.  R.   1972.   Threatened freshwater fishes of the United
       States.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.   101(2): 239-252.

652.   Minckley, W. L.  1964.  Upstream movements of Gammarus (Amphipoda)
       in Doe Run, Meade County, Kentucky.  Ecol.  45(1): 195-197.

653.*  Minshall, G. W.  1967.  Role of allochthonous detritus in the
       trophic structure of a woodland springbrook community.  Ecol.
       48(1): 139-149.

654.*  Minshall, G. W. and P. V. Winger.  1968.  The effect of reduction
       in stream flow on invertebrate drift.   Ecol.  49(3): 580-582.

655.*  Mock, C. R.  1966.  Natural and altered estuarine habitats of
       penaeid shrimp.  Proc. Gulf Caribb. Fish. Inst., 19th Ann.
       Sess.  86-98.

656.   Moffett, J. W.  1936.  A quantitative study of the bottom fauna
       in some Utah streams variously affected by erosion.  Bull. Univ.
       Utah, Biol. Ser.  26(9), 33p.

657.*  Molnar, G.  and I. Tblg.  1962.  Relation between water temper-
       ature and gastric digestion of largemouth bass (Micropterus
       salmoides Lacepede).  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 19(6): 1005-1012.

658.*  Moore, D. and L.  Trent.  1941.  Setting, growth and mortality
       of Crassostrea virginica in a natural marsh and a marsh altered
       by housing development.  Proc. Nat'l. Shellfish Assoc. 61: 51-58.

659.   Moore, E.  1937.   The effect of silting on the productivity of
       waters.  Trans. 2nd N. Am. Wildl. Conf.  658-661.

660.   Moore, E. W.  1958.  Thermal "pollution" of streams.  Ind. Eng.
       Chem.  50(4): 87A-88A.

-------
                                  343
661.   Moore, H. L.  1959.  Doctoral dissertations on the management and
       ecology of fisheries.  U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci.  Rept., Fish.
       272, 27p.

662.   Moore, W. G.  1942.  Field studies on the oxygen requirements of
       certain fresh-water fishes.  Ecol.  23(3): 319-329.

663.   Moore, W. G. and A. Burn.  1968.  Lethal oxygen thresholds for
       certain temporary pond invertebrates and their application to
       field situations.  Ecol.   49(2): 349-351.

664.   Morgan, R. P., II, T. S.  Y. Koo, and G.  E. Krantz.  1973.
       Electrophoretic determination of populations of the striped
       bass, Morone saxatilis, in the upper Chesapeake Bay.  Trans.
       Amer. Fish. Soc.  102(1): 21-32.

665.   Morofsky, W. F.  1936.  Survey of insect fauna of some Michigan
       trout streams in connection with improved and unimproved streams.
       J. Econ. Ent.  29: 749-754.

666.*  Morris, L. A., R. N. Langemeier, T. R.  Russell, and A. Witt,
       Jr.  1968.  Effects of main stem impoundments and channelization
       upon the limnology of the Missouri River, Nebraska.  Trans. Amer.
       Fish. Soc.  97(4): 380-388.

667.   Morrison, G.  1971.  Dissolved oxygen requirements for embryonic
       and larval development of the hardshell clam, Mercenaria
       mercenaria.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  28(3): 379-381.

668.   Mortimer, C. H.  1941.  The exchange of dissolved substances
       between mud and water in lakes.  J. Ecol.  29: 280-329.

669.*  Moss, D. D. and D. C. Scott.  1961.  Dissolved-oxygen requirements
       of three species of fish.  Trans. Amer.  Fish. Soc.  90(4):
       377-393.

670.   Motten, A. F. and C. A. S. Hall.  1972.   Edaphic factors over-
       ride a possible gradient of ecological maturity indices in a
       small stream.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  17(6): 922-926.

671.   Mount, D. I.  1966.  The effect of total hardness and pH on acute
       toxicity of zinc to fish.  Air Water Pollut.  10(1): 49-56.

672.   Moyle, J. B. and W. D. Clothier.  1959.   Effects of management
       and winter oxygen levels on the fish population of a prairie
       lake.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  88(3):  178-185.

673.   Moyle, J. B. and N. Hotchkiss.  1945.  The aquatic and marsh
       vegetation of Minnesota and its value to waterfowl.  Minnesota
       Dept. Conserv., Minn. Fish. Res. Lab.,  Tech. Bull. No.3, 122p.

-------
                                  344
674.   Mullan, J.  W.  and R.  L.  Applegate.   1969.    Use of an echosounder
       in measuring distribution of reservoir fishes.   U.S.F.& W.S.,
       Tech, Pap.  No. 19, 16p.

675.   Murphy, D.  A.  and J.  H.  Ehrenreich.   1965.   Effects of timber
       harvest and stand improvement on forage production.  J. Wildl.
       Manag.  29(4): 734-739.

676.   Musser, J.  J.   1963.   Description of physical environment and  of
       strip-mining operations  in parts of  Beaver cr£e^ basin Kentucky.
       U.S. Geol.  Surv., Prof.  Pap. 427-A,  25p.

677.   National Academy of Sciences.  1969.  Eutrophication;  Causes,
       Consequences,  Correctives.  Nat. Acad. Sci. 661p.

678.   Naylor, E.   1965.  Effects of heated effluents upon marine and
       estuarine organisms.   Adv. Mar. Biol.  3:  63-103.

679.   Nebeker, A. V.  1971.  Effect of temperature at different altitudes
       on the emergence of aquatic insects  from a single stream.  J.
       Kans. Entomol. Soc.  44(1): 26-35.

680.   Nebeker, A. V.  1972.  Effect of low oxygen concentration on
       survival and emergence of aquatic insects.   Trans. Amer. Fish.
       Soc.  101(4):  675-679.

681.   Needham, P. R. and A. C. Jones.  1959.  Flow, temperature, solar
       radiation,  and ice in relation to activities of fishes in
       Sagehen Creek, California  Ecol. 40: 465-474.

682.   Neel, J. K.  1951.  Interrelations of certain physical and
       chemical features in a head-water limestone stream.  Ecol.
       32(3): 368-391.

683.   Neel, J. K.  1953.  Certain limnological features of a polluted
       irrigation stream.  Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.   72: 119-135.

684.*  Neel, J. K.  1963.  Impact of reservoirs.   575-593.  In;
       D. G. Frey (ed.), Limnology in North America.  Univ. Wisconsin
       Press, Madison.

685.   Nelson, D.  J.  and D.  C.  Scott.  1962.  Role of detritus in the
       productivity of a rock-outcrop community in a piedmont stream.
       Limnol. Oceanogr.  7: 396-413.

686.   Nelson, J.  S.   1965.   Effects of fish introductions and hydro-
       electric development on fishes in the Kananaskis River system.
       J. Fish. Res.  Bd. Can.  22: 721-753.

687.   Nelson, W.  R.   1969.   Biological characteristics of the sauger
       population in Lewis and Clark Lake.   U.S.F.&. W.S., Tech. Pap.
       No. 21, lip.

-------
                                  345
688.   Niering, W. A.  1970.  The dilemma of the coastal wetlands:
       conflict of local, national and world priorities.  143-156.
       In;  H. W. Helfrich, Jr. (ed.), The Environmental Crisis.
       Yale Univ. Press, New Haven.

689.   Nimmo, D. R.,  P. D. Wilson, R. R. Blackman, and A. J. Wilson, Jr.
       1971.  Ploychlorinated biphenyl absorbed from sediments by
       fiddler crabs  and pink shrimp.  Nature.   231(5297): 50-52.

690.   North, W. J.,  G. C. Stephens, and B. B.  North.   1970.  Marine
       algae and their relations to pollution problems.  FAO Tech.
       Conf. Marine Poll, and its Effects on Living Resources and
       Fishing (Rome, Italy, December 9-18).  FIR: MP/70/R-8, 22p.

691.   O'Connel, R. L. and N. A. Thomas.  1965.  Effect of benthic
       algae on stream dissolved oxygen.  J. Sanit. Eng.  91(SA3):
       1-16.

692.   O'Connor, D. J.  1965.  Estuarine distribution of nonconservative
       substances. J. Sanit. Eng.  91(SA1): 23-32.

693.*  Odum, E. P.  1959.  Fundamentals of Ecology.  2nd ed.  W.  B.
       Saunders, Phila.  546p.

694.   Odum. E. P.  1961.  The role of tidal marshes in estuarine
       production. N.Y. State Conserv.  60-64.

695.   Odum, E. P. and H. T. Odum.  1972.  Natural areas as components
       of man's natural environment.  Trans. 37th N. Amer. Wildl.
       Nat. Res. Conf.  178-189.

696.   Odum, E. P. and A. E. Smalley.  1959.  Comparison of population
       energy flow of a herbivorous and a deposit-feeding invertebrate
       in a salt marsh ecosystem.  Proc. Natl.  Acad. Sci.  45: 617-622.

697.   Odum, H. T.   I960.  Analysis  of  diurnal oxygen  curves  for  the  assay
       of reaeration  rates and metabolism in polluted marine bays.
       547-555.  In;   Waste Disposal in the Marine Environment.
       Pergamon Press.

698.*  Odum, H. T. 1963.  Productivity measurements in Texas turtle
       grass and the  effects of dredging on intercoastal channel.
       Publ. Inst. Mari. Sci., Univ. Texas.  9: 48-58.

699.   Odum, H. T. and D. K. Caldwell.  1955.  Fish respiration in the
       natural oxygen gradient of an anaerobic spring in Florida.
       Copeia.  1955: 104-106.

700.   Odum, H. T., and R. F. Wilson.  1962.  Further studies on re-
       aeration and metabolism of Texas bays, 1958-60.   Publ. Inst.
       Mar. Sci., Univ. Texas.  8: 23-55.

-------
                                  346
701.*  Odum,  W.  E.   1970.   Insidiuous alteration of the estuarine
       environment.   Trans.  Amer.  Fish.  Soc.   99(4):  836-846.

702.   Oglesby,  R.  T.  1969.  Effects of controlled nutrient dilution
       on the eutrophication of  a lake.   483-493.  In;   Eutrophication:
       Causes,  Consequences, Correctives.   Nat.  Acad.  Sci.

703.*  Oglesby,  R.  T., C.  A. Carlson, and J.  A.  McCann.  1972.
       River  Ecology and Man.  Academic  Press, N.Y.  465p.

704.   Olson, P. A., and R.  F. Foster.  1955.  Temperature  tolerance
       of eggs and  young of Columbia River chinook salmon.   Trans.
       Am. Fish. Soc.  85: 203-207.

705.   Ong, K.  and  J. D. Costlow,  Jr.  1970.   The effect of salinity and
       temperature  on the larval development  of the stone crab,
       Menippe mercenaria (Say), reared  in the laboratory.   Chesapeake
       Sci.  11(1):  16-29.

706.   Ortolano, L.  (ed.).  1973.   Analyzing  the Environmental  Impacts
       of Water Projects.   U.S.  Army Eng.  Inst.  Water Resour.,  NTIS DACW
       31-71-C-0127.

707.   Osborn,  B.  1952.  Rain and erosion.  Tex. J.  Sci.  4(3):  300-324.

708.   Oseid, D. and L. L. Smith,  Jr.  1972.   Swimming endurance and
       resistance to copper and  malathion of  bluegills treated  by
       long-term exposure to sublethal levels of hydrogen sulfide.
       Trans. Amer.  Fish.  Soc.  101(4):  620-625.

709.   Otto,  R.  G.   1971.   Effects of salinity on the survival  and growth
       of pre-smolt coho salmon  (Oncorhynchus kisutch).  J. Fish. Res.
       Bd. Can.   28: 343-349.

710.   Owens, M., G. Knowles,  and A. Clark.  1969.  The prediction of the
       distribution of dissolved oxygen in rivers.  In;  Advances in
       Water Pollution Research.  Proceedings of the 1969 International
       Conference.

711.   Paloumpis, A. A.  1957.  The effects of drought conditions on the
       fish and bottom organisms of two small oxbow ponds.   Trans.
       111. Acad. Sci.  50: 60-64.

712.   Parsons, J.  D.  1956.  Factors influencing excessive flows of
       coal strip-mine effluents.  Trans.  111. Acad. Sci.   49: 25-33.

713.*  Parsons, J.  D.  1968.  The effects of acid strip-mine effluents
       on the ecology of a stream.  Arch. Hydrobiol.  65(1): 25-50.

714.   Parsons, J.  W.  1952.  A biological approach to the study and
       control of acid mine pollution.  J. Tenn. Acad. Sci.  27(4):
       304-309.

-------
                                  347
715.   Parsons,  J.  W.   1953.   Reference material on "Acid coal mine
       pollution and related  subjects".  J.  Tenn. Acad.  Sci.   28(2):
       160-163.

716.   Parsons,  W.  T.   1963.   Water hyacinth,  a pest of  world waterways.
       J.  Dept.  Agric.  Viet.   61:  23-27.

717.   Patrick,  R.   1949.   A  proposed biological measure of stream
       conditions based on a  survey of the Conestoga Basin, Lancaster
       County, Pennsylvania.   Proc. Acad. Nat.  Sci. Phila.   101:  277-341.

718.   Patrick,  R., J.  Cairns, Jr., and S. S.  Roback.  1967.   Eco-
       systematic study of the fauna and flora of Savannah River.   Proc.
       Acad. Nat. Sci.  Phila.  118(5): 109-407.

719.   Patrick,  R., J.  Cairns, and A. Scheier.   1968.  The relative
       sensitivity of  diatoms, snails, and fish to twenty common
       constituents of industrial  wastes.  Progr. Fish-Cult.
       30(3): 137-140.

720.   Patrick,  W.  H.,  Jr. and M.  E. Tusneem.   1972.  Nitrogen loss
       from flooded soil.   Ecol.   53(4): 735-737.

721.*  Patten, B. C.  1962.  Species diversity in net phytoplankton
       of  Raritan Bay.   J. Mar. Res.  20: 57-75.

722.   Pearce, J. B.  1969.  Thermal addition  and the benthos, Cape
       Cod Canal.  Chesapeake Sci.  10(4): 227-233.

723.   Pearson,  W.  D.  and  D.  R. Franklin.  1968.  Some factors affecting
       drift rates of  Baetis  and Simuliidae in a large river.  Ecol.
       49(1): 75-81.

724.   Penfound, W. and E. S. Hathaway.  1938.   Plant communities in the
       marshlands of Southeastern  Louisiana.  Ecol. Monogr.  8: 1-56.

725.*  Pennak, R. W. and E. D. Van Gerpen.  1947.  Bottom fauna
       production and  physical nature of the substrate in a northern
       Colorado trout  stream.  Ecol.  28(1): 42-48.

726.*  Peters, J. C.  1967.  Effects on a trout stream of sediment from
       agricultural practices.  J. Wildl. Manag.  31(4): 805-812.

727.*  Peters, J. C. and W. Alvord.  1964.  Man-made channel alterations
       in  thirteen Montana streams and rivers.   Trans. 29th N. Am.
       Wildl. Conf.  95-102.

728.   Pfitzer,  D.  W.   1954.   Investigations of waters below storage
       reservoirs in Tennessee. Trans. 19th.  N. Am. Wildl. Conf.   271-282,

-------
                                  348
729.   Philipson,  G.  N.   1954.   The effect of water flow and oxygen
       concentration  on  six species of caddis fly (Trichoptera).
       Proc. Zool. Soc.  Lond.   124: 547-564.

730.   Phillipps,  R.  W.  and E.  W.  Claire.   1966.   Intragravel movement
       of the reticulate sculpin,  Cottus perplexus, and its potential
       as a predator  on  salmon  embryos.   Trans. Am. Fish. Soc.
       95: 210-212.

731.*  Phinney, H. K.  1959. Turbidity, sedimentation, and photo-
       synthesis.   4-12.  In;   Siltation - Its Sources and Effects on
       the Aquatic Environment.  Fifth Symposium  - Pacific Northwest.
       U.S. Dept.  H.E.W., U.S.  Publ. Health Serv.

732.   Pickering,  Q.  H.   1968.   Some effects of dissolved oxygen
       concentrations upon the  toxicity of zinc  to bluegill Lepomis
       macrochirus Raf. Water  Res.  2(3): 187-194.

733.   Pierce, N.  D.   1970.  Inland lake dredging evaluation.  Wis.
       Dept. Nat.  Resour., Tech.  Bull. 46, 68p.

734.   Pippy, J. H. C. and G. M.  Hare.  1969.  Relationship of river
       pollution to bacterial  infection in salmon (Salmo salar)
       and suckers (Catostomus  commersoni).  Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc.
       98(4): 685-690.

735.*  Plumb, J. A.  1973.  Effects of temperature on mortality of
       fingerling channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus) experimentally
       infected with  channel catfish virus.  J.  Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
       30(4): 568-570.

736.   Podoliak, H. A.  1961.   Relation between water temperature and
       metabolism of  dietary phosphorus by fingerling brook trout.
       Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.   90(4): 398-403.

737.   Pomeroy, L. R., E. E. Smith, and C. M. Grant.  1965.  The exchange
       of phosphate between estuarine water and  sediments.  Limnol.
       Oceanogr.  10(2): 167-172.

738.   Ponnamperuma,  F.  N.  1972.   The chemistry  of submerged soils.
       Adv. Agron. 24:  29-96.

739.   Powers, E.  B.   1922.  The physiology of the respiration of
       fishes in relation to the hydrogen-ion concentration of the
       medium.  J. Gen.  Physiol.   4: 305-317.

740.   Powers, E.  B.  and R. T.  Clark.  1943.  Further evidence on chemical
       factors affecting the migratory movements  of fishes especially
       the salmon. Ecol.  24(1):  109-113.

-------
                                  349
741.    Prakash,  A., M.  A.  Rashid,  A.  Jensen, and D.  V.  Subba Rao.
       1973.   Influence of humic substances on the growth of marine
       phytoplankton:  Diatoms.   Limnol.  Oceanogr.  18(4):  516-524.

742.    Pritchard, D. W.  1951.   The physical hydrography of estuaries
       and some  applications to  biological problems.  Trans. 16th
       N.  Amer.  Wildl.  Conf.  368-374.

743.    Quick, J. A., Jr.  (ed.).   1971.  A. preliminary investigation:
       the effect of elevated temperature on the American oyster,
       Crassostrea virginica (Gmelin).  Fla. Dept. Nat. Res., Mar.
       Res.  Lab., Prof. Pap. Ser.  No. 15.  190p.

744.*  Radtke, L. D. and J. L. Turner.  1967.  High concentrations  of
       total dissolved  solids block spawning migration of striped
       bass,  Roccus saxatilis, in the San Joaquin River, California.
       Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc. 96(4): 405-407.

745.    Ragotzkie, R. A. and R. A.  Bryson.  1953.  Correlation of currents
       with the  distribution of  adult Daphnia in Lake Mendota.   Journ.
       Mar.  Res.  12(2):  157-172.

746.    Raney, E. C. and B. W. Menzel.  1967.  Heated effluents and
       effects on aquatic life with emphasis on fishes.  A bibliography.
       Philadelphia Electric Co. and Ichtyological Associates.   Bull.
       No. 1. 90p.

747.    Ravera, 0. and V.  Tonolli.   1956.   Body size and number of eggs
       in diaptomids, as related to water renewal in mountain lakes.
       Limnol. Oceanogr.   1: 118-122.

748.    Ray,  G. C. and K.  S. Norris.  1972.  Managing marine environments.
       Trans. 37th No.  Amer. Wildl. Nat.  Res. Conf.   190-203.

749.    Reed,  R.  K. and  W.  P. Elliott.  1973.  Freshwater input to
       coastal waters off the Pacific Northwest.  Limnol. Oceanogr.
       18(4): 683-686.

750.    Regier, H. A. and H. F. Henderson.  1973.  Towards a broad
       ecological model of fish  communities and fisheries.   Trans.
       Amer.  Fish. Soc.  102(1): 56-72.

751.    Reid,  G.  K., Jr.  1955.   A summer  study of the biology and
       ecology of East  Bay, Texas.  Texas J. Sci .   7(3): 316-343.

752.    Reid,  G.  K., Jr.  1955.   A summer  study of the biology and  ecology
       of East Bay, Texas.  Part II.   The fish fauna of East Bay,  The
       Gulf Beach, and  summary.   Texas J. Sci.  7(4): 430-453.

753.    Reid,  G.  K., Jr.  1961.   Ecology of Inland Waters and Estuaries.
       Reinhold, N.Y.  375p.

-------
                                  350
754.    Reif,  C.  B.   1939.   The effect of stream conditions on lake
       plankton.  Trans.  Amer. Micros.  Soc.   108(4):  398-403.

755.    Reimers,  Norman.   1957.  Some aspects of the relation between
       stream foods and  trout survival.   Calif. Fish and Game,
       43(1): 43-69.

756.    Reisen, W.  K. and R. Prins.   1972.  Some ecological relation-
       ships  of the invertebrate drift in Praters Creek, Pickens
       County, South Carolina.  Ecol.  53(5): 867-884.

757.    Reish, D. J., and H. A. Winter.   1954.  The ecology of Alamitos
       Bay, California,  with special reference to pollution.  Calif.
       Fish and Game.  40: 105-121.

758.    Renfro, W.  C.  1963.  Gas-bubble mortality of fishes in Galveston
       Bay, Texas.   Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc.   92(3): 320-322.

759.    Renouf, R.  N.  1972.  Waterfowl utilization of beaver ponds
       in New Brunswick.   J. Wildl. Manag.  36(3): 740-744.

760.    Reservoir Committee, Southern Division American Fisheries
       Society.   1967.  Reservoir Fishery Resources Symposium.
       April 5-7.   (University of Georgia, Athens).  569p.

761.    Ridgway, G.  J., and G. W. Klontz.  1960.  Blood types in Pacific
       salmon.  U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Kept., Fish.  324, 9p.

762.    Ridgway, G.  J., J. E. Gushing, and G. L. Durall.  1958.
       Serological differentiation of populations of sockeye salmnn.
       U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish.   257, 5p.

763.    Riller, R.  E., and C. JM. Coker.  1955.  Effects of naval
       ordinance tests on the Patuxent River fishery.  U.S.F.& W.S.,
       Spec.  Sci.  Rept., Fish.  143, 20p.

764.    Roback, S.  S. and J. W. Richardson.  1969.  The effects of acid
       mine drainage on aquatic insects.  Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
       Philadelphia.  121: 81-98.

765.    Robel, R. J.  1961.  Water depth and turbidity in relation to
       growth of sago pondweed.  J. Wildl. Manag.  25(4): 436-438.

766.    Robinson, M.  1957.  The effects of suspended materials on the
       reproductive rate of Daphnia magna.  Publ. Inst. Mar. Sci., Univ.
       Texas.  4(2): 265-277.

767.*  Roebeck, G. C., C. Henderson, and R. C. Palange.  1954.  Water
       quality studies on the Columbia River.  U.S. Dept. H.E.W.,
       Publ. Health Serv.  99p. + app.

-------
                                  351
768.*  Rollins, G. L.  1973.  Relationships between soil salinity and
       the salinity of applied water in the Suisun Marsh of California.
       Calif. Fish and Game, 59(1): 5-35.

769.   Rosenzweig, M. L.  1971.  Paradox of enrichment:  destabilization
       of exploitation of ecosystems in ecological time.  Science.  171:
       385-387.

770.   Rounsefell, G. A.  1972.  Ecological effects of offshore construc-
       tion.  J. Mar. Sci.  2(1).  89p + app.

771.   Ruhr, C. E.  1957.  Effect of stream impoundment in Tennessee
       on the fish populations of tributary streams.  Trans. Am. Fish.
       Soc.  86: 144-157.

772.   Rupp, R.  1955.  Beaver-trout relationships in the headwaters
       of the Sunkhaze Stream, Maine.  Trans.  Am. Fish. Soc.  84: 75-85.

773.   Rutner, F.  1963.  Fundamentals of Limnology.  3rd ed.  Univer-
       sity of Toronto Press, Toronto.  295p.

774.   Ryden, J. C., J. K. Syers, and R. F. Harris.  1973.  Phosphorus
       in runoff and streams.  Adv. Agron.  25: 1-45.

775.   Saloman, C. H.  1965.  Bait shrimp (Penaeus duorarum) in Tampa
       Bay, Florida—biology, fishery economics, and changing habitat.
       U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish.  520, 16p.

776.   Salyer, J. W.  1962.   Effects of drought and land use on prairie
       ducks.  Trans. 27th N. Amer. Wildl. Nat. Res. Conf.  69-79.

777.   Sameoto, D. D.  1969.  Physiological tolerances and behavior
       responses of five species of Haustoriidae (Amphipoda: Crustacea)
       to five environmental factors.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 26:
       2283-2298.

778.*  Sanders, H. L.  1958.  Benthic studies  in Buzzards Bay.  I.
       Animal-sediment relationships.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  3(3): 245-258.

779.   Sanders, H. L., P. C. Mangelsdorf, Jr., and G. R. Hampson.
       1965.  Salinity and faunal distribution in the Pocasset River,
       Massachusetts.  Limnol. Oceanogr.    lO(Suppl): R216-R229.

780.   Sanders, H. 0.  1969.  Toxicity of pesticides to the crustacean
       Gammarus lacustris.  U.S.F.& W.S., Tech. Pap. No. 25, 18p.

781.   Saunders, J. W. and M. W. Smith.  1962.  Physical alterations of
       stream habitat to improve brook trout production.  Trans. Amer.
       Fish. Soc.  91(2): 185-188.

-------
                                  352
782.*  Saunders,  J.  W.  and M.  W.  Smith.   1965.   Changes in stream
       population of trout associated with increased silt.  J.  Fish.
       Res.  Bd. Can.  22(2):  395-404.

783.   Saunders,  Richard L. and John H.  Gee.   1964.   Movements  of young
       Atlantic salmon in a small stream.  J.  Fish.  Res. Bd. Can.
       21(1): 27-36.

784.   Sawyer, C. N.  1947.  Fertilization of  lakes  by agricultural
       and urban drainage.  J. N. Engl.  Water  Works  Ass.  61: 109-127.

785.   Sawyer, C. N.  1966.  Basic concepts of eutrophication.   J. Water
       Pollut. Control Fed.  38:  737-44.

786.   Schaut, G. G.  1939.  Fish catastrophies during droughts.  J.
       Amer. Water Works Ass.   31(1): 771-882.

787.   Schelske,  C.  L.  and E.  P.  Odum.  1961.   Mechanisms maintaining
       high productivity in Georgia estuaries.   Gulf Caribb. Fish.
       Inst., 14-th Ann. Sess.   75-80.

788.*  Schindler, J. E., J. J. Alberts,  and K.  R. Honick.  1972.
       A preliminary investigation of organic-inorganic associations
       in a stagnating system.  Limnol.  Oceanogr.  17(6): 952-957.

789.*  Schneberger,  E.  and J.  L.  Funk (eds.).   1971.  Stream Channel-
       ization;  A Symposium.   Amer. Fish. Soc., North Cent. Div.,
       Spec. Publ. No.  2.  83p.

790.*  Schneller, M. V.  1955.  Oxygen depletion in Salt Creek, Indiana.
       Invest. Indiana Lakes Streams.  4: 163-175.

791.*  Schoeneman, D. E., R.  T. Pressey, and C. 0. Junge, Jr.  1961.
       Mortalities of downstream migrant salmon at McNary Dam.   Trans.
       Amer. Fish. Soc.  90(1): 58-72.

792.   Schofield, C. L.  1965.  Water quality in relation to survival
       of brook trout, Salvelinus fontinalis.   Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
       94(3): 227-235.

793.   Schwartz,  F.  J.  1964.   Effects of winter water conditions on
       fifteen species of captive marine fishes.  Amer. Midi. Nat.
       71(2): 434-444.

794.   Schwartz, F.  J.  1964.   Natural salinity tolerances of some
       freshwater fishes.  Underwater Naturalist.  2(2): 13-15.

795.   Schwartz, F.  J. and G.  K.  Reid.  1967.   Effects of supersaline
       conditions on aquatic ecosystems.  Symposium.  Contrib.  Mar.
       Sci.  12: 202-206.

-------
                                  353
796.   Seabloom, R. W.  1958.  Water quality studies in the Wenatchee
       River Basin.  U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish.  268, 35p.

797.*  Seegrist, D. W. and R. Card.  1972.  Effects of floods on trout
       in Sagehen Creek, California.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  101(3):
       478-482.

798.   Segal, E. and W. D. Burbanck.  1963.  Effects of salinity and
       temperature on osmoregultation in two latitudinally separated
       populations of an estuarine isopod, Cyathura polita (Stimpson).
       Physiol. Zool.  36(3): 250-263.

799.   Shapiro, J.  1957.  Chemical and biological studies on the yellow
       organic acids of lake water.  Linmol. Oceanogr.  2:  161-179.

800.   Shapley, S. P. and D. M. Bishop.  1965.  Sedimentation in a
       salmon stream.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  22(4): 919-928.

801.   Shaw, P. A. and J. A. Maga.  1943.  The effect of mining silt
       on yield of fry from salmon spawning beds.  Calif. Fish and
       Game, 29(1): 29-41.

802.*  Shaw, S. P. and C. G. Fredine.  1971.  Wetlands of the United
       States; their extent and their value to waterfowl and other
       wildlife.  U.S.F.& W.S., Circ. 39, 67p.

803.   Shaw, W. N.  1960.  Observations on habits and a method of trap-
       ping channeled whelks near Chatham, Massachusetts.  U.S.F.& W.S.,
       Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 325, 6p.

804.   Shearer, L. A., B. J. Jahn, and L. Lenz.  1969.  Deterioration
       of duck foods when flooded.  J. Wildl. Manag.  33(4): 1012-1015.

805.   Sheldon, A. L.  1968.  Species diversity and longitudinal success-
       ion in stream fishes.  Ecol.  49(2): 193-198.

806.   Shelford, V. E.  1917.  An experimental study of the effects of
       gas waste upon fishes, with special reference to stream pollution.
       Bull. 111. State Lab. Nat. Hist.  11: 380-412.

807.   Shelton, J. M. and R. D. Pollock.  1966.  Siltation and egg survival
       in incubation channels.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  95(2): 183-187.

808.   Sheridan, W. L.  1962.  Waterflow through a salmon spawning riffle
       in southeastern Alaska.  U.S.F.& W. S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 407,
       20p.

809.   Sherk, J. A., Jr.  1971.  The effects of suspended and deposited
       sediments on estuarine organisms.  Literature summary and research
       needs.  Univ. Maryland, Nat. Res. Inst., Publ. 443.   73p.

810.   Sherk, J. A., Jr. and L. E. Cronin.  1970.  The effects of suspended
       and deposited sediments on estuarine organisms.  An annotated
       bibliography of selected references.  Univ. Maryland, Nat. Res.
       Inst., Publ. 70-19.  62p.

-------
                                  354
811.    Shatter, D.  S.   1961.   Survival of brook trout from egg to
       fingerling stage in two Michigan trout streams.   Trans. Amer.
       Fish.  Soc.  90:  252-258.

812.    Shetter, D.  S.  and M.  J. Whalls.  1955.   Effect of impoundment
       on water temperatures  of Fuller Creek, Motmorency County,
       Michigan.  J. Wildl. Manag.   19(1): 47-54.

813.*  Shumway, D.  L.,  Charles E.  Warren, and P. Doudoroff.  1964.
       Influence of oxygen concentration and water movement on the
       growth of steelhead trout and coho salmon embryos.  Trans.
       Amer.  Fish.  Soc.  93(4): 342-356.

814.    Siefert, R.  E.   1969.   Biology of the white crappie in Lewis
       and Clark Lake.   U.S.F.& W.S., Tech.  Pap. No.  22, 16p.

815.*  Silver, S. J.,  C. E. Warren, and P. Doudoroff.  1963.  Dissolved
       oxygen requirements of developing steelhead trout and chinook
       salmon embryos  at different water velocities.   Trans. Amer.  Fish.
       Soc.  92(4): 327-343.

816.    Simmons, G.  M.,  Jr.  1972.   A preliminary report on the use  of
       the sequential  comparison index to evaluate acid mine drainage
       on the macrobenthos in a pre-impoundment basin.  Trans. Amer.
       Fish.  Soc.  101(4): 701-713.

817.    Simmons, H.  B.   1965.   Channel depth as a factor in estuarine
       sedimentation.   U.S.  Army Eng. Comm. Tidal Hydraul., Tech. Bull.
       No. 8.

818.    Simmons, H.  B.,  J. Harrison, and C. J. Huval.   1971.  Predicting
       construction effects by tidal modeling.  U.S.  Eng. Waterways
       Exp. Sta., Misc. Pap.  H-71-6.

819.    Simmons, H.  B.,  and F. A. Herrmann.  1969.  Some effects of
       man-made changes in the hydraulic, salinity, and shoaling
       regimens of estuaries, Proc. GSA Sympos. on Estuaries.

820.    Simmonds, M. A.   1962.  Notes on pollution of ground-water
       supplies in Queensland, Australia.  Proc. Soc. Wat. Treat. Exam.
       11: 76-83.

821.    Sindermann, C.  J.  1961.  Serological studies of Atlantic
       Redfish.  U.S.F.& W.S., Fish. Bull.  191: 351-354.

822.   Sindermann, C.  J.  1963.  Use of plant hemagglutinins  in
       serological studies of  clupeoid  fishes.  U.S.F.& W.S., Fish.
       Bull. 63(1): 137-141.

823.   Sindermann, C.  J.  1968.  Oyster mortalities, with  particular
       reference to Chesapeake Bay and  the Atlantic Coast  of  North
       America.  U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 569,  lOp.

-------
                                  355
824.   Singleton, J. R.  1949.  Coastal drainage problems in relation to
       waterfowl.  Texas J. Sci.  1(3): 25-28.

825.   Skud, B. E. and W. B. Wilson.  1960.  Role of estuarine waters
       in Gulf fisheries.  Trans. 25th No. Amer. Wildl. Nat. Res. Conf.
       320-326.

826.*  Slack, K. V.  1955.  A study of the factors affecting stream
       productivity by the comparative method.  Invest. Indiana Lakes
       and Streams.  4: 3-47.

827.   Slack, K. V.  1964.  Effect of tree leaves on water quality in
       the Cacapon River, West Virginia.  Prof. Pap. U.S. Geol. Surv.
       475-D: 181-185.

828.*  Slater, D. W.  1963.  Winter-run chinook salmon in the Sacramento
       River, California with notes on water temperature requirements at
       spawning.  U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 461, 9p.

829.   Smail, J.  1970.  Estuaries and the ecology of shorebirds.  Trans.
       35th N. Am. Wildl. Conf.  258-265.

830.*  Smith, E. R.  1970.  Evaluation of a leveed Louisiana marsh.
       Trans. 35th N. Am. Wildl. Conf.  266-275.

831.   Smith, L. L.  1971.  Influence of hydrogen sulfide on fish and
       arthropods.  Preliminary Completion Report, EPA Project 18050 PCG.
       30p.

832.*  Smith, L. L., Jr. and J. B. Moyle.  1944.  A Biological Survey and
       Fishery Management Plan for the Streams £f_ the Lake Superior North
       Shore Watershed.  Minn. Dept. Conserv., Div. Game and Fish, Tech.
       Bull. 1, 28p.

833.   Smith, L. L. and D. Oseid.  1971.  Toxic effects of hydrogen
       sulfide to juvenile fish and fish eggs.  Proc. 25th Purdue
       Industrial Waste Conf.

834.*  Smith, 0. R.  1940.  Placer mining silt and its relation to salmon
       and trout on the Pacific Coast.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  69: 225-230.

835.   Smith, P. W.  1968.  An assessment of changes in the fish fauna of
       two Illinois rivers and its bearing on their future.  Trans. 111.
       Acad. Sci.  6(1): 3-45.

836.   Smith, P. W. and R. Larimore.  1963.  The fishes of Champaign
       County, Illinois, as affected by 60 years of stream change.
       111. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull.  28(2): 299-382.

837.   Smith, R. F., A. H. Swartz, and W. H. Massmann, (eds).  1966.  A_
       Symposium on Estuarine Fisheries.  Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ.
       No. 3, 154p.  Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95(4).

-------
                                  356
838.   Smith, R.  H.   1953.   A study of waterfowl production on artificial
       reservoirs in eastern Montana.   J.  Wildl. Manag.   17(3): 276-291.

839.*  Smith, S.  H.   1966.   Effects of water use activities in Gulf of
       Mexico and south Atlantic estuarine areas.  93-101, In;  R. F. Smith,
       A. H. Swartz, and W.  H. Massmann (eds.), A Symposium on Estuarine
       Fisheries.  Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec.  Publ. 3.   Suppl. to Trans.
       Amer. Fish. Soc. 95(4).

840.   Smith, W.  G.   1970.   Spartina 'die-back1 in Louisiana marshlands.
       Coastal Studies Bull. Special Sea Grant Issue.  5: 89-96.

841.   Smith, W.  H., F. H.  Bormann, and G. E. Likens.  1968.  Response
       of chemoautotrophic nitrifiers to forest cutting.  Soil Sci.
       106(6): 471-473.

842.   Snow, B. C.,  Jr.  1973.  Guidelines for the coastal zone.  Coastal
       Plains Center for Marine Development Services.  Publ. 73-5.
       16p.

843.   Societas Internationalis Limnologiae.  1962.  The influence of
       current on running-water organisms.  Soc. Int. Limnol.  24: 353-484.

844.*  Spaulding, W. M., Jr. and R. D. Ogden.  1968.  Effects of surface
       mining on the fish and wildlife resources of the United States.
       U.S.F.& W.S., Resource Publ. 68. 51p.

845.*  Spence, J. A. and H.  B. N. Hynes.  1971a.  Differences in benthos
       upstream and downstream of an impoundment.  J. Fish. Res. Bd.
       Can. 28: 35-43.

846.   Spence, J. A. and H.  B. N. Hynes.  1971b.  Differences in fish
       populations upstream and downstream of a mainstream impoundment.
       J. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada, 28: 45-46.

847.*  Spraberry, J. A.  1965.  Summary of reservoir sediment deposi-
       tion surveys made in the United States through 1960.  U.S. Dept.
       Agr., Misc. Publ. 964.

848.   Sprague, J. B.  1963.  Resistance of four freshwater crustaceans
       to lethal high temperature and low oxygen.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
       20(2): 387-415.

849.   Sprules, W. M.  1947.  An ecological investigation of stream
       insects in Algonquin Park, Ontario.  Univ. Toronto Stud. Biol.
       Ser., No. 56.  Publ. Ont. Fish. Res. Lab., No. 69, 81p.

850.   St. Amant, Lyle S.  1970.  Biological effects of petroleum ex-
       ploration and production in coastal Louisiana:  Santa Barbara
       Oil Symposium.  Univ. Calif. Pub. Mar. Sci. Inst.   335-354.

851.*  St. Amant, L. S.  1970.  Biological effects of petroleum explora-
       tion and production in coastal Louisiana.  La. Wildl. Fish. Comm.
       Rept.  (Dec., 1970). 32p.

-------
                                  357
852.   St. Amant, L. S.  1971.  Impacts of oil on the Gulf Coast.   Trans.
       36, No. Am. Wildlife Nat. Res. Conf.  206-219.

853.*  St. Amant, L. S.  1972.  The petroleum industry as it affects
       marine and estuarine ecology.  Jour. Petrol. Tech.  385-392.

854.   St. Amant, L. S.  1973.  Some considerations of the chronic
       effects of petroleum in the marine environment.  Background
       Papers for:  A Workshop on Inputs, Fates, and Effects of Petroleum
       in the Marine Environment.  Nat. Acad. Sci., Ocn. Aff. Bd.
       2: 671-689.

855.*  St. Amant, L. S.  An outline of some factors affecting marine
       ecology in Louisiana.  (Unpubl. manuscript).

856.   Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater.
       12th ed.  1965.  Published jointly by the Amer. Publ. Health
       Assn., Amer. Water Works Ass., and Water Poll. Contr. Fed.

857.   Stanton, R. J., Jr. and I. Evans.  1971.  Environmental controls
       of benthic macrofaunal patterns in the Gulf of Mexico adjacent
       to the Mississippi Delta.  Trans. Gulf Coast Ass. Geol. Soc.
       21: 371-378.

858.   Starrett, W. C.  1950.  Distribution of the fishes of Boone
       County, Iowa, with special reference to the minnows and darters.
       Amer. Midi. Nat.  43(1): 112-127.

859.   Starrett, W. C.  1950.  Food relationships of the minnows of
       the Des Moines River, Iowa.  Ecol.  31(2): 216-233.

860.*  Starrett, W. C.  1951.  Some factors affecting the abundance
       of minnows in the Des Moines River, Iowa.  Ecol.  32(1): 13-27.

861.*  Starrett, W. C.  1971.  A survey of the mussels (Unionacea) of
       the Illinois River:  a polluted stream.  111. Nat. Hist. Surv.
       Bull.  30(5): 267-403.

862.*  Starrett, W. C.  1972.  Man and the Illinois River.  131-169.
       In;  R. T. Oglesby, C. A. Carson, and J. A. McCann (eds.),
       River Ecology and Man.  Academic Press, N.Y.

863.   Stauffer, R. C.  1937.  Changes in the invertebrate community of
       a lagoon after disappearance of the eelgrass.  Ecol. 18: 427-431.

864.   Steed, D. L. and B. J. Copeland.  1967.  Metabolic responses
       of some estuarine organisms to an industrial effluent.  Contr.
       Mar. Sci.  12: 143-159.

865.*  Steenis, J. H.  1947.  Recent changes in the marsh and aquatic
       plant status at Reelfoot Lake.  Rept, Reelfoot Lake Biol. Sta.
       11: 22-27.

-------
                                  358
866.*  Stephens,  G.  C.   1967.   Dissolved organic material as a nutritional
       source for marine and estuarine invertebrates,  367-373.  In;
       G. H. Lauff (ed.), Estuaries.   AAAS Publ. 83.

867.*  Stephens,  G.  C.  and R.  A.  Schinske.  1961.  Uptake of amino
       acids by marine  invertebrates.   Limnol.  Oceanogr.   6: 175-181.

868.   Stewart, N. E.,  D. L. Shumway,  and P. Doudoroff.   1967.
       Influence  of  oxygen concentration on the growth of juvenile
       largemouth bass.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  24(3):  475-494.

869.   Stober, Q. J.  1964.  Some limnological effects of Tiber Reservoir
       on the Marias River, Montana.   Proc. Mont. Acad.  Sci.  23: 111-137.

870.   Stockner,  John G.  1968.  Algal growth and primary productivity
       in a thermal  stream.  J. Fish Res. Bd. Can.  25(10): 2037-2058.

871.*  Stoeckler, J. H. and G. J. Voskuil.  1959.  Water temperature
       reduction in shortened spring channels of southwestern Wisconsin
       trout streams.  Trans.  Amer. Fish. Soc.   88(4): 286-288.

872.   Straskraba, M.  1965.  The effect of fish on the number of in-
       vertebrates in ponds and streams.  Mitt. int.  Verein. theor.
       angew. Limnol.  13: 106-127.

873.*  Strawn, K.  1961a.  Factors influencing the zonation of submerged
       monocotyledons at Cedar Key, Florida.  J, Wildl.  Manag.  25(2):
       178-189.

874.   Strawn, K.  1961b.  Growth of largemouth bass fry at various
       temperatures.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  90: 334-335.

875.   Streeter,  H.  W.  and E. B.  Phelps.  1958.  A study of the pollution
       and natural purification of the Ohio River.  III.  Factors concerned
       in the phenomena of oxidation and reaeration.   U.S. Dept. H.E.W.,
       Publ. Health Serv., Bull.  No. 146, 75p.

876.*  Stroud, R. H.  1967.  Water quality criteria to protect aquatic
       life—a summary, 33-37, In:  E. L. Cooper  (ed.),  A Symposium on
       Water Quality Criteria to Protect Aquatic Life.  Amer. Fish.  Soc.
       Spec. Publ. 4.  Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  96(1).

877.*  Stroud, R. H.  1971.  Statement of Richard H.  Stroud, Executive
       Vice President,  Sport Fishing Institute, p. 215-218.  In:
       Committee on Government Operations.  Stream Channelization (Part
       I).  Hearings before a Subcommittee on Government Operations.
       House of Representatives 92nd. Congress, U.S.  Govt. Printing
       Office.  338p.

878.   Stuart, T. A.  1953.  Water currents through permeable gravels
       and  their significance to spawning salmonids, etc.  Nature
       (London).  172: 407.

-------
                                  359
879.   Stuart. T.  A.  1954.   Spawning sites of trout.   Nature (London).
       173: 354.

880.   Stuart, T.  A.  1957.   The influence of drainage works, levees,
       dykes, dredging, etc., on the aquatic environment and stock.
       Proc. I.U.C.N.  Tech.  Meeting, Athens, 4:  337-345.

881.   Styron, C.  E.  1968.   Ecology of two populations of an aquatic
       isopod, Lirceus fontinalis Raf.  Ecol. 49(4):  629-636.

882.*  Sumner, F.  H. and 0.  R. Smith.  1939.  A biological study of
       the effect  of mining  debris dams and hydraulic mining on fish
       life in the Yuba and  American Rivers in California.  Stanford
       Univ. Rept. to  the U.S. District Engineer's Off.,  Sacramento,
       Calif.  51p.

883.   Surber, E.  W.  1936.   Effects of carbon dioxide on the development
       of trout eggs.   Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc.  68: 194-203.

884.   Swift, D. R.  1963.  Influence of oxygen concentration on growth
       of brown trout, Salmo trutta L. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  92(3):
       300-301.

885.   Swift, D. R.  1965.  Effect of temperature on mortality and rate
       of development  of the Windermere char (Salvelinus alpinus).  J.
       Fish. Res.  Bd.  Can. 22(4): 913-917.

886.*  Sykes, J. E.  1971.  Implications of dredging and filling in
       Boca Ciega  Bay, Florida.  Environ.  Lett.  1(2):  151-156.

887.   Sykes, J. E., and J.  R. Hall.  1970.  Comparative distribution
       of molluscs in  dredged and undredged portions on an estuary,
       with a systematic list of species.   Fish. Bull. 68: 299-306.

888.*  Sylvester,  J. R.  1972.  Effect of  thermal stress on predator
       avoidance in sockeye  salmon.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  29: 601-603.

889.*  Sylvester,  J. R.  1973.  Effect of  light on vulnerability of
       heat-stressed sockeye salmon to predation by coho salmon.  Trans.
       Amer. Fish. Soc.  102(1): 139-142.

890.*  Sylvester,  R. 0.  1958.  Water quality studies in the Columbia
       River Basin.  U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 239, 35p.

891.   Sylvester,  R. 0.  1959.  Water quality study of Wenatchee and
       Middle Columbia Rivers before dam construction.  U.S.F.& W.S.,
       Spec. Sci.  Rept., Fish. 290,  116p.

892.   Symons, e£ al_.   1964.  Influence of impoundments on water quality.
       U.S. Dept.  H.E.W., Dept. Publ. Health, Publ. 999-WP-18,  78p.

-------
                                  360
893.*  Tabb, D.  C., D.  L.  Dubrow,  and A.  E.  Jones.   1962.   Studies on
       the biology of the  pink shrimp, Penaeus duorarum,  in Everglades
       National  Park, Florida.  State Bd.  Cons.,  Univ.  Miami Mar.  Lab.,
       Tech. Ser.,  37:  1-30.

894.    Tagatz, M.  E.  1961.   Tolerance of striped bass  and American shad
       to changes  of temperature and salinity.  U.S.F.& W.S., Spec.
       Sci. Rept.,  Fish. 388, 8p.

895.    Tagatz, M.  E.  1969.   Some relations  of temperature acclimation and
       salinity to thermal tolerance of the  blue crab,  Callinectes sapidus.
       Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc.  98(4): 713-716.

896.    Tagatz, M.  E.  1971.   Osmoregulatory  ability of  blue crabs in
       different temperature-salinity combinations.  Chesapeake Sci.
       12(1): 14-17.

897.*  Tarplee,  W.  H.,  Jr.,  D. E.  Louder, and A.  J. Weber.  1971.
       Evaluation of the effects of channelization on fish populations
       in North Carolina's coastal streams.   N.  Carolina  Wild. Res.
       Comm.  20p.

898.*  Tarzwell, C. M.   1937.  Experimental  evidence on the value of
       trout stream improvement in Michigan.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.,
       66: 177-187.

899.*  Tarzwell, C. M.   1938a.  Factors influencing fish  food and fish
       production in southwestern streams.  Trans. Am.  Fish. Soc.
       67: 246-255.

900.    Tarzwell, C. M.   1938b.  An evaluation of the methods and results
       of stream improvement in the Southwest.  Trans.  3rd N. Am. Wildl.
       Conf.  339-364.

901.    Tarzwell, C. M.   1957.  Water quality criteria for aquatic life.
       U.S. Dept.  H.E.W.,  Publ. Health Serv. Tech. Rept., W-592: 246-272.

902.    Tarzwell, C. M.   1962.  The need and  value of water quality
       criteria with special reference to aquatic life.  Can. Fish Cult.
       31: 35-41.

903.*  Tarzwell, C. M.   1966.  Water quality requirements for aquatic
       life.  Nat.  Symp. Qual. Standards for Nat. Waters  Proc.  185-197.

904.    Tarzwell, C. M.   1969.  Waste management in the marine environment.
       Proc. Civil Engineering in the Oceans-II, Miami Beach.  477-485.

905.    Tarzwell, C. M.  and A. R. Gaufin.  1953.  Some important biological
       effects of pollution often disregarded in stream surveys.  Purdue
       Univ. Engineering Bull., Proc. 8th Industrial Waste Conf.  1-38.

906.*  Taylor, J. L. and C. H. Saloman.  1969.  Some effects of hydraulic
       dredging and coastal development in Boca Ciega Bay, Florida.  U.S.F.&
       W.S., Fish. Bull.,  67  (2): 213-241.

-------
                                  361
907.   Teal, J. M.  1962.  Energy flow in the salt marsh ecosystem of
       Georgia.  Ecol., 43 : 614-624.

908.*  Teal, J. M., and M. Teal.  1969.  Life and Death of the Salt Marsh.
       Atlantic, Little, Brown and Co., Boston.

909.   Tebo, L. B.  1955.  Effects of siltation, resulting from improper
       logging, on the bottom fauna of a small trout stream in the southern
       Appalachians.  Prog.  Fish-Clt. 17: 64-70.

910.*  Teichman, H.  1957.  Das Riechvermogen des Aales (Anguilla anguilla
       L.).  Naturwiss.  44: 242.

911.   Tenore, K. R., D. B. Horton, and T. W. Duke.  1968.  Effects of
       bottom substrate on the brackish water bivalve Rangia cuneata.
       Chesapeake Sci.  9(4): 238-248.

912.   The Institute of Ecology.  1973.  An Ecological Glossary for
       Engineers and Resource Managers.  The Institute of Ecology,
       Publ, 50p.

913.   Theede, H., A. Ponat, K. Hiro, and C. Schlieper.  1969.  Studies
       on the resistance of marine bottom invertebrates to oxygen-
       deficiency and hydrogen sulfide.  Mar. Biol.  2(4): 325-337.

914.   Thomas, M. L. H., and G. N. White.  1969.  Mass mortality of
       estuarine fauna at Bideford, P.E.I., associated with abnormally
       low salinities.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.  26(3): 701-704.

915.   Thomas, N. A.  1970.  Impoundment biology of Wilson Reservoir,
       Kansas.  J. Amer. Waterworks Ass.  62(7): 439-443.

916.*  Thomas, W. L., Jr. (ed.).  1956.  Man's Role in Changing the Face
       of the Earth.  Univ. Chicago Press, Chicago.  1193p.

917.   Thorne, W. and H. B. Peterson.  1967.  Salinity in United States
       waters.  221-240.  In;  N. C. Bradz (ed.), Agriculture and the
       Quality of our Environment.  AAAS Publ. 85, 460p.

918.   Thorson, G.  1950.  Reproductive and larval ecology of marine
       bottom invertebrates.  Biol. Rev. 25(1): 1-45.

919.   Thorson, G.  1966.  Some factors influencing the recruitment and
       establishment of marine benthic communities.  Netherlands J. Sea
       Research.  3(2): 267-293.

920.   Tiller, R. E. and C. M. Coker.  1955.  Effects of naval ordnance
       tests on the Patuxent River fishery.  U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci.
       Rept., Fish. 143.  20p.

921.   Townsend, L. D. and H. Cheyne.  1944.  The influence of hydrogen
       ion concentration on the minimum dissolved oxygen toleration of
       the silver salmon, Oncorhynchus kisutch (Walbaum).  Ecol. 25: 461-466.

-------
                                  362
922.   Trautman, M.  B.   1939.   The effects of man-made modifications
       on the fish fauna in Lost and Gordon Creeks, Ohio,  between
       1887-1938.  Ohio J.  Sci. 39(5):  275-288.

923.*  Trautman, M.  B.   1957.   The Fishes of Ohio with Illustrated Keys.
       Ohio State Univ. Press,  Columbus.   683p.

924.   Trotzky, H. M. and R. W. Gregory.   1974.   The effects of water
       flow manipulation below a hydroelectric power dam on the bottom
       fauna of the upper Kennebec River, Maine.   Trans. Amer.  Fish. Soc.
       103(2): 318-324.

925.*  Tsai, C. F.  1973.  Water quality  and fish life below sewage out-
       falls.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.   102(2):  281-292.

926.   Turekian, K.  L.   1971.   Rivers,  tributaries, and estuaries.  9-73.
       In;  D. W. Hood, (ed.),  Impingement of Man on the Oceans.  Wiley-
       Interscience, N.Y.

927.*  Turner, J. L. and T. C.  Farley.   1971.  Effects of temperature,
       salinity, and dissolved oxygen on the survival of striped bass
       eggs and larvae.  Calif. Fish and Game, 57(4): 268-273.

928.   Turner, W. R.  1958.  The effects  of acid mine pollution of the
       fish population of Goose Creek,  Clay County, Kentucky.  Progr.
       Fish-Cult. 20(1): 45-46.

929.   Turner, W. R.  1969.  Life history of menhadens in the eastern
       Gulf of Mexico.   Trans.  Amer. Fish. Soc.   98(2): 216-224.

930.   Tyler, R. W.   1960.  Use of dynamite to recover tagged salmon.
       U.S.F.&W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept.,  Fish. 353, 9p.

931.   Underbill, A. H.  1966.  Maintaining and enhancing the estuarine
       environment.   127-129.  In:  R.  F. Smith, A. H. Swartz,  and W. H.
       Massmann  (eds.), A Symposium on Estuarine Fisheries.  Amer. Fish.
       Soc. Spec. Publ. 3.  Suppl. to Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95(4)

932.*  U.S. Dept. of Agriculture.  1955.   Water.  The Yearbook of
       Agriculture.  751p.

933.*  U.S. Dept. of the Interior.  1966.  Handbook of Pollution Control
       Costs in Mine Drainage Management.  Fed. Water Poll. Contr. Adm.


934.*  U.S. Department of the  Interior.  1966b.  Study of strip and
       surface mining in Appalachia; an interim report to the Appalachian
       Regional  Commission.  78p.

935.*  U.S. Department of the  Interior.  1967.  Surface mining and our
       environment;  a special  report to the Nation.  124p.

-------
                                  363
936.   U.S. Dept. of the Interior.  1968.   Report of the committee on
       water quality criteria.  Fed. Wat.  Poll. Contr.  Adm.,  National
       Technical Advisory Committee to the Secretary of the  Interior.
       234p.

937.   U.S. Dept. of the Interior.  1970.   Treatment of acid mine
       drainage.  Federal Water Quality Administration.  Fed. Water
       Poll. Cont. Res. Series 14010 DEE,  91p.

938.   U.S. Dept. of the Interior.  1970.   Urban soil erosion and
       sediment control.  Fed. Wat. Qual.  Adm., Fed. Wat. Poll.  Cont.
       Research Ser. 15030DTL05/70.  37p.

939.   U.S. Dept. of the Interior.  1971.   Ecological factors affecting
       waterfowl production in the Alberta Parklands.  U.S.F.& W.S.,
       Resource Publ. No. 98, 49p.

940.   U.S. Dept. of the Interior.  1971.   Ecological factors affecting
       waterfowl production in the Saskatchewan Parklands.  U.S.F.& W.S.,
       Resource Publ. No. 99, 58p.

941.   U.S. Dept. of the Interior.  1974.   Proposed 1974 outer continental
       shelf oil and gas general lease sale offshore Texas.   Final
       Environmental Statement.  Vol. 2 of 3.  OCS Sale No.  34.   FES 74-14.
       Prepared by the Bureau of Land Management.  412p.

942.   U.S. Dept. of the Interior.  1974.   Proposed 1974 outer continental
       shelf oil and gas general lease sale offshore Texas.   Final En-
       vironmental Statement.  Vol. 3 of 3.  OCS Sale No. 34.  FES 74-
       14.  Prepared by the Bureau of Land Management.   238p.

943.   U.S. Department of the Interior, Federal Water Pollution Control
       Administration.  1967.  Effects of  pollution on aquatic life
       resources of the South Platte River Basin in Colorado.  Fed.
       Water Poll. Contr. Adm., PR-11, SVII, 149p.

944.*  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1974.  Water Quality
       Criteria, 1972.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office
       of Research and Development, Report EPA-R3-73-033.

945.   U.S. Geological Survey.  1962.  Map of conterminous United States,
       showing prevalent chemical types of rivers.  U.S. Geol. Surv.,
       Hydrol. Invest., Atlas HA-61.

946.   U.S. Public Health Service.  1958.   Oxygen relationships in
       streams.  The Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center.
       Technical Rept. W58-2.  194p.

947.   Utter, M., and G. J. Ridgway, and H. 0.  Hodgins.  1964.  Use of
       plant extracts in serological studies of fish.  U.S.F.& W.S.,
       Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. 472, 16p.

-------
                                  364
948.   Vacarro, R.  S., G.  D.  Grice, G.  T.  Rowe, and P.  H.  Wiebe.   1972.
       Acid iron wastes disposal and the summer distribution of standing
       crops in the New York Bight.  Water Res. 6: 231-256.

949.   Van der Schalie, H.  1973.  Dam(n)  large rivers—then what?  The
       Biologist.  55(1):  29-35.

950.   Van der Schalie, H. and E. G. Berry.  1973.  The effects of
       temperature on growth and reproduction in aquatic snails.
       Malacological Rev.   6: 60.

951.   Van der Schalie, H. and E. G. Berry.  1973.  The effects of tem-
       perature on growth and reproduction of aquatic snails.  Sterkiana,
       No. 50: 92p.

952.   Van Oosten,  J. V.  1948.  Turbidity as a factor  in the decline of
       Great Lakes fishes with special reference to Lake Erie.  Trans.
       Amer. Fish.  Soc.  75.  281-322.

953.   Vaux, W. G.   1962.   Interchange of stream and intragravel water
       in a salmon spawning riffle.  U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Rept.,
       Fish. 405.  lip.

954.   Venkataramiah, A.,  G.  J. Lakshmi, and G. Gunter.  1974.  Studies
       on the effects of salinity and temperature on the commercial
       shrimp, Penaeus aztecus Ives, with special regard to survival
       limits,growth, oxygen consumption and ionic regulation.  U.S.
       Army Eng. Waterways Exper. Sta.  Contr. Rept. H-74-2, 137p.

955.*  Verduin, J.   1954.   Phytoplankton and turbidity  in western Lake
       Erie.  Ecol. 35(4): 550-561.

956.*  von Frisch,  K.  1941.   Die Bedentung des Geruchsinnes im Leben
       der Fische.   Naturwiss.  29: 321-333.

957.   Waggoner, J. P. and C. R. Feldmeth.  1971.  Sequential mortality
       of the fish fauna impounded in construction of a marina at Dana
       Point, California.   Calif. Fish and Game, 57(3): 167-176.

958.   Walburg, C.  H.  1969.   Fish sampling and estimation of relative
       abundance in Lewis and Clark Lake.   U.S.F.& W.S., Tech. Pap. 18,
       15p.

959.*  Walker, T. J. and A. D. Hasler.  1949.  Detection and discrimina-
       tion of odors of aquatic plants by the bluntnose minnow
       (Hyborhynchus notatus Raf.).  Physiol. Zool., 22: 45-63.

960.*  Wallen, I. E.  1951.  The direct effect of turbidity on fishes.
       Bull. Okla.  Agr. Mech. Coll., Biol. Ser.  48(2), 27p.

961.   Wallen, I. E., W. C. Greer, and R. Lasater.  1957.  Toxicity
       to Gambusia affinis of certain pure chemicals in turbid waters.
       Sewage Indust. Wastes 29(6): 695-711.

-------
                                  365
962.   Walshe, B. M.  1948.  The oxygen requirements and thermal re-
       sistance of chironomid larvae from flowing and still waters.
       J. Exp. Biol. 25: 35-44.

963.*  Warner, K. and I. R. Porter.  1960.   Experimental improvement of
       a bulldozed trout stream in northern Maine.  Trans.  Amer. Fish.
       Soc.  89(1): 59-63.

964.   Warner, M. L., J. L. Moore, S. Chatterjee, D. C. Cooper, C.  Ifeadi,
       W. T. Lawhon, and R. S. Reimers.  1974.   Assessment  methodology
       for the environmental impact of water resource projects.  U.S.
       Environmental Protection Agency, Office  of Research  and Development,
       Report EPA-600/5-74-016, 221p.

965.   Warnick, S. L. and H. L. Bell.  1969. The acute toxicity of
       some heavy metals to different species of aquatic insects.  J.
       Water Poll. Contr. Fed. 41: 280-284.

966.   Warren, C. E.  1971.  Biology and Water  Pollution Control.
       W. B. Saunders, Phila. 434p.

967.   Warren, C. E., J. H. Wales, G. E. Davis, and P. Doudoroff.
       1964.  Trout production in an experimental stream enriched with
       sucrose.  J. Wildl. Mgmt.  28: 617-660.

968.   Wass, M. L., and T. D. Wright.  1969. Coastal wetlands of
       Virginia, interim report to the Governor and General Assembly.
       Va. Inst. Mar. Sci., Spec. Rept. No. 10, 154p.

969.   Water Quality Criteria.  1968.  Report of the National Technical
       Advisory Committee to the Secretary of the Interior.  Fed.
       Water Poll. Cont. Adm. 234p.

970.*  Waters, T. F.  1962a.  Diurnal periodicity in the drift of stream
       invertebrates.  Ecol.  43(2): 316-320.

971.*  Waters, T. F.  1962b.  A method to estimate the production rate
       of a stream bottom invertebrate.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.  91(3):
       243-250.

972.*  Waters, T. F.  1964.  Recolonization of  denuded stream bottom
       areas by drift.  Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc. 93(3): 311-315.

973.   Waters, T. F.  1965.  Interpretation of  invertebrate drift in
       streams.  Ecol. 46(3): 327-334.

974.   Waters, T. F.  1966.  Production rate, population density, and
       drift of a stream invertebrate.  Ecol.  47(4): 595-604.

975.*  Waters, T. F.  1968.  Diurnal periodicity in the drift of a day-
       active stream invertebrate.  Ecol.  49(1): 152-153.

976.*  Waugh, D. L. and E. T. Garside.  1971.  Upper lethal temperatures
       in relation to osmotic stress in the ribbed mussel Modiolus
       demissus.  J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 28: 527-532.

-------
                                  366
977.*  Weaver, C.  R.   1963.   Influence of water velocity upon orientation
       and performance of adult migrating salmonids.   U.S.F.& W.S.,
       Fish. Bull. 63(1): 97-121.

978.   Weibel, S.  R.,  R. J.  Anderson, and R.  L. Woodward.  1964.   Urban
       land runoff as  a factor in stream pollution.   J.  Water Poll.
       Contr. Fed.  36: 914-924.

979.   Weiss, C. M.,  and F.  G. Wilkes.  1969.  Estuarine ecosystems
       that receive sewage waste.   In:  H. T. Odum,  B. J. Copeland, and
       E. A. McMahan (eds.), Coastal Ecological Systems  of the United
       States;  Sourcebook for Estuarine Planning.

980.   Welch, P. S.  1935.  Limnology.  McGraw-Hill,  N.Y.  471p.

981.   Welch, P. S.  1948.  Limnological Methods.  Blakiston, Phila.
       381p.

982.   Welker, B.  D.   1967.    Comparison of channel catfish populations
       in channeled and unchanneled sections of the Little Sioux River,
       Iowa.  Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.  74: 99-104.

983.*  Wells, J. H.  1969.  Placer examination (principles and practice).
       U.S. Dept.  of Interior.  Bur. Land Manag., Tech.  Bull. 4.  155p.

984.   Wells, R. A.,  and W.  J. McNeil.  1970.  Effect of quality of the
       spawning bed on growth and development of pink salmon embryos
       and alevins.  U.S.F.& W.S., Spec. Sci. Kept., Fish. 616, 6p.

985.   Wene, G.  1940.  The soil as an ecological factor in the abundance
       of aquatic chironomid larvae.  Ohio J. Sci.   40:  193-199.

986.   Wene, G. and E. L. Wickliff.  1940.  Modification of a stream
       bottom and its effect on the insect fauna.  Canad. Ent. 72: 131-135.

987.   Westfall, B. A.  1945.  Coagulation film anoxia in fishes.
       Ecol.  26(3): 283-287.

988.   Westgard, R. L.  1964.  Physical and biological aspects of gas-
       bubble disease in impounded adult chinook salmon at McNary spawning
       channel.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 93(3): 306-309.

989.*  Wetzel, R. G. and B. A. Manny.  1972.  Decomposition of dissolved
       organic carbon and nitrogen compounds from leaves in an experimental
       hard-water stream.  Limnol. Oceanogr.  17(6): 927-931.

990.   Whitford, L. A.  1960.  The current effect and growth of fresh-water
       algae.  Trans.  Amer. Micros. Soc.  129(3): 302-309.

991.   Whitford, L. A. and G. J. Schumacher.  1961.  Effect of a current
       on respiration and mineral uptake in Spirogyra and Oedogonium.
       Ecol.  45: 168-170.

-------
                                   367
 992.*  Whitmore,  C.  M.,  C.  E.  Warren, and P.  Doudoroff.   1960.   Avoidance
        reactions  of  salmonid and centrarchid fishes to low oxygen con-
        centrations.   Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc.   89(1): 17-26.

 993.*  Whitney, A. N. and J. E.  Bailey.   1959.   Detrimental effects of
        highway construction on a Montana stream.  Trans.  Amer.  Fish.
        Soc.  88(1):  72-73.

 994.   Wickett, W. Percy.  1954.  The oxygen supply to salmon eggs in
        spawning beds.  J. Fish Res.  Bd.  Can.   11(6): 933-953.

 995.   Wiebe, A.  H.   1927.   Biological survey of the Upper Mississippi
        River with special reference  to pollution.   Bull.  Bur. Fish.
        43(2): 137-167.

 996.*  Wiebe, A.  H., A.  M.  McGarock, A.  C. Fuller, and A. C. Markus.
        1934.  The ability of fresh-water fish to extract  oxygen at
        different  hydrogen-ion concentrations.  Physiol.  Zool. 7:435-448.

 997.*  Wieser, W. 1959.  The effect of grain size on the distribution
        of small invertebrates inhabiting the beaches of Puget Sound.
        Limnol. Oceanogr.  4(2):  181-194.

 998.   Wiespape,  L.  M. and D.  V. Aldrich.  1970.  Effects of temperature
        and salinity  on thermal death in postlarval brown shrimp,
        Penaeus aztecus.   Texas A&M Univ., Sea Grant Progr.,  Publ. No.
        TAMU-SG-71-201.

 999.   Wilhm, J.  L.  and T.  C.  Dorris.  1966.   Species diversity of
        benthic macro-invertebrates in a stream receiving domestic and
        oil refinery  effluents.  Amer. Midi. Nat.  76(2):  427-449.

1000.*  Wilhm, J.  L., and T. C. Dorris.  1968.  Biological parameters for
        water quality criteria.  BioScience, 18(6): 477-481.

1001.   Williams,  A.  B.  1958.   Substrates as a factor in shrimp
        distribution, Limnol. Oceanogr.  3: 283-290.

1002.   Williams,  A.  B.  1960.   The influence of temperature on osmotic
        regulation in two species of  estuarine shrimps (PenaeusJ .  Biol.
        Bull.  119(3): 560-571.

1003.   Williams,  L.  G.  1964.   Possible relationships between plankton-
        diatom species numbers and water-quality estimates.  Ecol.  45(4):
        809-823.

1004.*  Williams,  L.  G.  1966.   Dominant planktonic rotifers of major
        waterways  of  the United States.  Limnol.  Oceanogr.  11(1): 83-91.

1005.   Williams,  L.  G.  1972.   Plankton diatom species biomasses and
        the quality of American rivers and the Great Lakes.  Ecol.  53(6):
        1038-1050.

-------
                                   368
1006.   Wilson, J.  N.   1957.   Effects of turbidity and silt on aquatic
        life.   235-239.  In:   C.  M.  Tarzwell (ed.), Biological Problems
        in Water Pollution.   U.S. Dept.  H.E.W.,  Publ.  Health Serv.,
        Tech.  Kept., W-592.

1007.*  Wilson, J.   1959.   The effects of erosion, silt,  and other inert
        materials on aquatic  life.  Water Poll.  Abstr.  34(10):  1948.

1008.   Wilson, J.   1960.   The effects of erosion, silt,  and other inert
        materials on aquatic  life.  269-271.  In;  Biological Problems in
        Water Pollution.  U.S. Dept. H.E.W., Publ. Health Serv., Tech.
        Kept.  W60-3.

1009.*  Wilson, W.   1950.   The effects of sedimentation due to dredging
        operations on oysters in Copano Bay, Texas.  Texas Game, Fish,
        and Oyster Comm.,  Marine Lab, Ann. Kept.  1948-1949.

1010.*  Wirth, T. L. and R.  C. Dunst.  1967.  Limnological changes resulting
        from artificial destratification and aeration of an impoundment.
        Wis. Dept.  Nat. Resources, Fish. Res. Rept., No.  22, 15p.

1011.*  Wirth, T. L.,  R. C.  Dunst, P. D. Uttormark, and W. Hilsenhoff.
        1970.   Manipulation of reservoir waters  for improved quality
        and fish population response.  Wis. Dept. Nat. Resources, Fish.
        Res. Rept., No. 62,  23p.

1012.   Wisby, W. J. and A.  D. Hasler.  1954.  Effect of olfactory occlu-
        sion on migrating silver salmon (£. kisutch).   J. Fish. Res. Bd.
        Can.  11(4): 472-478.

1013.   Wojtalik, T. A. and T. F. Waters.  1970.  Some effects of heated
        water on the drift of two species of stream invertebrates.  Trans.
        Amer.  Fish. Soc.  99(4):  782-788.

1014.*  Wolf, K.  1955.  Some effects of fluctuating and falling water
        levels on waterfowl production.  J. Wildl. Manag.  19(1): 13-23.

1015.*  Wolman, M.  G.   1964.   Problems posed by sediment derived from
        construction activities in Maryland.  Maryland Water Poll. Contr.
        Comm. Rept.

1016.   Wood, R.  1951.  The significance of managed water levels in
        developing the fisheries of large impoundments.  J. Tenn. Acad.
        Sci.  26(3): 214-235.

1017.   Wood, W. E.  1924.  Increase of salt in soil and streams following
        the destruction of native vegetation.  J. R. Soc. West. Aust.
        10: 35-47.

1018.*  Woodwell, G. M.  1970.  Effects of pollution on the structure and
        physiology of ecosystems.  Science 168: 429-33.

1019.*  Wooten, H. H.  1953.   Major uses of land in the United States.
        U.S. Dept. Agri., Tech. Bull. 1082.

-------
                                   369
1020.   Wright, J. 0.  1907.  Swlamp
        States.  U.S. Dept. Agri
1021.   Wydoski, R. S. and E. L.
        of brook trout from
        23(5): 623.
infertile
1022.*  Yeager, L. E.  1949.
        bottom timber area.  Ill
  Effect
1023.   Zaporozec, A.  1974.
        water.  Wis. Conserv. Bulll
  Environmental implications in use of ground
         39(2): 3-5.
        and overflowed lands in the United
    ., Circ. 76.
 Cooper.   1966.   Maturation and fecundity
      streams.   J.  Fish.  Res.  Bd.  Can.
     of permanent flooding in a river-
.  Nat.  Hist.  Surv. Bull.   25(2): 33-65.

-------
                                 370






                              GLOSSARY






adaptation - the adjustment of an organism or population to its environ-




     ment as a result of long-term evolutionary change.




aerobic - the condition associated with the presence of  free oxygen in




     the environment.




allochthonous - of outside origin; .e.£.,  organic matter  of terrestrial




     origin which enters the aquatic environment.




anaerobic - the condition associated with the absence or free oxygen in




     the environment.




aquifer - an underground water bearing stratum of permeable rock, sand,




     or gravel.




atmosphere - all the air surrounding the earth.




benthos - those organisms which live on or in the bottom of a body of




     water.




biogenic elements - chemical elements which are necessary for living




     organisms.




biogeochemical cycles - the more or less circular pathways followed by




     individual chemical elements as they pass from living to non-living




     and back to living portions of the ecosystem.




biosphere - that portion of the earth and its atmosphere in which living




     organisms exist.




brackish water - water whose salt content is intermediate between that




     of fresh water and that of the sea.




caisson - a hollow box which can be lowered into the water and pumped




     out to produce relatively dry working conditions under water.




carcinogenic - capable of causing cancer.

-------
                                 371
climax community - the final stage in the ecological development of an


     area in which the community is able to reproduce itself indefinitely


     under existing conditions.


community - all the plants and animals of an area (or volume) which form


     a functional assemblage.


continental shelf - the submerged margin of a continent extending to a


     depth of approximately 200 meters, where the steep descent to the


     ocean bottom begins.


decomposition - the combined processes whereby microorganisms recycle


     dead organic matter.


dike - a dam or embankment erected to prevent flooding of a lowland area.

dolphin - a buoy or spar used in mooring a ship.


dominant species - a species which is important in a community because


     of its size, abundance, or controlling influence.


dredge spoil - material removed from a wetland bottom during dredging


     operations.


ecosystem - the community and its non-living environment, considered


     collectively.


epilimnion - the surface layer of a thermally-stratified body of water.


erosion - the wearing away of soil or rock by the forces of wind or water.


estuary - the expanded basin at the mouth of a river subject to the


     influence of tides and usually of intermediate salinity.


ferric ion - the condition of the element iron in which it cannot accept

                                                I I i
     more oxygen or give up more electrons (= Fe   ).


ferrous ion - a condition of the element iron in which it can accept

     more oxygen or give up more electrons (= Fe"^").

-------
                                 372
food chain - the series of nutritional steps through which food passes




     from plants to the most predatory animals;  also the nutritional




     steps involved in parasite chains and microbial (decomposer)  chains.




food web - the interlocking pattern formed by parallel and cross-connecting




     food chains.




genetic exchange - the flow of hereditary material between partially




     isolated populations of a given species.




genetic selection - the process whereby certain hereditary materials are




     favored over others, in the passage from one generation to the next.




     In the long-term this results in evolutionary adaptation.




groyne (groin) - a stone or concrete barrier placed approximately per-




     pendicular to the shoreline, and extending both inshore and off-




     shore, to aid in stabilizing the beachline against wave and current




     erosion.




habitat - the natural environment in which an organism lives.




hydrogen sulfide - (H^S) a deadly gas, highly soluble in water, which is




     produced by the partial breakdown of organic matter in anoxic




     environments.




hydrosphere - all the aquatic environments of the earth's surface.




hypolimnion - the bottom layer of a thermally-stratified body of water.




leaching - the removal of soluble materials from soil (as well as mining




     spoils, dredge spoil banks, etc.) by water which passes through.




levee - an embankment built alongside a river to prevent high water from




     flooding the bordering land.




life history - the series of stages through which an organism passes




     during its entire lifetime.

-------
                                 373
lithosphere - all the solid surface of the earth, ji_.e_.» the terrestrial




     soil, rock, etc.




metabolism - all the chemical and physical processes which collectively




     make up the internal functioning of an organism.




nekton - all aquatic animals which are large enough and powerful enough




     to maintain their positions in the water against the prevailing




     current.




nitrate - the chemical ion resulting from the complete oxidation of




     nitrogen (=NO ~).




nitrite - one of the incompletely oxidized states of nitrogen (=NO? ).




nutrient - an organic or inorganic chemical substance required for the




     growth and reproduction of organisms.




organic detritus - dead organic material that is in the process of decom-




     position.




organic molecule - any chemical molecule containing the element carbon




     (and usually hydrogen and oxygen) which is produced by living organisms




     and is not in the completely oxidized condition.




overburden - the soil, rock, and other material which lies on top of a




     shallow mineral deposit.




oxidized state - the condition of a chemical element, ion, or molecule




     in which it cannot accept any more oxygen (or give up any more




     electrons).




oxygen demand - the quantity of oxygen utilized by an aquatic system (or




     a sample of the system) during a given period of time.  This consists




     of two components.  Biological oxygen demand (B.O.D.) is the amount




     of oxygen required by the organisms for respiration during the period

-------
                                 374
     of time.  This gives a rough measure of the amount of readily




     oxidizable organic matter present.  Chemical oxygen demand (C.O.D.)




     is the amount of oxygen required for non-biological oxidation pro-




     cesses during the period of time.




pH - negative logarithm of the hydrogen-ion concentration, used to indi-




     cate the acidity or alkalinity of an aquaeous solution.  pH 7.0 is




     neutral; values below that are considered acid, and values above




     are considered alkaline.




photosynthesis - the chemical processes through which green plants




     manufacture organic molecules from inorganic using sunlight as an




     energy source.




plankton - the microscopic, free-floating plants and animals of aquatic




     ecosystems.  These include microscopic plants (phytoplanktoii) and




     microscopic animals (zooplankton).




population - a group of organisms of the same species which live in the




     same general area and which freely interbreed.




production - the quantity of organic matter produced by a living system




     (i.e.., by an organism, a group of organisms, or an ecosystem).




     Two types of production are recognized.  Primary production is the




     quantity of organic matter produced by green plants through photo-




     synthesis.  Secondary production  is the quantity of animal material




     produced.




productivity - the rate of production  of organic matter by living




     organisms (i.«,§_., the amount per unit time).




reduced state - the  condition of a chemical element, ion, or molecule




     in which it can accept additional oxygen  (or give up additional




     electrons).

-------
                                 375
respiration - biological oxidation processes which liberate energy for




     metabolism.  Two types of respiration are recognized.  Aerobic




     respiration involves the use of oxygen (as the hydrogen acceptor),




     and the end products are carbon dioxide and water.  Anaerobic




     respiration involves the use of a chemical other than oxygen (as




     the hydrogen acceptor),  and the end products may be sulfides and




     other such compounds.




revetment - a facing of stone, cement, sandbags, or other stable material




     used to protect a wall or bank of earth from erosion.




riparian environment - the terrestrial environment adjacent to a body of




     water which influences and is often influenced by the water body




     (includes bank, floodplain, and at least the lower bluff of a




     stream, lake, etc.).




riprap - rock, stone, or other rough material placed on stream banks,




     dam faces, and other structures to protect against erosion by the




     water.




sediment load - all particulate material (inorganic or organic) sus-




     pended in or transported downstream by water (may include clay,




     silt, sand, organic detritus, etc.).




sedimentation - the settling out of suspended matter from the water to




     the bottom.




seston - very fine matter suspended in water (with diameters usually




     less than 1.0 mm).




species - a group of populations in which the organisms are capable of




     exchanging genetic material (jL.e^, of successfully interbreeding).




species diversity - the variety of types of organisms present in an area.




     For purposes of quantification the variety of species may be related




     to their relative abundance in the form of a species diversity index.

-------
                                 376
spoil bank - a shoal (in the water)  or a pile or ridge (on land)  created
     by the dumping of dredged material taken from the bottom of  a wetland
     area.
stratification - division into layers (as a body of water which becomes
     separated into a warmer upper and cooler lower layer).   Stratifica-
     tion inhibits internal circulation and mixing of the layers, often
     leading to depleted nutrients in the upper layer and depleted oxygen
     in the lower layer.
stream drift - the material which collects in fine-meshed nets stretched
     across or suspended in streams.  Drift includes free-floating
     aquatic organisms as well as organic detritus.
stress - a strain or pressure applied to an organism (or group of
     organisms).  Sometimes used to refer to the state or condition of
     an organism or group to which the pressure has been applied.  All
     organisms which are existing under suboptimal conditions are subject
     to some degree of stress.
stress response - the response of an organism (or group of organisms)
     to an unfavorable or stress-producing factor.  Two types of  stress
     response are recognized.  Generalized response is a response to
     stress itself and bears no relation to the nature of the stress
     agent.  Specific response is an adjustment to the particular type
     of stress agent, e_.£., sweating is a specific response to high
     temperature.
succession - the orderly process of community change, involving sequential
     replacement of regular stages, until the stable climax condition is
     reached.
sulfate - the chemical ion resulting from the complete oxidation of sulfur
     (=so4=).

-------
                                 377
sulfide - one of the incompletely oxidized states of sulfur (=S ).  It




     may exist as hydrogen sulfide, iron sulfide, lead sulfide, etc.




     Most sulfides are highly toxic to living systems.




synergism - the interaction of two or more factors to produce an effect




     on a living system which is greater than the simple sum of the




     effect produced by each factor acting alone.  In essence, one




     factor multiplies the biological effect of the other.




tailwater - the water in a river or canal immediately downstream from a




     structure such as a dam.




thermocline - the narrow zone, in a thermally stratified body of water,




     which separates the warmer surface layer from the cooler bottom




     layer.  It is characterized by a steep thermal gradient.




tolerance - an organism's capacity to endure or adapt to unfavorable




     environmental conditions.




transpiration - the loss of water from plants, normally as vapor.




turbidity - the condition of water resulting from the presence of




     suspended material, often expressed as interference with light




     transmission.



water table - the level in the soil below which the ground is saturated




     with water.




wetland - land containing high quantities of soil moisture, i...e., sub-




     merged or where the water table is at or near the surface for most




     of the year.

-------
                                378
                               INDEX






     To facilitate its use the present index has been divided into six




subject area categories:  biological group, construction activity or




structure, environment type, environmental factor, geographic area,




and miscellaneous.  This division facilitates the location of page refer-




ences if the user simply considers the category of the desired reference.




If the information cannot be located in the expected category, the




miscellaneous section should be consulted.  The categorization of




references also facilitates search for dual or multiple-category infor-




mation by a method similar to triangulation.  For example, to locate




information on the effect of levees on waterfowl one compares the page




numbers given for "levees" (under the construction category) with page




numbers given for "birds" (under the biological group category).  The




coincidence of page numbers should reveal the location of the appro-




priate information.

-------
                                379
                        A. BIOLOGICAL GROUP


fauna

   general, 29, 181, 208, 223, 237, 256, 262, 266, 273

   amphibian, 65, 68

   bird, 65, 68-69, 72-74, 181, 196, 200-203, 211, 227, 229-230

   fish, 29, 65, 68, 71-74, 156, 181, 195, 200-201, 211-213, 215-216,
         219-222, 224-225, 227, 229-233, 239, 242-243, 246-250, 253,
         255, 257, 259-260, 263, 265, 267, 269, 277, 280

   invertebrate, 24, 65, 68-69, 71-73, 181, 194-195, 201, 211-213,
         215-216, 218-224, 227-233, 242-243, 245-246, 249-250, 252, 256,
         263, 266-267, 270, 275, 277

   mammal, 65, 68-69, 196, 201-202, 204, 229-230

   reptile, 200
flora

   general, 66-67, 70, 72, 151, 164, 171, 199, 207-208, 237, 256, 262,
         266, 273, 275

   alga, 62, 65, 70, 72-73, 204, 206, 222, 229, 235-237, 241, 244, 249,
         251, 261

   aquatic, floating, 65, 163, 204, 206, 209, 222

          , rooted, 24-25, 27, 62, 65-66, 68, 181, 203-204, 209, 211-212,
                  222, 226-229, 236-237, 239, 249-251, 261, 266, 283

   marsh grass, 20-21, 64-66, 72

   shrub, 20-21, 27, 65, 69, 227

   tree, 20-21, 27, 64-65, 67-69, 73, 130, 196, 200, 203-206, 217, 227,
         255
               B. CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY OR STRUCTURE


blasting, 78, 98, 100, 108-109, 150

breakwater, 77, 115-117

-------
                               380
bridge, 92-95, 110, 138, 161, 180-180c, 272

bulkhead, 119-120, 266

caisson, 95, 117, 120

canal, 83-84, 111, 134-136, 157, 161-162, 165, 171-173, 179, 180b, 189,
      226-227, 229-230, 258, 261, 266, 270-272, 279-280, 282-283

channel, 77, 93-94, 106, 110-111, 134, 143, 146, 154, 161, 163-168, 171,
      180-180c, 181, 188-189, 200-203, 209-210, 214, 217-220, 224, 272

cofferdam, 102, 104, 150

culvert, 92-94, 138

dam, 29, 77, 100-106, 110-111, 125, 143, 146, 149-160, 179, 180-180c,
      181, 185-187, 190, 194-195, 203, 205, 210, 212-213, 219-220, 222,
      253, 256, 258, 264, 267, 271-273, 277, 279, 282

demolition, 88-89

devegetation, 76, 78, 80, 83-84, 89-91, 126, 128-129, 131-132, 134,
      136-139, 143-144, 153, 179-183, 185, 188, 197-199, 203, 205, 211,
      217, 222, 254, 264, 272, 275, 280

dike, 82-83, 110

ditch, 77, 83-86, 106-107, 110, 130, 133-136, 138, 152, 166, 180-180c,
      197, 199, 201, 209, 214, 217, 227, 272, 280, 282, 284

dragline, 80, 84, 92, 98, 108, 110, 123, 140-141, 163

dredge, 77, 108, 110-114, 116-117, 122, 125, 134, 140-141, 152, 155,
      161-173, 176-177, 179, 180-180c, 188-190, 197, 232, 245-246, 264,
      270, 272, 275, 277, 279, 282

dump and fill, 77-79, 82-83, 98, 106-110, 113, 116-117, 125, 131, 138,
      140, 157, 161-163, 165-170, 172-174, 176, 180-180c, 190, 197, 199,
      280, 282

excavation, 78-80, 82-85, 88-91, 102, 125, 130, 133, 140-141, 175, 184,
      197, 199, 234, 269

groyne (see jetty)

irrigation, 83-84, 149-150, 152, 154-156, 210, 216, 220-221

jetty, 118, 156, 174-175

levee, 78, 82-83, 110, 113, 166, 196-197, 199, 201, 203, 208, 210, 213,
      226, 271-272, 279-280, 282, 284

-------
                                381
mining

   general, 29, 77, 80, 98-100, 122-125, 131, 140-149, 179, 180-180c,
         184, 190, 197, 199, 209, 258-259, 264, 269, 271

   auger, 142

   contour, 142

   drift, 99-101, 142, 184

   drilling, 100, 122, 142, 177

   offshore, 77, 122, 177

   open pit, 98, 125, 140-141, 184

   placer, 140-141, 184, 197

   quarrying, 98, 141, 184

   strip, 98-101, 125, 140-143, 184


mooring, 77, 119, 121, 176

overburden removal, 80, 82, 98, 141, 184

pier, 110, 119-120, 176, 272

pipeline construction, 77, 83-85, 87, 123-124, 133, 136, 176, 178

port, 77, 110, 119-120, 176, 272

riprap, 82-83, 118, 197

seawall, 77, 118, 174

spoil, 77, 98, 101, 107-108, 110, 113, 125, 134, 141-146, 157, 161-170,
      172-173, 179, 180-180c, 184, 188-190, 197, 204, 207-208, 217, 232,
      241, 246, 258-260, 264-265, 271, 280, 284

stream diversion, 102, 143, 146

stream straightening, 131, 134, 164, 167, 180b, 188, 217

surfacing, 77-81, 128-130, 180-180c, 197, 199, 254

topsoil removal, 126, 128-129, 136-139, 142, 144, 179, 180, 182-183,
      197-198

tunneling, 96-98, 138-139, 142, 180-180c, 184

-------
                               382
                       C.  ENVIRONMENT TYPE


bay, 25, 59, 161, 166, 169-170, 180-180c, 189, 226, 229, 231

beach, 68, 126, 156, 174-175, 180, 187, 272

bog, 199, 257-258

continental shelf, 25-26,  55, 59, 73-75, 155-156, 160, 163, 166, 172,
      174-176, 180-180c, 187, 231-232, 289

desert, 55

estuary, 21-25, 54-55, 59, 70-73, 155, 159, 161, 166, 169-171, 176, 179,
      180-180c, 187, 189-190, 194, 210, 226, 229-234, 258, 262, 266, 273,
      277, 282-283, 289

forest, 54, 290

grass flat, 27, 59, 70, 73, 239, 283

grassland, 54, 69, 290

impoundment (see reservoir)

lagoon, 25-26, 59, 175

lake, 59, 68, 80, 125, 143, 149, 151, 153-154, 166, 200-202, 237, 258,
      262, 273

marsh

   general, 55, 68, 107, 161, 163, 179, 180-180c, 196, 199, 257-258, 279,
         282-283

   coastal, 26-27, 54, 59, 70-73, 157, 162, 169, 171-173, 179, 189, 210,
         226-228, 230, 266-267, 271, 279, 282-283

   inland, 20-21, 59, 64-68, 151, 153-154, 169, 189, 200, 202


mud flat, 59, 72

ocean, 55

oyster reef, 59

pond, 68, 151, 153-154, 199, 236, 243, 259, 262, 282

reservoir, 111, 149-155, 157, 168, 203-204, 206, 209-210, 212, 214, 219,
      222, 256, 259, 271,  273, 283

-------
                                383
riparian environment

   general, 68-69, 76-100, 125-126, 135, 138, 140, 152, 179, 180-180c,
         184-185, 187-188, 196, 198-200, 203, 206-207, 210, 217, 221-223,
         234, 255, 272, 275, 280, 284

   bank, 209-211, 217, 247, 283

   floodplain, 20-21, 54, 68-69, 77, 86, 130, 134, 143, 154, 158, 161,
         166, 168, 180, 182-186, 188, 196, 199-200, 202, 204-205, 207,
         213, 264, 271-272, 279-280, 282


sound, 25-26

spring, 59, 130, 147, 180, 282

stream

   general, 15-20, 29, 54-55, 57, 59, 62, 64, 80, 86, 102, 104, 125, 130,
         132, 135, 137, 142-143, 149, 151-154, 156, 158-159, 171, 180-180c,
         181, 183, 185-187, 190, 194-196, 198-199, 201, 206, 213, 215-216,
         218, 220-223, 229, 232, 236-237, 240, 243, 255-261, 264, 271,
         273-276, 279, 282-283, 289

   bayou, 64, 171

   continuous flow section, 19, 62, 64, 245

   pool, 19, 62-64, 132, 166, 179, 180b, 216, 222, 224, 245, 247, 249,
         266, 271

   riffle, 19, 29, 62-64, 132, 157-158, 164, 179, 180b, 213, 216, 222-224,
         245, 247, 249, 266, 271, 282-283


submarine meadow (see grass flat)

swamp

   general, 55, 68, 161, 163, 166, 168, 179, 180b, 188, 199, 202, 258,
         279

   coastal, 26-27, 54, 59, 70, 71, 73, 157, 179, 282-283

   inland, 20-21, 59, 64-68, 151, 153-154, 200


tundra, 177-178

-------
                                384
                      D. ENVIRONMENTAL FACTOR
acidity, 29, 142, 145, 147-148, 197, 204, 207, 225, 229, 241, 257-260,
      265, 267, 269, 272, 283

alkalinity, 130, 257, 260, 265

carbonate, 130, 145, 148, 184, 235, 241, 265, 269

carbon dioxide, 12, 14, 52, 145, 241, 244-245, 247, 257-258, 261, 263,
      265-266, 269

energy, 222, 237, 240

erosion, 8-9, 69, 73, 126, 128-129, 131-138, 141, 143-144, 149, 151-154,
      156-157, 162, 164, 166-168, 171, 173-174, 177, 179-180, 183-185,
      188-189, 197, 199-200, 202, 207, 209, 211-212, 214-215, 217, 222,
      229, 237, 253, 259, 268, 272, 275, 279, 283

evaporation, 151-153, 155, 177, 185

flooding, 69, 126, 129, 132, 135-136, 152, 154-155, 158-159, 164, 166-168,
      171, 179, 180-180a, 185, 187-188, 190, 197-199, 203-204, 206, 209,
      215-217, 219, 222, 226, 279, 284

flow rate

   general, 18, 126, 129, 131-132, 135-136, 150, 152, 155, 158, 160,
         162-163, 166, 170, 179, 180a, 186, 188, 208-210, 215-217,
         222-224, 233-234, 247-249, 261, 271-273, 275, 279-280, 282, 292

   decrease, 131-132, 137, 156-159, 166, 180, 183, 187, 216-217, 223-224,
         230-232, 254, 262, 264, 266-267, 275, 277

   increase, 131-132, 134, 164, 167, 183, 214-216, 222, 245, 254, 283


flushing rate, 22, 72, 155-156, 158-159, 169-170, 172, 186-187, 189, 226,
      269

habitat

   general, 37

   loss, 29, 129-133, 135, 138, 140-142, 145-147, 151-153,  157-158, 162,
         164, 167, 175-177, 179, 180-180a, 181, 183-186, 188-189, 197, 199,
         202-204, 206, 211, 215, 217-220, 227, 230, 234, 244-246, 259,
         271-273, 278-281, 285

   modification, 29, 129-130, 132, 140, 157-158, 179, 180-180a, 183-189,
         197, 200, 218, 227, 271-272, 278

   restoration, 283-284

-------
                               385
heavy metals

   general, 129, 137-138, 145, 147, 152, 154-155, 165, 184, 186-189,
         197, 207, 225, 229, 235, 247, 261, 265, 268-270, 272, 275

   copper, 145, 148

   iron, 145, 147-148, 154, 189, 247

   lead, 145, 147-148,  269

   manganese, 154, 247

   mercury, 268-269

   metallic sulfides  (pyrites), 145, 148

   zinc, 145, 147, 148, 247, 257


highwall, 142-144, 149, 184

hydrogen sulfide, 13-14, 152, 154, 158, 164-165, 173, 186, 188-189, 229,
      245, 261, 266-267

landslide, 143-144

leaf litter (see organic detritus)

light

   general, 151

   penetration, 19, 24, 113, 132,  145-146,  164-165,  179, 180c, 183-184,
         188-189, 236, 238-239, 240-241

   photosynthesis,  30, 33,  53-54,  151,  164-165, 192, 236-237, 240-241,
         244,  261-264, 266,  292

   visibility, 239-240, 242


nitrogen supersaturation, 154,  159,  180c,  186, 257,  273

nutrients, 52, 54-55, 57, 69-71,  73,  126,  128, 131-132, 145,  151, 153-156,
      158-160, 166, 168, 180b,  181,  183,  185-187, 194, 197-199, 204, 210-211,
      222-223, 226, 229-230, 235,  241,  258, 272-273, 275, 280, 282, 289

organic detritus, 50, 57, 70,  72,  154,  158, 180b, 186, 204, 213, 221-222

oxygen, 12-14, 24,  27, 34,  52,  64, 129, 132, 147-148, 151, 154, 159, 163-165,
      169-170, 172, 179, 180c,  184-186, 188-189, 194, 209, 222-224,
      234-235, 237, 240-242, 244-245,  247-248, 254,  257, 261-264, 266-267,
      283, 292

-------
                                386
pH, 14, 129, 130, 147-148, 152, 154, 158, 180c, 184, 186, 235, 240-241,
      257-261, 263, 265-270, 283

radioactivity, 142, 145, 147-148, 184, 235, 268, 270, 272

runoff, 7-8, 126, 128-129, 131, 133-137, 139, 143-144, 157, 171, 173,
      179-180, 183, 189, 214, 217, 222, 226, 268-269, 272, 292

salinity, 21, 126, 155, 159

saltwater intrusion, 157, 159, 166, 168-171, 173, 179, 180c, 187-190,
      227, 229-232, 266-267, 270-272, 279-280, 283

sediment

   general, 29, 126

   load (suspended sediment), 18-19, 24, 113, 126, 128-129, 131-134,
         136-139, 143, 146, 154-155, 160, 163-164, 169-170, 172, 179,
         180b, 183-184, 186-190, 209, 211, 214, 217, 225, 234-238, 240-243,
         254, 258, 260, 262-266, 273

   sedimentation, 19, 27, 69, 126, 128-129, 132, 135-139, 145, 147, 149,
         151-153, 155-159, 163-167, 169, 172, 179, 180b, 181, 184-189,
         204, 206, 211-212, 214-215, 224, 226, 229, 234-237, 244-249, 260,
         263-267, 269, 271, 273, 279-280, 282

temperature, 19, 129-130, 132, 141, 153-154, 158, 164-165, 178-179, 180c,
      183-186, 188-189, 194, 213, 220, 223, 240, 254-257, 261-264, 267,
      292

turbidity (see light penetration, sediment load)

water level, 72, 129, 132, 135, 151-153, 158-159, 166, 168-169, 179, 180a,
      181, 185-186, 197, 201, 203, 205, 208-211, 213, 226, 228, 230, 254,
      272, 280

                        E. GEOGRAPHIC AREA
Alaska, 177-178

Allegheny River, 259

Alsea River, 255

Appalachia, 143, 260

Arizona, 132, 151

Arctic Ocean, 177-178

Atlantic coast,  157,  226-227,  231

-------
                                 387
California,  141,  156,  207, 215-216,  221, 244




Chariton River, 219




Chesapeake Bay, 246




Columbia River, 212




Connecticut, 213




Delaware, 227-228




Everglades,  181, 232




Florida, 157, 163, 169,  175, 204, 206, 232




Gallatin River, 221




Great Basin, 282




Gulf coast,  226, 229,  231




Hubbard Brook, 291




Idaho, 141,  219




Illinois, 181, 200, 205, 215, 237-238




Illinois River, 181, 199-200, 203, 246




Iowa, 194, 218




Kentucky, 181




Kentucky Reservoir, 212




Keokuk Dam,  194




Lake Chautauqua, 238




Little Big Horn River, 218




Little Sioux River, 218




Louisiana, 156-157, 171, 229




Maine, 216




Massachusetts, 239




Michigan, 132, 237, 246, 250-251




Minnesota, 141, 202, 215

-------
                                388
Mississippi River, 194, 196, 203, 213-214, 245, 289, 291




Missouri, 150, 181, 219




Missouri River, 218-219




Montana, 207, 216, 218-219, 221




Nebraska, 218




New England, 198




New Hampshire, 132, 181, 291




New Jersey, 175




New York, 252




North Carolina, 175, 198, 218




Ohio, 250




Ohio River, 245, 289




Oregon, 255




Pacific coast, 255




Pennsylvania, 260




Roosevelt Lake, 212




Sacramento River, 216, 221




Salmon River, 181




Snake River, 181




Southeast, 258




Southwest, 198, 282




Tennessee, 150, 181,  200,  207




Tennessee River, 181,  212, 245




Tennessee Valley, 209




Texas, 156




Texas coast, 231-233

-------
                                389
Truckee River, 244




Utah, 141
                         F. MISCELLANEOUS
alluvium, 20, 141




antagonism, 190




aquifer, 147-148, 166




atmosphere, 2




balance of nature (see ecosystem stability)




benthos, 60-61, 70-71, 212, 218-219, 221, 223, 242, 244-246, 249-251, 267




biogenic elements, 52




biosphere, 2




channelized flow, 8




community




   general, 30, 45-51, 60, 195




   climax, 50, 207,  290




   dominance, 46, 228




   stress response,  192




   succession, 50, 55, 290




cycles




   biogeochemical, 52, 53




   geological, 1, 52, 285




   hydrological, 1,  4-7, 52, 285




decomposition, 64, 151, 178, 222, 237, 241, 247,  257,  262, 266, 292




diversity




   loss, 191, 192




   species, 46, 192, 218-219,  243,  250, 252, 273, 275, 277

-------
                                390
drift, 63, 210, 218, 222-224, 256

ecosystem

   general, 30, 51-56, 198, 220-221, 237, 273-276, 286

   closed, 54

   energy flow, 53-54

   open, 54

   stability, 54-55, 290


factor interaction, 35

factor train analysis, 182-189

food

   chains, 47, 49, 57-58

   pyramids, 50

   webs, 47, 49


genetic

   exchange, 41, 43-44

   mutations, 41

   variability, 42, 193, 208, 285-286

gradient, 70, 155, 159, 169-171, 180c, 187, 189

ground water, 9, 130-132, 142-144, 148, 154, 158, 166, 168, 180, 184, 188

hydraulic roughness, 18

hydrosphere, 2

life history, 38-39, 71, 212, 214, 230, 254, 263, 275, 293

limiting factors, 35

lithosphere, 2

metabolism, 30

mixing (of water masses), 21-27, 70, 155, 159, 165, 169-170, 189, 229-230,
      254, 262-264, 266-267, 280

-------
                                391
nekton, 60-61, 71

organic molecule, 30, 164-165, 188-189, 211, 224-225, 235, 242, 245, 247,
      257-258

orientation compound, 216-217, 224-225, 231, 242

plankton, 60-61, 70, 154, 222, 229, 237, 241, 262

pollution, 125-126, 129-131, 133, 135, 137-138, 141-143, 148, 155, 159,
      161, 164-165, 172, 174, 176-177, 179, 180c, 187-190, 192, 197, 207,
      225, 235, 253, 257, 260, 263, 265, 268-273, 275, 278-281

population, 30-40, 191, 193, 195, 208

precipitation, 7-8, 130, 134, 147, 150, 214, 232-233, 255

production

   general, 55, 64, 68-73, 212, 221-222, 253, 273, 275, 277

   primary, 54, 229, 236-237, 241-244

   secondary, 54, 233, 243

respiration, 30, 33, 53, 192, 194, 223, 242-243, 245, 262-263, 265-266, 292

sanctuary, 278, 279

selection, 40-41, 193

slope, 17-18

soil

   submerged, 12-14

   terrestrial, 10-12

species

   concept of, 43

   endangered, 29, 181, 196, 278, 281-282,  285

   exotic, 197, 208

   extinct, 29, 181, 246

   interaction, 46, 48, 192, 194, 208, 231, 243, 255

standing crop, 47, 215, 218-219,  221, 237,  250-251,  272-273

-------
                                392
stratification (of a water body), 21-23, 151, 153, 185, 232, 240, 254,
      256, 263-264, 283

stress, 37, 182, 191-195, 243, 256-257, 259, 261, 263, 265, 267, 272,
      274-276, 285, 290

stress response, 191-193

subsurface water (see groundwater)

succession (see community succession)

synergism, 190, 265

-------